Hippocrates

Me i ame

ΓΕ-

WU

39317109 S,JaVHOIW ‘LS 30 ALISHSAIN

oe

οὗ

᾿" πὰ
7 _ ᾿"
νν χω, ᾿
᾿ δ.
. a
>.
7 ᾿
_ _
s
7
᾿ ol

᾿ ’
i
ΝΣ
- " ‘
᾿ 5
᾿
το
᾿
an
᾿
᾿ ;
7 ~*~ aad
ay

THE LOEB CLASSICAL LIBRARY

FOUNDED BY JAMES LOEB, LL.D.

EDITED BY
ΤΠ E. PAGE, c.H., ΕἸ Ὁ.
+E. CAPPS, PH.D., LL.D. +W. H. Ὁ. ROUSE, trrt.p.

eA. POST, M.A. E. H. WARMINGTON, .a., F.R.HIST.SOC.

HIPPOCRATES
VOL. I

ea Υ τὰν - δι... ἐν
ie Le 7 τς ᾿
WAT ἫΝ

HIPPOCRATES

WITH AN ENGLISH TRANSLATION BY
ἣν. Ἡ- 5: JONES

BURSAR AND STEWARD OF 5. CATHARINE’S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE,
CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE HISTORICAL SECTION
OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF MEDICINE

LONDON
WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD

CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS

HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS

MOMLVII

First printed 1923
Reprinted 1939, 1948, 1957

Printed in Great Britain

CONTENTS

PREEACK « «0 «© * © « e © ὃ
GENERAL INTRODUCIION . 2. «© «© «© -«
ANCIENT MEDICINE wegen vet, Yelm κὸν ὦ Vie
AIRS WATERS PLACES « . «© « «© « ὁ
EPIDEMICS I AND III . .« .. « « .

ΠΕ Η SOATH “6 0s “6 6 . 2 ὁ @ & ὦ
PREORPTS te "es 0) e168 «) (a Sue (6 @

NGOTRIMENT Ὁ ¢ τ el οὖ δ᾽ ὁ: 8 | %

ror ee
an

PREFACE

Tue works, some seventy in all, which in any
of our manuscripts are assigned to Hippocrates,
comprise what is called the “ Hippocratic collec-
tion.” During nearly three centuries there appeared
many editions, of some or of all of these works,
intended to instruct medical students or practi-
tioners. The birth of modern medical science
in the nineteenth century stopped finally this
long series, but a few scholars still worked at
the treatises from an historical standpoint. The
literary merit, however, of the Hippocratic writings,
at least of the majority, is not great, and it is
only within the last few years that they have been
subjected to the exact scholarship which has thrown
such a flood of new light upon most of the classical
authors. Even now very little has been done for
text, dialect, grammar and style, although the
realization of the value of the collection for the
history of philosophy is rapidly improving matters.
So for the present a translator must also be, in part,
an editor. He has no scholarly tradition behind
him upon which to build, but must lay his own
foundations.

It will be many years before the task is finished,
but in the meanwhile there is work for less ambitious
students. My own endeavour has been to make as
clear and accurate a translation as the condition of

vii

PREFACE

the text permits, introducing as few novelties of my
own as possible, and to add such comment as may
bring out the permanent value of the various treatises.
They are no longer useful as text-books, but all of
us, whether medical or lay, may learn a lesson from
the devotion to truth which marked the school of
Cos, and from the blunders committed by theorizers
who sought a short cut to knowledge without the
labour of patient observation and careful experiment.

The present volume has been in preparation since
1910, and the actual writing has occupied all my
leisure for the past three years. The time would
have been longer, had it not been for the great kind-
ness of Dr. E. T. Withington, whose name will
probably appear on the title-page of one of the
succeeding volumes.

My thanks are also due to the Rev. H. J. Chaytor
for his helpful criticisms,

W. Η. 5. Jones,

viii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

§ 1. Greek Mepicine AND “ Hippocrates.”
We have learned to associate, almost by instinct,
the science of medicine with bacteria, with chemistry,
with clinical thermometers, disinfectants, and all the
apparatus of careful nursing. All such associations,
if we wish even dimly to appreciate the work of
Hippocrates and of his predecessors, we must en-
deavour to break ; we must unthink the greater part
of those habits of thought which education has made
second nature. The Greek knew that there were
certain collections of morbid phenomena which he
called diseases; that these diseases normally ran a
certain course ; that their origin was not unconnected
with geographical and atmospheric environment ;
that the patient, in order to recover his health, must
modify his ordinary mode of living. Beyond this he
knew, and could know, nothing, and was compelled
to fill up the blanks in his knowledge by having
recourse to conjecture and hypothesis. In doing so
he was obeying a human instinct which assures us
that progress requires the use of stop-gaps where
complete and accurate knowledge is unattainable,
and that a working hypothesis, although wrong, is
better than no hypothesis at all. System, an organ-
ized scheme, is of greater value than chaos. Yet
however healthy such an instinct may be, it has

1x

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

added considerably to the difficulties of the historian
in his attempts so to reconstruct the past as to make
it intelligible to modern readers.

Primitive man regards everything he cannot
explain as the work of a god. To him the abnormal,
the unusual, is divine. The uncharted region of
mysterious phenomena is the peculiar realm of
supernatural forces.* “It is the work of heaven”
is a sufficient answer when the human intelligence
can give no satisfactory explanation.

The fifth century B.c. witnessed the supreme effort
of the Greeks to cast aside this incubus in all spheres
of thought. They came to realize that to attribute
an event to the action of a god leaves us just where
we were, and that to call normal phenomena natural
and abnormal divine is to introduce an unscientific
dualism, in that what is divine (because mysterious)
in one generation may be natural (because under-
stood) in the next, while, on the other hand, how-
ever fully we may understand a phenomenon, there
must always be a mysterious and unexplained element
in it. All phenomena are equally divine and equally
natural.

But this realization did not come all at once,
and in the science of medicine it was peculiarly
slow. There is something arresting in the spread of
an epidemic and in the onset of epilepsy or of a
pernicious fever. It is hard for most minds, even
scientific minds, not to see the working of a god in
them. On the other hand, the efficacy of human
means to relieve pain is so obvious that even in
Homer, our first literary authority for Greek
medicine, rational treatment is fully recognized.

As the divine origin of disease was gradually

x

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

discarded, another element, equally disturbing, and
equally opposed to the progress of scientific medicine,
asserted itself. Philosophy superseded religion.
Greek philosophy sought for uniformity in the
multiplicity of phenomena, and the desire to find
this uniformity led to guesswork and to neglect of
fact in the attempt to frame a comprehensive theory.
The same impulse which made Thales declare that
all things are water led the writer of a treatise? in
the Hippocratic Corpus to maintain that all diseases
are caused by air. As Daremberg? says, “the
philosophers tried to explain nature while shutting
their eyes.” The first philosophers to take a serious
interest in medicine were the Pythagoreans.
Alemaeon® of Croton, although perhaps not strictly
a Pythagorean, was closely connected with the sect,
and appears to have exercised considerable influence
upon the Hippocratic school. The founder of em-
pirical psychology and a student of astronomy, he held
that health consists of a state of balance between
certain “opposites,” and disease an undue _pre-
ponderance of one of them.4 Philolaus, who flourished
about 440 B.c., held that bile, blood, and phlegm
were the causes of disease. In this case we have a
Pythagorean philosopher who tried to include medical

1 The περὶ φυσῶν.

2 Histoire des sciences médicales, p. 82.

3 A young man in the old age of Pythagoras. See Aristotle
Meta, A 986a 30. Alemaeon was more interested in medicine
than in philosophy, but does not seem to have been a
‘* general pr actitioner.’

4 ᾿Αλκμαίων τῆς μὲν ὑγιείας εἶναι συνεκτικὴν τὴν ἰσονομίαν
τῶν δυνάμεων, ὑγροῦ, ξηροῦ, ψυχροῦ, θερμοῦ, πικροῦ, γλυκέος, καὶ
τῶν λοιπῶν, τὴν δ᾽ ἐν αὐτοῖς μοναρχίαν νόσου ἀμ χυὰ φθορο-
ποιὸν γὰρ ἑκατέρου μοναρχίαν. ---Αδὐῖπ5 V. 30.

xX)

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

theory in his philosophical system.! Empedocles,
who flourished somewhat earlier than Philolaus, was
a “medicine-man” rather than a physician, though
he is called by Galen the founder of the Italian
school of medicine.?, The medical side of his teach-
ing was partly magic and quackery.

This combination of medicine and philosophy is
clearly marked in the Hippocratic collection. There
are some treatises which seek to explain medical
phenomena by a priori assumptions, after the manner
of the philosophers with their method of ὑποθέσεις
or postulates; there are others which strongly
oppose this method. The Roman Celsus in his
preface? asserts that Hippocrates separated medicine
from philosophy, and it is a fact that the best works
of the Hippocratic school are as free from philosophic
assumptions as they are from religious dogma. But
before attempting to estimate the work of Hippocrates
it is necessary to consider, not only the doctrine of
the philosophers, but also the possibly pre-Hippocratic
books in the Corpus. These are the Prenotions of Cos
and the First Prorrhetic,4 and perhaps the treatise—in
Latin and Arabic, the Greek original having mostly
perished—on the number seven (περὶ ἑβδομάδων).

1 For the medical theories of Philolaus see the extracts
from the recently discovered Jatrica of Menon, discussed by
Diels in Hermes XXVIIL., p. 417 foll.

2 Galen X. 5.

3 Hippocrates . . . ab studio sapientiae disciplinam hanc
separavit, vir et arte et facundia insignis.

4 Grimm, Ermerins and Adams are convinced of the early
date of these. Littré seems to have changed his mind. Con-
trast I. 351 with VIII. xxxix. The writer in Pauly-Wissowa
is also uncertain. I hope to treat the question fully when I
come to Prognostic in Vol. 11.

xii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

The Prenotions of Cos and the First Prorrhetic (the
latter being the earlier, although both are supposed
to be earlier than Hippocrates) show that in the
medical school of Cos great attention was paid to the
natural history of diseases, especially to the prob-
ability of a fatal or not fatal issue. The Treatise on
Seven, with its marked Pythagorean characteristics,
proves, if indeed it is as early as Roscher would have
us believe, that even before Hippocrates disease was
considered due to a disturbance in the balance of the
humours, and health to a “coction” of them, while
the supposed preponderance of seven doubtless exer-
cised some influence on the later doctrine of critical
days. The work may be taken to be typical of the
Italian-Sicilian school of medicine, in which a priort
assumptions of the “ philosophic” type were freely
admitted. Besides these two schools there was also
a famous one at Cnidos,! the doctrines of which are
criticised in the Hippocratic treatise Regimen in Acute
Diseases. The defects of this school seem to have
been :-—

(1) the use of too few remedies ;
(2) faulty or imperfect prognosis ;
(3) over-elaboration in classifying diseases.’

We may now attempt to summarize the com-

1 There are several Cnidian treatises in the Corpus. See
p. xxiii. The Cnidian point of view admits of defence, and
their desire to classify was a really scientific instinct. I
hope to treat of the Cnidians fully when I come to translate
Regimen in Acute Diseases.

2 The Coan school, on the other hand, sought for a unity
in diseases. Its followers tried to combine, the Cnidians to
distinguish and to note differences. See Littré 11. 202-204.

xii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ponents of Greek medicine towards the end of the
fifth century B.c.

(1) There was a religious element, which, however,
had been generally discarded.

(2) There was a philosophic element, still very
strong, which made free use of unverified postulates
in discussing the causes and treatment—especially
the former—of diseases.

(3) There was a rational element, which relied
upon accurate observation and accumulated ex-
perience. This rationalism concluded that disease
and health depended on environment and on the
supposed constituents of the human frame.

Now if we take the Hippocratic collection we find
that in no treatise is there any superstition,' in many
there is much “ philosophy’ with some sophistic
rhetoric, and among the others some are merely
technical handbooks, while others show signs of a
great mind, dignified and reserved with all the
severity of the Periclean period, which, without
being distinctively original, transformed the best
tendencies in Greek medicine into something which
has ever since been the admiration of doctors and
scientific men. It is with the last only that I am
concerned at present.

I shall make no attempt to fix with definite pre-
cision which treatises are to be included in this
category, and 1 shall confine myself for the moment
to three—Prognostic, Regimen in Acute Diseases, and
Epidemics I. and 111. These show certain character-
istics, which, although there is no internal clue to

1 A possible exception is Decorwm, which 1 hope to discuss
in Vol. II.

Xiv

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

either date or authorship, impress upon the reader a
conviction that they were written by the same man,
and at a time before the great period of Greece had
passed away. They remind one, in a subtle yet very
real way, of Thucydides.

The style of each work is grave and austere.
There is no attempt at “ window-dressing.” Lan-
guage is used to express thought, not to adorn it.
Not a word is thrown away. ‘The first two treatises
have a literary finish, yet there is no trace in them
of sophistic rhetoric. Thought, and the expression
of thought, are evenly balanced. Both are clear,
dignified—even majestic.

The matter is even more striking than the style.
The spirit is truly scientific, in the modern and
strictest sense of the word. There is no superstition,
and, except perhaps in the doctrine of critical days,
no philosophy.? Instead, there is close, even minute,
observation of symptoms and their sequences, acute
remarks on remedies, and recording, without in-
ference, of the atmospheric phenomena, which
preceded or accompanied certain “epidemics.”
Especially noteworthy are the clinical histories,
admirable for their inclusion of everything that is
relevant and their exclusion of all that is not.

The doctrine of these three treatises may be
summarised as follows :—#*

1 The resemblance struck Littré. See Vol. I., pp. 474, 475.

* Of course even in the greatest works of the Hippocratic
Corpus there is, and could not help being, some theory. But
the writer does not love the theory for its own sake. Rather
he is constantly forgetting it in his eagerness to record
observed fact.

* There is a clear account of Hippocratic doctrine in Littré,
Vol. L., pp. 440-464.

XV

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

(1) Diseases have a natural course, which the
physician must know thoroughly,! so as to decide
whether the issue will be favourable or fatal.

(2) Diseases are caused by a disturbance 2 in the
composition of the constituents of the body. This
disturbance is connected with atmospheric and
climatic conditions.

(3) Nature tries to bring these irregularities to a
normal state, apparently by the action of innate heat,
which “ concocts” the “ crude” humours of the body.

(4) There are “ critical’’ days at fixed dates, when
the battle between nature and disease reaches a crisis.

(5) Nature may win, in which case the morbid
matters in the body are either evacuated or carried
off in an ἀπόστασις, 8 or the “ coction ᾿᾿ of the morbid
elements may not take place, in which case the
patient dies.

(6) All the physician can do for the patient is to
give nature a chance, to remove by regimen all that
may hinder nature in her beneficent work.

It may be urged that this doctrine is as hypo-
thetical as the thesis that all diseases come from air.
In a sense it is. All judgments, however simple,
attempting to explain sense-perceptions, are hypo-
theses. But hypotheses may be scientific or philo-
sophic, the latter term being used to denote the

1 This knowledge is πρόγνωσις.

2 It is not clear whether this disturbance is regarded as
quantitative, qualitative, or both.

® This term will be explained later. Roughly speaking,
it means the collection and expulsion of morbid elements
at a fixed point in the body. I translate it ‘‘ abscession,” a

term which suggests ‘‘abscess,” perhaps the most common
form of an ‘‘ abscession.”

xvi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

character of early Greek philosophy. A scientific
hypothesis is a generalization framed to explain the
facts of experience ; it is not a foundation, but is in
itself a superstructure ; it is constantly being tested
by appeals to sense-experience, and is kept, modified
or abandoned, according to the support, or want of
support, that phenomena give to it. A “philo-
sophic”’ hypothesis is a generalization framed with a
view to unification rather than to accounting for all
the facts; it is a foundation for an unsubstantial
superstructure ; no efforts are made to test it by
appeals to experience, but its main support is a
credulous faith.

Now the doctrine of the Epidemic group is certainly
not of the philosophic kind. Some of it was un-
doubtedly derived from early philosophic medicine,
but in this group of treatises observed phenomena
are constantly appealed to; nor must it be forgotten
that in the then state of knowledge much that would
now be styled inference was then considered fact,
e.g. the “coction” of phlegm in a common cold.
Throughout, theory is in the background, observation
in the foreground. It is indeed most remarkable
that Hippocratic theory is hard to disentangle from
the three works on which my argument turns... It
is ἃ nebulous framework, implied in the technical
phraseology—weis, κρίσις, xpaous—and_ often illus-
trated by appeal to data, but never obtrusively
insisted upon.

In 1836 a French doctor, M. 5. Houdart,! violently
attacked this medical doctrine on the ground that it

1 Rtudes historiques et critiques sur la vie et la doctrine

αἰ Hippocrate, et sur l'état de la médecine avant lui, Paris and
London.

XVil

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

, neglected the physician’s prime duty,! which is to
effect a cure. Diagnosis, he urges, is neglected in
the cult of prognosis; no attempt is made to localize
the seat of disease; the observations in the Epidemics
are directed towards superficial symptoms without
any attempt to trace them to their real cause. The
writer is an interested but callous spectator who
looks on unmoved while his patient dies.

In this rather rabid criticism there is a morsel of
truth. The centre of interest in these treatises is
certainly the disease rather than the patient. The
writer is a cold observer of morbid phenomena, who
has for a moment detached himself from pity for
suffering. But this restraint is in reality a virtue;
concentration on the subject under discussion is
perhaps the first duty of a scientist. Moreover, we
must not suppose that the fatally-stricken patients
of the Epidemics received no treatment or nursing.
Here and there the treatment is mentioned or hinted
at,? but the writer assumes that the usual methods

1 ἐς Attendre qu'il plaise ἃ la nature de nous délivrer de
nos maux, ¢c’est laisser économie en proie a la douleur, c’est
donner le temps aux altérations de dévorer nos viscéres, c’est,
en un mot, nous conduire siirement ἃ la mort.”—Op. cit.
p. 253. M. Houdart was but following the example of
Asclepiades, the fashionable physician at Rome in the first
century B.C., who called the Hippocratic treatment a
‘‘meditation upon death.”

2 ««Lisez les Epidémies. Si votre cceur résiste ἃ cette
lecture, vous l’avez de bronze. Qui peut voir en effet de
sang-froid cette foule d’infortunés conduits ἃ pas lents sur
les bords de la tombe, οὰ ils finissent la plupart par tomber,
apres avoir souffert durant trois ou quatre mois entiers les
douleurs les plus variées et les plus aigués?”—Op. cit.
p. 246.

3 H.g. Τρία. III. Case virt. (second series): θερμάσματα
and ὀγδόῃ ἀγκῶνα ἔταμον. ᾿

XVill

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

were followed, and does not mention them because
they are irrelevant.

The charge of callousness may be dismissed. More
serious is the attack on the fundamental principle of
Hippocratic medicine, that “ nature” alone can effect
a cure, and that the only thing the physician can do
is to allow nature a chance to work. Modern medical
science has accepted this principle as an ultimate
truth, but did the writer of the three treatises under
discussion do his best to apply it? Did he really
try to serve nature, and, by so doing, to conquer
her? Houdart says that practically all the author
of the Epidemics did was “to examine stools, urine,
sweats, etc., to look therein for signs of coction, to
announce crises and to pronounce sentences of
death,” ! in other words that he looked on and did
nothing. I have just pointed out that the silence of
the Epzdemics on the subject of treatment must not
be taken to mean that no treatment was given, but
it remains to be considered whether all was done
that could have been done. What remedies were
used by the author of Regimen in Acule Diseases ?
They were :—

(1) Purgatives and, probably, emetics.

(2) Fomentations and baths.

(3) (a) Barley-water and barley-gruel, in the
preparation and administering of which
great care was to be taken.

(ὁ) Wine.

(c) Hydromel, a mixture of honey and water ;
and oxymel, a mixture of honey and
vinegar.

1 Op. cit. p. 247.
X1X

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

(4) Venesection.
(5) Care was taken not to distress the patient.?

If we take into account the scientific knowledge
of the time, it is difficult to see what more the
physician could have done for the patient. Even
nowadays a sufferer from measles or influenza can
have no better advice than to keep warm and com-
fortable in bed, to take a purge, and to adopt a diet
of slops. Within the last few years, indeed, chemistry
has discovered febrifuges and anaesthetics, the micro.
scope has put within our reach prophylactic vaccines,
and the art of nursing has improved out of all recog-
nition, but nearly all these things were as unknown
to M. Houdart as they were in the fifth century B.c.

This criticism of Hippocratic medicine has been
considered, not because it is in itself worthy of pro-
longed attention, but because it shows that underlying
the three treatises I have mentioned there is a fun-
damental principle, a unity, a positive characteristic
implying either a united school of thought or else a
great personality. All antiquity agreed that they
were written by the greatest physician of ancient
times— Hippocrates. Within the last hundred years,
however, doubts have been expressed whether Hip-
pocrates wrote anything. Early in the nineteenth
century a doctor of Lille published a thesis intitled
Dubitationes de Hippocratis vita, patria, genealogia,
forsan mythologicis, et de quibusdam eius libris multo

1 It should be noticed that in all the Hippocratic collection
no attention is paid to the pulse. The doctor judged whether
a patient was feverish, and estimated the degree of fever, by
the touch. I have not translated πυρετὸς ὀξύς by ‘high
temperature,” but by ‘‘acute fever,’ because I wish to
introduce as few anachronisms as possible.

XxX

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

antiquiortbus quam vulgo creditur. Wellmann and
Wilamowitz hold similar views nowadays. As the
Hippocratic writings are all anonymous, such a hypo-
thesis is not difficult to maintain. But it is a matter
of merely antiquarian interest whether or not the
shadowy “ Hippocrates” of ancient tradition is really
the writer of the Epidemics. The salient and im-
portant truth is that in the latter half of the fifth
century works were written, probably by the same
author, embodying a consistent doctrine of medical
theory and practice, free from both superstition and
philosophy, and setting forth rational empiricism of
a strictly scientific character. If in future 1 call the
spirit from which this doctrine emanated ‘ Hip-
pocrates”’ it is for the sake of convenience, and not
because I identify the author with the shadowy
physician of tradition.

Similar in style and in spirit to the three treatises
discussed above are Aphorisms and Airs Waters Places,
along with two surgical works, Fractures t and Wounds
in the Head. The severely practical character of the
last is particularly noteworthy, and makes the
reader wonder to what heights Greek surgery would
have risen had antiseptics been known. Aphorisms
is a compilation, but a great part shows a close
relationship to the Hippocratic group. The least
scientific of all the seven treatises is Airs Waters
Places, which, in spite of its sagacity and rejection
of the supernatural, shows a tendency to facile and
unwarranted generalization.

1 With this should be joined the work Articulations, which
is very closely allied to Fractures, and is supposed by Galen
to have been originally combined with it as a single work.
Instruments of Reduction appears to be a compendium of
Articulations.

xxi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

§ 2. Tue Hiprpocraric COLLECTION.

We are now in a position to attempt a brief
analysis of the Corpus Hippocraticum. For the
moment the external evidence of Galen and other
ancient commentators, for or against the authenticity
of the various treatises, will be passed over, ‘This
evidence is of great importance, but may tend to
obscure the issue, which is the mutual affinities of
the treatises as shown by their style and content.

In the first place the heterogeneous character of
the Corpus should be observed. It contains :—

(1) Text-books for physicians ;

(2) Text-books for laymen ;

(3) Pieces of research or collection of material for
research.

(4) Lectures or essays for medical students and
novices.

(5) Essays by philosophers who were perhaps not
practising physicians, but laymen interested in
medicine and anxious to apply to it the methods of
philosophy.

(6) Note-books or scrap-books.

Even single works often exhibit the most varied
characteristics. It is as though loose sheets had
been brought together without any attempt at co-
ordination or redaction. Epidemics I., for instance,
jumps with startling abruptness from a “ constitu-
tion” of the diseases prevalent at one period in
Thasos to the function of the physician in an illness,
passing on to a few disjointed remarks on pains in the
head andneck. Then follows another “ constitution,”
after which comes an elaborate classification of the

XxX

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ordinary fevers, with their periods, paroxysms and
crises. At the end come fourteen clinical histories,

I have already mentioned a pre-Hippocratic group
and a Hippocratic group, and it has been noticed
that the main task of Greek medicine was to free
science from superstition and from philosophic hypo-
theses. The Corpus contains two polemical works,
On Epilepsy and Ancient Medicine, which attack re-
spectively the “divine” origin of disease and the
intrusion into medicine of the hypothetical specula-
tion of philosophers.

There is another group of works which, while
they do not display to any marked degree the
Hippocratic characteristics, are nevertheless practical
handbooks of medicine, physiology or anatomy. The
list is a long one, and includes works by different
authors and of different schools :-—

The Surgery.
The Heart.
Places in Man.
Glands.
Anatomy.
Nature of the Bones.
Sight.
Dentition.
Diseases I.
Diseases II. and IIT)
A ffections.+
Internal A ffections.
Sores.
Fistulae.
Hemorrhoids.

1 Shows influence of Cnidian school. So possibly do other

books,
XXiil

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Prorrhetic I.
The Physician,
Crises.

Critical Days.
Purges.

Use of Liquids.

Seventh Month Child.
Eighth Month Child.
Generation1

Nature of the Child.+
Diseases IV 3
Diseases of Women.+
Barrenness.+
Diseases of Girls.
Nature of Women.
Excision of the Foetus.
Super foetation.

΄------

Regimen in Health2
Regimen IT. and III. with Dreams.

Another most important group of works consists
of those in which the philosophic element predomi-
nates over the scientific, the writers being anxious,
not to advance the practice of medicine, but to bring
medicine under the control of philosophic dogma,
to achieve in fact the end attacked by the writer of
Ancient Medicine. These works are Nutriment, Regi-
men I. and Airs. The first two are Heraclitean; the
last is probably derived from Diogenes of Apollonia.

1 Shows influence of Cnidian school. So possibly do other
books.
2 Really a continuation of Nature of Man.

XXIV

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Regimen I., however, while strongly Heraclitean, is
eclectic. Animals are said to be composed of two
elements, fire and water, fire being a composite of
the hot and the dry, water of the cold and the
moist. Certain sentences are strikingly reminiscent
of Anaxagoras, so much so that it is impossible to
regard the resemblances as accidental. Take for
instance the following :—

(1) ἀπόλλυται μὲν οὖν οὐδὲν ἁπάντων χρημάτων,
οὐδὲ γίνεται ὅτι μὴ καὶ πρόσθεν ἣν. ξυμμισγόμενα δὲ
καὶ διακρινόμενα ἀλλοιοῦται. —Regimen I. τν.

(2) οὐδὲν γὰρ χρῆμα γίνεται οὐδὲ ἀπόλλυται, ἀλλ᾽ ἀπὸ
ἐόντων Renee Bera τε καὶ διακρίνεται.---
Anaxagoras, fr. 22 (Schaubach).

To assign exact dates to these works is impossible,
but they are probably much later than Heraclitus
himself. The interesting fact remains that Hera-
clitus had followers who kept his doctrine alive,
second-rate thinkers, perhaps, and unknown in the
history of science, but hearty supporters of a creed,
and ready to extend it to embrace all new know
ledge as it was discovered. Particularly interesting
is the work Nutriment. This not only adopts the
theory of Heraclitus, but also mimics his sententious
and mysterious manner of expression. A few examples
may not be out of place.

φύσις ἐξαρκέει πάντα tacw.—Nutriment xv.

κρατέει γὰρ 86. ὃ θεῖος νόμος]... καὶ ἐξαρκέει
7ao..—Heraclitus apud Stob. Flor, II. 84.

μία φύσις εἶναι Kat μὴ €tvat.—Nutriment xxiv.

εἶμέν τε καὶ οὐκ εἶμεν.--- ΗΠ ΘΥδο! 5 Alleg. Hom. 24.

ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω, pia.—Nutriment XLv.

XXV

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ὁδὸς ἄνω καὶ κάτω pia καὶ ovtTy.—Heraclitus apud
Hippolyt. IX. 10

πρός τι πάντα φλαῦρα Kal πάντα aoteta.—Nutriment
XLV.

θάλασσα ὕδωρ καθαρώτατον καὶ μιαρώτατον, ἰχθύσι
μὲν πότιμον καὶ σωτήριον, ἀνθρώποις δὲ ἄποτον καὶ
ὀλέθριον .--- Πδγδοϊ 5. apud Hippolyt. IX. 10.

χωρεῖ δὲ πάντα καὶ θεῖα καὶ ἀνθρώπεια, ἄνω καὶ κάτω
apetBopeva.—Regimen I. ν.

Similar to these philosophic treatises are the
essays, ἐπιδείξεις or displays, which propound theses
which are not the ὑποθέσεις of philosophers. These
are The Art, the object of which is to show that
there zs an art of medicine, and Nature of Man,
which combats the monist philosophers, and sets
forth the doctrine of the four humours as the cause
of health, by their perfect crasis, and of disease,
through a disturbance of that crasis. To this group
we may perhaps add the treatise Decorum, which
deals (among other things) with bed-side manners,
and Precepts, a work similar in style and subject.

The last two works are interesting for their intro-
ductory remarks. Decorum practically identifies
medicine and philosophy, which term is used to
denote the philosophic spirit, with its moral as well
as its intellectual attributes, and recognises the
working of an agency not human; it is in fact
typical of the ethical science, practical if occasion-
ally commonplace, which came into vogue towards
the end of the fourth century s.c. The introduc-
tion to Precepts is Epicurean. The first chapter, in
fact, is a summary of Epicurean epistemology, and
is full of the technical terms of that school. A
single quotation will suffice :—

XXvi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

«< SS \ ΄ / > Ν an ᾽

ὃ γὰρ λογισμὸς μνήμη τίς ἐστι ξυνθετικὴ τῶν μετ
> , / > ’ Ν > , «ε
αἰσθήσιος ληφθέντων: ἐφαντασιώθη γὰρ ἐναργέως ἡ
αἴσθησις, προπαθὴς καὶ ἀναπομπὸς ἐοῦσα εἰς διάνοιαν τῶν
ὑποκειμένων .----Πγεοορί I,

This definition of λογισμός is practically the same
as that of the Epicurean πρόληψις given in Diogenes
Laertius X. 33.

A few of the contents of the Corpus Hippocraticum
remain unclassified. Of these, by far the most
Hippocratic are Epidemics I1., 1V. VII, It is indeed
remarkable that in antiquity they were not generally
assigned to the “ great”’ Hippocrates. The clinical
histories are invaluable, although they are not so
severely pertinent as those of Epidemics I. and III.,
betraying sometimes an eye for picturesque but
irrelevant detail.

The treatise curiously misnamed Fleshes contains,
amid a variety of interesting anatomical and _ physio-
logical detail, traces of Pythagoreanism in the virtue
attached to the number seven, and of Heracliteanism
in the view put forward that warmth is the spirit
that pervades the universe.

Humours deals with the relations of humours to
the seasons and so on.

The Oath and The Law are small but interesting
documents throwing light on medical education and
etiquette.

Finally, the Epistles! and Decree, although merely
imaginary essays, show what manner of man Hip-
pocrates was supposed to have been by the Greeks
of a later age.

1 It is interesting to note that the Platonic collection and
the New Testament, like the Corpus, end with a series of

letters.
XXVli

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

The Hippocratic collection is a medley, with no
inner bond of union except that all the works are
written in the Ionic dialect and are connected more
or less closely with medicine or one of its allied
sciences. There are the widest possible divergences
of style, and the sharpest possible contradictions in
doctrine. The questions present themselves, why
were they united, and when did the union occur ?

Littré’s problem, “When was the Hippocratic
collection published?”1 cannot be answered, for
it is more than doubtful whether, as a whole, the
collection was ever published at all. The publica-
tion of a modern work must in no way be compared
with the circulation of a book in ancient times.
Printing and the law of copyright have created a
revolution. As soon as an ancient author let go out
of his possession a single copy of his book, it was,
to all intents and purposes, “published.” Copies
might be multiplied without permission, and a
popular and useful work was no doubt often cir-
culated in this way. Now at least one hundred,
perhaps three hundred, years separate the writing of
the earliest work in the Corpus from the writing
of the latest. Diocles knew the Aphorisms, Ctesias
probably knew Articulations, and Menon certainly
knew two or three treatises. Aristotle himself
quotes from Nature of Man, though he ascribes it
to Polybus. [Ὁ is surely impossible to suppose with
Littré that there was anything approaching a publi-
cation of the Corpus by the Alexandrian librarians.
Even if they had published for the first time only
a large portion of the collection, such a momentous
event would scarcely have passed unnoticed by the

1 Vol. I., chap. xi.
XXVili

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

long series of commentators culminating in Galen.
The librarians of Alexandria could not have done
more than establish a canon, and if our present
collection represents their work in this direction
it was done very badly, as the most superficial critic
would not fail to notice that a great part of its
contents is neither by Hippocrates himself nor by
his school.

The Hippocratic collection is a library, or rather,
the remains of a library. What hypothesis is more
probable than that it represents the library of the
Hippocratic school at Cos? The ancient biographies
of Hippocrates relate a fable that he destroyed the
library of the Temple of Health at Cnidos (or,
according to another form of the fable, at Cos) in
order to enjoy a monopoly of the knowledge it
contained. The story shows, at least, that such
libraries existed, and indeed a school of medicine,
like that which had its home at Cos, could not
well have done without one. And what would this
library contain? The works of the greatest of the
Asclepiads, whether published or not; valuable
works, of various dates and of different schools,
bearing on medicine and kindred subjects ; medical
records and notes by distinguished professors of
the school, for the most part unpublished ; various
books, of no great interest or value, presented to
the library or acquired by chance.

The Hippocratic collection actually corresponds
to this description. This is nearly all the historian
is justified in saying. Beyond is mere conjecture.
We can omy guess when this library ceased to be
the property of the Hippocratic school, and how it
was transferred to one or other of the great libraries

xxix

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

which were collected in Alexandrine times, to be
re-copied and perhaps increased by volumes which
did not belong to the original collection.

It may be urged that if the Hippocratic Corpus
were originally a library, it is improbable that all the
treatises composing it would be writtenin Ionic. But
it is by no means certain when Ionic ceased to be the
normal medium for medical science; for all we
know the dialect may have been in vogue until long
after the κοινή established itself throughout the
Greek world. Moreover, we do not know what
levelling forces were at work among copyists and
librarians, inducing them to assimilate the dialects
of medical works to a recognized model. We do know,
however, that as centuries passed more and more
Ionisms, most of them spurious, were thrust upon
the Hippocratic texts. The process we can trace in
the later history of the text may well have been
going on, in a different form, in the fourth and third
centuries B.C.

It is because I regard the Hippocratic collection
as merely a library that I do not consider it worth
while to attempt an elaborate classification, like those
of Littré, Greenhill, Ermerins, and Adams. A library
is properly catalogued according to subject matter,
date, and authorship ; it is of little use to view each
separate volume in its relationship to a particular
writer. The Hippocrates of tradition and the Hip-
pocrates of the commentators may well be left
buried in obscurity and uncertainty. What we do
know, what must be our foundation stone, is that
certain treatises in the Corpus are impressed with
the marks of an outstanding genius, who inherited
much but bequeathed much more. He stands for

XxX

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

science and against superstition and hypothetical
philosophy. The other contents of the Corpus are
older or later than this nucleus, either in harmony
with its doctrines or opposed to them. More than
this we cannot hope to know for certain,

δ 3. Means oF Datine Hippocratic Writinas.

The means of fixing the dates of the treatises
composing the Hippocratic collection are twofold—
external and internal,

The external evidence consists of the statements
of Galen and other ancient authors.

The internal tests are :—

(a) The philosophical tenets stated or implied ;
(6) The medical doctrines ;

(c) The style of the treatise ;

(d) ‘The language and grammar.

(a) When a philosophic doctrine is adopted, or
referred to as influential, it is presumptive evidence
that the treatise was written before that doctrine
grew out of date. We cannot, however, always be
sure when a doctrine did grow out of date. It is a
mistaken idea to suppose that the rise of a fresh
school meant the death of its predecessors. It is
certain, for instance, that Heraclitus had followers,
after the rise of other schools, who developed his
doctrines without altering their essential character.

(6) Medical doctrines also are by no means a
certain test. If we could be sure that a knowledge

VOL, I. ἘΠ Xxx)

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

of the pulse was unknown to the writers of the chief
’ Hippocratic treatises, we should be more confident
in dating, e.g., the work called Nutriment, which
recognizes the existence of a pulse. It is a fact
that no use is made of this knowledge in any
treatise of the collection, but we must not infer
from this that the Hippocratic writers were ignor-
ant of pulses. We can only infer that they were
ignorant of their medical importance.

(c) The style of a treatise is sometimes a sure
test and sometimes not. Sophistic rhetoric is of
such a marked character in its most pronounced
form that a treatise showing it is not likely to be
much earlier than 427 B.c., nor much later than
400 z.c., when sophistic extravagances began to be
modified under the influence of the Attic orators.
But a work moderately sophistic in general style
and sentence-structure may be much later.

There is also a subtle quality about writings later
than 300 B.c.,an unnatural verbosity and tortuousness
of expression, a suspicion of the “baboo,” that is as
unmistakable as it is impalpable. A few of the
Hippocratic treatises display this characteristic.

(d) In some respects grammar and diction are the
surest tests of all. If the negative μή is markedly
ousting ov it is a sure sign of post-Alexandrine
date. A preference for compound words with
abstract meaning, in cases where a simple expres-
sion would easily have sufficed, is a mark of later
Greek prose. If any reader wishes for concrete
evidence to support my rather vague generalisations,
he has only to read Epidemics I,, then The Art or
Regimen I., and finally Precepts or Decorum, and try
to note the differences.

XXxli

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

$4. Piaro’s Rererences To Hippocrates,

In the Protagoras (311 B) Plato assumes the case
of a young man who goes to Ἱπποκράτη τὸν Kdov, τὸν

τῶν ᾿Ασκληπιαδῶν, to learn medicine.

This passage

tells us little except that Hippocrates took pupils

for a fee.

But in the Phaedrus (270 C

E) there is

another passage which professes to set forth the

true Hippocratic method.

Socrates. Do you think
it possible, then, satis-
factorily to comprehend
the nature of soul apart
from the nature of the
universe ?

Phaedrus. Nay, if we
are to believe Hippo-
crates, of the Asclepiad
family, we cannot learn
even about the body
unless we follow this
method of procedure.

Socrates. Yes,my friend,
and he is right. . Yet
besides the doctrine of
Hippocrates, we must
examine our argument
and see if it harmonizes

with it.
Phaedrus. Yes.
Socrates. Observe,

then, what it is that both
Hippocrates and correct

It is as follows :—

ΣΩ. Ψυχῆς οὖν φύσιν
ἀξίως λόγου κατανοῆσαι οἴει
δυνατὸν εἶναι ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ
ὅλου φύσεως ;

ΦΑΙ. Εἰ μὲν οὖν Ἵππο-
κράτει ye τῷ τῶν ᾿Ασκλη-
πιαδῶν δεῖ τι πείθεσθαι. οὐδὲ
περὶ σώματος ἄνευ τῆς μεθό-
δου ταύτης.

ΣΏ. Καλῶς γάρ, ὦ ἑταῖρε,
λέγει. χρὴ μέντοι πρὸς τῷ
c Ty: Ν ’ 38 fa
Ἱπποκράτει τὸν λόγον ἐξετά-
ζοντα σκοπεῖν εἰ συμφωνεῖ.

ΦΑΙ. Φημί

‘\ ,
2Q. To τοίνυν περὶ
φύσεως σκόπει τί ποτε

χε « ΄ὔ Ν ε
eyee Ἱπποκράτης TE και ὁ

XXXill

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

argument mean by an
examination of nature.
Surely it is in the follow-
ing way that we must in-
quire into the nature of
anything. In the first
place we must see whether
that, in which we shall
wish to be craftsmen and
to be able to make others
so, is simple or complex.
In the next place, if it
be simple, we must in-
quire what power nature
has given it of acting,
and of acting upon what ;
what power of being
acted upon, and by what.
If on the other hand it
be complex, we must
enumerate its parts, and
note in the case of each
what we noted in the
case of the simple thing,
through what natural
power it acts, and upon
what, or through what
it is acted upon, and by
what.

Ν ΄ fee
ἀληθὴς λόγος. ap’ οὐχ
ὧδε δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι περὶ
ὁτουοῦν φύσεως; πρῶτον
, ε a aN ς 7
μέν, ἁπλοῦν ἢ πολυειὸές
3 e / ΄
ἐστιν, οὗ πέρι βουλησόμεθα
Ss ‘
εἶναι αὐτοὶ τεχνικοὶ καὶ
+ Q Ν a ΝΜ
ἄλλον δυνατοὶ ποιεῖν, ἔπειτα
δέ, ἐὰν
wn A 4
σκοπεῖν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ,
΄΄ Ν ,ὔ ,ὔ 5 Ν
τίνα πρὸς τί πέφυκεν εἰς τὸ
Ν “ yo Ν ’ὔ
δρᾶν ἔχον ἢ τίνα εἰς τὸ πα-

XN € a 7
μὲν ἁπλοῦν Ἢ:

“ ¢€ Ν ἴω oN Ν ΄
θεῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ ; ἐὰν δὲ πλείω
5», 3, a > /
εἴδη ἔχῃ, ταῦτα ἀριθμησά-
Ww S99! MeL, a
μένον, ὅπερ ἐφ᾽ ἑνός, TOUT
5 ἡ 3 ) ε , a ,
ἰδεῖν ἐφ᾽ EKGOTOV, τῷ TL
“ > Ν / ΕΝ a
ποιεῖν αὐτὸ πέφυκεν ἢ TW
/ “ ε Ν 5

τί παθεῖν ὑπὸ Tov ;—Phae-

drus 210 C, D.

It is obvious that if we could find passages in the
Hippocratic collection which clearly maintain the
doctrine propounded in this part of the Phaedrus we
should be able to say with confidence that the

XXXIV

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Hippocrates of history and tradition was the author
of such and such a treatise.

Galen maintains that Plato refers to the treatise
Nature of Man. 1 believe that few readers of the
latter will notice any striking resemblances between
this work! and the doctrine outlined by Plato.
More plausible is the view of Littré, that Plato refers
to Chapter XX of Ancient Medicine, which contains
the following passage :—

ἐπεὶ τοῦτό ΑΞ pet δοκεῖ a ἀναγκαῖον ety αι παντὶ ἰητρῷ περὶ
φύσιος εἰδέναι, καὶ πάνυ σπουδάσαι ὡς εἴσεται, εἴπ Se τι
μέλλει τῶν δεόντων 7 ποιήσειν, ὃ τί τέ ἐστιν ἄν θρωπος πρὸς τὰ
ἐσθιόμενά τε καὶ πινόμενα, καὶ ὅ τι πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα ἐπιτηδεύ-
ματα, καὶ ὅ τι ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου ἑκάστῳ συμβήσεται.

Here the resemblance is closer—close enough to
show that the author of Ancient Medicine, if he be not
the Hippocrates of history, at least held views similar
to his. And here the question must be left. Few
would maintain with Littré that the resemblance
between the two passages is so striking that they
must be connected; few again would deny that
Plato was thinking of Antien! Medicine. Ignorance
and uncertainty seem to be the final result of most
of the interesting problems presented by the Hippo-
cratic collection.

§ 5. Tue ComMMENTATORS AND OTHER ANCIENT
AUTHORITIES,

About the time of Nero a glossary of unusual
Hippocratic terms was written by Erotian, which
1 ΤῸ my mind the closest resemblances are in Chapters

VII and VIII, which deal with the relations between the
‘four humours” and the four seasons.

XXXV

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

still survives. Erotian was not the first to compose
such a work, nor was he the last, the most famous of
his successors being Galen. An examination of this
glossary, combined with testimony derived from
Galen, throws some light on the history of the
Hippocratic collection. It will be well to quote a
passage from Erotian’s introduction, which contains
a fairly complete list of commentators.

/ cal
Παρὰ ταύτην γέ τοι τὴν αἰτίαν πολλοὶ τῶν ἐλλογίμων
lol / r
οὐκ ἰατρῶν μόνον, ἀλλὰ Kal γραμματικῶν ἐσπούδασαν
> / Νὴ A Ν Ν / SES ἊΝ ,
ἐξηγήσασθαι τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὰς λέξεις ἐπὶ τὸ κοινότερον
τῆς ὁμιλίας ἀγαγεῖν. Ἐενόκριτος γὰρ ὃ Kéos, γραμ-
Ν ΕΙΣ 7 ε ΄σ΄ «ε ΄, lal
ματικὸς ὧν, ὡς φησιν ὃ Ταραντῖνος Ἡρακλείδης, πρῶτος
> ay Ν ΄ 2¢ a ΄ ε δὲ Ni ΠΕ,
ἐπεβάλετο τὰς τοιαύτας ἐξαπλοῦν φωνάς. ὡς δὲ καὶ ὃ
Ν > ΄σ na
Κιτιεὺς ᾿Απολλώνιος ἱστορεῖ, καὶ Καλλίμαχος ὁ ἀπὸ τῆς
ε lol Lol
Ηροφίλου οἰκίας. μεθ᾽ ὅν φασι τὸν Tavaypatoy Βακχεῖον
ἐπιβαλεῖν τῇ πραγματείᾳ καὶ διὰ τριῶν συντάξεων πληρῶσαι
τὴν προθεσμίαν, πολλὰς παραθέμενον εἰς τοῦτο μαρτυρίας
ποιητῶν, ᾧ δὴ τὸν ἐμπειρικὸν συγχρονήσαντα Φιλῖνον διὰ
ε ΄ ͵ > a ΄ 7 ΄ a
ἐξαβίβλου πραγματείας ἀντειπεῖν, καίπερ ᾿Επικλέους τοῦ
Κρητὸς ἐπιτεμομένου τὰς Βακχείου λέξεις διὰ... . συντά-
? i? a ® oS ΄ Ν
ἕεων, ᾿Απολλωνίου τε TOD Οφεως ταὐτὸ ποιήσαντος, καὶ
a “ a ΄ 3
Διοσκορίδου τοῦ Φακᾶ πᾶσι τούτοις ἀντειπόντος δι ἑπτὰ
βιβλίων, ᾿Απολλωνίου τε τοῦ Κιτιέως ὀκτωκαίδεκα πρὸς
τὰ τοῦ Ταραντίν ov τρία πρὸς Βακχεῖον διαγράψαντος, καὶ
Γλαυκίου τοῦ ἐμπειρικοῦ δι᾿ ἑνὸς πολυστίχου πάνυ καὶ
κατὰ στοιχεῖον πεποιημένου ταὐτὸ ἐπιτηδεύσαντος πρός τε
j Λυσιμάχου τοῦ Κῴου κ' βιβλίων ἐκπονήσαντο
τούτοις Λυσιμάχου τοῦ Κῴου κ βιβλίων ἐκπονήσαντος
πραγματείαν μετὰ τοῦ τρία μὲν γράψαι πρὸς Κυδίαν τὸν
« , Ἂς Ν Ν if ΄σ Ν lal
Ηροφίλειον, τριὰ δὲ πρὸς Δημήτριον. τῶν δὲ γραμματικῶν
> ” “ > ΄ \ κ \ »
οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις ἐλλόγιμος φανεὶς παρῆλθε τὸν avdpa.
‘ 32 “ ,
καὶ yap 6 ἀναδεξάμενος αὐτὸν Evdopiwv πᾶσαν ἐσπούδασε
΄ ͵
λέξιν ἐξηγήσασθαι διὰ βιβλίων ς΄, περὶ ὧν γεγράφασιν

XXXV1

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

᾿Αριστοκλῆς Kat ᾿Αριστέας οἱ “Pddior. ἔτι δὲ ᾿Αρίσταρχος
καὶ μετὰ πάντας ᾿Αντίγονος καὶ Δίδυμος οἱ ᾿Αλεξανδρεῖς .--
ΡΡ. 4, 5 (Nachmanson).

A good account of the commentators is given by
Littré, vol. I., pp. 83 [01]. Herophilus (about 300 B.c.)
appears to have been the first; Bacchius his pupil
edited Epidemics I1I., wrote notes on three other
Hippocratic works, and compiled a glossary. A
great number of short fragments of the works of
Bacchius still survive. The most celebrated com-
mentator, a medical man as well as a scholar, was
Heraclides of Tarentum, who lived rather later than
Bacchius.

Erotian in his introduction gives the following list
of Hippocratic works :—

σημειωτικὰ μὲν οὖν ἐστι ταῦτα: ἸΤρογνωστικόν, ΤΙρορ-
Ν ,ὔ \ Uy 6 oh 3, c , 3 4
ρητικὸν & καὶ β' (ws οὐκ ἔστιν Ἱπποκράτους, ἐν ἄλλοις
δείξομεν), Περὶ χυμῶν. αἰτιολογικὰ δὲ καὶ φυσικά" Περὶ
” δ ΄ > , Nee a , ‘
φυσῶν, Περὶ φύσεως ἀνθρώπου, epi ἱερᾶς νόσου, ἹΤερὶ
φύσεως παιδίου, Περὶ τόπων καὶ ὡρῶν. θεραπευτικὰ δέ
τῶν μὲν εἰς χειρουργίαν ἀνηκόντων. Περὶ ἀγμῶν, Περὶ
ἄρθρων, [Περὶ ἑλκῶν, Περὶ τραυμάτων καὶ βελῶν, Περὶ τῶν
ἐν κεφαλῇ τραυμάτων, Κατὰ ἰητρεῖον, Μοχλικόν, Περὶ
ε ., \ ’ x ΄ ΄
αἱμορροΐδων καὶ συρίγγων. εἰς δίαιταν: Περὶ νούσων a
/ fal Ν 3,
β΄, Περὶ πτισάνης, Περὶ τόπων τῶν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον,
Γυναικείων & β΄, Περὶ τροφῆς, Περὶ ἀφόρων, Περὶ ὑδάτων.
> / LS a Al age εν} if / rn
ἐπίμικτα δέ ἐστι ταῦτα" ᾿Αφορισμοί, ᾽᾿Ἐπιδημίαι ζ.. τῶν
δ᾽ εἰς τὸν περὶ τέχνης τεινόντων λόγον Ὅρκος, Νόμος,
Περὶ τέχνης, Περὶ ἀρχαίας ἰατρικῆς. Πρεσβευτικὸς γὰρ
΄, a δ κ > ,

καὶ ᾿Επιβώμιος φιλόπατριν μᾶλλον ἢ ἰατρὸν ἐμφαίνουσι
τὸν ἄνδρα.---. 9 (Νομηηδηβοη).

The actual glossary, however, refers to more works
than these, as will appear from the following table.

XXXVli

GENERAL INTRODUCTION
LISTS OF THE HIPPOCRATIC COLLECTION

[Works known to the authors, not necessarily attributed
by them to Hippocrates. ]

pivere Name. Bacchius.| Celsus. | Erotian.

] περὶ ἀρχαίης ἰητρικῇς Χ Xx
περὶ ἀέρων ὑδάτων τόπων Χ x x
Be προγνωστικόν.. x < x
* περὶ διαίτης ὀξέων xX x x
ἊΝ ἐπιδημίαι 1. 5 x x x
3 ἐπιδημίαι 3 3 x< x x
53 περὶ τῶν ἐν κεφαλῇ τραυ-

μάτων Χ Χ Χ
3 κατ᾽ intpetov . x x x
5 περὶ ἀγμῶν : 2 x x
4 περὶ apOp@y . ὦ Χ Χ Χ
aA μοχλικόν x< x
Se ἀφορισμοί x x x
Aa ὕρκος . Η ><
55 νόμος Χ
5 ἐπιδημίαι ὃ. Ξ Χ x x
᾿ ᾿ς 4. x
τ amen mite ΤῊ: x x
56 Ap Gee: Β Χ x
is (ἢ Thine : x
3 περὶ χυμῶν. Χ x x
- προρρητικὸν 1. XK <
5: Κωακαὶ προγνώσεις. Χ
6 περὶ τέχνης - . Χ Χ Χ
ap περὶ φύσιος ἀνθρώπου ὃς
Ap περὶ διαίτης ὑγιεινῆς : x
be περὶ φυσῶν. : 9 x x
29 περὶ χρήσιος ὑγρῶν. : x x
» περὶ νούσων 1 ὃ Χ x X
50 περὶ παθῶν Χ
Ἢ περὶ τόπων τῶν KAT

ἄνθρωπον . ὦ x x
= περὶ ἱερῆς νούσου . x x
ne περὶ ἑλκῶν . Ξ Χ
an περὶ αἱμορροΐδων . x
33 περὶ συρίγγων 5 : x Xx

XXXVili

32
3)
3)
9
”
3»)
”
3.
3)
99
ΕΣ

39

70

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Name.
περὶ διαίτης 1 : 8
Ω
ΕΣ] — e
“
7} Ὁ
5
περὶ ἐνυπνίων.
περὶ νούσων 2 .

, ΄
περὶ νούσων 3. 5
περὶ τῶν ἔντος παθῶν
i¢ ,
περὶ γυναικείης φύσιος

περὶ ἑπταμήνου 5
περὶ ὀκταμήνου :
περὶ γονῆς . ς :
περὶ φύσιος παιδίου .
περὶ νούσων 4 ᾿ Ε

περὶ γυναικείων 1 and 2
περὶ apdpwy
περὶ παρθενίων .
περὶ ἐπικυήσιος ς ‘
περὶ ἐγκατατομῆς ἐμβρύου
περὶ ἀνατομῆ"

δὺ 9. ah
περὶ ὀδοντοφυΐης .

περὶ ἀδένων. ὃ ᾿
περὶ σάρκων. - :
περὶ ἑβδομάδων Ξ
προρρητικὸν 2, .

περὶ καρδίης. τ
περὶ τροφῆς - .
περὶ ὄψιος : A
περὶ ὀστέων φύσιος.
περὶ ἰητροῦ :
περὶ εὐσχημοσύνης.

παραγγελίαι

περὶ κρισίων. .
περὶ κρισίμων.. .
ἐπιστολαί : .
πρεσβευτικός .
ἐπιβώμιος 5 :

Bacchius, ᾿

Celsus. | Erotian.

x X

xX
xx
xX

xX

xX
xX

x xX

X X

xX
xx

23?

25

49

Erotian knew also περὶ τραυμάτων καὶ βελῶν, now lost. —
The double X X means “‘ by quotation, but not in the list.”

XXKLX

GENERAL. INTRODUCTION

N.B.—The list of Bacchius is made by noting
where in the Hippocratic collection occur the
strange words upon which he commented; that of
Celsus by a comparison of similar passages; that
of Erotian from his list, by noting where occur the
γλῶσσαι explained by him, and from fragments in
scholia (see E. Nachmanson’s edition, pp. 99 foll.).
Of course the list of Celsus is dubious from its
nature, and Bacchius may have known many more
treatises than those we are sure he did know.

The recently discovered history of medicine called
Menon’s Jatrica! contains several references to
Hippocrates. Diels is of opinion that they are very
erroneous.”

In § V. the writer says that according to Hippo-
crates diseases are caused by “airs” (φῦσαι), a state-
ment which seems to be taken from περὶ φυσών, VE
98 foll. Littré, and the doctrine is described in §§ V.
and VI. In §VII. Hippocrates is said to hold doctrines
which are taken from Nature of Man, VI. 52 foll.
Littré. In ὃ VIII. occur references to Places in Man,
VI. 276, 294 Littré, and Glands, VIII. 564 Littré.
In ὃ XIX. occur references to Nature of Man, VI. 38
Littré, but the physician named is Polybus.

Galen

Galen is the most important of the ancient com-
mentators on Hippocrates, and of his work a great
part has survived.

1 Edited by H. Diels, Berlin, 1893. The work was probably
written by a pupil of Aristotle.

2 See Diels, p. xvi, note 1, and in Hermes XXVIII., pp.
410 foll.

xl

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

His writings are of value for two reasons :—

(1) They often give us a text superior to that of
the MSS. of the Corpus. Sometimes this text is
actually given in Galen’s quotations; sometimes it
is implied in Galen’s commentary.

(2) They sometimes throw light upon the inter-
pretation of obscure passages.

Galen’s ideal of a commentator is beyond criticism.
He prefers ancient readings, even when they are
the more difficult, and corrects only when these give
no possible sense. In commenting he is of opinion
that he should first determine the sense of the text
and then see whether it corresponds with the
truth.?

Unfortunately he is not so successful when he
attempts to put his ideal into practice. He is in-
tolerably verbose, and what is worse, he is eager so
to interpret Hippocrates as to gain support there-
from for his own theories. A good example of this
fault is his misinterpretation of Epidemics 111. xiv.
Littré gives as another fault his neglect of observa-
tion and observed fact.

Galen wrote commentaries, which still survive, on
the following :—

Nature of Man. \ One book in ancient
Regimen of People in Health. [ times.
Regimen in Acute Diseases.

Prognostic.

Prorrhetic I.

Aphorisms.

1 On the value of Galen for a reconstruction of the text
see especially I. Ilberg in the Proleyomena to Kiihlewein’s
edition Vol. I., pp. xxxiv—xlix and lviii-Ixii.

2 See Littré I. 120, 121. or 191]:

xli

GENERAL INTRODUCTION
Epidemics I., 11. II., VI.

Fractures.

Articulations.

Surgery.

Humours.+

Nutriment.+

Airs, Waters, Places (only fragments survive).

We also have his G/ossary.

Commentaries on the following are altogether
lost :—

Sores.

Wounds in the Head.

Diseases.

A ffections.

He also wrote (or promised to write) the following,
none of which survive:—Anatomy of Hippocrates,
Characters in Epidemics {{1., Dialect of Hippocrates,
The Genuine Writings of the Physician of Cos.

Galen also knew: Coan Prenotions, Epilepsy, Fis-
tulae, Hemorrhoids, Airs, Places in Man, Regimen,
Seven Months’ Child, Eight Months’ Child, Heart,
Fleshes, Number Seven, Prorrhetic II., Glands, and
probably Precepts.

The most important of the Hippocratic treatises
not mentioned by Galen are Ancient Medicine and
The Art.

§ 6. Lire or Hippocrates.

We possess three ancient biographies of Hippo-
crates: one by Suidas, one by Tzetzes, and one by
Soranus, a late writer of uncertain date.

1 These are supposed by the latest criticism not to be
genuine.

xlii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

From these we gather that Hippocrates was born
in Cos in 460 8.6. ; 1 that he belonged to the guild of
physicians called Asclepiadae; that his father was
Heraclides, and his teachers were Herodicus and
his own father; that he travelled all over Greece,
and was a great friend of Democritus of Abdera;
that his help was sought by Perdiccas king of Mace-
donia and by Artaxerxes king of Persia; that he
stayed the plague at Athens and in other places;
that his life was a long one but of uncertain length,
the traditions making him live 85, 90, 104 or 109
years.

In these accounts there is a certain amount of
fable, but in the broad outline there is nothing
improbable except the staying of the Athenian
plague, which is directly contrary to the testimony
of Thucydides, who expressly states that medical
help was generally unsuccessful.

The Epistles in the Hippocratic collection, and the
so-called Decree of the Athenians, merely give, with
fuller picturesqueness of detail, the same sort of
information as is contained in the biographies.

Plato refers to Hippocrates in two dialogues—
the Protagoras? and the Phaedrus.2 The former
passage tells us that Hippocrates was a Coan, an
Asclepiad, and a professional trainer of medical
students; the latter states as a fundamental principle
of Hippocratic physiology the dogma that an under-
standing of the body is impossible without an
understanding of nature as a whole, in modern

1 Aulus Gellius Δι 4. XVII. 21 says that he was older
than Socrates. This statement, if true, would put his birth
prior to 470 B.c.

2 311 B,C. 8 270 C-E.

xliii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

language, physiology is inseparable from physics and
chemistry.

From Aristotle! we learn that Hippocrates was
already known as “ the Great Hippocrates.”

Such is the ancient account of Hippocrates, a
name without writings, as Wilamowitz says. There
is no quotation from any treatise in the Corpus before
Aristotle,? and he assigns as the author not Hippo-
crates but Polybus. The Phaedrus passage, indeed,
has been recognized by Littré as a reference to
Ancient Medicine, but Galen is positive that it refers
to Nature of Man.

In fact the connexion between the great physician
and the collection of writings which bears his name
cannot with any confidence be carried further back
than Ctesias the Cnidian,* Diocles of Carystus® and
Menon,® the writer of the recently discovered Jatrica.
Ctesias and Diocles belong to the earlier half of the
fourth century, and Menon was a pupil of Aristotle.

§ 7. THe AscLEPIADAE,

Hippocrates was, according to Plato, an Asclepiad.
This raises the very difficult question, who the
Asclepiadae were. [05 difficulty is typical of several

1 Politics, VII. 4 (1326 a).

2 Who quotes from Nature of Man.

3 See Littré VI. 58 and Aristotle Hist. Animal. 111. 3
(512 b), and compare Galen XV. 11.

4 Ctesias appears to have known the treatise Articulations,
Littré 1. 70.

> Diocles criticises Aphorisms 11. 33. See Dietz Scholia in
Hippocratem et Galenum 11. 326, and Littré I. 321-323.

6 Menon refers to Airs (περὶ φυσῶν), Nature of Man, Places
in Man, and Glands, Hippocrates being expressly connected
with the first two.

xliy

ΠΟΘΈΝΕΒΑΙ, INTRODUCTION

Hippocratic problems. Certainty, even approximate
certainty, is impossible owing to the scantiness of
the evidence.

The old view, discarded now by the most com-
petent authorities, is that the Asclepiadae were the
priests of the temples of Asclepius, combining the
functions of priest and physician. This view implied
that Hippocratic medicine had its origin in temple-
practice. For a thorough refutation of it see
Dr. E. T. Withington’s excursus in my Malaria and
Greek History and his own book Medical History
from the Earliest Times.”

Another view is that the Asclepiadae were a guild,
supposed to have been founded by Asclepius, the
members of which were bound by rules and swore
the Hippocratic “Oath.” Such is the view of
Dr. Withington himself. It is one which is free from
all intrinsic objections, but it is supported by the
scantiest of positive evidence.

It should be noticed that the term “ Asclepiadae”’
means literally “the family of Asclepius,”’ and it is
at least possible that the Asclepiads were a clan of
hereditary physicians who claimed to be descended
from Asclepius. It would be very easy for such a
family to develop into something like a guild by the
admission, or rather adoption, of favoured outsiders.
In this way the term might readily acquire the
general meaning of medical practitioner, which it
apparently has in 6. σ. Theognis 492 :—

εἰ δ᾽ ᾿Ασκληπιάδαις τοῦτό γ᾽ ἔδωκε θεός,
ἰᾶσθαι κακότητα καὶ ἀτηρὰς φρένας ἀνδρῶν,
πολλοὺς ἂν μισθοὺς καὶ μεγάλους ἔφερον.

pp. 137-156. > pp. 45, 46 and 378.
xlv

GENERAL INTRODUCTION —

I do not think that it has been noticed what an
interesting parallel is afforded by the term “ Homer-
idae.”” A family of poets tracing their descent from
Homer finally could give their name to any public
reciter of the Homeric poems.!

§ 8. THe Docrrine or Humours.

The doctrine of the humours probably had _ its
origin? in superficial deductions from obvious facts of
physiology, but it was strongly coloured by philo-
sophie speculation, in particular by the doctrine of
opposites. Indeed it is impossible to keep distinct
the various influences which acted and reacted upon
one another in the spheres of philosophy and
medicine; only the main tendencies can be clearly
distinguished.

Even the most superficial observer must notice
(a) that the animal body requires air, fluid, and solid
food; (6) that too great heat and cold are fatal to
life, and that very many diseases are attended by
fever; (c) that fluid is a necessary factor in digestion ;%
(d) that blood is in a peculiar way connected with
life and health.

These simple observations were reinforced by the
speculations of philosophers, particularly when philo-
sophy took a biological or physiological turn, and

1 See e.g. Pindar, Nemeans II. 1.

2 It is supposed by some that the humoral pathology
originated in Egypt. See Sir Clifford Allbutt, Greek Medicine
in Rome, p. 133.

3 See Nutriment LV.: ὑγρασίη τροφῆς ὄχημα. See also
Diseases IV., Littré VII. 568: τὸ σῶμα .. . ἀπὸ τῶν βρωτῶν
καὶ τῶν ποτῶν τῆς ἰκμάδος ἐπαυρίσκεται,

xlvi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

became interested in the organs of man and their
functions.!

The second of the Greek philosophers, Anaxi-
mander,” taught that creation was made up of
“opposites,” though it is not clear how many he
conceived these opposites to be. Many later
thinkers, working on lines similar to those of
Anaximander, made them four in number—the hot,
the cold, the moist and the dry. These were the
essential qualities of the four elements, fire, air,
water, earth.

There was, however, no uniformity among thinkers
as to the number of the opposites, and Alemaeon, a
younger contemporary of Pythagoras and a native of
Croton, postulated an indefinite number. Alemaeon
was a physician rather than a philosopher, and
asserted that health was an ἰσονομία of these opposites
and disease a μοναρχία of one.4 This doctrine had a

1 Empedocles, Philistion and Pausanias were the chief
pioneers in this union of philosophy with medicine which the
writer of Ancient Medicine so much deplores. See Burnet,
Early Greek Philosophy, pp. 234, 235 (also Galen X. 5, of ἐκ
τῆς Ἰταλίας ἰατροὶ Φιλιστίων τε καὶ EumedoxAjjs καὶ Παυσανίας καὶ
οἱ τούτων ἑταῖροι.)

2 He was also interested in biology. See Burnet, pp. 72,
73.

3 Aristotle Meta. A 986a 31: φησὶ γὰρ εἶναι δύο τὰ πολλὰ
τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, λέγων τὰς ἐναντιότητας οὐχ ὥσπερ οὗτοι 56. of
Πυθαγόρειοι] διωρισμένας ἀλλὰ τὰς τυχούσας, οἷον λευκὸν μέλαν,
γλυκύ πικρόν, ἀγαθὸν κακόν, μέγα μικρόν.

4 Aétius V. 80. 1, and Galen (Kiihn) XIX. 343: ᾿Αλκμαίων
τῆς μὲν ὑγείας εἶναι συνεκτικὴν ἰσονομίαν τῶν δυνάμεων ὑγροῦ,
θερμοῦ, ξηροῦ, ψυχροῦ, πικροῦ, γλυκέος καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, τὴν δὲ ἐν
αὐτοῖς μοναρχίαν νόσου ποιητικήν. See also 344: τὴν δὲ ὑγείαν
σύμμετρον τῶν ποιῶν τὴν κρᾶσιν. It would be interesting if the
technical word κρᾶσις could be traced back to Alemaeon
himself.

xlvii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

strong influence upon the Coan school of medicine,
and indeed upon medical theory generally.

But the opposites are not χυμοί: they are only
δυνάμεις. The humoral pathology was not fully
developed until for δυνάμεις were substituted
fluid substances.! In tracing this development the
historian is much helped by Ancient Medicine. ΤῈ is
here insisted that the hot, the cold, the moist and
the dry are not substances; they are only ‘‘ powers,”
and, what is more, powers of merely secondary
importance.?_ The body, it is maintained, has certain
essential χυμοί, which χυμοί have properties or
“powers” with greater influence upon health than
temperature. The number of the χυμοί is left
indefinite. If the body be composed of opposite
humours, and if health be the harmonious mixture
or blending (κρᾶσις) of them, we shall expect to see
one or other “lording it over the others” (μοναρχία)
in a state of disease. .

The two commonest complaints in ancient Greece,
chest troubles and malaria, suggested as chief of
these humours four: phlegm, blood (suggested by
hemorrhage in fevers), yellow bile and black bile
(suggested by the vomits, etc., in remittent malaria),

That the humours are four is first clearly stated in
Nature of Man, which Aristotle assigns to Polybus,
though Menon quotes a portion of it as Hippocratic. .
The passage in question runs: τὸ δὲ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου

1 It is a pity that the treatise Humours tells us so little
about the humours themselves. It is merely a series of notes
for lectures, heads of discowrse to medical students.

2 See especially Chapters XIV-XVII, in particular
XVIL: GAA ἔστι καὶ πικρὺν καὶ θερμὸν τὸ αὐτό, καὶ ὀξὺ καὶ θερμόν,
καὶ ἁλμυρὸν καὶ θερμόν . .. τὰ μὲν οὖν λυμαινόμενα ταῦτ᾽ ἐστί.

xl viii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ἔχει ἐν ἑωυτῷ αἷμα καὶ φλέγμα καὶ χολὴν ξανθήν τε καὶ
μέλαιναν, καὶ ταῦτα ἐστὶν αὐτῷ ἡ φύσις ΝΟΣ ὑγιαίνει μὲν
οὖν μάλιστα ὁκόταν μετρίως ἔχῃ ταῦτα τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα
κρήσιος καὶ δυνάμιος καὶ τοῦ πλήθεος, καὶ μάλιστα μεμιγς-
μένα ἢ κιτιλ. (Littré VI. 38 and 40).

Some thinkers, belonging to the school of Empe-
docles, and being more inclined towards philosophy
than towards medicine, made the four chief oppo-
sites, materialized into fire, air, water and earth,
the components of the body, and disease, or at
any rate some of the chief diseases, an excess of one
or other. We see this doctrine fairly plainly in
Menon’s account of Philistion,! and it is copied by
Plato in the Timaeus.?

The doctrines I have described admitted many
variations, and in Menon’s Jairica, which is chiefly
an account of the origins of disease as given by
various physicians, the most diverse views are set
forth, Petron of Aegina, while holding that the
body is composed of the four opposites, stated that
disease was due to faulty diet, and that bile was
the result and not the cause of disease. Hippon
thought that a suitable quantity of moisture was the
cause of health; 4 Philolaus that disease was due to
bile, blood and phlegm ;° Thrasymachus of Sardis
that blood, differentiated by excess of cold or heat
into phlegm, bile, or τὸ σεσηπός (matter or pus), was

1 Jatrica XX.: φιλιστίων δ᾽ οἴεται ἐκ 5 ἰδεῶν συνεστάναι ἡμᾶς,
τοῦτ᾽ ἔστιν ἐκ 5 στοιχείων: πυρός, ἀέρος, ὕδατος, γῆς. εἶναι δὲ
καὶ ἑκάστου δυνάμεις, τοῦ μὲν πυρὺς τὸ θερμόν, τοῦ δὲ ἀέρος τὸ
ψυχρόν K.T.A.

2.80 A: τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐκ πυρὸς ὑπερβολῆς μάλιστα νοσῆσαν σῶμα
ξυνεχῆ καύματα καὶ πυρετοὺς ἀπεργάζεται, τὸ δ᾽ ἐξ ἀέρος
ἀμφημερινούς K.T.A.

δὲ Tatrica, XX. 4 ibid., XI. δ᾽ Toid.; X VAIL.

xlix

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

the cause ; 1 Menecrates that the body is composed
of blood, bile, breath and phlegm, and that health is
a harmony of these.?

The Hippocratic collection shows similar diver-
sity of opinion. Diseases IV. 51, gives as the
four humours bile, blood, phlegm and ὕδρωψ (not
water, but a watery humour).? Affections I. ascribes
all diseases to bile and phlegm.* Ancient Medicine
recognizes an indefinite number of humours.

The great Hippocratic group imply the doctrine
of humours in its phraseology and outlook on
symptoms, but it is in the background, and nowhere
are the humours described. It is clear, however,
that bile and phlegm are the most prominent, and
bilious and phlegmatic temperaments are often
mentioned in dirs Waters Places and Epidemics 1.
and ///. There are signs of subdivision in πικρό-
χοόλοι ὃ and λευκοφλεγματίαι."

Amid all these differences, which by their very
variety indicate that they belonged to theory with-
out seriously affecting practice, there is one common
principle—that health is a harmonious mingling of
the constituents of the body. What these constitu-
ents are is not agreed, nor is it clear what exactly
is meant by “ mingling.”

The word ἄκρητος, which I have translated “un-
mixed” or “uncompounded,” is said by Galen to
mean “consisting of one humour only.” It is more

1 Tatrica, XI. (end).

2 Tbid., XIX.

3 Littré VII. 584.

4 Tbid., VI. 208.

5 Regimen in Acute Diseases, XXXIII.: of πικρόχολοι τὰ

ἄνω: Epidemics 111. xtv. (end).
§ Epidemics 111. χιν.

]

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

likely that the word means properly “ showing signs
that crasis has not taken place.”

Coction

The course of our inquiry has brought us to the
doctrine of “coction” (πέψις). Familiar as ἃ
modern is with the difference between chemical
blending and mechanical mixture, it is difficult for
him to appreciate fairly theories put forward when
this difference was unknown, and the human mind
was struggling with phenomena it had not the
power to analyse, and trying to express what was
really beyond its reach. We must try to see things
as the Greek physician saw them.

We have in Chapters XVIII and XIX of Ancient
Medicine the most complete account of coction as
the ancient physician conceived of it. It is really
the process which leads to κρᾶσις as its result. It
is neither purely mechanical nor yet what we should
call chemical ; it is the action which so combines
the opposing humours that there results a perfect
fusion of them all. No one is left in excess so as _ to
cause trouble or pain to the human individual. The
writer takes three types of illnesses—the common
cold, ophthalmia and pneumonia—and shows that
as they grow better the discharges become less acrid
and thicker as the result of πέψις.

In one respect the writer of Ancient Medicine is
not a trustworthy guide to the common conception
of πέψις. He attached but little importance to heat,
and it can scarcely be doubted that the action of
heat upon the digestibility of foods, and the heat
which accompanies the process of digestion itself,

li

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

must have coloured the notion of πέψις as generally
held. It is true that we read little about innate
heat in the Hippocratic collection, but that is an
accident, and it certainly was thought to have a
powerful influence upon the bodily functions.+

A disease was supposed to result when the equili-
brium of the humours, from some “ exciting cause”
or other (πρόφασις), was disturbed, and then nature,
that is the constitution of the individual. (φύσις),
made every effort she could through coction to
restore the necessary κρᾶσις.

Crisis

The battle between nature and the disease was
decided on the day that coction actually took place
or failed to take place. The result was recovery,
partial or complete, aggravation of the disease, or
death. The crisis (κρίσις) is “the determination of
the disease as it were by a judicial verdict.” ?

After a crisis there might, or might not, be a
relapse (ὑποστροφή), which would be followed in due
course by another crisis.

The crisis, if favourable, was accompanied by the
expulsion of the residue remaining after coction
and κρᾶσις of the humours had occurred. ‘This expul-

1 See Aphvrisms, ὃ 1. 14: τὰ αὐξανόμενα πλεῖστον ἔχει τὸ
ἔμφυτον θερμόν: πλείστης οὖν δεῖται τροφῆς" εἰ δὲ μή, τὸ σῶμα
ἀναλίσκεται κ.τ.λ.

2. See Dr. E. T. Withington, Classical Review, May-June
1920, p. 65. There is a good definition of κρίσις in A ffec-
tions VIII. (Littré VI. 216): κρίνεσθαι δέ ἐστιν ἐν ταῖς νούσοις,
ὅταν αὔξωνται αἱ νοῦσοι ἢ μαραίνωνται ἢ μεταπίπτωσιν ἐς ἕτερον
νόσημα ἢ τελεντῶσιν.

hii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

sion might take place through any of the ordinary
means of evacuation—mouth, bowels, urine, pores—
and the evacuated matters were said to be concocted
(πέπονα), that is to say, they presented signs that
coction had taken place.

But nature was not always able to use the
ordinary means of evacuation. In this case there
would be an abscession (ἀπόστασις). When the
morbid residue failed to be normally evacuated, it
was gathered together to one part of the body and
eliminated, sometimes as an eruption or inflamma-
tion, sometimes as a gangrene or tumour, sometimes
as a swelling at the joints.

An abscession did not necessarily mean recovery ;
it might merely be a change from one disease to
another. The Hippocratic writers are not clear
about the point, but apparently the abscession might
fail to accomplish its purpose, and so the disease
continued in an altered form.? In other words there
was abscession without real crisis.

To trace the course of a disease through its various
stages, and to be able to see what is portended by
symptoms in different diseases and at different stages
of those diseases, was an art upon which Hippocrates
laid great stress. He called it πρόγνωσις, and it
included at least half of the physician’s work.

1 The chief signs οὗ soction were greater consistency,
darker.colour,.and ‘ripeness ” or ‘‘ mellowness.’

2 The most important era are:

(a) οὐδὲ yap αἱ γιγνόμεναι τούτοις ἀποστάσιες ἔκρινον ὥσπερ
ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις (Epidemics 11: Ἐτε:):

(b) ἀποστάσιες ἐγένοντο, ἢ μέζους ὥστε ὑποφέρειν μὴ δύνασθαι,
ἢ μείους ὥστε μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν ἀλλὰ ταχὺ παλινδρομεῖν K.T.A.

(Epidemics I. ντπ..).

iii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION
Critical Days

Crises took place on what were called critical days.
It is a commonplace that a disease tends to reach a
crisis on a fixed day from the commencement,
although the day is not absolutely fixed, nor is it
the same for all diseases. The writer of Prognostic
and Epidemics I. lays it down as a general law that
acute diseases have crises on one or more fixed days
in a series.

In Prognostic Chapter XX the series for fevers is
given thus :—4th day, 7th, llth, 14th, 17th, 20th,
34th, 40th, 60th.

In Epidemics I. xxvi. two series are given :—

(a) diseases which have exacerbations on even
days have crises on these even days: 4th, 6th, 8th,
10th, 14th, 20th, 24th, 30th, 40th, 60th, 80th,
120th.

(6) diseases which have exacerbations on odd days
have crises on these odd days: 3rd, 5th, 7th, 9th,
Lith, 17th, 21st, 27th, 31st.

A crisis on any other than a normal day was
supposed to indicate a probably fatal relapse.

Galen thought that Hippocrates was the first to
discuss the critical days, and there is no evidence
against this view, though it seems more likely that
it gradually grew up in the Coan school.!

What was the origin of this doctrine? Possibly
it may in part be a survival of Pythagorean magic,
numbers being supposed to have mystical powers,
which affected medicine through the Sicilian-Italian

1 On the other hand, critical days are not discussed at all
in Coan Prenotions, the supposed repository of pre-Hippocratic
Coan medicine.

liv

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

school. But a man so free from superstition as the
author of Epidemics [. was unlikely to be influenced
by mysticism, particularly by a mysticism which left
his contemporaries apparently untouched. More
probably there is an effort to express a medical
truth. In malarious countries, all diseases, and not
malaria only, tend to grow more severe periodically ;
latent malaria, in fact, colours all other complaints.
May it not be that severe exacerbations and normal
crises were sometimes confused by Hippocrates, or
perhaps a series of malarial exacerbations attracted
the crisis to one of the days composing it? The
sentence in Epidemics I. xxvi. is very definitely to
the effect that when exacerbations are on even days,
crises are on even days; when exacerbations are
on odd days, crises are on odd days. Evidently
the critical days are not entirely independent of
the periodicity of malaria.

§ 9. Curer Diseases MENTIONED IN THE HippocraTICc
COLLECTION.

Diseases were classified by ancient physicians
according to their symptoms; they are now classified
according to the micro-organisms which cause them.
Accordingly it often happens that no exact equivalent
in Greek corresponds to an English medical term
and vice versa. The name of a Greek disease
denotes merely a syndrome of symptoms.

Perhaps the most remarkable point arising in a
discussion of Greek diseases is the apparent absence
of most infectious fevers. Plagues, vaguely referred
to by the term λοιμός, occurred at intervals, but the

1 For the common Greek conception of λοιμός see pseudo-

Aristotle Problems I. 7.
lv

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

medical writings in the Hippocratic collection are
occupied almost entirely with endemic disease and
do not describe plagues, not even the great plague
at Athens. There is no mention of smallpox or
measles; no certain reference occurs to diphtheria,
scarlet fever, bubonic plague or syphilis. It is
extremely doubtful whether typhoid was present in
Greece, for although it is similar to severe cases of
καῦσος and φρενῖτις, the latter were certainly in most
cases pernicious malaria, which is often so like
typhoid that only the microscope can distinguish
them. It is expressly stated by pseudo-Aristotle !
that fevers were not infectious, and it is difficult to
reconcile this statement with the prevalence of
typhoid. The question must be left open, as the
evidence is not clear enough to warrant a confident
decision.?

Colds, “ with and without fever,’ * were common
enough in ancient times, but whether influenza
prevailed cannot be stated for certain. Its all too
frequent result, pneumonia, was indeed well known,
but it is puzzling that in the description of epidemic
cough at Perinthus,? the nearest approach to an
influenza wave in the Hippocratic collection, it is
expressly stated that relapses into pneumonia were
rare,®

Consumption (φθίσις) is one of the diseases most
frequently mentioned in the Corpus, and it is re-
markable that in the very passage where we are told

1 Problems, VII. 8.

* See Stéphanos, La Gréce, p 502.

2 See Epidemics IV., Littré V., p. 149.
* Epidemics VI., Littré, pp. 331-337.
> Loc. ctt., p. 8.59.

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

that fevers are not infectious it is also stated that
consumption is so, ‘To consumption are added
* ophthalmias,” which term will therefore include
all contagious inflammations of the eyes.!

The greatest plague of the Greek and of the
ancient world generally was malaria, both mild and
malignant, both intermittent and remittent.

The intermittents (διαλείποντες πυρετοί) are :—

ἀμφημερινὸς πυρετός (quotidians)
τριταῖος πυρετός (tertians)
τεταρταῖος πυρετός (quartans) ?

The remittents (often συνεχεῖς πυρετοῖί) included :—

καῦσος, so called because of the intense heat felt
by the patient, a remittent tertian often mentioned
in the Corpus.

φρενῖτις, characterized by pain in the hypo-
chondria and by delirium. It generally had a
tertian periodicity.

λήθαργος, characterized by irresistible coma. It
bore a strong likeness to what is now known as the
comatose form of pernicious malaria.

ἡμιτριταῖος, semitertian, was pernicious remittent
malaria with tertian periodicity.®

τῦφος or tidos, of which five different kinds are
mentioned in the Cnidian treatise περὶ τῶν ἐντὸς παθῶν

1 Pseudo-Aristotle Problems VII. 8: διὰ τί ἀπὸ φθίσεως καὶ
ὀφθαλμίας καὶ Papas of πλησιάζοντες ἁλίσκονται: ἀπὸ δὲ ὕδρωπος
καὶ πυρετῶν καὶ ἀποπληξίας οὐχ ἁλίσκονται, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ;

2 See e.g. Epidemics I. Χχιν., where quintans, septans
and nonans also are mentioned. In the fourth century the
existence of these fevers was denied.

3 | have discussed these diseases more fully in my Malaria
and Greek History, pp. 63-68.

lvii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

(Littré VII. 260 foll.), was in at least two cases a
species of remittent malaria.

In connexion with the question of malaria it should
be noticed that malarial cachexia, the symptoms of
which are anaemia, weakness, dark complexion and
enlarged spleen, is often described in the Hippocratic
collection. Especially vivid is the description in
Airs Waters Places. This is further evidence of
the malarious condition of the ancient Greek world.

μελαγχολία

This word is closely connected both with the
doctrine of the humours and with the prevalence
of malaria. It is fully discussed in Malaria and
Greek History, pp. 98-101. Generally it means our
* melancholia,” but sometimes merely “ biliousness.”
In popular speech μελαγχολία and its cognates some-
times approximate in meaning to “nervous break-
down.” Probably the name was given to any
condition resembling the prostration, physical and
mental, produced by malaria, one form of which
(the quartan) was supposed to be caused by “ black
bile”’ (μέλαινα χολή).

> 72
ἐρυσίπελας

See Foes’ Oeconomia, p. 148, where quotations are
given which enable us to distinguish ἐρυσίπελας from
φλεγμονή. Both exhibit swelling (ὄγκος) and heat
(θερμασία), but whereas ἐρυσίπελας is superficial and
yellowish, φλεγμονή is internal also and red.

διάρροια and δυσεντερία

The former is local, and causes merely the passing
of unhealthy excreta. The latter is accompanied by

lviii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

fever, and is a dangerous disease, in which the bowel
is ulcerated, with the passing of blood. See περὶ
παθῶν 23 and 25 (Littré VI. 234, 235), and more
especially περὶ διαίτης 74 (Littré IV. 616) :—

τοῦτο γὰρ (διάρροια) ὀνομάζεται ἕως ἂν αὐτὴ μόνη
σαπεῖσα ἣ τροφὴ ὑποχωρῇ. ὁκόταν δὲ θερμαινομένου τοῦ
σώματος κάθαρσις δριμέα γένηται, τό τε ἔντερον ἕύεται
καὶ ἑλκοῦται καὶ διαχωρεῖται αἱματώδεα, τοῦτο δὲ δυ-
σεντερίη καλεῖται, νόσος χαλεπὴ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνος.

“Dysentery”’ would include what is now called
by this name and any severe intestinal trouble,
perhaps typhoid and paratyphoid if these were
diseases of the Greek world, while “ diarrhoea”’
means merely undue laxity of the bowels.

Delirium

The Hippocratic collection is rich in words
meaning delirium of various kinds. It is probable,
if not certain, that each of them had its own
associations and its own shade of meaning, but
these are now to a great extent lost. Only the
broad outlines of the differences between them can
be discerned by the modern reader. ‘The words fall
into two main classes :—

(1) Those in which the mental derangement of
delirium is the dominant idea; e.g. παραφέρομαι,
παραφρονῶ (the word common in Prognostic), παρανοῶ,
mapaxoovw (the most common word in Epidemics J.
and 711.), παρακοπή, ἐκμαίνομαι, μανία.

(2) Those in which stress is laid upon delirious
talk ; e. g. λῆρος, παράληρος, παραληρῶ, παραλέγω, λόγοι
πολλοί.

lix

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

It is more difficult to say exactly which words in
each class signify the greater degree of delirium.
Of class (1) ἐκμαίνομαι is obviously the most vigorous
word, meaning “ wild raving,” μανία comes next to
it, and παρακοπή is apparently slightly stronger than
the others. Of class (2) λῆρος or παράληρος seems to
be the strongest, then zapadéyw, and finally λόγοι
πολλοί.

Pain

There are two common words for pain in the
Corpus, πόνος and ὀδύνη. They seem practically
synonymous. Perhaps πόνος is more commonly used
of violent pains, and ὀδύνη of dull, gnawing pains,
but I think that no reader would care to pronounce
a confident opinion on the matter.

Ague

There are two words commonly used to describe
the chilly feeling experienced in fevers, especially in
malarial fevers. These are (a) ῥῖγος and its deriv-
atives, and (6) φρίκη and its derivatives. The former
lays stress upon the chilly feeling, the latter upon
the shivering accompanying it. But in this case also
it is possible to discriminate too finely; see e.g. in
Epidemics 111. Case 11. (second series), φρικώδης is
followed by μετὰ τὸ γενόμενον ῥῖγος, referring ap-
parently to the same occasion.

The reader should note the extreme care with
which symptoms are described in the Hippocratic
group of treatises. It has been pointed out, for
instance, that in Epidemics I. Case 1., and Epidemics
III. Case xv. (second series), there are possibly

Ix

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

instances of Cheyne-Stokes breathing. Noticed by
the writer of these works, this important sy mptom
was overlooked until the eighteenth century.

§ 10. πολύς AND ὀλίγος IN THE PLURAL.

It is at least curious that one of the translator's
greatest difficulties is to decide what are the
meanings of πολύς and ὀλίγος (also of σμικρά) when
used in the plural. The reader is at first sight
inclined to think that ῥεύματα πολλά (Epidemics 111].
tv.) means “many fluxes,” and so possibly it may.
But just above we have ῥεῦμα πολύ, ‘a copious flux,”
and so the plural may well mean “ copious fluxes.”
The ambiguity becomes more serious when the
words are applied to the excreta. Is frequency or
quantity the more dominant idea? It seems im-
possible to say for certain, but the evidence tends
towards the latter view. From Prognostic Chapter XI
it seems that quantity is the more important thing,
and in the same passage πυκνόν is the word used
to denote frequency. The usage in Epidemics I, and
111. bears out this view. “ Frequently shivering” is
φρικώδεες πυκνά (pid. III. xi.). In the same chapter
occurs the sentence, ai δὲ βῆχες ἐνῆσαν μὲν διὰ τέλεος
πολλαί, καὶ πολλὰ ἀνάγουσαι πέπονα, where πολλαί
means “many’’ and πολλά “copious.” In Epid. ILL.
Case 11. (second series) βῆχες συνεχέες typai πολλαί
means “continued coughing with watery and copious
sputa.”” In Case 1x. of the same series “ frequent,
slight epistaxis” is ἡμορράγει . . . . πυκνὰ κατ᾽ ὀλίγον.
After long consideration of this difficult question 1
conelude that πολύς and ὀλίγος in the plural, when

]xi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

used of excreta, etc., should be translated “ copious ”’
or “abundant” unless the context makes the other
meaning absolutely necessary.

The case is somewhat similar with the word σμικρά.
Used adverbially this word means “slightly,” “a
little,’ more often than it does “ in small quantities.”
σμικρὰ κατενόει is almost certainly “lucid intervals,”
and σμικρὰ ἐκοιμήθη is “snatches of sleep,” but I do
not feel sure that σμικρὰ παρέκρουσε Means more
than “slight delirium,’ nor σμικρὰ ἐπύρεξε (Epid.
III. xm.) more than “ slightly feverish.”

§ 11. THe Ionic Diatecr or THE Hippocratic
COLLECTION.

The later MSS. of the Corpus exhibit a mass of
pseudo-ionic forms which are not to be found, or are
only rarely found, in the earlier MSS. The uncon-
tracted forms, too, are more common in the later
authorities. If we follow closely the earlier MSS.
we have a text which is very like Attic, with a mild
sprinkling of Ionic forms. These facts seem to show
that, when Ionic became the medium of scientific
prose, it lost touch gradually with the spoken speech
and assimilated itself to the predominant Attic,
and later on possibly to the κοινή. It retained
just enough Ionic to keep up the tradition and to
conform to convention. The later scribes, under the
mistaken impression that the texts before them had
been atticized, restored what they considered to be
the ancient forms, often with disastrous results.
Many of their ionisms are sheer monstrosities.

In 1804 A. W. Smyth discussed the dialect of the
Corpus in his work The Sounds and Inflections of the

)xii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Greek Dialects: Jonic.1 He pointed out, however,
that the labours of Littré 2 had left much to be
done in this department of Hippocratic study, and
that the material for a sound judgment was not
yet available.

The collection of this material is not yet com-
plete, but a good start was made by Kiihlewein,
who in Chapter III of the Prolegomena to the first
volume of the Teubner Hippocrates (de dzalecto
Hippocratica)* laid down the principles followed in
the present edition.

§ 12. Manuscripts.

None of our MSS. are very old, but the oldest
are far superior to the later, both in readings and
in dialect. There is no regular canon, and no
recognized order ; each independent MS. seems to
represent a different “collection” of Hippocratic
works. This fact fits in well with the theory that
the nucleus of the Corpus was the library (or the
remains of it) of the Hippocratic medical school
at Cos.

6 Vindobonensis med. IV., tenth century. Our
oldest MS. ” containing : περὶ τῶν ἔντος παθῶν. περὶ
παθῶν. περὶ ἱερῆς νούσου. περὶ νούσων α. περὶ νούσων
Ὗ περὶ νούσων β. περὶ διαίτης ἃ. περὶ διαίτης β.
περὶ διαίτης Ὑ (with περὶ ἐνυπνίων). περὶ γυναικείων
ἃ. περὶ γυναικείων β. περὶ γυναικείης φύσιος. Of
some books parts are missing.

A Parisinus 2253, eleventh century. It contains:

1 See §§ 94-103, pp. 100-110.
2 See Vol. I., 479-502.
3 pp. Ixv-exxviil.
VOL. 1. Gj ἼἽΧΠΙ

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Kwaxat προγνώσεις. περὶ τροφῆς. περὶ πτισάνης. περὶ
χυμῶν. περὶ ὑγρῶν χρήσιος. ἐπιβώμιος. περὶ τέχνης.
περὶ φύσιος ἀνθρώπου. περὶ φυσῶν. περὶ τόπων τῶν
κατὰ ἄνθρωπον. περὶ ἀρχαίης ἰητρικῆς. ἐπιδημιῶν G.
An excellent MS., the use of which has transformed
our Hippocratic text. There are four or five cor-
recting hands.

B Laurentianus 74,7, eleventh or twelfth century.
It contains : κατ᾽ intpetov. περὶ ἀγμῶν. περὶ ἄρθρων.
περὶ τῶν ἐν κεφαλῇ τρωμάτων. Two correcting hands.

V Vaticanus graecus 276, twelfth century. It
contains: ὅρκος. νόμος. ἀφορισμοί. προγνωστικόν.
περὶ διαίτης ὀξέων. κατ᾽ ἰητρεῖον. περὶ ἀγμῶν. περὶ
ἄρθρων. περὶ τῶν ἐν κεφαλῇ τρωμάτων. περὶ ἀέρων.
ὑδάτων, τόπων. ἐπιδημιῶν αβγδεξζ. περὶ φύσεως ἀνθρώ-
που. περὶ φύσεως παιδίου. περὶ γονῆς. περὶ ἐπικυή-
σεως. περὶ ἑπταμήνου. περὶ ὀκταμήνου. περὶ παρθένων.
περὶ γυναικείης φύσιος. περὶ ὀδοντοφυΐας. περὶ τόπων
τῶν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον. γυναικείων αβ. περὶ ἀφόρων. περὶ
ἐπικυήσιος (again). περὶ ἐγκατατομῆς παιδίου. περὶ
ἰητροῦ. περὶ κρίσεων. περὶ Kpadins. περὶ σαρκῶν.
περὶ ἀδένων οὐλομελίης. περὶ ἀνατομῆς. ἐπιστολαί.
δόγμα ᾿Αθηναίων. ἐπιβώμιος. πρεσβευτικός.

M Marcianus Venetus 269, eleventh century. It
contains: ὅρκος. νόμος. περὶ τέχνης. περὶ ἀρχαίης
ἰητρικῆς. παραγγελίαι. περὶ εὐσχημοσύνης. περὶ
φύσεως ἀνθρώπου. περὶ γονῆς. περὶ φύσεως παιδίου.
περὶ ἄρθρων. περὶ χυμῶν. περὶ τροφῆς. περὶ ἑλκῶν.
περὶ ἱερῆς νούσου. περὶ νούσων ἃ. περὶ νούσων β.
περὶ νούσων γ. περὶ νούσων 6. περὶ παθῶν. περὶ τῶν
ἐντὸς παθῶν. περὶ διαίτης ἃ. περὶ διαίτης B. περὶ
διαίτης γ. περὶ ἐνυπνίων. περὶ ὄψιος. περὶ κρισίμων.
ἀφορισμοί. προγνωστικόν. περὶ διαίτης ὀξέων. περὶ
φυσῶν. μοχλικόν. περὶ ὀστέων φύσιος. περὶ ἀγμῶν.
lxiv

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

κατ᾽ intpetov. περὶ ἐγκατατομῆς ἐμβρύου. περὶ γυναι-
κείων ἃ. περὶ γυναικείων β. περὶ ἀφόρων. περὶ ἐπι-
κυήσιος. περὶ ἑπταμήνου. περὶ ὀκταμήνου. περὶ
παρθενίων. περὶ γυναικείης φύσεως. Part of ἐπιδημίων εξ.
ἐπιδημιῶν 5. ἐπιδημιῶν Fg ἐπιστολαί. ὁ περὶ μανίης
λόγος. δόγμα ᾿Αθηναίων. πρεσβευτικός (mutilated).

C’ Paris 446 suppl. Tenth century.

D Paris 2254

E Paris 2255+. Fourteenth century.

F Paris 2144

H Paris 2142. Thirteenth century.

I Paris rel

4 pene Sige Ὁ Fourteenth century.

S’ Paris 2276

R’ Paris 2165, Sixteenth century.

ἹΒ Barberinus I. 5. Fifteenth century.

δ 13. Cuter Epirions anp TraANsLATIONs, ETC., OF
THE Hippocratic Corpus.

1525 Hippocratis Coi medicorum longe principis
octoginta volumina, quibus maxima ex parte an-
norum circiter duo millia latina caruit lingua, Graeci
vero, Arabes et prisci nostri medici, plurimis tamen
utilibus praetermissis, scripta sua illustrarunt, nunc
tandem per M. Fabium Calvum, Rhavennatem,
virum undecumque doctissimum, latinitate donata,
Clementi VII pont. max. dicata, ac nune primum
in lucem edita, quo nihil humano generi salubrius
fieri potuit.

Romae ex aedibus Francisci Minitii Calvi Novo-
comensis. 1 vol. fol.

1526 Ἅπαντα τὰ τοῦ Ἱπποκράτους. Omnia opera

Ιχν

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Hippocratis. Venetiis in aedibus Aldi et Andreae
Ansulani soceri. Fol.

1538 Ἱπποκράτους Kwov ἰατροῦ παλαιοτάτου πάντων
ἄλλων κορυφαίου βιβλία ἅπαντα. Hippocratis Coi
medici vetustissimi, et omnium aliorum principis,
libri omnes ad vetustos codices summo studio collati
et restaurati. Froben, Basileae. Fol.

This edition was edited by Janus Cornarius.

1545 Hippocratis (Οἱ medicorum omnium facile
principis opera quae extant omnia. Jano Cornario
medico physico interprete. Venet. Oct. Apud I.
Gryphium.

1588 Hippocratis Coi opera quae extant, graece
et latine veterum codicum collatione restituta, novo
ordine in quatuor classes digesta, interpretationis
latinae emendatione et scholiis illustrata ab Hieron.
Mercuriali Foroliviensi, Venetiis industria ac sump-
tibus Juntarum. Fol.

1588 Oeconomia Hippocratis alphabeti serie dis-
tincta, Anutio Foesio authore. Francofurti. Fol.

1595 Tod μεγάλου Ἱπποκράτους πάντων τῶν ἰατρῶν
κορυφαίου τὰ εὑρισκόμενα.

Magni Hippocratis medicorum omnium facile prin-
cipis opera omnia quae extant in VIII sectiones ex
Krotiani mente distributa, nune recens latina inter-
pretatione et annotationibus illustrata, Anutio Foesio
Mediomatrico medico authore. Francofurti apud
Andreae Wecheli haeredes. Fol.

Reprinted 1621, 1624, 1645 and at Geneva 1657.

1665 Magni Hippocratis Coi opera omnia graece
et latine edita et ad omnes alias editiones accom-
modata industria et diligentia Joan. Antonidae van
der Linden. Lugduno-Batav. 1665. 2 vol. octavo.

1679 Hippocratis Coi et Claudii Galeni Pergameni

Ixvi

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

ἀρχιατρῶν opera. Renatus Charterius Vindocinensis,
plurima interpretatus, universa emendavit, instaur-
avit, notavit, auxit . . . Lutetiae Parisiorum, apud
Jacobum Villery. 13 vol. fol.

1743 Ta Ἱπποκράτους ἅπαντα. . . studio et opera
Stephani Mackii. Viennae. 2 vol. fol.

1825 Tot μεγάλου Ἱπποκράτους ἅπαντα. Magni
Hippocratis opera omnia. Editionem curavit D.
Carolus Gottlob Kiihn. Lipsiae. 3 vol. octavo.

1834 Scholia in Hippocratem et Galenum, F. R.
Dietz. 2 vols.

1839-1861 Qiuvres completes d’Hippocrate, tra-
duction nouvelle, avec le texte grec en regard .. .
Par. E. Littré. Paris. 10 vol.

1846 Article “ Hippocrates” in Smith’s Dictionary
of Greek and Roman Biography and Mythology, by
Dr. W.-A. Greenhill.

1849 The genuine works of Hippocrates trans-
lated from the Greek with a preliminary Discourse
and Annotations by Francis Adams. London. 2 vol.

1859-1864 MHippocratis et aliorum medicorum
veterum reliquiae. Edidit Franciscus Zacharias
Ermerins. Trajecti ad Rhenum. 3 vol.

1864-1866 Ἱπποκράτης κομιδῇ Car. H. Th. Rein-
hold. ᾿Αθήνῃσι. 2 vol.

1877, 1878 Chirurgie d’Hippocrate, par J. E.
Pétrequin. 2 vols.

1894 Hippocratis opera quae geruntur omnia.
Recensuit Hugo Kihlewein. Prolegomena_ con-
scripserunt Ioannes Ilberg et Hugo Kiihlewein.

The second volume appeared in 1902.

1913 Article ‘“ Hippokrates (16)” in Pauly-
Wissowa Real-Encyclopidie der classischen Altertum-
smissenscha ft.

Ixvii

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

The early editions are learned but uncritical,
being stronger on the medical side than in scholar-
ship. Special mention should be made of the
Oeconomia of Foes, a perfect mine of medical lore,
and it is supplemented by the excellent notes in
Foes’ edition. Such a work could have appeared
only in an age when Hippocrates was a real force
in medical practice.!

The first scholarly edition was that of Littré, and
only those who have seriously studied the works of
Hippocrates can appreciate the debt we owe to his
diligence, or understand why the task occupied
twenty-two years. Unfortunately Littré is diffuse,
and not always accurate. His opinions, too, changed
during the long period of preparation, and the
additional notes in the later volumes must be con-
sulted in order to correct the views expressed in the
earlier.

As a textual critic he shows much common sense,
but his notes are awkward to read, and his know-
ledge was practically confined to the Paris MSS.

He is at his best as a medical commentator, and
he was the first to explain Hippocratic pathology
by proving that the endemic diseases of the Hippo-
cratic writings must be identified, not with the
fevers of our climate, but with the remittent forms
of malaria common in hot climates. It is not too
much to say that without keeping this fact in view
we cannot understand a great part of the Corpus.
It is curious to note that Hippocrates was a medical
text-book almost down to the time (about 1840)

1 This is in a way a defect. Foes, like Galen, is not
sufficiently “detached” from Hippocratic teaching to judge
Hippocrates impartially. ;

Ἰχν

GENERAL INTRODUCTION

when malaria ceased to be a real danger to northern
Europe.

The most useful critical edition of Hippocrates is
that of Ermerins. He was a scholar with a lucid
and precise mind, and his critical notes are a pleasure
to read. The introductions, too, are stimulating,
instructive and interesting, written in a style full
of life and charm. As a philologist he was very
deficient.

The edition in the Teubner series, edited by
Kiihlewein, of which two volumes have appeared,
marks a distinct advance. Fresh manuscripts have
been collated, and the text has been purged of the
pseudo-ionisms which have so long disfigured it.

A word should perhaps be said about Reinhold,
whose two volumes of text give us more plausible
conjectures than the work of any other scholar.

Of the scholars who have worked at parts of the
Corpus mention should be made of Gomperz and
Wilamowitz, but especial praise is due to the remark-
able acuteness of Coray, whose intellect was like
a sword. He always instructs and inspires, even
when the reader cannot accept his emendations.

Adams’ well-known translation is the work of a
man of sense, who loved his author and was not
without some of the qualifications of a scholar.
The translation is literal and generally good, but
is occasionally misleading. ‘The medical annotation
is far superior to the scholarship displayed in the
work,

Ixix

any Pe nih eee lultihe ἢ ἐπα τῇ yt
tel) αἴτέκος, κὰν et oF a

ἀν ig. νὰ ethers Ee Ot ἐπέ ; he Ὁ

᾿ ΝΣ τινα oe δῶν ὧἱ ὼς teary:
“ide ate nnn abe elt
wl) to τ coe συλ οι test μὴ Gas

in A Bios ital eae. eects τ ἤν οὐ
ΠΝ ἀκα ia γα ἶ πον Ao
ἀωρίᾳ το aay

Cee ae ot me
val te (ous He pial toW Aveh) oie wae Σ ἡ ἡ
Pee Tee ee ‘ong

τνηποην δά 9h δὲ δίκσας μα Bah nas ΟΝ
1k not κάκ αν, παρῆν grin hie να, ὙΠ
ΠΣ ia i choy toe ooh Ἐφ} ἢ aed
1] ραν ev εκ » του! anh

at WY aHue “02 Mee tien ts Mpegs Sey een
buie-otq= Log matt ὁ αλλ onal ΣΝ
ἡαρηῶ es inlay δ Ty RA g
δεν, κυ u γλϊμγο ναι fe gine wil pigs onk

Libation aa ee ‘Nae εν
aft κα ἡ toa φϑν μὲ at δνδήνγὐη! ema
᾿ εν. tie wires εἴ ΓΝ
—- ies ii | eo) ae aK
oe eo then ie ;
a < " προ να. με |
4" δος ᾿ ᾿ τῷ Υ͵
EAR. ' ΞΕ

HIPPOCRATES

ANCIENT MEDICINE

INTRODUCTION

Amone ancient writers Erotian is the only one
who expressly ascribes this little treatise to Hippo-
erates himself. Modern critics generally regard it as
old, but as not by Hippocrates, the chief exception
being Littré. Adams is uncertain, but is inclined to
think that Hippocrates was not the author.

Thus the external evidence in support of the view
that Hippocrates was the author of this treatise is very
slight indeed. The internal evidence is considerably
stronger.

(1) The writer, like Hippocrates! holds that
health is caused by a “ coction ” of the “ humours.”

(2) He recognises the importance of “ critical”
days in an illness.

(3) He holds that medical science is founded on
observation and reasoning, not on speculation.

(4) He attaches great importance to the use of
“slops’’ of various degrees of consistency.

All these doctrines are in conformity with the
views expounded in the works assigned to Hippo-
crates. On the other hand, no stress is laid upon
prognosis, which Hippocrates considered of primary
importance. Again, it would be impossible to show

from the works of Hippocrates that the father of

1 By ‘‘ Hippocrates” is meant the writer of Prognostic,
of Regimen in Acute Diseases, and of Epidemics, I., Il.

3

INTRODUCTION

medicine thought little of the power of heat and
cold in producing health or disease; our author,
however, rates them very low. Moreover, like the
Pythagorean physician Alemaeon, he holds that
there is an indefinite number of “opposites,” the
harmony or crasis of which produces health. The
historical Hippocrates is said to have reduced the
number of the humours to four, although I can find
no trace of this limitation to four in any treatise
earlier than the one on the Nature of Man, which
is not generally considered authentic.

It may be said that, were the external evidence
stronger, the treatise would be accepted as an
authentic work of Hippocrates.

Littré! argues that the well-known passage in the
Phaedrus,? where ‘ Hippocrates the Asclepiad’’ is
mentioned as holding a theory that a knowledge
of the human body is impossible without a know-
ledge of the universe—interpreted to mean an ex-
amination of the δύναμις (or δυνάμεις) of a body
according to its inter-relations with other things
—refers to Chapter XX of the περὶ ἀρχαίης ἰητρικῆς,
and not, as Galen maintains, to the treatise On the
Nature of Man. Littré also points out that a passage
in our treatise * is very similar to one in Regimen in
Acute Diseases, the authenticity of which is un-

doubted.

1 ij. pp. 294-310. Gomperz is inclined to support this view.

2 270, C. D. Littré’s discussion of the sentence τὸ τοίνυν
περὶ φύσεως σκόπει τί ποτε λέγει Ἱπποκράτης τε καὶ ὃ dpOds
λόγος, to show that it does not refer to any actual words of
Hippocrates, is, of course, quite beside the mark. The
sentence means ‘‘what H. and right reason mean by περὶ
φύσεως."

3 pp. 314, 315, ¢ Chapter X.
4

INTRODUCTION

Littré may have shown that there is a resemblance
to our author in the Phaedrus passage. Resem-
blances, however, show merely that the writer was
Hippocratic, not that he was Hippocrates.

The reference, in Chapter XV, to participation
(kowvwetr) in εἴδη and to ‘ absolute existences’ (αὐτό
τι ἐφ᾽ ἑωυτοῦ) might lead a critic to infer that the
writer lived in the age of Plato. But there are two
insuperable difficulties to this hypothesis. One is
that in Chapter XX the word σοφιστής is used in its
early sense of “philosopher,” which implies that
the writer lived before Plato attached to the word
the dishonourable meaning it has in later Greek.
The other is that the writer attacks the intrusion of
philosophic speculation into the science of medicine,
and the speculation he has constantly in mind, as
being, apparently, the most influential in his day, is
that of Empedocles,t who is actually mentioned in
Chapter XX as a typical writer περὶ φύσεως. There is
a sentence in Chapter XIV which closely resembles,
in both thought and diction, the fragments of Anaxa-
goras.2- It certainly looks as though the writer of
Ancient Medicine was not unfamiliar with the works
of this philosopher. All this evidence tends to fix
the date as approximately 430-420 B.c., and to
suggest as the writer either Hippocrates or a very
capable supporter of the medical school of which
Hippocrates was a contemporary member.

The author of Ancient Medicine in Chapter II asserts

1 Or possibly that of the Milesian school with its doctrine of
opposites, of which opposites the Empedoclean ‘‘ roots” are
four, definitely corporealised.

2 ὅταν δέ τι τούτων ἀποκριθῇ Kal αὐτὸ ἐφ᾽ ἑωυτοῦ γένηται, τότε
καὶ φανερόν ἐστι καὶ λυπεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον.

5

INTRODUCTION

that empiric medicine was in his day an old art, and
that the attempt to foist the method of philosophy
upon it was comparatively modern. He is obviously
correct. Hippocratic science must have been the
ripe fruit of a long period of active inquiry ;
philosophy began early in the sixth century B.c.,
and it was late in that century that medicine
and philosophy were combined in the persons of
prominent Pythagoreans.! It was only natural that,
as the main interest of philosophy shifted from
cosmology to biology, philosophy should occupy
itself with medical problems. The union was closest
in Empedocles, thinker, seer, and “ medicine-man,
but by the end of the fifth century philosophy
had discarded medicine, although to its great loss
medicine did not discard philosophy.2

Several recent critics, notably Professor A. E.
Taylor,? have pointed out the importance of this
little work in the history of thought. It has even
been urged that it proves that the technical phrases,
and perhaps the doctrine also, of the theory of
Ideas, usually ascribed to Plato, were well-known
to educated men a generation at least before Plato.
The language used in Chapter XV_ is, indeed,
strikingly like the terminology of Plato, far too
much so to be a mere coincidence.

However this may be, it is plain that in the fifth
century B.c, there were thinkers, holding principles
nearly akin to those of modern science, who were
violently opposed to the application of philosophic

1 See Burnet, Early Greek Philosophy, pp. 223-226 for
Alemaeon, and pp. 339-341 for the later Pythagoreans,

2 See especially Burnet, op. cit. pp. 234-235.

3 Varia Socratica, pp. 74-78 and 214-218,

6

INTRODUCTION

procedure to science. ‘This procedure the writer
calls the method of ὑποθέσεις. The student of Plato
is at once reminded of the Phaedo, Republic, and
Sophist, in which dialogues a theory of knowledge
is expounded which is stated to be the best possible
method of inquiry until the Ideas have been appre-
hended. It should be noticed that a ὑπόθεσις is
something very different from a modern scientific
hypothesis. The latter is a summary of observed
phenomena, intended to explain. them by pointing
out their causal relationship. The former is not a
summary of phenomena; it is a postulate, intended
to be accepted, not as an explanation, but as a foun-
dation (ὑπο-τίθημι) upon which to build a super-
structure. An hypothesis must by tested by further
appeals to sense-experience ; a ὑπόθεσις must not be
so tested, it must be taken for granted as an obvious
truth. Plato would have nothing to do with appeals
to sense-experience. According to him, if a ὑπόθεσις
is not accepted, it must be abandoned, and a more
general ὑπόθεσις postulated, until one is reached to
which the opponent agrees.1_ The writer of Ancient
, Medicine suggests,? as the proper sphere of ὑποθέσεις,
the celestial regions and those beneath the earth.
Here, among τὰ ἀφανέα τε καὶ ἀπορεόμενα, Where we
have no means of applying a satisfactory test, where
in fact sense-perception fails us, is the proper place
for ὑποθέσει. He would exclude them all from
medicine, but he is constantly suggesting what we
moderns call “hypotheses.” The best examples of
ὑποθέσεις are the axioms and postulates of geometry.

1 Phaedo, 101 D, E.
* Chapter I. The language of the author is more than a
little sarcastic.

7

INTRODUCTION

These are not tested or proved; they are assumed,
and upon the assumptions a whole science is built.

In place of ὑποθέσεις the author of Ancient Medicine
relies, asa modern scientific thinker relies, on careful
observation and critical examination! of phenomena,
hoping thereby to reach, not the complete and _ per-
fect knowledge Plato hoped to attain through his
Ideas, but an approximation to truth.”

So the two methods, that of Greek philosophy and
that of modern science, stand face to face. The
struggle between them was, for the time being, short.
Medicine, almost the only branch of Greek science
scientifically studied, was worsted in the fight, and
medical science gradually degenerated from rational
treatment to wild speculation and even quackery
and superstition.* The transcendant genius of Plato,
strong in that very power of persuasion the use of
which he so much deprecated, won the day. The
philosophic fervour which longed with passionate
desire for unchangeable reality, that felt a lofty con-
tempt for the material world with its ever-shifting
phenomena, that aspired to rise to a heavenly region
where changeless Ideas might be apprehended by pure.
intelligence purged from every bodily taint, was more
than a match for the humble researches of men who
wished to relieve human suffering by a patient study
of those very phenomena that Plato held of no account.

1 χογισμῷ, Chapter XII.

2 εἰ μὴ ἔχει περὶ πάντα ἀκρίβειαν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον διὰ τὸ
ἐγγὺς οἶμαι τοῦ ἀτρεκεστάτου δύνασθαι ἥκειν. Ibid. The forty-
two clinical histories, given in the Ypidemics of Hippocrates,
are excellent examples of the observation which the Hip-
pocratic school considered the only foundation of science.

3 See Τὸ. Τὶ, Withington, in Mfalaria and Greek History, by
W. H. S. Jones and E. T. Withington.

8

INTRODUCTION

So for centuries philosophy flourished and science
languished, in spite of Aristotle, Euclid and Archi-

medes,
ANALYSIS.

(1) The rejection of ὑποθέσεις and the defence of
the old method in medicine (Ch. I-III).

(2) The origin of medicine, and its connection
with the art of dieting (111--Χ 11}.

(3) The comparative unimportance of the four
“‘ opposites” in health and disease (XIII-XV).

(4) The importance of certain secretions as com-
pared with heat and cold (XVI-XIX).

(5) The correct method of studying medicine
(XX-XXIV).

TEXT; ETC.

There has never been published any separate
edition of this treatise, but of course it is included
in all the great editions of Hippocrates. Not much
was done to improve the text before Littré, who
seems to have bestowed care and thought upon the
little book. The edition of Kiihlewein introduced
a radical reformation of the pseudo-ionic forms that
disfigured earlier texts, and also several improvements
in detail, but his changes are not always happy.

The chief manuscript authority is A,! which seems
infinitely superior to all the others. The next most
important manuscript is M, the others being of very
little help.

In this edition I have kept closely to the spelling
of Kihlewein, but the text itself is my own. It

1 Called by Littré 2253.

INTRODUCTION

follows the MS. A very closely, but on several
occasions I have accepted (with acknowledgements)
the emendations of Coray, Reinhold, Ermerins,
Littré, Diels and Kiihlewein. One passage I have
rejected on my own authority, and in another I
have presented a new combination of readings which
I think restores sense out of nonsense. I have
generally noted readings only when the choice makes
a decided difference to the translation.

The translator is often perplexed how to render
semi-technical words which belong to a time when
the ideas underlying them were in a transition stage,
or when ideas were current which the progress of
time has destroyed. “ Hot” and “cold” were no
longer bodies, but they were not yet qualities. As
Professor Taylor! shows, the word εἶδος is most
elusive, referring to the form, appearance, structure
of a thing, the physique of persons, ete., and yet it is
becoming capable of being applied to immaterial
reality. There are about half a dozen words to
describe the process which we describe by the single
word “ digestion.’ 2. These nice distinctions must be
lost in an English version. The most difficult word
of all is perhaps δύναμις. Scientific thought in the
fifth century Β.6. held that certain constituents of
the body, and indeed of the material world generally,
manifested themselves to our senses and feelings in
certain ways. These are their δυνάμεις, “ powers,”
or, as we may sometimes translate, “ properties,”

1 Loe. cit.

2 In deference to authority I translate ἀπαλλάσσειν in
Chapters X and XX ‘“‘ come off” well or ill, But Iam almost
convinced that in both cases the word means ‘‘ to get rid of
food,” ‘‘to digest.”” Compare Chapter III, p. 18, 1. 32.

Io

INTRODUCTION

* characteristics,” “ effects.”” Almost equally difficult
is the word φύσις. This appears sometimes to have
the meaning which Professor Burnet oe it has in
early philosophy, “ primordial matter,” primitive
element or elements,” the “ stuff” of which the
world is made. Often, again, it has its later mean-
ing, “ nature,” while sometimes the two senses are
combined or confused. In all these cases perfect
consistency of rendering can only be achieved by
sacrificing the thought. In my work I have been
constantly impressed, and depressed, by the truth
of the proverb, “Translators are traitors.”

11

10

ITEP! APXAIM> ΤΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

I. πόσοι μὲν ἐπεχείρησαν. περὶ ἰητρικῆς λέγειν
ἢ γράφειν, ὑπόθεσιν αὐτοὶ αὐτοῖς ὑποθέμενοι τῷ
λόγῳ, θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν ἢ ὑγρὸν ἢ ξηρὸν ἢ ἄλλο
τι ὃ ἂν θέλωσιν, ἐ ἐς ὡραχὺ ἄγοντες τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς
αἰτίης τοῖσι ἀνθρώποισι νούσων τε καὶ θανάτου,
καὶ πᾶσι τὴν αὐτήν, ἕν ἢ δύο ὑποθέμενοι, ἐν
πολλοῖσι μὲν Kal! οἷσι λέγουσι καταφανέες εἰσὶ
ἁμαρτάνοντες, μάλιστα δὲ ἄξιον μέμψασθαι, ὃ ὅτι
ἀμφὶ τέχνης ἐούσης, ἢ χρέονταί τε πάντες ἐπὶ
τοῖσι μεγίστοισι καὶ τιμῶσι μάλιστα τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς
χειροτέχνας καὶ δημιουργούς. εἰσὶν δὲ δημιουργοὶ
οἱ μὲν φαῦλοι, οἱ δὲ πολλὸν διαφέροντες" ὅπερ, εἰ
μὴ ἣν ἰητρικὴ ὅλως, μηδ᾽ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔσκεπτο μηδ᾽
εὕρητο μηδέν, οὐκ a ἣν, ἀλλὰ πάντες ὁμοίως
αὐτῆς ἄπειροί τε καὶ ἀνεπιστήμονες ἦσαν, τύχῃ
δ᾽ ἂν “πάντα τὰ τῶν καμνόντων διοικεῖτο. νῦν δ᾽
οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, ἀλλ᾽ ὥσπερ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνέων
πασέων οἱ δημιουργοὺὴ πολλὸν ἀλλήλων διαφέ-
ρουσιν κατὰ χεῖρα καὶ κατὰ γνώμην, οὕτω δὲ καὶ
ἐπὶ ἰητρικῆς. διὸ οὐκ ἠξίουν αὐτὴν ἔγωγε κενῆς "

1 καί MSS. : καινοῖσι Kiithlewein after Schone,
2 κενῆς M: καινῆς A.

12

ΑΝΟΙΕΝΊ MEDICINE

I. Att who, on attempting to speak or to write
on medicine, have assumed for themselves a postulate
as a basis for their discussion—heat, cold, moisture,
dryness, or anything else that they may fancy—
who narrow down the causal principle of diseases
and of death among men, and make it the same
in all cases, postulating one thing or two, all these
obviously blunder in many points even of their state-
ments,! but they are most open to censure because
they blunder in what is an art, and one which all
men use on the most important occasions, and give
the greatest honours to the good craftsmen and
practitioners in it. Some practitioners are poor,
others very excellent; this would not be the case if
an art of medicine did not exist at all, and had not
been the subject of any research and discovery, but
all would be equally inexperienced and unlearned
therein, and the treatment of the sick would be
in all respects haphazard. But it is not so ; just
as in all other arts the workers vary much in skill
and in knowledge,? so also is it in the case of
medicine. Wherefore I have deemed that it has

1 Or, reading καινοῖσι x.7.A., “οὗ their novelties.”
2 Or ‘‘manual skill” and ‘‘ intelligence.”

13

27

10

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHS

ὑποθέσιος δεῖσθαι ὥσπερ τὰ ἀφανέα τε καὶ ἀπο-
ρεόμενα, περὶ ὧν ἀνάγκη, ἤν τις ἐπιχειρῇ τι λέγειν,
ὑποθέσει χρῆσθαι, οἷον περὶ τῶν μετεώρων ἢ τῶν
ὑπὸ γῆν: ἃ el! τις λέγοι καὶ γινώσκοι ὡς ἔχει,
οὔτ᾽ ἂν αὐτῷ τῷ λέγοντι οὔτε τοῖς ἀκούουσι δῆλα
ἂν εἴη, εἴτε ἀληθέα ἐστὶν εἴτε μή. οὐ γὰρ ἔστι
πρὸς ὅ τι χρὴ ἀνενέγκαντα εἰδέναι τὸ σαφές.

IL. Ἰητρικῇ δὲ πάλαι πάντα ὑπάρχει, καὶ ἀρχὴ
καὶ ὁδὸς εὑρημένη, καθ᾽ ἣν τὰ εὑρημένα πολλά τε
καὶ καλῶς ἔχοντα εὕρηται ἐν πολλῷ χρόνῳ, καὶ
τὰ λοιπὰ εὑρεθήσεται, ἤν τις ἱκανός τε ἐὼν καὶ τὰ
εὑρημένα εἰδὼς ἐκ τούτων ὁρμώμενος ζητῇ. ὅστις
δὲ ταῦτα ἀποβαλὼν καὶ ἀποδοκιμάσας πάντα,
ἑτέρῃ ὁδῷ καὶ ἑτέρῳ σχήματι ἐπιχειρεῖ ζητεῖν,
καί φησί τι ἐξευρηκέναι, ἐξηπάτηται Σ καὶ ἐξαπα-
Tata: ἀδύνατον yap: δι᾽ ἃς δὲ ἀνάγκας ἀδύνατον,
ἐγὼ πειρήσομαι ἐπιδεῖξαι, λέγων καὶ ἐπιδεικνύων
τὴν τέχνην ὅ τι ἐστίν ἐκ δὲ τούτου καταφανὲς
ἔσται ἀδύνατα ἐόντα ἄλλως πως τούτων εὑρί-
σκεσθαι. μάλιστα δέ μοι δοκεῖ περὶ ταύτης δεῖν
λέγοντα τῆς τέχνης γνωστὰ λέγειν τοῖσι δημότῃσι.
οὐ γὰρ περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν οὔτε ζητεῖν οὔτε λέγειν
προσήκει ἢ περὶ τῶν παθημάτων ὧν αὐτοὶ οὗτοι

1 ἃ εἴ suggested by Littré: ἀεί A.

2 So the MSS. ἐξαπατᾷ τε has been suggested. See Diels
in Hermes XLV. 125.

3 ὅ τι ἐστίν M: ὅτι Aand ἔστιν Kiihlewein.

1 Or, reading καινῆς, ““ὦ novel postulate.” But the writer’s
objection is not that the postulate is novel, but that it is a
postulate. A postulate, he says, is ‘‘ empty ” in a sphere
where accurate and verifiable knowledge is possible. Only

14

ANCIENT MEDICINE, 1-n.

no need of an empty postulate,’ as do insoluble
mysteries, about which any exponent must use a
postulate, for example, things in the sky or below
the earth. If a man were to learn and declare the
state of these, neither to the speaker himself nor to
his audience would it be clear whether his state-
ments were true or not. For there is no test the
application of which would give certainty.

II. But medicine has long had all its means to
hand, and has discovered both a principle and a
method, through which the discoveries made during
a long period are many and excellent, while full dis-
covery will be made, if the inquirer be competent,
conduct his researches with knowledge of the dis-
coveries already made, and make them his starting-
point. But anyone who, casting aside and rejecting
all these means, attempts to conduct research in
any other way or after another fashion, and asserts
that he has found out anything, is and has been the
victim of deception.2. His assertion is impossible ;
the causes of its impossibility I will endeavour to
expound by a statement and exposition of what the
art is.3 In this way it will be manifest that by any
other means discoveries are impossible. But it is
particularly necessary, in my opinion, for one who
discusses this art to discuss things familiar to ordin-
ary folk. For the subject of inquiry and discussion
is simply and solely the sufferings of these same

in regions where science cannot penetrate are ὑποθέσεις
legitimate. For this reason I read κενῆς.

2 Or, with the reading suggested, ‘‘ both deceives and is
deceived.”’

3 Or, reading ὅτι ἔστιν, ‘that the art really is an art,
really exists,”

15

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHS

νοσεουσί τε καὶ πονέουσι. αὐτοὺς μὲν οὖν τὰ
σφέων αὐτῶν παθήματα καταμαθεῖν, ὡς γίνεται
καὶ παύεται καὶ δι’ οἵας προφάσιας αὔξεταί τε
20 καὶ φθίνει, δημότας ἐόντας οὐ ῥηίδιον' ὑπ᾽ ἄλλου
δὲ εὑρημένα καὶ λεγόμενα, εὐπετές. οὐδὲν γὰρ
ἕτερον ἢ ἀναμιμνήσκεται ἕκαστος ἀκούων τῶν
αὐτῷ 1 συμβαινόντων. εἰ δέ τίς τῆς τῶν ἰδιωτέων
γνώμης ἀποτεύξεται καὶ μὴ διαθήσει τοὺς ἀκού-
οντας οὕτως, τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται. L διὰ
26 ταῦτα οὖν ταῦτα οὐδὲν δεῖ ὑποθέσιος.

TIT. Τὴν γὰρ ἀρχὴν οὔτ᾽ ἂν εὑρέθη ἡ τέχνη ἡ
ἰητρικὴ οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐζητηήθη---οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῆς ἔδει---
εἰ τοῖσι κάμνουσι τῶν ἀνθρώπων. τὰ αὐτὰ διαιτω-
μένοισί τε καὶ προσφερομένοισι, ἅπερ οἱ ὑγιαίν:ν-
τες ἐσθίουσί τε καὶ πίνουσι καὶ τἄλλα διαιτέονται,
συνέφερεν, καὶ μὴ ἣν ἕτερα τούτων βελτίω. νῦν
δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ ἀνάγκη ἰητρικὴν ἐποίησεν ᾿ξητηθῆναί τε
καὶ εὑρεθῆναι ἀνθρώποισι, ὅτι τοῖσι κάμνουσι
ταὐτὰ προσφερομένοισι, ἅπερ οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες, οὐ

10 συνέφερεν, ὡς οὐδὲ νῦν συμφέρει. ἔτι δὲ ἄνωθεν
ἔγωγε ἀξιῶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν τὴν τῶν ὑγιαινόντων δίαιτάν
τε καὶ τροφήν, ἣ νῦν χρέονται, εὑρεθῆναι, εἰ
ἐξήρκει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ταὐτὰ ἐσθίοντι καὶ πίνοντι
βοΐ τε καὶ ἵππῳ καὶ πᾶσιν ἐκτὸς ἀνθρώπου, οἷον
τὰ ἐκ τῆς γῆς φυόμενα, καρπούς τε καὶ ὕλην καὶ
χόρτον. ἀπὸ τούτων γὰρ καὶ τρέφονται καὶ
αὔξονται καὶ ἄπονοι διάγουσιν οὐδὲν προσδεόμενοι
ἄλλης διαίτης. καί τοι τήν γε ἀρχὴν ἔγωγε δοκέω
καὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοιαύτῃ τροφῇ κεχρῆσθαι. τὰ

20 δὲ νῦν διαιτήματα εὑρημένα καὶ τετεχνημένα ἐν

1 ἑωυτῷ most MSS,
16

ANCIENT MEDICINE, τι.--πῖ.

ordinary folk when they are sick or in pain. Now
to learn by themselves how their own sufferings
come about and cease, and the reasons why they get
worse or better, is not an easy task for ordinary
folk; but when these things have been discovered
and are set forth by another, it is simple. For
merely an effort of memory is required of each man
when he listens to a statement of his experiences.
But if you miss being understood by laymen,
and fail to put your hearers in this condition, you
will miss reality. Therefore for this reason also
medicine has no need of any postulate.

111. For the art of medicine would never have been
discovered to begin with, nor would any medical re-
search have been conducted—for there would have
been no need for medicine—if sick men had profited
by the same mode of living and regimen as the food,
drink and mode of living of men in health, and if
there had been no other things for the sick better
than these. But the fact is that sheer necessity has
caused men to seek and to find medicine, because
sick men did not, and do not, profit by the same
regimen as do men in health. To trace the matter
yet further back, I hold that not even the mode of
living and nourishment enjoyed at the present time
by men in health would have been discovered, had a
man been satisfied with the same food and drink as
satisfy an ox, a horse, and every animal save man,
for example the products of the earth—fruits, wood
and grass. For on these they are nourished, grow,
and live without pain, having no need at all of any
other kind of living. Yet I am of opinion that to
begin with man also used this sort of nourishment.
Our present ways of living have, I think, been

τὴ

80

40

IIEPI ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΤἸΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

πολλῷ χρόνῳ γεγενῆσθαί μου δοκεῖ. ὡς γὰρ
ἔπασχον πολλά τε καὶ δεινὰ ὑ ὑπὸ ἰσχυρῆς τε καὶ
θηριώδεος διαίτης ἀ ὠμά τε καὶ ἄκρητα καὶ μεγάλας
δυνάμιας “ἔχοντα ἐσφερόμενοι. οἷά περ ἂν καὶ
νῦν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν πάσχοιεν πόνοισί τε ἰσχυροῖσι καὶ
νούσοις περιπίπτοντες καὶ διὰ τάχεος θανάτοισι.
ἧσσον μὲν οὗν ταῦτα τότε εἰκὸς ἣν πάσχειν διὰ
τὴν συνήθειαν, ἰσχυρῶς δὲ καὶ τότε. καὶ τοὺς
μὲν πλείστους Te Kal ἀσθενεστέρην φύσιν ἐ ἔχοντας
ἀπόλλυσθαι εἰκός, τοὺς δὲ τούτων ὑπερέχοντας
πλείω χρόνον ἀντέχειν" ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν ἀπὸ τῶν
ἰσχυρῶν βρωμάτων οἱ μὲν ῥηϊδίως ἀπαλλάσσονται,
οἱ δὲ μετὰ πολλῶν πόνων τε καὶ κακῶν. διὰ δὴ
ταύτην τὴν αἰτίην καὶ οὗτοί μοι δοκέουσι ζητῆσαι
τροφὴν ἁρμόξουσαν τῇ φύσει καὶ εὑρεῖν ταύτην,
ἣ νῦν χρεώμεθα. ἐκ μὲν οὖν τῶν πυρῶν βρέξαντές
σφας καὶ πτίσαντες καὶ καταλέσαντές τε καὶ
διασήσαντες καὶ φορύξαντες καὶ ὀπτήσαντες ἀπε-
τέλεσαν ἄρτον, ἐκ δὲ τῶν κριθέων μᾶζαν: ἄλλα τε
πολλὰ περὶ ταῦτα πρηγματευσάμενοι ἥψησάν τε
καὶ ὦπτησαν καὶ ἔμιξαν, καὶ ἐκέρασαν τὰ ἰσχυρά
τε καὶ ἄκρητα τοῖς ἀσθενεστέροις, πλάσσοντες
πάντα πρὸς “τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσιν τε αὶ
δύναμιν, ἡγεύμενοι, ὅσα μὲν ἂν ἰσχυρότερα 7) Rie
δυνήσεται κρατεῖν ἡ φύσις, ἢν ἐμφέρηται, ἀπὸ
τούτων δ᾽ αὐτῶν πόνους Te καὶ νούσους καὶ θανά-
tous ἔσεσθαι, ὁπόσων δ᾽ ἂν δύνηται ἐπικρατεῖν,
ἀπὸ τούτων τροφήν τε καὶ αὔξησιν καὶ ὑγιείην.
τῷ δὲ εὑρήματι τούτῳ καὶ ζητήματι τί ἄν τις
1 So Littré, but he does not admit the conjecture into his

text. The MSS. showa great variety of readings, giving the
same sense but irregular constructions,

18

ANCIENT MEDICINE, m1.

discovered and elaborated during a long period ot
time. For many and terrible were the sufferings
of men from strong and brutish living when they
partook of crude foods, uncompounded and _possess-
ing great powers!—the same in fact as men would
suffer at the present day, falling into violent pains and
diseases quickly followed by death. Formerly indeed
they probably suffered less, because they were used to
it, but they suffered severely even then. The majority
naturally perished, having too weak a constitution,
while the stronger resisted longer, just as at the
present time some men easily deal with strong foods,
while others do so only with many severe pains.
For this reason the ancients too seem to me to
have sought for nourishment that harmonised with
their constitution, and to have discovered that which
we use now. So from wheat, after steeping it,
winnowing, grinding and sifting, kneading, baking,
they produced bread, and from barley they produced
cake. Experimenting with food they boiled or
baked, after mixing, many other things, combining
the strong and uncompounded with the weaker
components so as to adapt all to the constitution and
power of man, thinking that from foods which, being
too strong, the human constitution cannot assimi-
late when eaten, will come pain, disease, and death,
while from such as can be assimilated will come
nourishment, growth and health. To this discovery
and research what juster or more appropriate name

10r ‘strong qualities,”

το

10

10

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΤΙΗΣ ΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

ὄνομα δικαιότερον ἢ προσῆκον “μᾶλλον θείη ἢ
ἰητρικήν; ὅτι γε εὕρηται ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
ὑγιείῃ τε καὶ σωτηρίῃ καὶ τροφῇ, ἄχλαγμα ἐκείνης
τῆς διαίτης, ἐξ ἧς οἱ πόνοι καὶ νοῦσοι καὶ θάνατοι
ἐγίνοντο.

VE Ke δὲ μὴ πέχνη αὕτη νομίζεται εἶναι, οὐκ
ἀπεοικός" ἧς γὰρ μηδείς ἐστιν ἰδιώτης, ἀλλὰ
πάντες ἐπιστήμονες διὰ τὴν Χρ holy TE καὶ ἀνάγκην,
οὐ προσήκει ταύτης οὐδένα τεχνίτην καλεῖσθαι"
ἐπεὶ τό γε εὕρημα μέγα τε καὶ πολλῆς σκέψιος
τε καὶ τέχνης. ἔτι γοῦν καὶ νῦν οἱ τῶν γυμνασίων
τε καὶ ἀσκησίων ἐπιμελόμενοι αἰεί τι προσεξευ-
ρίσκουσιν κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ζητέοντες ὅ τι
ἐσθίων τε καὶ πίνων ἐπικρατήσει τε αὐτοῦ μάλιστα
καὶ eens αὐτὸς ἑωυτοῦ ἔσται.

Υ. Σκεψώμεθα δὲ καὶ τὴν ὁμολογεομένως ἰητρι-
κήν, τὴν ἀμφὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας εὑρημένην, ἣ καὶ
ὄνομα καὶ τεχνίτας "ἔχει, ἦρά τι καὶ αὐτὴ τῶν
αὐτῶν ἐθέλει, καὶ πόθεν ποτὲ ἦρκται. ἐμοὶ μὲν
γάρ, ὅπερ ἐν ἀρχῇ εἶπον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ζητῆσαι ἐ ἰητρικὴν
δοκεῖ οὐδείς, εἰ ταὐτὰ διαιτήματα τοῖσί τε κάμνουσι
καὶ τοῖσι ὑγιαίνουσιν ἥρμοζεν. ἔτι γοῦν καὶ νῦν
ὅσοι ἰητρικῇ μὴ χρέονται, οἵ τε βάρβαροι καὶ
τῶν ᾿Βλλήνων ἔνιοι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὅνπερ οἱ
ὑγιαίνοντες, διαιτέονται πρὸς ἡδονήν, καὶ οὔτ᾽ ἂν
ἀπόσχοιντο οὐδενὸς ὧν ἐπιθυμέουσιν οὔθ᾽ ὑπο-
στείλαιντο ἄν. οἱ δὲ ζητήσαντες καὶ εὑρόντες
ἰητρικὴν τὴν αὐτὴν ἐκείνοισι διάνοιαν ἔχοντες,
περὶ ὧν μοι ὁ πρότερος λόγος εἴρηται, πρῶτον
μέν, οἶμαι, ὑφεῖλον τοῦ πλήθεος τῶν σιτίων αὐτῶν
τούτων, καὶ ἀντὶ πλειόνων ὀλίγιστα ἐποίησαν.
ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτοῖσι τοῦτο ἔστι μὲν ὅτε πρός τινας
20

ANCIENT MEDICINE, πι.--ν.

could be given than medicine, seeing that it has
been fiecovered with a view to the health, saving
and nourishment of man, in the place of that
mode of living from which came the pain, disease and
death ?

IV. That it is not commonly considered an art is
not unnatural, for it is inappropriate to call anyone
an artist in a craft in which none are laymen, but
all possess knowledge through being compelled to
use it. Nevertheless the discovery was a great one,
implying much investigation and art. At any rate
even at the present day those who study gymnastics
and athletic exercises are constantly making some
fresh discovery by investigating on the same metiod
what food and what annie are best assimilated and
make a man grow stronger.

V. Let us donee: ΠΗ whether the acknowledged
art of medicine, that was discovered for the treat-
ment of the sick and has both a name and artists,
has the same object as the other art, and what its
origin was. In my opinion, as I said at the begin-
ning, nobody would have even sought for Ἧτο χε
if the same ways of life had suited youl the sick and
those in health. At any rate even at the present day
such as do not use medical science, foreigners and
some Greeks, live as do those in lealth, just as they
please, and would neither forgo nor restrict the satis-
faction of any of their desires. But those who sought
for and discovered medicine, having the same inten-
tion as the men I discussed Aleit in the first place,
I think, lessened the bulk of the fancies and, without
altering their character, greatly diminished their
quantity. But they unde that this treatment was

1 7.4. that of dieting in health. See Chapter VII.
21

20

29

10

18

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIH= IHTPIKH2

TOV καμνόντων ἤρκεσε καὶ φανερὸν ἐγένετο whe-
λῆσαν, οὐ μέντοι πᾶσί γε, GAN ἦσάν τινες οὕτως
ἔχοντες, ὡς μὴ ὀλίγων σιτίων δύνασθαι ἐπικρατεῖν,
ἀσθενεστέρου δὲ δή τινος οἱ τοιοίδε ἐδόκεον δεῖ-
σθαι, εὗρον τὰ ῥυφήματα μίξαντες ὀλίγα τῶν
ἰσχυρῶν πολλῷ τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἀφαιρεύόμενοι τὸ
ἰσχυρὸν τῇ κρήσει τε καὶ ἑψήσει. ὅσοι δὲ μηδὲ
τῶν ῥυφημάτων ἐδύναντο ἐπικρατεῖν, ἀφεῖλον καὶ
ταῦτα, καὶ ἀφίκοντο ἐς πόματα, καὶ ταῦτα τῇσι
τε κρήσεσι καὶ τῷ πλήθει διαφυλάσσοντες ὡς
μετρίως ἔχοι, μήτε πλείω τῶν δεόντων μήτε ἀκρη-
τέστερα προσφερόμενοι “μηδὲ ἐνδεέστερα.

Vil. ἘΠ δὲ χρὴ τοῦτο εἰδέναι, ὅτι τισὶ τὰ
βυφήμαπα ἐν τῇσι νούσοισιν οὐ συμφέρει, ἀλλ᾽
ἄντικρυς," ὅταν ταῦτα προσαίρωνται, παροξύ-
νονταί σφισι οἵ τε πυρετοὶ καὶ τὰ ἀλγήματα: καὶ
δῆλον τὸ προσενεχθὲν τῇ μὲν νούσῳ τροφή τε
καὶ αὔξησις γενόμενον, τῷ δὲ σώματι φθίσις τε
καὶ ἀρρωστίη. ὅσοι δὲ ἂν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐν
ταύτῃ τῇ διαθέσει ἐόντες προσενέγκωνται ξηρὸν
σιτίον ἢ μᾶζαν ἢ ἄρτον, καὶ ἢν πάνυ σμικρόν,
δεκαπλασίως ἂν μᾶλλον καὶ ἐπιφανέστερον κακω-
θεῖεν ἢ ῥυφέοντες, δι’ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ διὰ τὴν ἰσχὺν
τοῦ βρώματος πρὸς τὴν διάθεσιν" καὶ ὅτῳ ῥυφεῖν
μὲν συμφέρει, ἐσθίειν δ᾽ οὔ, εἰ πλείω φάγοι, πολὺ
Ἃ a , a > ? , Ν > > /
ἂν μᾶλλον κακωθείη, ἢ εἰ OALya? Kal εἰ ὀλίγα
δέ, πονήσειεν ἄν. πάντα δὴ τὰ αἴτια τοῦ πόνου
ἐς τὸ αὐτὸ ἀνάγεται, τὰ ἰσχυρότατα μάλιστά τε
καὶ ἐπιφανέστατα λυμαίνεσθαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον καὶ
τὸν ὑγιᾶ ἐόντα καὶ τὸν κάμνοντα.

1 ἄντικρυς M: φανερῶς A: Hesychius gives φανερῶς as an
explanation of ἄντικρυς.
22

ANCIENT MEDICINE, v.—v1.

suflicient only occasionally, and although clearly
beneficial with some patients, it was not so in all
cases, aS some were in such a condition that they
could not assimilate even small quantities of food.
As such patients were thought to need weaker nutri-
ment, slops were invented by mixing with much
water small quantities of strong foods, and by taking
away from their strength by compounding and
boiling. Those that were not able to assimilate them
were refused even these slops, and were reduced to
taking liquids, these moreover being so regulated in
composition and quantity as to be moderate, and
nothing was administered that was either more or
less, or less compounded, than it ought to be.

VI. lt must be clearly understood that some are
not benefited in disease by slops, but when they
take them, their fever and pain grow manifestly
worse, and it is plain that what is taken proves
nourishment and increase to the disease, but wears
away and enfeebles the body. Any men who in this
condition take dry food, barley-cake or bread, even
though it be very little, will be hurt ten times
more, and more obviously, than if they take slops,
simply and solely because the food is too strong
for their condition; and a man to whom slops are
beneficial, but not solid food, will suffer much more
harm if he eat more than if he eat little, though
he will feel pain even if he eat little. Now all the
causes of the pain can be reduced to one, namely,
it is the strongest foods that hurt a man most and
most obviously, whether he be well or ill.

2 ἢ εἰ ὀλίγα Ermerins: ἢ ὀλίγα A: the words are generally
omitted in MSS.

23

10

10

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΙΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

Vile Tesoun φαίνεται ἑτεροῖον διανοηθεὶς ὁ
καλεύμενος ὦ ἰητρὸς καὶ ὁμολογεομένως χειροτέχνης,
ὃς ἐξεῦρε τὴν ἀμφὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας δίαιτάν τε καὶ
τροφήν, ἢ ἐκεῖνος ὁ ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς τοῖσι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώ-
ποισιν τροφήν, ἡ νῦν χρώμεθα, ἐξ ἐκείνης τῆς
ἀγρίης τε καὶ θηριώδεος διαίτης εὑρών Te καὶ
παρασκευασάμενος; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ φαίνεται ὁ ὁ αὐτὸς
λόγος καὶ ἕν καὶ ὅμοιον τὸ εὕρημα. ὁ μέν, ὅσων
μὴ ἐδύνατο ἡ φύσις ἡ ἀνθρωπίνη ὑγιαίνουσα
ἐπικρατεῖν ἐμπιπτόντων διὰ τὴν θηριότητά τε καὶ
τὴν ἀκρησίην, ὁ δέ, ὅσων ἡ διάθεσις, ἐν οἵῃ ἂν
ἑκάστοτε ἕκαστος τύχῃ διακείμενος, μὴ δύνηται
ἐπικρατεῖν, ταῦτα ἐζήτησεν ἀφελεῖν. τί δὴ τοῦτο
ἐκείνου διαφέρει ἀλλ᾽ ἢ t πλέον Τ' τό γε εἶδος, καὶ
ὅτι ποικιλώτερον καὶ πλείονος πρηγματίης, ἀρχὴ
δὲ ἐκείνη ἡ πρότερον γενομένη;

VIII. Ee δέ τις σκέπτοιτο τὴν τῶν καμνόντων
δίαιταν πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑγιαινόντων, εὕροι ἂν τὴν
τῶν θηρίων τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων “ζῴων οὐ βλαβε-
ρωτέρην πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑγιαινόντων. ἀνὴρ “γὰρ
κάμνων νοσήματι μήτε τῶν χαλεπῶν τε καὶ ἀπό-
ρων “μήτε αὖ τῶν παντάπασιν εὐηθέων, ἀλλ᾽ 6 τι
αὐτῷ ἐξαμαρτάνοντι μέλλει ἐπίδηλον el ἢ εἰ
ἐθέλοι καταφαγεῖν ἄρτον καὶ κρέας ἢ ἄλλο τι ὧν
οἱ ὑγιαίνοντες ἐσθίοντες ὠφελέονται, μὴ πολλόν,
ἀλλὰ πολλῷ ἔλασσον ἢ ὑγιαίνων ἂν ἐδύνατο,
ἄλλος τε τῶν ὑγιαινόντων φύσιν ἔχων μήτε

1 πλέον MSS. : omitted by Reinhold. Was πλέον a misread
gloss (πλὴν) on ἀλλ᾽ 7H?

1 Or ‘‘appearance.” The two pursuits are really one, but
they appear toa eee observer to differ.

24

ANCIENT MEDICINE, νη.-- νι.

VII. What difference then can be seen between
the purpose of him we call physician, who is an
acknowledged handicraftsman, the discoverer of the
mode of life and of the nourishment suitable for the
sick, and his who discovered and prepared originally
nourishment for all men, which we now use, instead
of the old savage and brutish mode of living? My
own view is that their reasoning was identical and the
discovery one and the same. The one sought to
do away with those things which, when taken, the
constitution of man in health could not assimilate
because of their brutish and uncompounded character,
the other those things which the temporary condi-
tion of an individual prevented him from assimilating.
How do the two pursuits differ, except in their scope !
and in that the latter is more complex and requires
the greater application, while the former is the
starting point and came first in time ?

VIII. A consideration of the diet of the sick, as
compared with that of men in health, would show
that the diet of wild beasts and of animals generally
is not more harmful, as compared with that of men
in health.? Take a man sick of a disease which is
neither severe and desperate nor yet altogether mild,
but likely to be pronounced under wrong treatment,
and suppose that he resolved to eat bread, and meat,
or any other food that is beneficial to men in health,
not much of it, but far less than he could have taken
had he been well; take again a man in health, with
a constitution neither altogether weak nor altogether

2 The text here is very uncertain; I have combined that
of Littré with that of Kiihlewein so as to give a good sense:
‘“‘The diet of men in health is as injurious to the sick as the
diet of wild beasts is to men in health.”

VOL Ι: D 25

20

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHZ

παντάπασιν ἀσθενέα μήτε αὖ ἰσχυρὴν φάγοι τι
ὧν βοῦς ἢ ἵππος φαγὼν ἂν ὠφελοῖτό τε καὶ
ἰσχύοι, ὀρόβους ἢ κριθὰς 7) ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων,
μὴ πολύ, ἀλλὰ πολλῷ μεῖον ἢ δύναιτο, οὐκ ἂν
ἧσσον ὁ ὑγιαίνων τοῦτο ποιήσας πονήσειέ τε καὶ
κινδυνεύσειε κείνου τοῦ νοσέοντος, ὃς τὸν ἄρτον ἢ
τὴν μᾶζαν ἀκαίρως προσηνέγκατο. ταῦτα δὴ
πάντα τεκμήρια, OTL αὕτη ἡ τέχνη πᾶσα ἡ ἰητρικὴ
τῇ αὐτῇ ὁδῷ ζητεομένη εὑρίσκοιτο ἄν.

IX. Kai εἰ μὲν ἣν ἁπλοῦν, ὥσπερ ὑφήγητο,
ὅσα μὲν ἦν ἰσχυρότερα, ἔβλαπτεν, ὅσα δ᾽ ἣν
ἀσθενέστερα, ὠφέλει τε καὶ ἔτρεφεν καὶ τὸν κάμ-
νονταὰ καὶ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα, εὐπετὲς ἂν ἣν τὸ πρῆγμα"
πολλὸν γὰρ τοῦ ἀσφαλέος ἂν ἔδει περιλαμβά-
νοντας ἄγειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀσθενέστερον. νῦν δὲ οὐκ
ἔλασσον ἁμάρτημα, οὐδὲ ἧσσον λυμαίνεται τὸν
ἄνθρωπον, ἢν ἐλάσσονα καὶ ἐνδεέστερα τῶν ἱκα-
νῶν προσφέρηται. .τὸ γὰρ τοῦ λιμοῦ μένος δύνα-
ται ἰσχυρῶς ἐν τῇ φύσει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ γυιῶσαι
καὶ ἀσθενέα ποιῆσαι καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι. πολλὰ δὲ
καὶ ἄλλα κακὰ ἑτεροῖα τῶν ἀπὸ πληρώσιος, οὐχ
ἧσσον δὲ δεινά, καὶ ἀπὸ κενώσιος. διότι πολλὸν
ποικιλώτερά τε καὶ διὰ πλείονος ἀκριβείης ἐστί.
δεῖ γὰρ μέτρου τινὸς στοχάσασθαι. μέτρον δὲ
οὔτε ἀριθμὸν οὔτε σταθμὸν ἄλλον, πρὸς ὃ ἀναφέ-
ρων εἴσῃ τὸ ἀκριβές, οὐκ ἂν εὕροις ἀλλ᾽ ἢ τοῦ
σώματος τὴν αἴσθησιν. διὸ ἔργον οὕτω κατα-
μαθεῖν ἀκριβέως, ὥστε σμικρὰ ἁμαρτάνειν ἔνθα
ἢ ἔνθα. κἂν ἐγὼ τοῦτον τὸν ἰητρὸν ἰσχυρῶς
ἐπαινέοιμι τὸν σμικρὰ ἁμαρτάνοντα. τὸ δὲ ἀτρε-
κὲς ὀλιγάκις ἔστι κατιδεῖν. ἐπεὶ οἱ πολλοί γε
τῶν ἰητρῶν τὰ αὐτά μοι δοκέουσιν τοῖσι κακοῖσι
26

ANCIENT MEDICINE, vut.-1x.

strong, and suppose he were to eat one of the foods
that would be beneficial and strength-giving to an ox
or a horse, vetches or barley or something similar,
not much of it, but far less than he could take. If
the man in health did this he would suffer no less
pain and danger than that sick man who took bread
or barley-cake at a time when he ought not. ΑἸ] this
goes to prove that this art of medicine, if research be
continued on the same method, can all be discovered.

IX. If the matter were simple, as in these in-
stances, and both sick and well were hurt by too
strong foods, benefited and nourished by weaker
foods, there would be no difficulty. For recourse to
weaker food must have secured a great degree of
safety. But as it is, if a man takes insufficient food,
the mistake is as great as that of excess, and harms
the man just as much. For abstinence has upon
the human constitution a most powerful effect, to
enervate, to weaken and to kill. Depletion produces
many other evils, different from those of repletion, but
just as severe. Wherefore the greater complexity of
these ills requires a more exact method of treatment.
For it is necessary to aim at some measure. But no
measure, neither number nor weight, by reference to
which knowledge can be made exact, can be found
except bodily feeling. Wherefore it is laborious to
make knowledge so exact that only small mistakes
are made here and there. And that physician who
makes only small mistakes would win my hearty
praise. Perfectly exact truth is but rarely to be seen.
For most physicians seem to me to be in the same

27

90

40

10

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHS

κυβερνήτῃσι πάσχειν. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ὅταν ἐν
γαλήνῃ κυβερνῶντες ἁμαρτάνωσιν, οὐ καταφανέες
εἰσίν" ὅταν δὲ αὐτοὺς κατάσχῃ χειμών τε μέγας
καὶ ἄνεμος ἐξώστης, φανερῶς πᾶσιν ἤδη ἀνθρώ-
ποις Ov ἀγνωσίην καὶ ἁμαρτίην δῆλοί εἰσιν ἀπο-
λέσαντες τὴν ναῦν. οὕτω δὴ καὶ οἱ κακοί τε καὶ
οἱ πλεῖστοι ἰητροί, ὅταν μὲν θεραπεύωσιν ἀνθρώ-
πους μηδὲν δεινὸν ἔχοντας, ἐς ods ἄν τις τὰ
μέγιστα ἐξαμαρτάνων. οὐδὲν δεινὸν ἐργάσαιτο--
πολλὰ δὲ τοιαῦτα νοσήματα καὶ πολλόν τι πλείω
τῶν δεινῶν ἀνθρώποις συμβαένει---ἐν μὲν τοῖσι
τοιούτοις ἁμαρτάνοντες οὐ καταφανέες εἰσὶν τοῖσιν
ἰδιώτῃσιν" ὅταν δ᾽ ἐντύχωσιν μεγάλῳ τε καὶ
ἰσχυρῷ καὶ ἐπισφαλεῖ νοσήματι, τότε σφέων τά
Te ἁμαρτήματα καὶ ἡ ἀτεχνίη πᾶσι καταφανής"
οὐ γὰρ ἐς μακρὸν αὐτῶν ἑκατέρου αἱ τιμωρίαι,
ἀλλὰ διὰ τάχεος πάρεισιν.

X. "OT 6 οὐδὲν ἐλάσσους ἀπὸ κενώσιος ἀκαίρου
eae γίνονται TO ἀνθρώπῳ ἢ ἀπὸ πληρώ-
σιος, καταμανθάνειν καλῶς ἔχει ἐπαναφέροντας
mls Nabiac teh 7 othe Sif
ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑγιαίνοντας. ἔστι yap οἷσιν αὐτῶν
συμφέρει μονοσιτεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο διὰ τὸ συμφέρον
οὕτως αὐτοὶ ἐτάξαντο, ἄλλοισι δὲ ᾿ἀριστῆν διὰ
τὴν αὐτὴν ἀνάγκην" οὕτω γὰρ αὐτοῖσι συμφέρει.
καὶ μὴν τοῦτ᾽ εἰσὶ oc) δι᾿ ἡδονὴν ἢ ἢ Ov ἄλλην τινὰ
συγκυρίην ἐπετήδευσαν ὁπότερον αὐτῶν. τοῖς
μὲν γὰρ πλείστοισι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν διαφέρει,
ὁπότερον ἂν ἐπιτηδεύσωσιν, εἴτε μονοσιτεῖν εἴτε
ἀριστῆν, τούτῳ τῷ ἔθει χρῆσθαι. εἰσὶ δέ τινες
οἱ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο ἔξω τοῦ συμφέροντος ποιέοντες
ῥηϊδίως ἀπαλλάσσειν, ἀλλὰ συμβαίνει αὐτῶν

1 καὶ μὴν τοῦτ᾽ εἰσὶ of Reinhold: μὴ τούτοισιν of MSS.
28

ANCIENT MEDICINE, ιχ.-- ν᾿

case as bad pilots; the mistakes of the latter are
unnoticed so long as they are steering in a calm, but,
when a great storm overtakes them with a violent
gale, all men realise clearly then that it is their
ignorance and blundering which have lost the ship.
So also when bad physicians, who comprise the great
majority, treat men who are suffering from no serious
complaint, so that the greatest blunders would not
affect them seriously—such illnesses occur very often,
being far more common than serious disease—they
are not shown up in their true colours to laymen if
their errors are confined to such cases; but when
they meet with a severe, violent and dangerous
illness, then it is that their errors and want of skill
are manifest to all. The punishment of the impostor,
whether sailor or doctor, is not postponed, but follows
speedily.

X. That the discomforts a man feels after un-
seasonable abstinence are no less than those of
unseasonable repletion, it were well to learn by a
reference to men in health. For some of them
benefit by taking one meal only each day, and
because of this benefit they make a rule of having
only one meal; others again, because of the same
reason, that they are benefited thereby, take lunch
also. Moreover some have adopted one or other of
these two practices for the sake of pleasure or for
some other chance reason. For the great majority
of men can follow indifferently either the one habit or
the other, and can take lunch or only one daily meal.
Others again, if they were to do anything outside what
is beneficial, would not get oft easily, but if they

29

20

30

37

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKH&

VA / “
ἑκατέροισι παρ᾽ ἡμέρην μιαν καὶ ταύτην οὐχ ὅλην
/ (δ. \ / Ls \ \
μεταβάλλουσιν ὑπερφυὴς κακοπάθεια. οἱ μὲν yap
\ / - /
ἢν ἀριστήσωσιν μὴ συμφέροντος αὐτοῖσι, εὐθέως
\ \ lal \ \ ,
Bapées καὶ νωθροὶ καὶ TO σῶμα καὶ THY γνώμην
a NaN, / x
χάσμης Te καὶ νυσταγμοῦ Kal δίψης πλήρεες" ἢν
δὲ καὶ ἐπιδειπνήσωσι, καὶ φῦσα καὶ στρόφος καὶ
ἡ κοιλίη καταρρήγνυται. καὶ πολλοῖσιν ἀρχὴ
΄ / \
νούσου αὕτη μεγάλης ἐγένετο, Kal ἢν τὰ σιτία, ἃ
/ le
μεμαθήκεσαν ἅπαξ ἀναλίσκειν, ταῦτα δὶς προσ-
\ / a SEK
ενέγκωνται Kal μηδὲν πλείω. τοῦτο δέ, ἢν ἀρι-
Qn ο [οἱ /
στῆν μεμαθηκώς τις---καὶ οὕτως αὐτῷ συμφέρον
lo / ¢
ἣν---μὴ ἀριστήσῃ, ὅταν τάχιστα παρέλθῃ ἡ ὥρη,
7). ᾽ ΄ὔ 7, , > ΄ SUN ΄
εὐθὺς ἀδυναμίη δεινή, τρόμος, ἀψυχίη" ἐπὶ τού-
γ᾽ Ν lal s / \
τοις ὀφθαλμοὶ κοῖλοι, οὖρον χλωρότερον Kal
/ /
θερμότερον, στόμα πικρόν, καὶ Ta σπλάγχνα
an ε ΄ , ,
δοκεῖ of κρέμασθαι, σκοτοδινίη, δυσθυμίη, δυσερ-
γείη. ταῦτα δὲ πάντα, καὶ ὅταν δειπνεῖν ἐπιχει-
\ € a ΄
ρήσῃ, ἀηδέστερος μὲν ὁ σῖτος, ἀναλίσκειν δὲ οὐ
ο , , /
δύναται ὅσα ἀριστιζόμενος πρότερον ἐδείπνει.
“ \ > \ \ / ἊΝ ,
ταῦτα δὲ αὐτὰ μετὰ στρόφου καὶ ψόφου κατα-
\ 4 / /
Baivovta συγκαίει THY κοιλίην, δυσκοιτέουσί τε
, / \ ,
καὶ ἐνυπνιάζουσι τεταραγμένα τε Kal θορυβώδεα.
an \ / ε A 4 ,
πολλοῖσι δὲ Kal τούτων αὕτη ἀρχὴ νούσου ἐγένετο.
/ lal
ΧΙ. Σκέψασθαι δὲ χρή, διὰ τίνα αἰτίην αὐτοῖσιν
nr fal 5 ,
ταῦτα συνέβη. τῷ μέν, οἶμαι, μεμαθηκότι μονο-
- ry \ / \ € ,
σιτεῖν, OTL οὐκ ἀνέμεινεν τὸν χρόνον TOV ἱκανόν,
fal nw fol ,
μέχρι αὐτοῦ ἡ κοιλίη τῶν TH TPOTEpaly προσενη-
΄ /
νεγμένων σιτίων ἀπολαύσῃ τελέως καὶ ἐπικρα-
͵ \ A \ ς ΄ b ? SEIN,
τήσῃ καὶ λαπαχθῇ TE καὶ ἡσυχάσῃ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ
30

ANCIENT MEDICINE, x.—x1.

change their respective ways for a single day, nay,
for a part of a single day, they suffer excessive dis-
comfort. Some, who lunch although lunch does not
suit them, forthwith become heavy and sluggish in
body and in mind, a prey to yawning, drowsiness and
thirst ; while, if they go on to eat dinner as well,
flatulence follows with colic and violent diarrhoea.
Many have found such action to result in a serious
illness, even if the quantity of food they take twice
a day be no greater than that which they have
grown accustomed to digest once a day. On the
other hand, if a man who has grown accustomed,
and has found it beneficial, to take lunch, should
miss taking it, he suffers, as soon as the lunch-hour
is passed, from prostrating weakness, trembling and
faintness. Hollowness of the eyes follows; urine
becomes paler and hotter, and the mouth bitter; his
bowels seem to hang; there come dizziness, depres-
sion and listlessness. Besides all this, when he
attempts to dine, he has the following troubles:
his food is less pleasant, and he cannot digest what
formerly he used to dine on when he had lunch.
The mere food, descending into the bowels with
colic and noise, burns them, and disturbed sleep
follows, accompanied by wild and troubled dreams.
Many such sufferers also have found these symptoms
the beginning of an illness.

XI. It is necessary to inquire into the cause why
such symptoms come to these men. The one who
had grown accustomed to one meal suffered, I think,
because he did not wait sufficient time, until his
digestive organs had completely digested and assimi-
lated the food taken the day before, and until they
had become empty and quiet, but had taken fresh

31

10

19

10

16

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHS

, \
ζέουσάν τε καὶ ἐζυμωμένην Kawa ἐπεσηνέγκατο.

δὲ τοιαῦται κοιλίαι πολλῷ τε βραδύτερον
πέσσουσι καὶ πλείονος δέονται ἀναπαύσιός τε καὶ
ἡσυχίης. ὁ δὲ μεμαθηκὼς ἀριστίξεσθαι, διότι,
ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐδεήθη τὸ σῶμα τροφῆς καὶ τὰ
πρότερα κατανάλωτο καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν οὐδεμίαν
ἀπόλαυσιν, οὐκ εὐθέως αὐτῷ προσεγένετο καινὴ
τροφή. φθίνει δὴ καὶ συντήκεται ὑπὸ λιμοῦ. πάντα
γάρ, ἃ λέγω πάσχειν τὸν τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον,
λιμῷ ἀνατίθημι. φημὶ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώ-
πους ἅπαντας, οἵτινες ἂν ὑγιαίνοντες ἄσιτοι δύο
ἡμέρας ἢ τρεῖς γένωνται, ταῦτα πείσεσθαι, οἱάπερ
ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναρίστων γενομένων εἴρηκα.

XII. Τὰς δὲ τοιαύτας φύσιας ἔγωγέ. φημι τὰς
ταχέως τε καὶ ἰσχυρῶς τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπο-
λαυούσας ἀσθενεστέρας εἶναι τῶν ἑτέρων. ἐγγύ-
Tata δὲ τοῦ ἀσθενέοντός ἐστιν ὁ ἀσθενής, ἔτι δὲ
ἀσθενέστερος ὁ ἀσθενέων, καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτῷ προσ-
ἥκει ὅ TL ἂν τοῦ καιροῦ ἀποτυγχάνῃ πονεῖν.
χαλεπτὸν de? "τοιαύτης ἀκριβείης ἐ ἐούσης περὶ τὴν
τέχνην τυγχάνειν αἰεὶ τοῦ ἀτρεκεστάτου. πολλὰ
δὲ εἴδεα κατ᾽ ἰητρικὴν ἐς τοσαύτην ἀκρίβειαν ἥ ἥκει,
περὶ ὧν εἰρήσεται. οὔ φημι δὲ δεῖν διὰ τοῦτο
τὴν τέχνην ὡς οὐκ ἐοῦσαν οὐδὲ καλῶς ξητεομένην
τὴν ἀρχαίην ἀποβάλλεσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἔχει περὶ πάντα
ἀκρίβειαν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ μᾶλλον διὰ τὸ ἐγγὺς οἶμαι
τοῦ ἀτρεκεστάτου δύνασθαι ἥκειν λογισμῷ ἐκ
πολλῆς ἀγνωσίης θαυμάζειν τὰ ἐξευρημένα, ὡς
Hens καὶ ὀρθῶς ἐξεύρηται καὶ οὐκ ἀπὸ τύχης.

1 ἐπὶ ζέουσαν Zwinger: ἐπιζέουσαν MSS.
2 Littré with some MSS. reads μὴ here.
3 After λογισμῷ in a MS. now lost occurred the words
προσίεσθαι καὶ.

32

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xr.—xu.

food while the organs were still in a state of hot
turmoil and ferment. Such organs digest much more
slowly than others, and need longer rest and quiet.
The man accustomed to take lunch, since no
fresh nourishment was given him as soon as _ his
body needed nourishment, when the previous meal
was digested and there was nothing to sustain him,
naturally wastes and pines away through want. For
I put down to want all the symptoms which I have
said such a man shows. And I assert furthermore
that all other men besides, who when in good health
fast for two or three days, will show the same
symptoms as I have said those exhibit who do not
take their lunch.

XII. Such constitutions, I contend, that rapidly
and severely feel the effects of errors, are weaker
than the others. A weak man is but one step
removed from a sickly man, but a sickly man is
weaker still, and is more apt to suffer distress when-
ever he misses the due season. And, while the art
can admit of such nice exactness, it is difficult always
to attain perfect accuracy. But many departments of
medicine have reached such a pitch of exactness,
and I will speak about them later. I declare, how-
ever, that we ought not to reject the ancient art as
non-existent, or on the ground that its method of
inquiry is faulty, just because it has not attained
exactness in every detail, but much rather, because
it has been able by reasoning to rise from deep
ignorance to approximately perfect accuracy, I think
we ought to admire the discoveries as the work, not
of chance, but of inquiry rightly and correctly con-
ducted.

10

20

80

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΙΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

XIII. ᾿Επὶ δὲ τῶν τὸν καινὸν τρόπον τὴν τέχνην
ζητεύντων ἐξ ὑποθέσιος τὸν λόγον. ἐπανελθεῖν
βούλομαι. εἰ γάρ τί ἐστιν θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν ἢ
ξηρὸν ἢ ἢ ὑγρὸν τὸ λυμαινόμενον τὸν ἄνθρωπον, καὶ
δεῖ τὸν ὀρθῶς ἰ ἰητρεύοντα βοηθεῖν τῷ μὲν θερμῷ
ἐπὶ τὸ ψυχρόν, τῷ δὲ ψυχρῷ ἐπὶ τὸ θερμόν, τῷ
δὲ ξηρῷ ἐπὶ τὸ ὑγρόν, τῷ δὲ ὑγρῷ ἐπὶ τὸ ξηρόν.
ἔστω μοι ἄνθρωπος μὴ τῶν ἰσχυρῶν φύσει, ἀλλὰ
τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων" οὗτος δὲ πυροὺς ἐσθιέτω, οὺς
ἂν ἀπὸ τῆς ἅλω ἀνέλῃ, ὠμοὺς καὶ ἀργούς, καὶ
κρέα ὠμὰ καὶ πινέτω ὕδωρ. ταύτῃ χρεώμενος τῇ
διαίτῃ εὖ οἶδ᾽ ὅτι πείσεται πολλὰ καὶ δεινά" καὶ
γὰρ πόνους πονήσει καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀσθενὲς ἔσται
καὶ ἡ κοιλίη φθαρήσεται καὶ ζῆν πολὺν χρόνον
οὐ δυνήσεται. τί δὴ χρὴ βοήθημα παρεσκευάσθαι
ὧδ᾽ ἔχοντι; θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν ἢ ξηρὸν ἢ ὑγρόν;
δῆλον γὰρ ὅ ὅτι τούτων Tl. εἰ γὰρ τὸ λυμαινόμενόν
ἐστιν τούτων τὸ ἕτερον, τῷ ὑπεναντίῳ προσήκει
λῦσαι, ὡς ὁ ἐκείνων λόγος ἔχει. τὸ μὲν γὰρ
βεβαιότατόν τε καὶ προφανέστατον φάρμακον
ἀφελόντα τὰ διαιτήματα, οἷς ἐχρῆτο, ἀντὶ μὲν
τῶν πυρῶν ἄρτον διδόναι, ἀντὶ δὲ τῶν ὠμῶν κρεῶν
ἐἑφθά, πιεῖν τε ἐπὶ τούτοισιν οἴνου. ταῦτα μετα-
βαλόντα οὐχ οἷόν τε μὴ οὐχ ὑγιᾶ 'γενέσθαι, ἤν
γε μὴ παντάπασιν ἢ διεφθαρμένος ὑπὸ χρόνου τε
καὶ τῆς διαίτης. τί δὴ φήσομεν; πότερον αὐτῷ
ἀπὸ ψυχροῦ κακοπαθέοντι θερμὰ ταῦτα προσε-
νέγκαντες ὠφέλησαν ἢ ἢ τἀναντία; οἶμαι γὰρ ἔγωγε

πολλὴν ἀπορίην τῷ ἐρωτηθέντι παρασχεῖν. ὁ γὰρ
τὸν ἄρτον παρασκευάξων τῶν πυρῶν τὸ θερμὸν

ἢ τὸ ψυχρὸν ἢ τὸ ξηρὸν ἢ τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀφείλατο ;

34

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xin.

XIII. But I want to return to the theory of those
who prosecute their researches in the art after
the novel fashion, building on a postulate. For if
there be such a thing as heat, or cold, or dryness,
or moistness, which injures a man, it necessarily
follows that the scientific healer will counteract cold
with hot, hot with cold, moist with dry and dry
with moist. Now suppose we have a man whose
constitution is not strong, but weaker than the
average. Let this man’s food be wheat straight
from the threshing-floor, unworked and uncooked,
and raw meat, and let his drink be water. The use
of this diet will assuredly cause him much severe
suffering ; he will experience pains and_ physical
weakness, his digestion will be ruined and he will
not be able to live long. Well, what remedy should
be prepared for a man in this condition? Heat or
cold or dryness or moistness ? One of these, plainly ;
for, according to the theory of the new school, if
the injury was caused by one of the opposites, the
other opposite ought to be a specific. Of course the
most obvious as well as the most reliable medicine
would be to abandon his old diet, and to give him
bread instead of wheat, boiled meat instead of raw
meat, and besides these things, a little wine to
drink. This change must restore him to his health,
unless indeed it has been entirely ruined by long
continuance of the diet. What then shall we say?
That he was suffering from cold, and that the taking
of these hot things benefited him? Or shall we say
the opposite? I think that I have nonplussed my
opponent. For is it the heat of the wheat, or the
cold, or the dryness, or the moistness, that the baker
took away from it? .For a thing which has been

ait
ore)

.

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

ὃ γὰρ καὶ πυρὶ καὶ ὕδατι δέδοται καὶ ἄλλοις
πολλοῖσι ἤργασται, ὧν ἕκαστον ἰδίην δύναμιν καὶ
φύσιν ἔχει, τὰ μὲν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἀποβέβληκε,
ἄλλοισι δὲ κέκρηταί τε καὶ μέμικται.

XIV. Οἶδα μὲν γὰρ καὶ τάδε δήπου, ὅ ὅτι δια-
φέρει ἐς τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. καθαρὸς ἄρτος ἢ
συγκομιστός, ἢ ἀπτίστων πυρῶν ἢ ἐπτισμένων,
ἢ πολλῷ ὕδατι πεφυρημένος ἢ ὀλίγῳ, ἢ ἰσχυρῶς
πεφυρημένος, ἢ ἀφύρητος, ἢ ἔξοπτος ἢ “ἔνωμος,
ἄλλα τε πρὸς τούτοισι μυρία. ὡς δ᾽ αὔτως καὶ
περὶ μάζης. καὶ αἱ δυνάμιες μεγάλαι τε ἑκάστου
καὶ οὐδὲν ἡ ἑτέρη τῇ ἑτέρῃ ἐοικυῖα. ὅστις δὲ
ταῦτα οὐκ ἐπέσκεπται ἢ σκεπτόμενος οὐκ οἶδεν,
πῶς ἄν τι οὗτος δύναιτο τῶν κατ᾽ ἄνθρωπον
παθημάτων εἰδέναι; ὑπὸ γὰρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου τούτων
πάσχει τε καὶ ἑτεροιοῦται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἢ τοῖον ἢ
τοῖον. καὶ διὰ τούτων πᾶς ὁ βίος καὶ ὑγιαίνοντι
καὶ ἐκ νούσου ἀνατρεφομένῳ καὶ κάμνοντι. οὐκ
ἂν οὖν ἕτερα τούτων χρησιμώτερα οὐδὲ ἀναγκαι-
ότερα εἴη εἰδέναι δήπου, ὡς δὲ καλῶς καὶ λογισμῷ
προσήκοντι ζητήσαντες πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
φύσιν εὗρον αὐτὰ οἱ πτρῶτοι εὑρόντες καὶ φήθησαν
ἀξίην τὴν τέχνην θεῷ προσθεῖναι, ὥσπερ καὶ
νομίζεται. οὐ γὰρ τὸ ξηρὸν οὐδὲ τὸ ὑγρὸν οὐδὲ
τὸ θερμὸν οὐδὲ τὸ ψυχρὸν οὐδὲ ἄλλο τούτων
ἡγησάμενοι οὐδὲν οὔτε λυμαίνεσθαι οὔτε προσδεῖ-
σθαι οὐδενὸς τούτων τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ
ἰσχυρὸν ἑκάστου καὶ τὸ κρέσσον τῆς φύσιος τῆς
ἀνθρωπείης, οὗ μὴ ἠδύνατο κρατεῖν, τοῦτο BXa-

1 Or ‘‘ power.” 2 Or “ powers.”

36

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xim.-x1Vv.

exposed to fire and to water, and has been made by
many other things, each of which has its own indivi-
dual property! and nature, has lost some of its qualities
and has been mixed and combined with others.

XIV. Of course I know also that it makes a differ-
ence to a man’s body whether bread be of bolted or
of unbolted flour, whether it be of winnowed or of
unwinnowed wheat, whether it be kneaded with
much water or with little, whether it be thoroughly
kneaded or unkneaded, whether it be thoroughly
baked or underbaked, and there are countless other
differences. Barley-cake varies in just the same
way. The properties? too of each variety are
powerful, and no one is like to any other. But how
could he who has not considered these truths, or
who considers them without learning, know anything
about human ailments? For each of these differences
produces in a human being an effect and a change of
one sort or another, and upon these differences is
based all the dieting of a man, whether he be in
health, recovering from an illness, or suffering from
one. Accordingly there could surely be nothing
more useful or more necessary to know than these
things, and how the first discoverers, pursuing their
inquiries excellently and with suitable application
of reason to the nature of man, made their dis-
coveries, and thought the art worthy to be ascribed
to a god, as in fact is the usual belief. For they did,
not consider that the dry or the moist or the hot or
the cold or anything else of the kind injures a man,
or that he has need of any such thing, but they
considered that it is the strength of each thing, that
which, being too powerful for the human constitu-
tion, it cannot assimilate, which causes harm, and

37

80

57

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIHS IHTPIKH

πτειν ἡγήσαντο καὶ τοῦτο ἐξήτησαν ἀφαιρεῖν.
ἰσχυρότατον δ᾽ ἐστὶ τοῦ μὲν γλυκέος τὸ γλυκύ-
τατον, τοῦ δὲ πικροῦ τὸ πικρότατον, τοῦ δὲ ὀξέος
τὸ ὀξύτατον, ἑκάστου δὲ πάντων τῶν ἐνεόντων ἡ
ἀκμή. ταῦτα γὰρ ἑώρων καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ
ἐνεόντα καὶ λυμαινόμενα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ἔνε γὰρ
ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ἁλμυρὸν καὶ πικρὸν καὶ γλυκὺ
καὶ ὀξὺ καὶ στρυφνὸν καὶ πλαδαρὸν καὶ ἄλλα
μυρία παντοίας δυνάμιας ἔχοντα πλῆθός τε καὶ
ἰσχύν. ταῦτα μὲν μεμιγμένα καὶ κεκρημένα
ἀλλήλοισιν οὔτε φανερά ἐστιν οὔτε λυπεῖ τὸν
ἄνθρωπον. ὅταν δέ τι τούτων ἀποκριθῇ καὶ αὐτὸ
ἐφ᾽ ἑωυτοῦ γένηται, τότε καὶ φανερόν ἐστι καὶ
λυπεῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον: τοῦτο δέ, τῶν βρωμάτων
ὅσα ἡμῖν ἀνεπιτήδειά ἐστιν καὶ λυμαίνεται τὸν
ἄνθρωπον ἐμπεσόντα, τούτων. ἕν ἕκαστον ἢ πικρόν
ἐστιν "ἢ ἁλμυρὸν ἢ ὀξὺ ἢ ἄλλο τι ἄκρητόν
τε καὶ ἰσχυρόν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο “ταρασσόμεθα
ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ σώματι
ἀποκρινομένων. πάντα δὲ ὅσα ἄνθρωπος ἐσθίει
ἢ πίνει, τὰ τοιαῦτα βρώματα ἥκιστα τοιούτου
χυμοῦ ἀκρήτου τε καὶ διαφέροντος δῆλά ἐστιν
μετέχοντα, οἷον ἄρτος τε καὶ μᾶξα καὶ τὰ ἑπόμενα
τούτοις, οἷς εἴθισται ὁ ἄνθρωπος πλείστοισί τε
καὶ αἰεὶ χρῆσθαι, ἔξω τῶν πρὸς ἡδονήν τε καὶ κόρον
ἠρτυμένων τ καὶ ἐσκευασμένων. _ καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων
πλείστων ἐσιόντων ἐς τὸν ἄνθρωπον τάραχος καὶ
ἀπόκρισις τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸ σῶμα δυναμίων ἥκιστα
γίνεται, ἰσχὺς δὲ καὶ αὔξησις καὶ τροφὴ μάλιστα
δι’ οὐδὲν ἕτερον γίνεται ἢ ὅτι εὖ τε κέκρηται καὶ
οὐδὲν ἔχει οὔτε ἄκρητον οὔτε ἰσχυρόν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅλον
ἕν τε γέγονε καὶ ἁπλοῦν.

38

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xiv.

this they sought to take away. The strongest
part of the sweet is the sweetest, of the bitter
the most bitter, of the acid the most acid, and
each of all the component parts of man has its
extreme. For these they saw are component
parts of man, and that they are injurious to
him ; for there is in man salt and bitter, sweet
and acid, astringent and insipid,! and a vast number
of other things, possessing properties of all sorts,
both in number and in strength. These, when
mixed and compounded with one another are neither
apparent nor do they hurt a man; but when one of
them is separated off, and stands alone, then it is
apparent and hurts a man. Moreover, of the foods
that are unsuitable for us and hurt a man when
taken, each one of them is either bitter, or salt,
or acid, or something else uncompounded and
strong, and for this reason we are disordered by
them, just as we are by the secretions separated
off in the body. But all things that a man eats
or drinks are plainly altogether free from such an
uncompounded and potent humour, e.g. bread, cake,
and suchlike, which men are accustomed constantly
to use in great quantity, except the highly seasoned
delicacies which gratify his appetite and greed.
And from such foods, when plentifully partaken of
by a man, there arises no disorder at all or isolation
of the powers? resident in the body, but strength,
growth and nourishment in great measure arise from
them, for no other reason except that they are
well compounded, and have nothing undiluted and
strong, but form a single, simple whole.

1 Or ‘flat,’ the opposite of “sharp.” 2. Or “ properties.”
29

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΤΗΣ ἸΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

᾽ ’ v τε \ , :) lal
XV. ᾿Απορέω δ᾽ ἔγωγε, οἱ τὸν λόγον ἐκεῖνον
͵ iol ς fa
λέγοντες καὶ ἄγοντες ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὁδοῦ ἐπὶ
e / / /
ὑπόθεσιν THY τέχνην τίνα ποτὲ τρόπον θεραπεύ-
\ “ A
ovat τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὥσπερ ὑποτίθενται. οὐ
γάρ ἐστιν αὐτοῖς, οἶμαι, ἐξευρημένον αὐτό τι ἐφ᾽
ἑωυτοῦ θερμὸν ἢ ψυχρὸν ἢ ξηρὸν ἢ ὑγρὸν μηδενὶ
ἄλλῳ εἴδει κοινωνέον. ἀλλ᾽ οἴομαι ἔγωγε ταὐτὰ
βρώματα καὶ πόματα αὐτοῖσι ὑπάρχειν, οἷσι
, / A πὴ
πάντες χρεώμεθα. προστιθέασι δὲ τῷ μὲν εἶναι
θερμῷ, τῷ δὲ ψυχρῷ, τῷ δὲ ξηρῷ, τῷ δὲ ὑγρῷ,
ἐπεὶ ἐκεῖνό γε ἄπορον “προστάξαι τῷ κάμνοντι
θερμόν τι προσενέγκασθαι. εὐθὺ γὰρ ἐρωτήσει"
“ aA 3 ΄ A
τί; ὥστε ληρεῖν ἀνάγκη ἢ ἐς τούτων TL τῶν γινω-
\
σκομένων καταφεύγειν. εἰ δὲ δὴ τυγχάνει τι
\ \ / » \ Χ 3N\
θερμὸν ἐὸν στρυφνόν, ἄλλο δὲ θερμὸν ἐὸν πλα-
ἐφ ya \ \ ” ” » \ \
dapov, ἄλλο δὲ θερμὸν ἄραδον ἔχον --ἔστι yap Kal
» \ \ \ » 7 ΄ »
ἄλλα πολλὰ θερμὰ καὶ ἄλλας δυνάμιας ἔχοντα
id lal e / n
ἑωυτοῖς ὑπεναντίας --- ἢ διοίσει τὸ" αὐτῶν προσε-
νεγκεῖν τὸ θερμὸν καὶ στρυφνὸν ἢ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ
πλαδαρὸν ἣ ἢ ἅμα τὸ ψυχρὸν καὶ στρυφνόν- ἔστι
γὰρ καὶ τοιοῦτο--ἢ τὸ ψυχρόν τε καὶ πλαδαρόν'
ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐγὼ οἶδα, πᾶν τοὐναντίον ἀφ᾽ ἑκατέρου
αὐτῶν ἀποβαίνει, οὐ μοῦνον ἐν ἀνθρώπῳ, ἀλλὰ
\ ’ / \ 3 , ‘ > ” lal
καὶ ἐν OKUTEL καὶ ἐν ξύλῳ καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις πολλοῖς,
\ \
ἅ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου ἀναισθητότερα. οὐ γὰρ τὸ
θερμόν ἐστιν τὸ τὴν μεγάλην δύναμιν ἐ ἔχον, ἀλλὰ
τὸ στρυφνὸν καὶ τὸ πλαδαρὸν καὶ τἄλλα ὅσα μοι
εἴρηται καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ἀνθρώπου,
καὶ ἐσθιόμενα καὶ πινόμενα καὶ ἔξωθεν ἐπιχριό-
μενά τε καὶ προσπλασσόμενα.

1.2 διοίσει τι M: εἰ δεοίσει τί A: εἰ δεήσει τι most MSS.:
δεήσει δέ τι Littré: ἢ μὴ διοίσει τι ; Gomperz.

40

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xv.

XV. Iam ata loss to understand how those who
maintain the other view, and abandon the old method
to rest the art on a postulate, treat their patients
on the lines of their postulate. For they have
not discovered, I think, an absolute hot or cold,
dry or moist, that participates in no other form.
But 1 think that they have at their disposal the
same foods and the same drinks as we all use,
and to one they add the attribute of being hot, to
another, cold, to another, dry, to another, moist,
since it would be futile to order a patient to take
something hot, as he would at once ask, “ What hot
thing?” So that they must either talk nonsense
or have recourse to one of these known substances.
And if one hot thing happens to be astringent, and
another hot thing insipid, and a third hot thing
causes flatulence (for there are many various kinds
of hot things, possessing many opposite powers),
surely it will make a difference whether he adminis-
ters the hot astringent thing, or the hot insipid
thing, or that which is cold and astringent at the
same time (for there is such a thing), or the cold
insipid thing. For [ am sure that each of these
pairs produces exactly the opposite of that produced
by the other, not only in a man, but in a leathern
or wooden vessel, and in many other things less
sensitive than man. For it is not the heat which
possesses the great power, but the astringent and
the insipid, and the other qualities I have mentioned,
both in man and out of man, whether eaten or
drunk, whether applied externally as ointment or as
plaster.

41

10

20

80

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIHS ἸΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

XK Vie Ψυχρότητα δ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ θερμότητα πασέων
ἥκιστα τῶν δυναμίων νομίξω δυναστεύειν ἐν τῷ
σώματι διὰ τάσδε τὰς αἰτίας" ὃν μὲν ἂν δήπου
χρόνον μεμιγμένα αὐτὰ ἑωυτοῖς ἅμα τὸ θερμόν
τε καὶ ψυχρὸν ἐνῇ, οὐ λυπεῖ. “κρῆσις γὰρ καὶ
μετριότης TO μὲν θερμῷ γίνεται ἀπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ,
τῷ δὲ ψυχρῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ. ὅταν δ᾽ ἀπο-
κριθῇ χωρὶς ἑκάτερον, τότε λυπεῖ. ἐν δὲ δὴ
τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ, ὅταν τὸ ψυχρὸν ἐπιγένηται
καί τι λυπήσῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, διὰ τάχεος

πρῶτον δ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πάρεστιν τὸ θερμὸν
αὐτόθεν ἐκ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, οὐδεμιῆς βοηθείης οὐδὲ
παρασκευῆς δεόμενον. καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἐν ὑγιαί-
νουσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀπεργάζεται καὶ ἐν κάμνουσι.
τοῦτο μέν, εἴ τις θέλει ὑγιαίνων χειμῶνος διαψῦξαι
τὸ σῶμα ἢ λουσάμενος ψυχρῷ, ἢ ἄλλῳ τῳ τρόπῳ,
ὅσῳ ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖον αὐτὸ ποιήσῃ, καὶ ἤν γε μὴ
παντάπασιν παγῇ τὸ σῶμα, ὅταν εἵματα λάβῃ
καὶ ἔλθῃ ἐς τὴν σκέπην, ἔτι μᾶλλον καὶ ἐπὶ
πλεῖον θερμαίνεται τὸ σῶμα' τοῦτο δέ, εἰ ἐθέλοι
ἐκθερμανθῆναι ἰ ἰσχυρῶς ἢ λουτρῷ θερμῷ ἢ πυρὶ
πολλῷ, ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὸ αὐτὸ εἷμα ἔχων ἐν τῷ
αὐτῷ χωρίῳ τὴν διατριβὴν ποιεῖσθαι ὥσπερ διε-
ψυγμένος, πολὺ φαίνεται καὶ ψυχρότερος καὶ

ἄλλως φρικαλεώτερος" ἢ εἰ ῥιπιξόμενός τις ὑπὸ
πνίγεος καὶ παρασκευαζόμενος αὐτὸς ἑωυτῷ ψῦχος
ἐκ τοιούτου ἂν τρόπου διαπαύσαιτο τοῦτο ποιέων,
δεκαπλάσιον ἔσται τὸ καῦμα καὶ πνῖγος ἢ τῷ
μηδὲν τοιοῦτο ποιέοντι.

Τόδε δὴ καὶ πολὺ μέζον." ὅσοι, ἂν διὰ χιόνος
ἢ ἄλλου ψύχεος βαδίσαντες ῥιγώσωσι δια-
φερόντως πόδας ἢ χεῖρας ἢ κεφαλήν, οἷα
42

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xvi.

XVI. And I believe that of all the powers! none
hold less sway in the body than cold and heat. My
reasons are these. So long as the hot and cold in the
body are mixed up together, they cause no pain. For
the hot is tempered and moderated by the cold, and
the cold by the hot. But when either is entirely se-
parated from the other, then it causes pain. And at
that season, when cold comes upon a man and causes
him some pain, for that very reason internal heat
first is present quickly and spontaneously, without
needing any help or preparation. The result is the
same, whether men be diseased or in_ health.
For instance, if a man in health will cool his
body in winter, either by a cold bath or in any
other way, the more he cools it (provided that his
body is not entirely frozen) the more he becomes
hotter than before when he puts his clothes on and
enters his shelter. Again, if he will make himself
thoroughly hot by means of either a hot bath of
a large fire, and afterwards wear the same clothes
and stay in the same place as he did when chilled, he
feels far colder and besides more shivery than before.
Or if a man fan himself because of the stifling heat
and make coolness for himself, on ceasing to do this
in this way he will feel ten times the stifling heat felt
by one who does nothing of the sort.

Now the following is much stronger evidence still.
All who go afoot through snow or great cold, and
become over-chilled in feet, hands or head, suffer at

1 Or ‘‘ properties.”

43

40

50
51

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKHS

πάσχουσιν ἐς τὴν νύκτα, ὅταν περισταλεωσί
τε καὶ ἐν ἀλέῃ γένωνται ὑπὸ καύματος καὶ
κνησμοῦ. καὶ ἔστιν οἷσι φλύκταιναι ἀνίστανται
ὥσπερ τοῖς ἀπὸ πυρὸς κατακεκαυμένοις. καὶ οὐ
πρότερον τοῦτο πάσχουσιν, πρὶν θερμανθέωσιν.
οὕτως ἑτοίμως ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν ἐπὶ θάτερον παρα-
γίνεται. μυρία δ᾽ ἂν καὶ ἄλλα ἔχοιμι εἰπεῖν. τὰ
δὲ κατὰ τοὺς νοσέοντας, οὐχὶ ὅσοις ἂν ῥῖγος
γένηται, τούτοις ὀξύτατος ὁ πυρετὸς ἐκλάμπει;
καὶ οὐχὶ ὅπως ἰσχυρός, ἀλλὰ καὶ παυόμενος
δι᾽ ὀλίγου, καὶ ἄλλως τὰ πολλὰ ἀσινὴς καὶ ὅσον
ἂν χρόνον παρῇ διάθερμος; καὶ διεξιὼν διὰ παντὸς
τελευτᾷ ἐς τοὺς πόδας μάλιστα, οὗπερ τὸ ῥῖγος
καὶ ἡ ψύξις νεηνικωτάτη καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐνεχρό-
νισεν' πάλιν τε ὅταν ἱδρώσῃ τε καὶ ἀπαλλαγῇ ὁ
TUPETOS, πολὺ μᾶλλον διέψυξε ἢ ἢ εἰ μὴ ἔλαβε τὴν
ἀρχήν. ὧ οὖν διὰ τάχεος οὕτω παραγίνεται τὸ
ἐναντιώτατόν τε καὶ ἀφαιρεόμενον τὴν δύναμιν
ἀπὸ τωὐτομάτου, τί ἂν ἀπὸ τούτου μέγα ἢ δεινὸν
γένοιτο; ἢ τί δεῖ πολλῆς ἐπὶ τούτῳ βοηθείης;
XVII. Εἴποι ἄν τις" ἀλλ᾽ οἱ πυρεταίνοντες
τοῖσι καὐσοισίτε καὶ περιπνευμονίῃσι καὶ ἄλλοισι
ἰσχυροῖσι νοσήμασι οὐ ταχέως ἐκ τῆς θέρμης
ἀπαλλάσσονται, οὐδὲ πάρεστιν ἐνταῦθα ἔτι τὸ
θερμὸν ἢ ἢ τὸ “Ψυχρόν. ἐγὼ δέ μοι τοῦτο μέγιστον
τεκμήριον ἡγεῦμαι εἶναι, ὅτι οὐ διὰ τὸ θερμὸν
ἁπλῶς πυρεταίνουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὐδὲ τοῦτο εἴη
τὸ αἴτιον THs κακώσιος μοῦνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι καὶ
πικρὸν καὶ θερμὸν τὸ αὐτό, καὶ ὀξὺ καὶ θερμόν,

1 οὐχὶ ὅπως Diels: οὐχὶ οὕτως A: οὐχ οὕτως Μ.
2 ἰσχυρὺς Coray: ἰσχυρῶς MSS.

44

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xvi.—xvu.

night very severely from burning and tingling when
they come into a warm place and wrap up; in some
cases blisters arise like those caused by burning in
fire. But it is not until they are warmed that they
experience these symptoms. So ready is cold to pass
into heat and heat into cold. I could give a multi-
tude of other proofs. But in the case of sick folk, is it
not those who have suffered from shivering in whom
breaks out the most acute fever? And not only is it
not powerful, but after a while does it not subside,
generally without doing harm all the time it remains,
hot as it is? And passing through all the body it
ends in most cases in the feet, where the shivering
and chill were most violent and lasted unusually long.
Again, when the fever disappears with the breaking
out of the perspiration, it cools the patient so that
he is far colder than if he had never been attacked at
all. What important or serious consequence, there-
fore, could come from that thing on which quickly
supervenes in this way its exact opposite, spontane-
ously annulling its effect?! Or what need has it of
elaborate tr eatment} p

XVII. An opponent may retort, “But patients
whose fever comes from ardent fevers,’ pneumonia,
or other virulent disease, do not quickly get rid of
their feverishness, and in these cases the heat and
cold no longer alternate.” Now I consider that
herein lies my strongest evidence that men are not
feverish merely through heat, and that it could not be
the sole cause of the harm; the truth being that one
and the same thing is both bitter and hot, or acid and

1 Or ‘‘ power.”
2 καῦσος was almost certainly a form of remittent malaria.
See my Malaria and Greek History (index),

45

10

15

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIH2 IHTPIKHS

Kal ἁλμυρὸν Kal θερμόν, καὶ ἄλλα μυρία, καὶ
πάλιν γε ψυχρὸν μετὰ δυναμίων ἑ ἑτέρων. τὰ μὲν
οὖν λυμαινόμενα ταῦτ᾽ ἐστί: συμπάρεστι δὲ καὶ
τὸ θερμόν, ῥώμης μὲν ἔχον ὅσον τὸ" ἡγεύμενον
καὶ παροξυνόμενον καὶ αὐξόμενον ἅμα ἐκείνῳ,
δύναμιν δὲ οὐδεμίαν πλείω τῆς προσηκούσης.

XVIII. Δῆλα δὲ ταῦτα ὅτι ὧδε ἔχει ἐπὶ τῶνδε
τῶν σημείων: πρῶτον μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ φανερώτερα,
ὧν πάντες ἔμπειροι πολλάκις ἐσμέν τε καὶ ἐσό-
μεθα. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, ὅσοισι ἂν ἡμέων Koputa
ἐγγένηται καὶ ῥεῦμα κινηθῇ διὰ τῶν ῥινῶν, τοῦτο
ὡς τὸ πολὺ δριμύτερον τοῦ πρότερον γινομένου
τε καὶ ἰόντος ἐκ τῶν ῥινῶν καθ᾽ ἑκάστην ἡμέρην
καὶ οἰδεῖν μὲν ποιεῖ τὴν ῥῖνα καὶ συγκαίει θερμήν
τε καὶ διάπυρον ἐσχάτως, ἣν δὴ ὃ τὴν χεῖρα προσ-
φέρῃς" ay πλείω χρόνον παρῇ, καὶ ἐξελκοῦται
τὸ χωρίον ἄσαρκόν τε καὶ σκληρὸν ἐόν. παύεται
δέ πως τὸ καῦμα ἐκ τῆς ῥινός, οὐχ ὅταν τὸ ῥεῦμα
γίνηται καὶ ἡ φλεγμονὴ ἦ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὰν παχύ-
τερόν τε καὶ ἧσσον δριμὺ ῥ ῥέῃ, πέπον καὶ μεμιγμέ-
νον μᾶλλον τοῦ πρότερον EO τότε δὲ ἤδη
καὶ τὸ καῦμα πέπαυται. ἀλλ᾽ οἷσι δὲ ὃ ὑπὸ ψύχεος
φανερῶς αὐτοῦ μούνου γίνεται μηδενὸς ἄλλου
συμπαραγενομένου, πᾶσι δὲ ἡ αὐτὴ ἀπαλλαγή,
ἐκ μὲν τῆς ψύξιος διαθερμαιθῆναι, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ
καύματος διαψυχθῆναι, καὶ ταῦτα ταχέως παρα-
γίνεται καὶ πέψιος οὐδεμιῆς προσδεῖται. τὰ δ᾽

1 μὲν ἔχον ὅσον τὸ Reinhold: μετέχον, ὡς ἂν τὸ MSS.

ἐπὶ τὰ AM: ἐστι many MSS.: ἔπι τὰ Kiihlewein.
ἐσχάτως, ἣν δὴ Coray: ἐσχάτως. ἢν δὲ MSS.
τοῦ πρότερον γινομένου Coray and Reinhold: τὸ πρότερον
γινομένῳ A: τῷ πρότερον γινομένῳ Μ.

5 ἀλλ᾽ οἷσι δὲ Littré: ἄλλοισι δὲ MSS.
46

"Ὁ (ὦ to

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xvu.-xvut.

hot, or salt and hot, with numerous other combina-
tions, and cold again combines with other powers.}
It is these things which cause the harm. Heat, too,
is present, but merely as a concomitant, having the
strength of the directing factor which is aggravated
and increases with the other factor, but having no
power” greater than that which properly belongs
to it.

XVIII. That this is so is plain if we consider the
following pieces of evidence. First we have the more
obvious symptoms, which all of us often experience
and will continue so to do. In the first place, those
of us who suffer from cold in the head, with discharge
from the nostrils, generally find this discharge more
acrid than that which previously formed there and
daily passed from the nostrils; it makes the nose
swell, and inflames it to an extremely fiery heat, as
is shown if you put your hand upon it.3 And if the
disease be present for an unusually long time, the
part actually becomes ulcered, although it is without
flesh and hard. But in some way the heat of the
nostril ceases, not when the discharge takes place
and the inflammation is present, but when the
running becomes thicker and less acrid, being matured
and more mixed than it was before, then it is that
the heat finally ceases. But in cases where the evil
obviously comes from cold alone, unaccompanied by
anything else, there is always the same change, heat
following chill and chill heat, and these supervene
at once, and need no coction. In all other instances,

1 Or “ properties.”

2 Or ‘‘ effect.”

° Or, with the MSS. reading, ‘And if you keep putting
your hand to it, and the catarrh last a long time,” ete.

47

24

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIHS IHTPIKH=

ἄλλα πάντα, ὅσα διὰ χυμῶν δριμύτητας καὶ
ἀκρησίας, φημὶ ἔγωγε γίνεσθαι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον
καὶ ἀποκαθίστασθαι “πεφθέντα καὶ κρηθέντα.
XIX “Ὅσα τε αὖ ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τρέπεται
τῶν ῥευμάτων, ἰσχυρὰς καὶ παντοίας δριμύτητας
ἔχοντα, ἑλκοῖ μὲν βλέφαρα, κατεσθίει δ᾽ ἐνίων
γνάθους τε καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῖσι ὀφθαλμοῖσι, ἐφ᾽ ὅ τι
ἂν ἐπιρρυῇ, ῥήγνυσι δὲ καὶ διεσθίει τὸν ἀμφὶ τὴν
ὄψιν χιτῶνα. ὀδύναι δὲ καὶ καῦμα καὶ φλογμὸς
ἔσχατος κατέχει μέχρι τινός, μέχρι ἂν τὰ ῥεύματα
πεφθῇ καὶ γένηται παχύτερα καὶ λήμη ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν
ἦ. τὸ δὲ πεφθῆναι γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μιχθῆναι καὶ
κρηθῆναι ἀλλήλοισι καὶ συνεψηθῆναι. τοῦτο δέ,
ὅσα ἐς τὴν φάρυγγα, ἀφ᾽ ὧν βράγχοι γίνονται
καὶ συνάγχαι, ἐρυσιπέλατά τε καὶ περιπνευμονίαι,
πάντα ταῦτα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἁλμυρά τε καὶ ὑγρὰ
καὶ δριμέα ἀφίει, καὶ ἐν τοῖσι τοιούτοις ἔρρωται
τὰ νοσήματα. ὅταν δὲ παχύτερα καὶ πεπαίτερα
γένηται καὶ πάσης δριμύτητος ἀπηλλαγμένα, τότε
ἤδη καὶ οἱ πυρετοὶ παύονται καὶ τἄλλα τὰ λυπέ-
οντα τὸν ἄνθρωπον. δεῖ δὲ δήπου ταῦτα αἴτια
ἑκάστου ἡγεῖσθαι εἶναι, ὧν παρεόντων μὲν τοιου-
τότροπον γίνεσθαι ἀνάγκη, μεταβαλλόντων δὲ ἐς
ἄλλην κρῆσιν παύεσθαι. ὁπόσα οὖν ἀπ᾽ αὐτῆς
τῆς "θέρμης εἰλικρινέος ἢ ψύξιος γίνεται καὶ μὴ
μετέχει ἄλλης δυνάμιος μηδεμιῆς, οὕτω παύοιτο
ἄν, ὅταν μεταβάλλῃ ἐ εκ τοῦ θερμοῦ ἐς τὸ ψυχρὸν
καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ψυχροῦ ἐς τὸ θερμόν. μεταβάλλει
δὲ ὅ OVTrEp προείρηταί μοι τρόπον. ἔτι τοίνυν τἄλλα
ὅσα κακοπαθεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος πάντα ἀπὸ δυναμίων
γίνεται. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, ὅταν πικρότης τις ἀπο-
χυθῇ, ἣν δὴ χολὴν ξανθὴν καλέομεν, οἷαι ἄσαι
48

ANCIENT MEDICINE, χνπι.-- Χιχ.

where acrid and unmixed humours come into play,
I am confident that the cause is the same, and that
restoration results from coction and mixture.

XIX. Again, such discharges as settle in the eyes,
possessing powerful, acrid humours of all sorts, ulcerate
the eyelids, and in some cases eat into the parts on to
which they run, the cheeks and under the eyes; and
they rupture and eat through the covering of the
eyeball. But pains, burning and intense inflamma-
tion prevail until the discharges are concocted and
become thicker, so that rheum is formed from them.
This coction is the result of mixture, compounding
and digestion. Secondly, the discharges that settle
in the throat, giving rise to soreness, angina,
erysipelas and pneumonia, all these at first emit salt,
watery and acrid humours, whereby the diseases are
strengthened. But when they become thicker and
more matured, and throw off all trace of their acridness,
then the fevers too subside with the other symptoms
that distress the patient. We must surely consider
the cause of each complaint to be those things the
presence of which of necessity produces a complaint
of a specific kind, which ceases when they change
into another combination. All conditions, then,
resulting from heat or cold pure and simple, with no
other power! as a factor, must cease when heat
changes into cold or cold into heat. This change
takes place in the manner I have described above.
Moreover, all other complaints to which man is liable
arise from powers. Thus, when there is an out-
pouring of the bitter principle, which we call yellow

* Or “quality.” 2 Or ‘‘ qualities.”

49

80

40

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΙΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

καὶ καύματα καὶ , ἀδυναμίαι κατέχουσιν" ἀπαλ-
λασσόμενοι, δὲ τούτου, ἐνίοτε, καὶ καθαιρόμενοι, ἣ ἢ

αὐτόματοι ἢ ὑπὸ φαρμάκου, ἢ ἣν ἐν καιρῷ τι αὐτῶν
γίνηται, φανερῶς καὶ τῶν πόνων καὶ τῆς θέρμης
ἀπαλλάσσονται. ὅσον δ᾽ ἂν χρόνον ταῦτα μετέ-
wpa ἢ καὶ ἄπεπτα καὶ ἄκρητα, μηχανὴ οὐδεμία
οὔτε τῶν πόνων παύεσθαι οὔτε τῶν πυρετῶν.
καὶ ὅσοισι δὲ ὀξύτητες προσίστανται δριμεῖαί τε
καὶ ἰώδεες, οἷαι λύσσαι καὶ δήξιες σπλάγχνων καὶ
θώρηκος καὶ ἀπορίη: οὐ παύεταί τι! τούτου πρό-
τερον, πρὶν ἢ ἀποκαθαρθῇ τε καὶ καταστορεσθῇ
καὶ μιχθῇ τοῖσιν ἄλλοισιν" πέσσεσθαι δὲ καὶ
μεταβάλλειν καὶ λεπτύνεσθαί τε καὶ παχύνεσθαι
ἐς χυμῶν εἶδος δι᾿ ἄλλων εἰδέων καὶ παντοίων---
διὸ καὶ κρίσιες καὶ ἀριθμοὶ τῶν χρόνων ἐν τοῖσι
τοιούτοισι μέγα δύνανται--- πάντων δὴ τούτων
ἥκιστα προσήκει θερμῷ ἢ ἢ ψυχρῷ πάσχειν' οὔτε
γὰρ ἂν τοῦτό γε σαπείη οὔτε παχυνθείη. tri
yap αὐτὸ φήσωμεν εἶναι; κρήσιας αὐτῶν ἄλλην
πρὸς ἄλληλα ἐχούσας δύναμιν. 13 ἐπεὶ ἄλλῳ ye
οὐδενὶ TO θερμὸν μιχθὲν παύσεται τῆς θέρμης ἢ ἢ

1 7. Ermerins from a lost MS: te M: omitted by A.

2 τί γὰρ αὐτὸ φήσωμεν εἶναι; κρήσιας αὐτῶν ἄλλην πρὸς ἄλληλα
ἐχούσας δύναμιν. SoA. M has τί δ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸ φαίημεν... κρῆ-
als τε αὐτέων ἐστι, πλὴν πρὸς ἄλληλα ἔχουσα δύναμιν. Kiihle-
wein reads φήσομεν, deletes the question stop at εἶναι and
puts it after δύναμιν. Littré has τί δ᾽ ἂν αὐτὸ φαίημεν εἶναι;
κρήσιας αὐτέων, ἄλλην πρὸς ἄλληλα ἐχούσας δύναμιν.

1 Or ‘‘ distress.” 2 Or ‘‘ property.”

3 There are many reasons for supposing that this sentence
is either (a) in its wrong place, or (δ) an interpolation. It
seems quite irrelevant, and αὐτῶν should grammatically refer
to τὸ θερμὸν and τὸ ψυχρόν, but there is not a crasis of these,

50

—_—

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xix.

bile, great nausea, burning and weakness prevail.
When the patient gets rid of it, sometimes by pur-
gation, either spontaneous or by medicine, if the
purging be seasonable he manifestly gets rid both
of the pains and of the heat. But so long as these
bitter particles are undissolved, undigested and un-
compounded, by no possible means can the pains and
fevers be stayed. And those who are attacked by
pungent and acrid acids suffer greatly from frenzy,
from gnawings of the bowels and chest, and from
restlessness.!. No relief from these symptoms is
secured until the acidity is purged away, or calmed
down and mixed with the other humours. But
coction, alteration, thinning or thickening into the
form of humours through other forms of all sorts
(wherefrom crises also and fixing their periods de-
rive great importance in cases of illness)—to all
these things surely heat and cold are not in the least
liable. For neither could either ferment or thicken.
{For what shall we call it? Combinations of humours
that exhibit a power? that varies with the various
factors.*f Since the hot will give up its heat only
when mixed with the cold, and the cold can be

but only of χυμοί. Hot and cold mixed produce only hot or
cold, not a crasis. The sentence might be more relevantly
placed at the end of Chapter XVIII, as an explanation of the
process ἀποκαθίστασθαι πεφθέντα καὶ κρηθέντα. But transposition
will not remove the other difficulties of the sentence. What
is avté? Health or disease? If health, then there is but
one crasis producing it, not ‘‘many, having various proper-
ties.” If disease, then it cannot be a crasis at all, but
ἀκρασία. Finally, ἄλλην πρὸς ἄλληλα is dubious Greek. The
whole sentence looks like an interpolation, though it is hard
to say why it was introduced. The scribe of M seems to
have felt the difficulties, for he wrote κρῆσις, πλὴν for ἄλλην,
and ἔχουσα.

5!

57

10

20

TIEPI APXAIH> IHTPIKH=

TO ψυχρῷ οὐδέ γε τὸ ψυχρὸν ἢ τῷ θερμῷ. τὰ
δὲ ἄλλα πάντα τὰ περὶ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ὅσῳ ἂν
πλείοσι μίσγηται, τοσούτῳ ἠπιώτερα καὶ βελτίω.
πάντων δὲ ἄριστα διάκειται ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ὅταν
πᾶν réconta καὶ ἐν ἡσυχίῃ ἢ, μηδεμίαν δύναμιν
ἰδίην ἀποδεικνύμενον, περὶ οὗ ἡγεῦμαι ἐπιδεδεῖ-
χθαι.

XX. Λέγουσι δέ τινες ἰητροὶ καὶ σοφισταί, ὡς
οὐκ εἴη δυνατὸν ἰητρικὴν εἰδέναι ὅστις μὴ οἶδεν
ὅ τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο δεῖ καταμαθεῖν
τὸν μέλλοντα ὀρθῶς θεραπεύσειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
τείνει δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος ἐς φιλοσοφίην, καθάπερ
᾿᾿μπεδοκλῆς ἢ ἄλλοι οἱ περὶ φύσιος “γεγράφασιν
ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὅ τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ὅπως ἐγένετο
πρῶτον. καὶ ὁπόθεν συνεπάγῃ. ᾿ ἐγὼ δὲ τοῦτο μέν,
ὅσα τινὶ εἴρηται ἢ σοφιστῇ, ἢ ἰητρῷ ἢ γέγραπται
περὶ φύσιος, ἡ ἧσσον νομίζω τῇ ree τέχνῃ προσ-
ἥκειν ἢ τῇ γραφικῇ. νομίζω δὲ περὶ φύσιος
γνῶναί τι σαφὲς eS ἄλλοθεν εἶναι ἢ ἐξ
ἰητρικῆς" τοῦτο δὲ οἷόν τε καταμαθεῖν, ὅταν αὐτήν
τις τὴν ἰητρικὴν ὀρθῶς περιλάβη: μέχρι δὲ τούτου
πολλοῦ μοι δοκεῖ δεῖν' λέγω δὲ ταύτην τὴν ἷστο-
ρίην εἰδέναι, ἄνθρωπος τί ἐστιν καὶ Ov οἵας αἰτίας
γίνεται καὶ τἄλλα ἀκριβέως. ἐπεὶ τοῦτό γέ μοι
δοκεῖ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ἰητρῷ περὶ φύσιος εἰδέναι
καὶ πάνυ σπουδάσαι ὡς εἴσεται, εἴπερ τι μέλλει
τῶν δεόντων ποιήσειν, ὅ τί τέ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος
πρὸς τὰ ἐσθιόμενά τε καὶ πινόμενα καὶ ὅ τι πρὸς

>

1 πᾶν added by Kiihlewein.
? Reinhold transposes from καὶ ὅπως to συνεπάγη to the
end of the first sentence of the chapter.

52

ANCIENT MEDICINE, χιχ.-- χχ.

neutralized only by the hot. But all other com-
ponents of man become milder and better the
greater the number of other components with which
they are mixed. A man is in the best possible
condition when there is complete coction and rest,
with no particular power! displayed. About this I
think that I have given a full explanation.

XX. Certain physicians and philosophers assert that
nobody can know medicine who is ignorant what a
man is; he who would treat patients properly must,
they say, learn this. But the question they raise is one
for philosophy; it is the province of those who, like
Empedocles, have written on natural science,” what
man is from the beginning, how he came into being
at the first, and from what elements he was originally
constructed. But my view is, first, that all that
philosophers or physicians have said or written on
natural science no more pertains to medicine than to
painting. I also hold that clear knowledge about
natural science can be acquired from medicine and
from no other source, and that one can attain this
knowledge when medicine itself has been properly
comprehended, but till then it is quite impossible—
I mean to possess this information, what man is,
by what causes he is made, and similar points
accurately. Since this at least I think a physician
must know, and be at great pains to know, about
natural science, if he is going to perform aught of his
duty, what man is in relation to foods and drinks,

1 Or “‘ property.”

2 About ‘‘nature,” how the universe was born and grew
out of primal elements. We might almost translate φύσις by
“ evolution.”

8. Or, perhaps, “‘ pertains even less to medicine than to
literature.”

59

40

48

ΠΕΡῚ APXAIHS JHTPIKHS

Ta ἄλλα ἐπιτηδεύματα, καὶ 6 τι ἀφ᾽ ἑκάστου
ἑκάστῳ συμβήσεται, καὶ μὴ ἁπλῶς οὕτως" πονὴη-
ρόν ἐστιν βρῶμα τυρός. πόνον γὰρ παρέχει τῷ
πληρωθέντι αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ τίνα τε πόνον καὶ διὰ
τί καὶ τίνι τῶν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐνεόντων ἀνεπιτή-
δείον. ἔστι γὰρ, καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ βρώματα καὶ
πόματα πονηρά, ἃ διατίθησι τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐ Tov
αὐτὸν τρόπον. οὕτως οὖν μοι ἔστω οἷον" οἶνος
ἄκρητος πολλὸς ποθεὶς διατίθησί πως τὸν ἄνθρω-
πον" καὶ πάντες ἂν οἱ εἰδότες τοῦτο γνοίησαν, ὅτι
αὕτη δύναμις οἴνου καὶ αὐτὸς αἴτιος" καὶ οἷσί
γε τῶν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ τοῦτο δύναται μάλιστα,
οἴδαμεν. τοιαύτην δὴ βούλομαι ἀληθείην καὶ
περὶ τῶν ἄλλων φανῆναι. τυρὸς γάρ, ἐπειδὴ
τούτῳ σημείῳ ἐχρησάμην, οὐ πάντας ἀνθρώπους
ὁμοίως λυμαίνεται, ἀλλ᾽ εἰσὶν οἵτινες αὐτοῦ πλη-
ρούμενοι οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν βλάπτονται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰσχύν,
οἷσιν ἂν συμφέρῃ, θαυμασίως παρέχεται. εἰσὶ
δ᾽ οἱ χαλεπῶς ἀπαλλάσσουσι. διαφέρουσιν οὖν
τούτων αἱ φύσιες. “διαφέρουσιν δὲ κατὰ τοῦτο,
ὅπερ ἐν τῷ “σώματι ἔνεστι πολέμιον τυρῷ καὶ ὑπὸ
τούτου ἐγείρεταί τε καὶ κινεῖται" οἷς ὁ τοιοῦτος
χυμὸς τυγχάνει πλείων ἐνεὼν καὶ μᾶλλον ἐνδυνα-
στεύων ἐν τῷ σώματι, τούτους μᾶλλον καὶ κακο-
παθεῖν εἰκός. εἰ δὲ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνθρωπίνῃ φύσει
ἣν κακόν, πάντας ἂν ἐλυμήνατο. ταῦτα δὲ εἴ τις
εἰδείη, οὐκ ἂν πάσχοι τάδε.

ΧΧΙ. Ἔν τῇσιν ἀνακομιδῆσι τῇσιν ἐκ τῶν
νούσων, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἐν That νούσοισι, τῇσι μακρῇσι
γίνονται πολλαὶ συνταράξιες, αἱ μὲν ἀπὸ τωύτο-
μάτου, αἱ δὲ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προσενεχθέντων τῶν

54

ANCIENT MEDICINE, χχ.--χχι.

and to habits generally, and what will be the effects
of each on each individual. It is not sufficient to
learn simply that cheese is a bad food, as it gives a
pain to one who eats a surfeit of it; we must know
what the pain is, the reasons for it, and which con-
stituent of man is harmfully affected. For there are
many other bad foods and bad drinks, which affect a
man in different ways. I would therefore have the
point put thus:—‘Undiluted wine, drunk in large
quantity, produces a certain effect upon a man.” ΑἹ]
who know this would realise that this is a power of
wine, and that wine itself is to blame,! and we know
through what parts of a man it chiefly exerts this
power. Such nicety of truth I wish to be manifest
in all other instances. ΤῸ take my former example,
cheese does not harm all men alike; some can eat
their fill of it without the slightest hurt, nay, those
it agrees with are wonderfully strengthened thereby.
Others come off badly. So the constitutions of these
men differ, and the difference lies in the constituent of
the body which is hostile to cheese, and is roused and
stirred to action under its influence. Those in whom
a humour of sucha kind is present in greater quantity,
and with greater control over the body, naturally suffer
more severely. But if cheese were bad for the human
constitution without exception, it would have hurt
all. He who knows the above truths will not fall
into the following errors.

XXI. In convalescence from illness, and also in
protracted illnesses, many disturbances occur, some
spontaneously and some from things casually

1 See Appendix on p. 64.

1 The MSS. have πάσχοι. τὰ δ᾽ ἐν κιτιλ. I have adopted
the punctuation of Gomperz.

55

10

18

10

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΙΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

τυχόντων. οἷδα δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐ ἰητρούς, ὥσπερ
τοὺς ἰδιώτας, ἢν τύχωσι περὶ τὴν ἡμέρην ταύτην
τι κεκαινουργηκότες, ἢ "λουσάμενοι. ἢ περιπατή-
σαντες ἢ φαγόντες τι ἑτεροῖον, ταῦτα δὲ πάντα
βελτίω προσενηνεγμένα ἢ μή, οὐδὲν ἧσσον τὴν
αἰτίην τούτων τινὶ ἀνατιθέντας καὶ τὸ μὲν αἴτιον
ἀγνοεῦντας, τὸ δὲ συμφορώτατον, ἢν οὕτω τύχῃ,
ἀφαιρέοντας. δεῖ δὲ οὔ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰδέναι, τί λουτρὸν
ἀκαίρως προσγενόμενον ἐργάσεται ἢ τί κόπος.
οὐδέποτε yap ἡ αὐτὴ κακοπάθεια τούτων οὐδε-
TEpoU, | οὐδέ γε ἀπὸ πληρώσιος οὐδ᾽ ἀπὸ βρώματος
τοίου ἢ τοίου. ὅστις οὖν ταῦτα μὴ εἴσεται ὡς ἕκα-
στα ἔχει πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὔτε γινώσκειν τὰ
γινόμενα aT αὐτῶν δυνήσεται οὔτε χρῆσθαι ὀρθῶς.

XXII. Δεῖν δέ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ταῦτα εἰδέναι, ὅ ὅσα
τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ παθήματα ἀπὸ δυναμίων γίνεται καὶ
ὅσα ἀπὸ σχημάτων. λέγω δέ τι τοιοῦτον, δύνα-
μιν μὲν εἶναι τῶν χυμῶν τὰς ἀκρότητάς τε καὶ
ἰσχύν, σχήματα δὲ λέγω ὅσα ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ
ἀνθρώπῳ, τὰ μὲν κοῖλά τε καὶ ἐξ εὐρέος ἐς
στενὸν συνηγμένα, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκπεπταμένα, τὰ δὲ
στερεά τε καὶ στρογγύλα, τὰ δὲ πλατέα τε καὶ
ἐπικρεμάμενα, τὰ δὲ διατεταμένα, τὰ δὲ μακρά,
τὰ δὲ πυκνά, τὰ δὲ μανά τε καὶ τεθηλότα, τὰ δὲ
σπογγοειδέα τε καὶ ἀραιά. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν,
ἑλκύσαι ἐφ᾽ ἑωυτὸ καὶ ἐπισπάσασθαι ὑγρότητα
ἐκ τοῦ ἄλλου σώματος, πότερον τὰ κοῖλά τε καὶ
ἐκπεπταμένα ἢ τὰ στερεά τε καὶ στρογγύλα ἢ τὰ
κοῖλά τε καὶ ἐς στενὸν ἐξ εὐρέος συνηγμένα. δύ-
vatTo ἂν μάλιστα; οἶμαι μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα, τὰ ἐς
στενὸν συνηγμένα ἐκ κοίλου τε καὶ εὐρέος. κατα-
μανθάνειν δὲ δεῖ ταῦτα ἔξωθεν ἐκ τῶν φανερῶν.
56

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xx1.-xxu.

administered. I am aware that most physicians,
like laymen, if the patient has done anything
unusual near the day of the disturbance—taken a
bath or a walk, or eaten strange food, these things
being all beneficial—nevertheless assign the cause to
one of them, and, while ignorant of the real cause,
stop what may have been of the greatest value. _In-
stead of so doing they ought to know what will be
the result of a bath unseasonably taken or of fatigue.
For the trouble caused by each of these things is
also peculiar to each, and so with surfeit or such and
such food. Whoever therefore fails to know how
each of these particulars affects a man will be able
neither to discover their consequences nor to use
them properly.

XXII. I hold that it is also necessary to know which
diseased states arise from powers and which from
structures. What I mean is roughly that a “ power”’
is an intensity and strength of the humours, while
“structures” are the conformations to be found in
the human body, some of which are hollow, tapering ὦ
from wide to narrow; some are expanded, some
hard and round, some broad and suspended, some
stretched, some long, some close in texture, some loose
in texture and fleshy, some spongy and porous. Now
which structure is best adapted to draw and attract
to itself fluid from the rest of the body, the hollow
and expanded, the hard and round, or the hollow
and tapering? I take it that the best adapted is
the broad hollow that tapers. One should learn this
thoroughly from unenclosed objects? that can be

1 Or “contracting.”

2 i.e. objects that are not concealed, as are the internal
organs.

VOL. 1. E 57

20

80

40

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ ΙΗΤΡΙΚΗΣ

τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, τῷ στόματι κεχηνὼς ὑγρὸν οὐδὲν
ἀνασπάσεις" προμυλλήνας δὲ καὶ συστείλας,
πιέσας τε τὰ χείλεα καὶ ἔπειτεν ἢ αὐλὸν προσ-
θέμενος ῥηϊδίως ἀνασπάσαις ἂν 6 πὶ ἐθέλοις.
τοῦτο δέ, αἱ σικύαι προσβαλλόμεναι. ἐξ εὐρέος
ἐς στενώτερον συνηγμέναι πρὸς τοῦτο τετέχ-
νηνταῖι, πρὸς τὸ ἕλκειν ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ἐπι-
σπᾶσθαι, ἄλλα τε πολλὰ τοιουτότροπα. τῶν δὲ
ἔσω φύσει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου σχῆμα τοιοῦτον κύστις
τε καὶ κεφαλή, καὶ ὑστέρη γυναιξίν: καὶ φανε-
ρῶς ταῦτα μάλιστα ἕλκει καὶ πλήρεά ἐστιν
ἐπάκτου ὑγρότητος αἰεί. τὰ δὲ κοῖλα καὶ ἐκ-
πεπταμένα ἐπεσρυεῖσαν μὲν ὑγρότητα μάλιστα
δέξαιτο πάντων, ἐπισπάσαιτο δ᾽ ἂν οὐχ ὁμοίως.
τὰ δέ γε στερεὰ καὶ στρογγύλα οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐπισπά-
σαιτο οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐπεσρυεῖσαν δέξαιτο" περιολι-
σθάνοι τε γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἔχοι ἕδρην, ἐφ᾽ ἧς μένοι.
τὰ δὲ σπογγοειδέα τε καὶ ἀραιά, οἷον σπλήν τε
καὶ πνεύμων καὶ μαζοί, προσκαθεζόμενα μάλιστα
ἀναπίνοι καὶ σκληρυνθείη ἂν καὶ αὐξηθείη ὑγρό-
τητος προσγενομένης ταῦτα μάλιστα. οὐ γὰρ
ἂνϑ ὥσπερ ἐν κοιλίῃ, ἐν ἣ τὸ ὑγρόν, ἔξω τε
περιέχει αὐτὴ ἡ κοιλίη, ἐξαλίζοιτ᾽ ἂν Kal
ἑκάστην ἡμέρην, ἀλλ᾽ ὅταν πίῃ καὶ δέξηται αὐτὸ
ἐς ἑωυτὸ τὸ ὑγρόν, τὰ κενὰ καὶ ἀραιὰ ἐπληρώθη
καὶ τὰ σμικρὰ πάντῃ καὶ ἀντὶ μαλθακοῦ τε καὶ
ἀραιοῦ σκληρὸς τε καὶ πυκνὸς ἐγένετο καὶ οὔτ᾽
ἐκπέσσει οὔτ᾽ ἀφίησι. ταῦτα δὲ πάσχει διὰ τὴν
φύσιν τοῦ σχήματος. ὅσα δὲ φῦσάν τε καὶ
ἀνειλήματα ἀπεργάζεται ἐν τῷ σώματι, προσήκει

1 ἀνασπάσεις two late Paris MSS. (2144, 2145): ἀνασπά-
58

ANCIENT MEDICINE, χχιι.

seen. For example, if you open the mouth wide
you will draw in no fluid; but if you protrude and
contract it, compressing the lips, and then insert
a tube, you can easily draw up any liquid you wish.
Again, cupping instruments, which are broad and
tapering, are so constructed on purpose to draw and
attract blood from the flesh. There are many other
instruments of a similar nature. Of the parts within
the human frame, the bladder, the head, and the
womb are of this structure. ‘These obviously attract
powerfully, and are always full of a fluid from with-
out. Hollow and expanded parts are especially
adapted for receiving fluid that has flowed into them,
but are not so suited for attraction. Round solids
will neither attract fluid nor receive it when it has
flowed into them, for it would slip round and find no
place on which to rest. Spongy, porous parts, like
the spleen, lungs and breasts, will drink up readily
what is in contact with them, and these parts
especially harden and enlarge on the addition of
fluid. They will not be evacuated every day, as are
bowels, where the fluid is inside, while the bowels
themselves contain it externally; but when one of
these parts drinks up the fluid and takes it to itself,
the porous hollows, even the small ones, are every-
where filled, and the soft, porous part becomes hard
and close, and neither digests nor discharges. This
happens because of the nature of its structure. When
wind and flatulence are produced in the body, the

σειεν 5141 : ἀνασπάσειε 2143: ἀνασπάσαις A, The opt. may be
right, as in this treatise the potential optative sometimes
occurs without ἄν. See p. 44,1. 59, and p. 52, 1. 2.

2 ἔπειτεν Kiithlewein: καὶ ἐπί re A: καὶ ἔτι τε Μ.

3 Littré adds, after ἄν, ἐν σπληνί.

59

60

70

75

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΡΧΑΙΗΣ IHTPIKH=

ἐν μὲν τοῖσι κοίλοισι καὶ εὐρυχώροισι, οἷον κοιλίῃ
τε καὶ θώρηκι, ψόφον τε καὶ πάταγον ἐμποιεῖν.
ὅτε γὰρ ἂν μὴ ἀποπληρώσῃ οὕτως ὥστε στῆναι,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔχῃ μεταβολάς τε καὶ κινήσιας, ἀνάγκη
ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν ψόφον καὶ καταφανέας κινήσιας γί-
νεσθαι. ὅσα δὲ σαρκώδεά τε καὶ μαλθακά, ἐν
τοῖσι τοιούτοισι νάρκη τε καὶ πληρώματα οἷα ἐν
τοῖσι ἀποπληγεῖσιϊ γίνεται. ὅταν δ᾽ ἐγκυρήσῃ
πλατεῖ τε καὶ ἀντικειμένῳ, καὶ “πρὸς αὐτὸ ἀν-
τιπέσῃ, καὶ φύσει τοῦτο τύχῃ ἐὸν μήτε ἰσχυρόν,
ὥστε δύνασθαι ἀνέχεσθαι τὴν βίην καὶ μηδὲν
κακὸν παθεῖν, μήτε μαλθακόν τε καὶ ἀραιόν, ὥστ᾽
ἐκδέξασθαί τε καὶ ὑπεῖξαι, ἁπαλὸν δὲ καὶ τε-
θηλὸς καὶ ἔναιμον καὶ πυκνόν, οἷον ἧπαρ, διὰ μὲν
τὴν πυκνότητα καὶ πλατύτητα ἀνθέστηκε τε καὶ
οὐχ ὑπείκει, φῦσα δ᾽ ἐπισχομένη 2 αὔξεταί τε καὶ
ἰσχυροτέρη γίνεται καὶ ὁρμᾷ μάλιστα͵ πρὸς τὸ
ἀντιπαῖον. διὰ δὲ τὴν ἁπαλότητα καὶ τὴν ἐναιμό-
τητα οὐ δύναται ἄνευ πόνων εἶναι, καὶ διὰ ταύτας
τὰς προφάσιας ὀδύναι τε ὀξύταται καὶ πυκνό-
ταται πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ χωρίον γίνονται ἐμπυήματά
τε καὶ φύματα πλεῖστα. γίνεται δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ
φρένας ἰσχυρῶς, ἧσσον δὲ πολλόν. διάτασις
μὲν γὰρ φρενῶν πλατείη καὶ ἀντικειμένη, φύσις
δὲ νευρωδεστέρη τε καὶ ἰσχυροτέρη, διὸ ἧσσον
ἐπώδυνά ἐστιν. γίνεται δὲ καὶ περὶ ταῦτα καὶ
πόνοι καὶ φύματα.

XXIII. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα καὶ ἔσω καὶ ἔξω
τοῦ σώματος εἴδεα σχημάτων, ἃ μεγάλα ἀλλήλων
διαφέρει πρὸς τὰ παθήματα καὶ νοσέοντι καὶ
ὑγιαίνοντι, οἷον κεφαλαὶ σμικραὶ ἢ μεγάλαι,
τράχηλοι λεπτοὶ ἢ παχέες, μακροὶ ἢ βραχέες,
60

ANCIENT MEDICINE, xxu.—xxut.

rumbling noise naturally occurs in the hollow, broad
parts, such as the bowels and the chest. For when
the flatulence does not fill a part so as to be at rest,
but moves and changes its position, it cannot be but
that thereby noise and perceptible movements take
place. In soft, fleshy parts occur numbness and
obstructions, such as happen in apoplexy. And when
flatulence meets a broad, resisting body, and rushes
on it, and this happens by nature to be neither strong
so as to endure its violence without harm, nor soft
and porous so as to give way and admit it, but tender,
fleshy, full of blood, and close, like the liver, because
it is close and broad it resists without yielding, while
the flatulence being checked increases and becomes
stronger, dashing violently against the obstacle. But
owing to its tenderness and the blood it contains,
the part cannot be free from pain, and this is why
the sharpest and most frequent pains occur in this
region, and abscesses and tumours are very common.
Violent pain, but much less severe, is also felt under
the diaphragm. For the diaphragm is an extended,
broad and resisting substance, of a stronger and more
sinewy texture, and so there is less pain. But here
too occur pains and tumours.

XXIII. There are many other structural forms,
both internal and external, which differ widely from
one another with regard to the experiences of a
patient and of a healthy subject, such as whether
the head be large or small, the neck thin or thick,
long or short, the bowels long or round, the chest and

1 ἀποπληγεῖσι Littré: ἀποσφαγίσι A: ἀποσφαγεῖσι M: ἀπο-
φραγεῖσι Coray.
2 ἐπισχομένη Reinhold: ἐπιχεομένη A: ἐπιδεχομένη M.

61

10

15

IIEPI APXAIH= IHTPIKHS

,ὔ NEN ΄ , \
κοιλίαι μακραὶ ἢ oTpoyyuhat, θώρηκος καὶ πλεὺ-
ρέων πλατύτητες ἢ στενότητες, ἄ ἄλλα μυρία, ἃ δεῖ
πάντα εἰδέναι 7 διαφέρει, ὃ ὅπως τὰ αἴτια ἑκάστων
εἰδὼς ὀρθῶς φυλάσσηται"

tf rn rn
XXIV. Περὶ δὲ δυναμίων χυμῶν αὐτῶν τε
/ a
ἕκαστος ὅ TL δύναται ποιεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον
b “ /
ἐσκέφθαι, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον εἴρηται, καὶ τὴν
Χ ΄
συγγένειαν ὡς ἔχουσι, πρὸς ἀλλήλους. λέγω
δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτον" εἰ γλυκὺς χυμὸς ἐὼν μεταβάλλοι
ἐς ἄλλο εἶδος, μὴ ἀπὸ συγκρήσιος, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸς
al n

ἐξιστάμενος, ποῖός τις ἂν πρῶτος γένοιτο, πικρὸς
By id \ Xx Ν A 5) j? 3 ἿΩ , ,
ἢ ἁλμυρὸς ἢ στρυφνὸς ἢ ὀξύς; οἶμαι μέν, ὀξύς.
ὁ ἄρα ὀξὺς χυμὸς ἀνεπιτήδειος προσφέρειν ἂν
τῶν λοιπῶν εἴη μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὁ γλυκὺς τῶν
γεπάντων ἀνεπιτηδείοτατος.: οὕτως εἴ τις δύναιτο
ζητέων ἔξωθεν ἐπιτυγχάνειν, καὶ δύναιτο ἂν

/ > / 3, δ \ / 7
πάντων ἐκλέγεσθαι αἰεὶ τὸ βέλτιστον. βέλτιστον

ἈΝ ᾿ lel

δέ ἐστι αἰεὶ TO πβῤῥοσωτάτω TOD ἀνεπιτηδείου
ἀπέχον.

1 1 obtain this reading by combining A, which has ἀνεπιτή-
δειος, ἂν before τῶν λοιπῶν, and τῶν before ye, with the avem-
τηδειότατος of M. Other MSS. have ἂν ἐπιτήδειος, omit ἂν
before τῶν λοιπῶν and τῶν before ye, and read ἐπιτηδειότατος.

Kiihlewein has 6 ἄρα ὀξὺς χυμὸς ἂν ἐπιτήδειος προσφέρειν τῶν
λοιπῶν εἴη μάλιστα, εἴπερ ὁ γλυκύς γε ἐπιτηδειότατος.

62

ANCIENT MEDICINE, χχπι.--Χχιν.

ribs broad or narrow, and there are very many other
things, the differences between which must all be
known, so that knowledge of the causes of each thing
may ensure that the proper precautions are taken.

XXIV. As I have said before, we must examine the
powers of humours, and what the effect of each is
upon man, and how they are related to one another.
Let me give an example. Ifa humour that is sweet
assumes another form, not by admixture, but by a
self-caused change, what will it first become, bitter,
or salt, or astringent, or acid? I think acid. There-
fore where sweet humour is the least suitable of all,
acid humour is the next least suitable to be admi-
nistered.! If a man can in this way conduct with
success inquiries outside the human body, he will
always be able to select the very best treatment.
And the best is always that which is farthest re-
moved from the unsuitable.

1 Because :—

(1) Health is a crasis of all the humours, none being in
excess ;

(2) Sweet humour passes readily into acid ;

(3) Therefore, when sweet is the least suitable as a remedy
(there being an excess of it already), acid (which is likely to
be reinforced from the sweet) is the next least suitable.

Kiihlewein’s text makes sense only if we transpose ὀξύς and
γλυκύς. If you want ὀξὺς χυμός for crasis you can get it best
by adding ὀξύς, next best by adding γλυκύς, which naturally
turns into ὀξύς.

63

APPENDIX

APPENDIX ON CHAPTER XX, p. 54.

οἶνος ἄκρητος πολλὸς ποθεὶς διατίθησί πως τὸν ἄνθρωπον" Kal
πάντες ἂν οἱ εἰδότες τοῦτο γνοίησαν, ὅτι αὕτη δύναμις οἴνου καὶ
αὐτὸς αἴτιος.

So A; other MSS. have ἀσθενέα after ἄνθρωπον, ἰδόντες for
of εἰδότες, 7 after αὕτη and ἐστιν after αὐτός.

This passage contradicts the general argument, which is
that in medicine statements about foods must not be made
ἁπλῶς. Cheese is not bad food; it is only bad in certain
conditions, and in certain ways, and at certain times. In
these circumstances cheese has a δύναμις which does not
belong to cheese in itself, but is latent until certain conditions
call it forth. The error, says the writer, is not made in the
case of wine. Everybody knows that in itself wine is not
bad; it is drinking to excess, or at wrong times, which is
mischievous.

Now the reading of A (in fact any MS. reading) makes the
writer say that wine itself is to blame (αὐτὸς attios)—an
obvious contradiction of the general argument. My colleague
the Rev. H. J. Chaytor most ingeniously suggests that αὐτός
refers not to wine but to the man. He would therefore
translate ‘‘ this δύναμις of wine and the man himself are to
blame.” But not only is it more natural for αὐτός to refer to
wine, but the writer’s whole point is that in and by itself no
food is αἴτιος. A food isa cause only in certain conditions,
or, rather, certain conditions call forth certain δυνάμεις.

I think, therefore, that the right reading is ὅτι τοιαύτη
δύναμις οἴνου καὶ οὐκ αὐτὸς αἴτιος. ‘* Such and such a δύναμις
of wine (7. 6. a δύναμις caused by excess of wine acting upon
the human φύσις) is to blame and not mere wine by itself.”
ὅτι τοιαύτη might easily turn into ὅτι αὕτη, and the omission
of οὐ by scribes is not uncommon.

There is an attractive vigour about the reading ἰδόντες for
of εἰδότες, and it may be correct. ‘‘ Anybody can see at a
glance that in the case of wine it is excess, etc., and not
merely wine itself which is to blame.”

64

AIRS. WATERS PLACES

INTRODUCTION

No ancient critic appears to have doubted the
authenticity of this work, and only Haller among
the moderns has rejected it.

It is divided roughly into two parts. The first
(Chapters I-XI) deals chiefly with the effects of
climate and situation upon health; the second
(XII-XXIV) deals chiefly with the effects of climate
upon character. At the end of XII a portion has
been lost dealing with the Egyptians and Libyans.

The style of the book has the dignified restraint
which we associate with the Hippocratic group of
treatises. In tone it is strikingly dogmatic, con-
clusions being enunciated without the evidence upon
which they are based. Modern physicians are
sceptical about many of these conclusions while
fully recognizing the value of the principle that
geographical conditions and climate influence health.

The second part of the work is scarcely medical
at all, but rather ethnographical. It bears a close
resemblance to certain parts of Herodotus, but lacks
the graceful bonhomie which is so characteristic of
the latter writer. Indeed it is hard not to see a
close connection between the account of the im-
potent effeminates of Chapter XXII and the évapees
of Herodotus I. 105.

66

INTRODUCTION

MSS: ano EpiTions.

Tue chief MSS. are V and ἽΒδ, the latter being
a fifteenth-century MS. at Rome called Codex
Barberinus. To these must be added the readings
of a MS. called by Kiihlewein b, which is now lost,
but its readings have been noted by Gadaldinus of
Venice. There are two Paris MSS. worth noticing.
One (2255 or E) divides the treatise into two parts,
and the other (7027) is a Latin translation which
sometimes helps in the reconstruction of the text.

The work has often been edited. The earliest
edition was published at Venice in 1497, and there
were at least ten others during the sixteenth
century.! The best edition is that of Coray (2 vols.,
Paris, 1800). Though verbose it is both scholarly
and medically accurate, Coray being a Greek by
birth, a medical man by training, and a scholar by
inclination.

There are English translations by Peter Low
(London, 1597), John Moffat (London, 1788), Francis
Clifton (London, 1734), and, of course, Francis
Adams (London, 1849).

The following table, taken from Aetius III. 164,
may prove useful in determining the periods of the
year mentioned in the Hippocratic writings.

March 23. . ἰσημερία ἐαρινή.

Aprill . . ai πληιάδες ἀκρόνυχοι φαίνονται.

April 19 . , ai πληιάδες ἑσπέριοι κρύπτονται.

April 21. . at πληιάδες ἅμα ἡλίου ἀνατολῇ ἐπι-
τέλλουσι.

May7. . . ai πληιάδες ἑῷαι φαίνονται (heliacal
rising).

1 See Littré, II. 9, 10.
67

INTRODUCTION

June6. . . ἀρκτοῦρος δύνει.
June 25. . τροπαὶ θεριναί.
July 1... ὃ κύων Epos ἐπιτέλλει.

September 17 ἀρκτοῦρος ἐπιτέλλει (heliacal rising).
September 25 ἰσημερία φθινοπωρινή.

November 6 at πληιάδες ἑῷαι δύνουσι (cosmic
setting).

December 29 τροπαὶ χειμεριναί.

February 25 ἀρκτοῦρος ἑσπέριος ἐπιτέλλει καὶ
(26) χελιδόνες πέτονται καὶ φαί
νονται.

Spring began with the equinox, but was often
popularly dated from the appearance of swallows
and the acronychal rising of Arcturus in February.
The heliacal rising of the Pleiades marked the
beginning of summer, which ended with that of
Arcturus, an event nearly coinciding with the
autumnal equinox. Finally, winter began with the
cosmic setting of the Pleiades.

A star is said to rise heliacally when it gets far
enough in front of the sun to be visible before
dawn. It sets cosmically when it gets so much
further in advance as to be first seen setting in the
west before dawn. The acronychal is the evening
rising of a star, when it is visible all night, and
contrasts with the heliacal, or morning, rising, when
it soon disappears in the sun’s rays.

Galen, in his commentary on the third section of
Aphorisms, implies that there are two meanings of
μεταβολαὶ τῶν ὡρέων, acommon term in Azrs Waters

Places :

(1) the actual changes from season to season ;
68

INTRODUCTION

(2) sharp contrasts of weather during the
seasons.

It is clear from the passages in Airs Waters Places
where the phrase occurs that it may have either
meaning. The notion underlying it is that of
violent change in the weather.

The reader should note the meanings of the
following :

(1) “ between the winter rising of the sun and
the winter setting,” ὁ. 6. roughly E.S.E.
ἴο ὟΥ.5.Ὁ0ν. ;

(2) “between the summer setting and the
summer rising,” ὁ. 6. roughly W.N.W. to
E:N.E: 3

(9) “between the summer and winter risings,”

z.e. roughly E.N.E. to E.S.E.

The exact number of degrees is a question of
latitude. The directions given above are roughly
correct for the Mediterranean area.

69

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPON YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

᾿Ιητρικὴν ὅστις βούλεται ὀρθῶς ζητεῖν, τάδε
χρὴ ποιεῖν" πρῶτον μὲν ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τὰς ὥρας
τοῦ ἔτεος, ὅ τι δύναται ἀπεργάξεσθαι ἑκάστη"
οὐ γὰρ ἐοίκασιν ἀλλήλοισιν οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ πολὺ
διαφέρουσιν αὐταί τε ἐφ᾽ ἑωυτέων καὶ ev τῇσι
μεταβολῇσιν' ἔπειτα δὲ τὰ πνεύματα τὰ θερμά
τε καὶ τὰ ψυχρά, μάλιστα μὲν τὰ κοινὰ πᾶσιν
ἀνθρώποισιν, ἐ ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῃ χώρῃ
ἐπιχώρια ἐόντα. δεῖ δὲ καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων ἐνθυ-
μεῖσθαι τὰς δυνάμιας" ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐν τῷ “στόματι
διαφέρουσι καὶ ἐν τῷ σταθμῷ, οὕτω καὶ ἡ δύναμις
διαφέρει πολὺ ἑκάστου. ὥστε ἐς πόλιν ἐπειδὰν
ἀφίκηταί τις, ἧς ἄπειρός ἐστι, διαφροντίσαι χρὴ
τὴν θέσιν αὐτῆς, ὅκως κεῖται καὶ πρὸς τὰ πνεύ-
ματα, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολὰς τοῦ ἡλίου. οὐ γὰρ
τωὐτὸ δύναται ἥ ἥτις πρὸς βορέην κεῖται καὶ ἥτις
πρὸς νότον οὐδ᾽ ἥτις πρὸς ἥλιον ἀνίσχοντα οὐδ᾽
ἥτις πρὸς δύνοντα. ταῦτα δὲ χρὴ" ἐνθυμεῖσθαι
ὡς κάλλιστα καὶ τῶν ὑδάτων πέρι ὡς ἔχουσι,
καὶ πότερον ἑλώδεσι χρέονται καὶ μαλθακοῖσιν
ἢ σκληροῖσί τε καὶ ἐκ μετεώρων καὶ “πετρωδέων
εἴτε ἁλυκοῖσι καὶ ἀτεράμνοισιν' καὶ τὴν γῆν,
πότερον ψιλή τε καὶ ἄνυδρος ἢ δασεῖα καὶ
ἔφυδρος καὶ εἴτε ἔγκοιλός ἐστι καὶ πνιγηρὴ εἴτε
μετέωρος καὶ Wuypy καὶ τὴν δίαιταν τῶν ἀνθρώ-
πων, ὁκοίῃ ἥδονται, πότερον φιλοπόται καὶ

7°

ALRS WATERS PEACHS

Whoever wishes to pursue properly the science of
medicine must proceed thus. First he ought to
consider what effects each season of the year can
produce ; for the seasons are not at all alike, but
differ widely both in themselves and at their changes.
The next point is the hot winds and the cold,
especially those that are universal, but also those
that are peculiar to each particular region. He
must also consider the properties of the waters; for
as these differ in taste and in weight, so the property
of each is far different from that of any other.
Therefore, on arrival at a town with which he is
unfamiliar, a physician should examine its position
with respect to the winds and to the risings of
the sun. For a northern, a southern, an eastern,
and a western aspect has each its own individual
property. He must consider with the greatest care
both these things and how the natives are off for
water, whether they use marshy, soft waters, or
such as are hard and come from rocky heights,
or brackish and harsh. The soil too, whether bare
and dry or wooded and watered, hollow and hot
or high and cold. The mode of life also of the
inhabitants that is pleasing to them, whether they

1 χρὴ Ὁ: omitted in other MSS.

71

28

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

ἀριστηταὶ καὶ ἀταλαίπωροι ἢ φιλογυμνασταί τε
καὶ φιλόπονοι. καὶ ἐδωδοὶ καὶ ἄποτοι.

Il. Καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων χρὴ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι ἕκαστα.
εἰ ,“γὰρ ταῦτα εἰδείη τις καλῶς, μάλιστα μὲν
πάντα, εἰ δὲ μή, τά γε πλεῖστα, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν
λανθάνοι ἐς πόλιν ἀφικνεόμενον, ἧς ἂν ἄπειρος
ἢ, οὔτε “Ψοσήματα ἐπιχώρια οὔτε τῶν κοινῶν ἧ
φύσις, ὁκοίη τίς ἐστιν" ὥστε μὴ ἀπορεῖσθαι ἐν
τῇ θεραπείῃ τῶν νούσων μηδὲ διαμαρτάνειν' ἃ
εἰκός ἐστι γίνεσθαι, ἢν μή τις ταῦτα πρότερον
εἰδὼς προφροντίσῃ περὶ ἑκάστου" τοῦ δὲ χρόνου
προϊόντος καὶ τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ λέγοι ἄν, ὁκόσα τε
νοσήματα μέλλει πάγκοινα τὴν πόλιν κατασχή-
σειν ἢ θέρεος ἢ ἢ χειμῶνος, ὁκόσα τε ἴδια ἑκάστῳ
κίνδυνος γίνεσθαι ἐκ μεταβολῆς τῆς διαίτης.
εἰδὼς γὰρ, ΤΩΝ ὡρέων τὰς μεταβολὰς καὶ τῶν
ἄστρων τὰς ὦ ἐπιτολάς τε καὶ δύσιας, καθότι
ἕκαστον τούτων γίνεται, προειδείη ἂν τὸ ἔτος
ὁκοῖόν τι μέλλει γίνεσθαι. οὕτως ἄν τις ἐννοεύ-
μενος καὶ προγινώσκων τοὺς καιροὺς μάλιστ᾽ ἂν
εἰδείη περὶ ἑκάστου καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τυγχάνοι
τῆς ὑγιείης καὶ κατορθοίη οὐκ ἐλάχιστα ἐν τῇ
τέχνῃ. εἰ δὲ δοκέοι τις ταῦτα μετεωρολόγα εἶναι,
εἰ μετασταίη τῆς γνώμης, μάθοι a ἄν, ὅτι οὐκ ἐλά-
χίστον μέρος συμβάλλεται ἀστρονομίη ἐς ἰητρι-
κήν, ἀλλὰ πάνυ πλεῖστον. ἅμα γὰρ τῇσιν ὥρῃσι
καὶ αἱ νοῦσοι καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι μεταβάλλουσιν
τοῖσιν ἀνθρώποισιν:

ΠῚ: “Oxos δὲ χρὴ ἕκαστα. τῶν προειρημένων
σκοπεῖν καὶ βασανίζειν, ἐγὼ φράσω σαφέως.

1 τὰς added by Wilamowitz.
72

AIRS WATERS PLACES, 1.-πῖι.

are heavy drinkers, taking lunch, and inactive, or
athletic, industrious, eating much and drinking little.

11. Using this evidence he must examine the
several problems that arise. For if a physician
know these things well, by preference all of them,
but at any rate most, he will not, on arrival at a
town with which he is unfamiliar, be ignorant of
the local diseases, or of the nature of those that
commonly prevail; so that he will not be at a loss
in the treatment of diseases, or make blunders, as is
likely to be the case if he have not this knowledge
before he consider his several problems. As time
and the year passes he will be able to tell what
epidemic diseases will attack the city either in
summer or in winter, as well as those peculiar to
the individual which are likely to occur through
change in mode of life. For knowing the changes
of the seasons, and the risings and settings of the
stars, with the circumstances of each of these
phenomena, he will know beforehand the nature of
the year that is coming. Through these considera-
tions and by learning the times beforehand, he will
have full knowledge of each particular case, will
succeed best in securing health, and will achieve the
greatest triumphs in the practice of his art. If it
be thought that all this belongs to meteorology, he
will find out, on second thoughts, that the contri-
bution of astronomy to medicine is not a very small
one but a very great one indeed. For with the
seasons men’s diseases, like their digestive organs,
suffer change.

III. I will now set forth clearly how each of the
foregoing questions ought to be investigated, and

1 That is, taking more than one full meal every day.

73

ι0

20

30

ΠΕΡῚ AEPOQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

ἥτις μὲν πόλις πρὸς τὰ πνεύματα κεῖται τὰ θερμά
-- ταῦτα δ᾽ ἐστὶ μεταξὺ τῆς τε χειμερινῆς ἀνα-
τολῆς τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν δυσμέων τῶν χειμερινῶν
—Kal αὐτῇ ταῦτα τὰ πνεύματά ἐστι σύννομα,
τῶν δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρκτων πνευμάτων σκέπη, ἐν
ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει ἐστὶ τά τε ὕδατα πολλὰ καὶ
idhara,! καὶ ἀνάγκη εἶναι μετέωρα, τοῦ μὲν θέρεος
θερμά, τοῦ δὲ χειμῶνος ψυχρά: τούς τε ἀνθρώ-
πους τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑγρὰς ἔχειν καὶ φλεγματώδεας,
τάς τε κοιλίας αὐτῶν πυκνὰ ἐκταράσσεσθαι ἀπὸ
τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῦ φλέγματος ἐπικαταρρέοντος" τά
τε εἴδεα ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν GTOVOTEPA | εἶναι"
ἐσθίειν δ᾽ οὐκ ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι οὐδὲ πίνειν. ὁκόσοι
μὲν γὰρ κεφαλὰς ἀσθενέας ἐ ἔχουσιν, οὐκ ἂν εἴησαν
ἀγαθοὶ πίνειν" ἡ γὰρ κραιπάλη μᾶλλον πιέξει.
νοσήματά τε τάδε ἐπιχώρια εἶναι" πρῶτον μὲν
τὰς γυναῖκας νοσερὰς καὶ ῥοώδεας εἶναι" ἔπειτα
πολλὰς ἀτόκους ὑπὸ νούσου καὶ οὐ φύσει ἐκτιτρώ-
σκεσθαί τε πυκνά' τοῖσί τε παιδίοισιν ἐ ἐπιπίπτειν
σπασμούς τε καὶ ἄσθματα καὶ ἃ “Ψομίξζουσι τὸ
παιδίον 5 ποιεῖν καὶ ἱερὴν νοῦσον εἶναι" τοῖσι δὲ
ἀνδράσι δυσεντερίας καὶ διαρροίας καὶ ἠπιάλους
καὶ πυρετοὺς πολυχρονίους χειμερινοὺς καὶ ἐπι-
νυκτίδας πολλὰς καὶ αἱμορροΐδας ἐν τῇ ἕδρῃ.
πλευρίτιδες δὲ καὶ περιπνευμονίαι καὶ καῦσοι
καὶ ὁκόσα ὀξέα νοσήματα “νομίζονται εἶναι οὐκ
ἐγγίνονται πολλά. οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε, ὅκου ἂν
κοιλίαι ὑγραὶ ἔωσι, τὰς νούσους ταύτας ἰσχύειν.
ὀφθαλμίαι τε ἐγγίνονται ὑγραὶ καὶ οὐ χαλεπαί,
1 Perhaps one should read ὑφαλυκά.

2 παιδίον MSS. : θεῖον Coray, who readsé for ἃ, and Zwinger
in margin.

74

AIRS WATERS PLACES, m1.

the tests to be applied. A city that lies exposed
to the hot winds—these are those between the winter
rising of the sun and its winter setting—when
subject to these and sheltered from the north winds,
the waters here are plentiful and brackish, and must
be near the surface,! hot in summer and cold in winter.
The heads of the inhabitants are moist and full of
phlegm, and their digestive organs are frequently
deranged from the phlegm that runs down into them
from the head. Most of them have a rather flabby
physique, and they are poor eaters and poor drinkers.
For men with weak heads will be poor drinkers, as
the after-effects are more distressing to them. The
endemic diseases are these. In the first place,
the women are unhealthy and subject to excessive
fluxes. Then many are barren through disease and
not by nature, while abortions are frequent. Children
ave liable to convulsions and asthma, and to what
they think causes the disease of childhood, and to
be a sacred disease.2 Men suffer from dysentery,
diarrhoea, ague, chronic fevers in winter, many
attacks? of eczema, and from hemorrhoids. Cases
of pleurisy, pneumonia, ardent fever, and of diseases
considered acute, rarely occur. These diseases
cannot prevail where the bowels are loose. Inflam-
mations of the eyes occur with running, but are not

1 μετέωρος ““ elevated,” both here and in Chapter XXIV,
seems, when applied to springs, to mean the opposite of
‘*@eep,” 1. 6. rising from a point near the surface of the soil.
Contrast Chapter VII, where water ἐκ βαθυτάτων πηγέων is
said to be warm in winter and cool in summer.

2 That is, epilepsy. Coray’s reading means, ‘‘that
affection which they think is caused by Heaven, and to be
sacred.”

δ᾽ “forms.”

75

40

10

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON TOIION

ὀλιγοχρόνιοι, ἣν μή TL κατάσχῃ νόσημα πάγκοι-
νον ἐκ μεταβολῆς μεγάλης. καὶ ὁκόταν τὰ
πεντήκοντα ἔτεα ὑπερβάλωσι,2 κατάρροοι ἐπι-
γενόμενοι ἐκ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου παραπληκτικοὺς
ποιέουσι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὁκόταν ἐξαίφνης ἡλιω-
θέωσι τὴν κεφαλὴν ἢ ῥιγώσωσι. ταῦτα μὲν τὰ
νοσήματα αὐτοῖσιν ἐπιχώριά ἐστι. χωρὶς δέ,
ἤν τι πάγκοινον κατάσχῃ νόσημα ἐκ μεταβολῆς
τῶν ὡρέων, καὶ τούτου μετέχουσιν.

IEE Ὁκόσαι δ᾽ ἀντικέονται τούτων πρὸς τὰ
πνεύματα τὰ ψυχρὰ τὰ μεταξὺ τῶν δυσμέων τῶν
θερινῶν τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῆς ἀνατολῆς τῆς θερινῆς,
καὶ αὐτῇσι ταῦτα τὰ πνεύματα ἐπιχώριά ἐστι,
τοῦ δὲ νότου καὶ τῶν θερμῶν πνευμάτων σκέπη,
ὧδε ἔχει περὶ τῶν πολίων τούτων" πρῶτον μὲν
τὰ ὕδατα σκληρά τε καὶ ψυχρὰ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ
πλῆθος ἐγγίνεται.3 τοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους εὐτόνους
τε καὶ σκελιφροὺς ἀνάγκη εἶναι, τούς τε πλείους
τὰς κοιλίας ἀτεράμνους ἔχειν καὶ σκληρὰς τὰς
κάτω, τὰς δὲ ἄνω εὐροωτέρας" χολώδεάς τε
μᾶλλον ἢ φλεγματίας εἶναι. τὰς δὲ κεφαλὰς

ὑγιηρὰς ἔχουσι καὶ σκληράς" ῥηγματίαι τέ εἰσιν
ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος. νοσεύματα δὲ αὐτοῖσιν ἐπιδημεῖ
τάδε'" πλευρίτιδές Te πολλαὶ ai Te ὀξεῖαι “ομιζό-
μεναι νοῦσοι. ἀνάγκη δὲ ὧδε ἔχειν, ὁκόταν αἱ
κοιλίαι σκληραὶ ἐ ἔωσιν" ἔμπυοί TE πολλοὶ γίνονται
ἀπὸ πάσης προφάσιος. τούτου δὲ αὔτιόν ἐστι
τοῦ σώματος ἡ ἔντασις καὶ ἡ σκληρότης τῆς
κοιλίης. ἡ γὰρ ξηρότης ῥηγματίας ποιεῖ εἶναι
καὶ τοῦ ὕδατος ἡ ψυχρότης. ἐδωδοὺς δὲ ἀνάγκη

1 μεγάλης omitted by Greek MSS.: de magna metabula
7027.

76

AIRS WATERS PLACES, m1.-1v.

serious ; they are of short duration, unless a general
epidemic take place after a violent change. When
they are more than fifty years old, they are paralyzed
by catarrhs supervening from the brain, when the
sun suddenly strikes their head or they are chilled.
These are their endemic diseases, but besides, they
are liable to any epidemic disease that prevails
through the change of the seasons.

IV. But the following is the condition of cities
with the opposite situation, facing the cold winds
that blow from between the summer setting and
the summer rising of the sun, being habitually
exposed to these winds, but Sheltered from the
hot winds and from the south. First, the waters
of the region are generally hard and cold. The
natives must be sinewy and spare, and in most cases
their digestive organs are costive and hard in their
lower parts, but more relaxed in the upper. They
must be bilious rather than phlegmatic. Their
heads are healthy and hard, but they have in most
cases a tendency to internal lacerations. Their
endemic diseases are as follow. Pleurisies are
common, likewise those diseases which are accounted
acute. It must be so, since their digestive organs
are hard, and the slightest cause inevitably pro-
duces in many patients abscesses, the result of a
stiff body and hard digestive organs. For their
dryness, combined with the coldness of the water,
makes them liable to internal lacerations. Such

2 aoa Peano: Coray: ὑπερβάλλωσι MSS.
eT at Littré: γλυκαίνεται most MSS. : οὐ γλυκαίνεται
Coray : καὶ ἁλυκὰ γίνεται Kiihlewein.

77

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATQN ΤΌΠΩΝ

τὰς τοιαύτας φύσιας εἶναι καὶ οὐ πολυπότας" οὐ
γὰρ οἷόν τε ἅμα πολυβόρους τε εἶναι καὶ πολυ-
moras ὀφθαλμίας τε γίνεσθαι μὲν διὰ χρόνου,
γίνεσθαι δὲ σκληρὰς καὶ ἰσχυράς, καὶ εὐθέως
ῥήγνυσθαι τὰ ὄμματα: αἱμορροίας δὲ ἐκ τῶν ῥινῶν
τοῖσι νεωτέροισι τριήκοντα ἐτέων γίνεσθαι ἰσχυ-
ρὰς τοῦ θέρεος" τά τε ἱερὰ νοσεύματα καλεύμενα,
ὀλίγα μὲν ταῦτα, ἰσχυρὰ δέ. μακροβίους δὲ τοὺς

, , Qn ’ lal /
30 ἀνθρώπους τούτους μᾶλλον εἰκὸς εἶναι τῶν ἑτέρων"

40

48

τά τε ἕλκεα οὐ φλεγματώδεα ἐγγίνεσθαι οὐδὲ
ἀγριοῦσθαι: τά τε ἤθεα ἀγριώτερα ἢ ἡμερώτερα.
τοῖσι μὲν ἀνδράσι ταῦτα τὰ νοσήματα ἐπιχώριά
\ / 7 , , ᾽
ἐστι: καὶ χωρίς, ἤν τι πάγκοινον κατάσχῃ ἐκ
μεταβολῆς τῶν ὡρέων: τῇσι δὲ γυναιξί πρῶτον
μὲν στερίφαι 3 πολλαὶ γίνονται διὰ τὰ ὕδατα
ἐόντα σκληρά τε καὶ ἀτέραμνα καὶ ψυχρά. αἱ
γὰρ καθάρσιες οὐκ ἐπιγίνονται τῶν ἐπιμηνίων
ἐπιτήδειαι, ἀλλὰ ὀλίγαι καὶ πονηραί. ἔπειτα
τίκτουσι χαλεπῶς" ἐκτιτρώσκουσι δὲ οὐ σφόδρα.
ὁκόταν δὲ τέκωσι, τὰ παιδία ἀδύνατοι τρέφειν
εἰσί: τὸ γὰρ γάλα ἀποσβέννυται ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων
τῆς σκληρότητος καὶ ἀτεραμνίης" φθίσιές τε γί-
νονται συχναὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τοκετῶν. ὑπὸ γὰρ βίης
ῥήγματα ἴσχουσι καὶ σπάσματα. τοῖς δὲ παιδίοι-
σιν ὕδρωπες ἐγγίνονται ἐν τοῖσιν ὄρχεσιν, ἕως
μικρὰ ἢ" ἔπειτα προϊούσης τῆς ἡλικίης ἀφανί-
ἕονται: ἡβῶσί τε ὀψὲ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει.

V. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν θερμῶν πνευμάτων καὶ
τῶν ψυχρῶν καὶ τῶν πολίων τούτων ὧδε ἔχει ὡς
προείρηται. ὁκόσαι δὲ κέονται πρὸς τὰ πνεύματα

1 So most MSS.: omitted by δ᾽ and Kiihlewein. It
contradicts Chapter VII, ll. 20, 21.

78

AIRS WATERS PLACES, τν.--ν.

constitutions necessarily make men eat much and
drink little; for one cannot be both a great eater
and a great drinker. Inflammations of the eyes
occur at last; they are hard and violent, and rapidly
cause rupture of the eyes. Men under thirty
suffer from violent bleedings at the nose in summer.
Instances of the disease called “sacred” are rare
but violent. These men are more likely to be
long-lived than are others. Their sores become
neither phlegmatic! nor malignant, but their char-
acters incline to fierceness, not to mildness. For
men these diseases are endemic, besides there are
epidemic diseases which may prevail through the
change of the seasons. As to the women, firstly
many become barren through the waters being hard,
indigestible and cold. Their menstrual discharges
are not healthy, but are scanty and bad. Then
childbirth is difficult, although abortion is rare.
After bearing children they cannot rear them, for
their milk is dried up through the hardness and
indigestibility of the waters, while cases of phthisis
are frequent after parturition, for the violence of
it causes ruptures and strains. Children suffer from
dropsies in the testicles while they are little, which
disappear as they grow older. In sucha city puberty
is late.

V. The effects of hot winds and of cold winds
on these cities are such as I have described; the
following are the effects of winds on cities lying

‘« Suppurating.”

2 στερίφαι Coray: στεριφναὶ or atpipval MSS. : στιφραὶ
Ermerins and Reinhold.

79

10

20

28

ΠΕΡῚ AEPOQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

Ta μεταξὺ TOV θερινῶν ἀνατολέων τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ
τῶν χειμερινῶν καὶ ὁκόσαι τὸ ἐναντίον τούτων,
ὧδε ἐ ἔχει περὶ αὐτέων: ὁκόσαι μὲν πρὸς τὰς ἀνα-
τολὰς τοῦ ἡλίου κέονται, ταύτας εἰκὸς εἶναι
ὑγιεινοτέρας. τῶν πρὸς τὰς ἄρκτους ἐστραμμένων
καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὰ θερμά, ἢν καὶ στάδιον * τὸ
μεταξὺ 7). πρῶτον * μὲν “γὰρ μετριώτερον ἔχει
τὸ θερμὸν καὶ τὸ ψυχρόν' ἔπειτα τὰ ὕδατα, ὁ ὁκόσα
πρὸς τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς ἐστι, ταῦτα λαμπρά
τε εἶναι ἀνάγκη καὶ εὐώδεα καὶ μαλθακὰ καὶ
ἐρατεινὰ ἐγγίνεσθαι ἐ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει: ὁ γὰρ
ἥλιος Tt KwAVEL ἀνίσχων καὶ καταλάμπων. τὸ
γὰρ ἑωθινὸν ἑκάστοτε αὐτὸς ὁ ἠὴρ ἐπέχει ὡς ἐπὶ
τὸ πολύ. 3 τά τε εἴδεα τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὔχροά τε
καὶ ἀνθηρά ἐ ἐστι μᾶλλον ἢ ἄλλῃ ἢν μή τις νοῦσος
κωλύῃ. λαμπρόφωνοί τε οἱ ἄνθρωποι * ὀργήν
ΤΕ καὶ σύνεσιν βελτίους εἰσὶ τῶν προσβορείων,"
ἧπερ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐμφυόμενα ἀμείνω ἐστίν.
ἔοικέ τε μάλιστα ἡ οὕτω κειμένη πόλις ἦρι κατὰ
τὴν μετριότητα τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ψυχροῦ" τά
τε νοσεύματα ἐλάσσω μὲν γίνεται καὶ ἀσθενέ-
στερα, ἔοικε δὲ τοῖς ἐν τῆσι πόλεσι γενομένοις
νοσεύμασι τῇσι πρὸς τὰ θερμὰ πνεύματα το
μένῃησιν. αἴ τε γυναῖκες αὐτόθι ἀρικύμονές ὃ εἰσι
σφόδρα καὶ τίκτουσι ῥηϊδίως.

VI. Περὶ μὲν τούτων ὧδε ἔχει. ὁκόσαι δὲ
πρὸς τὰς δύσιας κεῖνται καὶ αὐτῆσίν ἐστι σκέπη

1 So all MSS. and editors. I would insert μόνον.

2 πρῶτον Coray: πρότερον MSS.

3 The part within daggers is as given in most MSS. For
κωλύει (which cannot govern ὕδατα as an object) Coray
would read καλλύνει, and Ermerins and Reinhold bracket

80

AIRS WATERS PLACES, v.-—v1.

exposed to those between the summer and winter
risings of the sun, and to those opposite to these.
Those that lie towards the risings of the sun are
likely to be healthier than those facing the north
and those exposed to the hot winds, even though
they be but a furlong apart. In the first place, the
heat and the cold are more moderate. Then the
waters that face the risings of the sun must be clear,
sweet-smelling, soft and delightful, in such a city.
For the sun, shining down upon them when it rises,
purifies them. ‘The persons of the inhabitants are
of better complexion and more blooming than else-
where, unless some disease prevents this. They
are clear-voiced, and with better temper and intelli-
gence than those who are exposed to the north,
just as all things growing there are better. A city
so situated is just ‘like spring, because the heat and
the cold are tempered; the diseases, while resemb-
ling those which we said occur in cities facing the
hot winds, are both fewer and less severe. The
women there very readily conceive and have easy
deliveries.

VI. Such are the conditions in these cities. Those
that lie towards the settings of the sun, and are

τὸ γὰρ ἑωθινὸν»... 2 2. πολύ. Perhaps καθαίρει (not unlike
κωλύει in uncials) should be read for κωλύει, and the gloss
read τὸ yap ἑωθινὸν ἑκάστοτε αὐτὰ (αὐτὸς 15 meaning less)
ὁ ἠὴρ ἐπέχει ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ. Has κωλύει arisen from κωλύῃ
in the next sentence? In his notes Coray suggests ὃ yap
ἥλιος κωλύει (or κολούει) τὸν ἠέρα ἀνίσχων καὶ καταλάμπων᾽" τὸ
γὰρ ἑωθινὸν αὐτόσε ἠὴρ κιτ.λ. But can αὐτόσε = αὐτόθι ἵ

4 καὶ should perhaps be added after ἄνθρωποι.

5 προσβορείων Kiihlewein: προσβορέων V JB: πρὸς βορέην
most MSS.

8 ἀρικύμονες Coray: ἐναρικύμονες V JB.

81

10

25

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

TOV πνευμάτων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἠοῦς πνεόντων τά
τε θερμὰ πνεύματα παραρρεῖ καὶ τὰ ψυχρὰ ἀπὸ
τῶν ἄρκτων, ἀνάγκη ταύτας τὰς πόλιας θέσιν
κεῖσθαι νοσερωτάτην. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὰ ὕδατα
οὐ λαμπρά" αἴτιον δέ, ὅτι ὁ ἠὴρ τὸ ἑωθινὸν κατέχει
ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, ὅστις τῷ ὕδατι ἐ ἐγκαταμιγνύμενος
τὸ λαμπρὸν ἀφανίζει" ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος πρὶν ἄνω
ἀρθῆναι οὐκ ἐπιλάμπει. τοῦ δὲ θέρεος ἕωθεν μὲν
αὖραι ψυχραὶ πνέουσι καὶ δρόσοι πίπτουσι" τὸ
δὲ λοιπὸν ἥλιος ἐγκαταδύνων ὥστε μάλιστα διέψει
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, διὸ καὶ ἀχρόους τε εἰκὸς εἶναι
καὶ ἀρρώστους, τῶν τε νοσευμάτων πάντων μετ-
έχειν μέρος τῶν προειρημένων" οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς
ἀποκέκριται. βαρυφώνους τε εἰκὸς εἶναι καὶ
βραγχώδεας διὰ τὸν ἠέρα, ὅτε ἀκάθαρτος ὡς ἐπὶ
τὸ πολὺ αὐτόθι γίνεται καὶ νοσώδης" οὔτε γὰρ
ὑπὸ τῶν βορείων ἐ ἐκκρίνεται σφόδρα" οὐ γὰρ προσ-
έχουσι͵ τὰ πνεύματα". ἅ τε προσέχουσιν αὐτοῖσι
καὶ πρόσκεινται ὑδατεινότατά ἐ ἐστιν" ἐπεὶ τοιαῦτα
Ta ἀπὸϊ τῆς ἑσπέρης πνεύματα" ἔοικέν τε μετ-
οπώρῳ μάλιστα ἡ θέσις ἡ τοιαύτη τῆς πόλιος κατὰ
τὰς τῆς ἡμέρης μεταβολάς, ὅτι πολὺ τὸ μέσον
γίνεται τοῦ τε ἑωθινοῦ καὶ τοῦ πρὸς τὴν δείλην.
VII. Περὶ μὲν πνευμάτων, ἅ τέ ἐστιν ἐπιτήδεια
καὶ ἀνεπιτήδεια, ὧδε ἔχει. περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν 5
ὑδάτων βούλομαι διηγήσασθαι, ἅ ἅ τέ ἐστι νοσώδεα
καὶ ἃ ὑγιεινότατα, καὶ ὁκόσα ἀφ᾽ ὕδατος κακὰ
εἰκὸς γίνεσθαι καὶ ὅσα ἀγαθά. πλεῖστον γὰρ

1 ἐπεὶ τοιαῦτα τὰ ἀπὸ Coray: ἐπεὶ τὰ ἐπὶ most MSS.
2 χοιπῶν omitted by 7027 and Wilamowitz.

82

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vi.-vu.

sheltered from the east winds, while the hot winds
and the cold north winds blow past them—these
cities must have a most unhealthy situation. In the
first place, the waters are not clear, the reason being
that in the morning mist is generally prevalent,
which dissolves in the water and destroys its clear-
ness, as the sun does not shine upon it before it
is high on the horizon, In the summer cold breezes
blow in the morning and there are heavy dews;
for the rest of the day the sun as it advances
towards the west thoroughly scorches the inhabitants,
so that they are likely to be pale and sickly, subject
to all the diseases aforesaid, for none are peculiar
to them.! They are likely to have deep, hoarse
voices, because of the atmosphere, since it is usually
impure and unhealthy in such places. For while
it is not clarified much by the north winds, which
are not prevalent there, the winds that do prevail
insistently are very rainy, such being the nature of
westerly winds. Such a situation for a city is pre-
cisely like autumn in respect of the changes of the
day, seeing that the difference between sunrise and
afternoon is great.

VII. So much for winds, healthy and unhealthy.
I wish now to treat of waters, those that bring
disease or very good health, and of the ill or good
that is likely to arise from water. For the influence

1 αὐτοῖς may be either a dative of advantage or one of
disadvantage. There can thus be two meanings :—
(1) ‘‘for none are isolated to their advantage,” ὁ. 6. they
are exempt from none ;

(2) ‘‘for none are isolated to their disadvantage,” 7. e.
they have no disease peculiar to themselves. I
have taken the latter meaning, with Littré, but a

good case could be made out for the former.
83

20

30

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATOQN ΤΌΠΩΝ

μέρος συμβάλλεται ἐς τὴν ὑγιείην. ὁκόσα μὲν
οὖν ἐστιν ἑλώδεα καὶ στάσιμα καὶ λεμναῖα, ταῦτα
ἀνάγκη τοῦ μὲν θέρεος. εἶναι θερμὰ καὶ παχέα καὶ
ὀδμὴν ἔχοντα, ἅτε οὐκ ἀπόρρυτα ἐόντα" ἀλλὰ
τοῦ τε ὀμβρίου͵ ὕδατος ἐπιφερομένου * αἰεὶ νέου
τοῦ τε ἡλίου καίοντος ἀνάγκη ἄχροά τε εἶναι καὶ
πονηρὰ καὶ χολώδεα, τοῦ δὲ χειμῶνος παγετώδεά
τε καὶ ψυχρὰ καὶ τεθολωμένα ὑπό πε χιόνος καὶ
παγετῶν, ὥστε φλεγματωδέστατα εἶναι καὶ βραγ-
χωδέστατα. τοῖσι δὲ πίνουσι σπλῆνας μὲν αἰεὶ
μεγάλους εἶναι καὶ μεμυωμένους καὶ τὰς γαστέρας
σκληράς τε καὶ λεπτὰς καὶ θερμάς, τοὺς δὲ ὥμους
καὶ τὰς κληῖδας καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον καταλελε-
πτύσθαι: ἐς γὰρ τὸν σπλῆνα αἱ σάρκες συντήκον-
ται, διότι ἰσχνοί εἰσιν" ἐδωδούς τε εἶναι τοὺς
τοιούτους καὶ διψηρούς" τ is τε κοιλίας ξηροτάτας
Te Kal (Oeppotatas Kal τὰς ἄνω καὶ τὰς κάτω
ἔχειν, ὥστε τῶν φαρμάκων ἰσχυροτέρων δεῖσθαι.
τοῦτο μὲν τὸ νόσημα αὐτοῖσι σύντροφόν ἐστι
καὶ θέρεος καὶ χειμῶνος. πρὸς δὲ τούτοισιν οἱ
ὕδρωπες πλεῖστοί τε γίνονται καὶ θανατωδέστατοι.
τοῦ γὰρ θέρεος δυσεντερίαι τε πολλαὶ ἐμπίπτουσι
καὶ διάρροιαι καὶ πυρετοὶ τεταρταῖοι πολυχρό-
νιοι. ταῦτα δὲ τὰ νοσεύματα μηκυνθέντα τὰς
τοιαύτας φύσιας ἐς ὕδρωπας καθίστησι καὶ ἀπο-
κτείνει. ταῦτα μὲν αὐτοῖσι τοῦ θέρεος γίνεται.
τοῦ δὲ χειμῶνος τοῖσι νεωτέροισι μὲν περιπνευ-
μονίαι τε καὶ μανιώδεα νοσεύματα, τοῖσι δὲ
πρεσβυτέροισι καῦσοι διὰ τὴν τῆς κοιλίης σκλη-
ρότητα. τῆσι δὲ γυναιξὶν οἰδήματα ἐγγίνεται
καὶ φλέγμα λευκόν, καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἴσχουσι μόλις
καὶ τίκτουσι χαλεπῶς" μεγάλα τε τὰ ἔμβρνα καὶ

84

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vn.

of water upon health is very great. Such as are
marshy, standing and stagnant must in summer be
hot, thick and stinking, because there is no outflow ;
and as fresh rain-water is always flowing in and the
sun heats them, they must be of bad colour, un-
healthy and bilious. In winter they must be frosty,
cold and turbid through the snow and frosts, so as
to be very conducive to phlegm and sore throats.
Those who drink it have always large, stiff spleens,
and hard, thin, hot stomachs, while their shoulders,
collar-bones and faces are emaciated; the fact is
that their flesh dissolves to feed the spleen, so that
they are lean. With such a constitution they eat
and drink heavily. Their digestive organs, upper
and lower, are very dry and very hot, so that they
need more powerful drugs. This malady is endemic
both in summer and in winter. In addition the
dropsies that occur are very numerous and very
fatal. For in the summer there are epidemics of
dysentery, diarrhoea and long quartan fever, which
diseases when prolonged cause constitutions such as
I have described to develop dropsies that result in
death. These are their maladies in summer. In
winter young people suffer from pneumonia and
illnesses attended by delirium, the older, through
the hardness of their digestive organs, from ardent
fever. Among the women occur swellings and leuco-
phlegmasia; they conceive hardly and are delivered
with difficulty. The babies are big and swollen, and

1 ἐπιφερομένου b: ἐπιτρεφυμένου most MSS.

85

40

50

60

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON TOTION

οἰδέοντα. ἔπειτα ἐν τῇσι τροφῇσι φθινώδεά τε
καὶ πονηρὰ γίνεται" ἥ τε κάθαρσις τῆσι γυναιξὶν
οὐκ ἐπιγίνεται χρηστὴ μετὰ τὸν τόκον. τοῖσι δὲ
παιδίοισι κῆλαι ἐπεγίνονται μάλιστα καὶ τοῖσιν
ἀνδράσι κίρσοι καὶ ἕλκεα ἐν τῆσι κνήμῃσιν, ὥστε
τὰς τοιαύτας φύσιας οὐχ οἷόν τε μακροβίους εἶναι,
ἀλλὰ προγηράσκειν τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ ἱκνευμένου.
ἔτι δὲ αἱ γυναῖκες δοκέουσιν ἔ ἔχειν ἐν γαστρί, καὶ
ὁκόταν ὁ τόκος 1; ἀφανίζεται τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς
γαστρός. τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται, ὁκόταν ὑδρωπιήσωσιν
αἱ ὑστέραι. τὰ μὲν τοιαῦτα ὕδατα νομίζω μοχ-
θηρὰ εἶναι πρὸς ἅπαν χρῆμα: δεύτερα δὲ ὅσων
εἶεν * αἱ πηγαὶ ἐκ πετρέων.---σκληρὰ γὰρ ἀνάγκη
elvar—i ἐκ γῆς, ὅκου θερμὰ ὕδατά ἐ ἐστιν, ἢ σίδηρος
γίνεται ἢ χαλκὸς ἢ ἄργυρος ἢ χρυσὸς ἢ θεῖον ἢ ἢ
στυπτηρίη ἢ ἄσφαλτον ἢ νίτρον. ταῦτα γὰρ
πάντα ὑπὸ βίης γίνονται τοῦ θερμοῦ. οὐ τοίνυν
οἷόν τε ἐκ τοιαύτης γῆς ὕδατα ἀγαθὰ γίνεσθαι,
ἀλλὰ σκληρὰ καὶ καυσώδεα διουρεῖσθαί τε ae
λεπὰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν διαχώρησιν ἐναντία εἶναι.
ἄριστα δὲ ὁκόσα ἐκ “μετεώρων χωρίων ῥεῖ καὶ
λόφων γεηρῶν. αὐτά τε γάρ ἐστι γλυκέα καὶ
λευκὰ καὶ τὸν οἶνον φέρειν ὀλίγον οἷά τέ ἐστιν.
τοῦ δὲ χειμῶνος θερμὰ γίνεται, τοῦ δὲ θέρεος
ψυχρά. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν εἴη ἐκ βαθυτάτων πηγέων.
μάλιστα δὲ ἐπαινέω ὧν τὰ ῥεύματα πρὸς τὰς
ἀνατολὰς τοῦ ἡλίου ἐρρώγασι καὶ μᾶλλον πρὸς
τὰς θερινάς. ἀνάγκη γὰρ λαμπρότερα εἶναι καὶ
εὐώδεα καὶ κοῦφα. ὁκόσα δέ ἐστιν ἁλυκὰ καὶ
ἀτέραμνα καὶ σκληρά, ταῦτα μὲν πάντα πίνειν
οὐκ ἀγαθά' εἰσὶ δ᾽ ἔνιαι φύσιες καὶ νοσεύματα,
ἐς ἃ ἐπιτήδειά ἐστι τὰ τοιαῦτα ὕδατα πινόμενα,
86

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vir.

then, as they are nursed, they pvecome emaciated !
and miserable. The discharge after childbirth is
bad. Children are very subject to hernia and men
to enlarged veins and to ulcers on the legs, so that
such constitutions cannot be long-lived but must
grow prematurely old. Moreover, the women appear
to be with child, yet, when the time of delivery
comes, the fullness of the womb disappears, this
being caused by dropsy in that organ. Such waters
I hold to be absolutely bad. The next worst will be
those whose springs are from rocks—for they must
be hard—or from earth where there are hot waters,
or iron is to be found, or copper, or silver, or gold,
or sulphur, or alum, or bitumen, or 5044. For all
these result from the violence of the heat. So from
such earth good waters cannot come, but hard, heat-
ing waters, difficult to pass and causing constipation.
The best are those that flow from high places and
earthy hills. By themselves they are sweet and clear,
and the wine they can stand is but little. In winter
they are warm, in summer cold. They would naturally
be so, coming from very deep springs. I commend
especially those whose flow breaks forth towards the
rising—by preference the summer rising—of the
sun. For they must be brighter, sweet-smelling
and light; while all that are salt, harsh and hard
are not good to drink, though there are some consti-
tutions and some diseases which are benefited by
drinking such waters, concerning which I will speak

1 Or ‘‘ consumptive.”

1 εἶεν so most MSS.: εἴην V: εἰσὶν Reinhold (unneces-
sarily, for the ‘‘vague” opt. without ἂν is not rare in the
Hippocratic writings). However, 7027 reads suit.

87

70

80

90

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON TOTION

περὶ ὧν φράσω αὐτίκα. ἔχει. δὲ περὶ τούτων ὧδε'
ὁκόσων μὲν αἱ πηγαὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολὰς ἔχουσι,
ταῦτα μὲν ἄριστα αὐτὰ ἑωυτῶν ἐστι᾿ δεύτερα δὲ
τὰ μεταξὺ τῶν θερινῶν ἀνατολέων ἐστὶ τοῦ ἡλίου
καὶ δυσίων, καὶ μᾶλλον τὰ πρὸς τὰς ἀνατολάς"
τρίτα δὲ τὰ μεταξὺ τῶν δυσμέων τῶν θερινῶν
καὶ τῶν χειμερινῶν" φαυλότατα δὲ τὰ πρὸς τὸν
νότον καὶ τὰ μεταξὺ τῆς χειμερινῆς ἀνατολῆς
καὶ δύσιος. καὶ ταῦτα τοῖσι μὲν νοτίοισι πάνυ
πονηρά, τοῖσι δὲ βορείοισιν ἀμείνω. τούτοισι δὲ
πρέπει ὧδε χρῆσθαι" ὅστις μὲν ὑγιαίνει τε καὶ
ἔρρωται, μηδὲν διακρίνειν, ἀλλὰ πίνειν αἰεὶ τὸ
παρεόν. ὅστις δὲ νούσου εἵνεκα βούλεται τὸ
ἐπιτηδειότατον πίνειν, ὧδε ἂν ποιέων μάλιστα
τυγχάνοι τῆς ὑγιείης: ὁκόσων μὲν αἱ κοιλίαι
σκληραί εἰσι καὶ συγκαίειν ἀγαθαί, τούτοισι
μὲν τὰ γλυκύτατα συμφέρει καὶ κουφότατα καὶ
λαμπρότατα" ὁκόσων δὲ μαλθακαὶ αἱ νηδύες καὶ
ὑγραί εἰσι καὶ φλεγματώδεες, τούτοισι δὲ τὰ
σκληρότατα καὶ ἀτεραμνότατα καὶ τὰ ὑφαλυκά'
οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ξηραίνοιντο μάλιστα. ὁκόσα γὰρ
ὕδατά ἐστιν ἕψειν ἄριστα καὶ τακερώτατα, ταῦτα
καὶ τὴν κοιλίην διαλύειν εἰκὸς μάλιστα καὶ δια-
τήκειν ὁκόσα δέ ἐστιν ἀτέραμνα καὶ σκληρὰ καὶ
ἥκιστα ἑψανά, ταῦτα δὲ συνίστησι μάλιστα τὰς
κοιλίας καὶ ξηραίνει. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ψευσάμενοι *

εἰσὶν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τῶν ἁλμυρῶν ὑδάτων πέρι δι᾿
ἀπειρίην, καὶ 6TL Ὁ νομίξεται διαχωρητικά" τὰ δὲ
ἐναντιώτατά ἐστι πρὸς τὴν διαχώρησιν" ἀτέραμνα
γὰρ καὶ ἀνέψανα, ὥστε καὶ τὴν κοιλίην ὑπ᾽ αὐτῶν

100 στύφεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τήκεσθαι.

88

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vu.

presently. Aspect affects spring waters thus. Those
whose sources face the risings of the sun are the
very best. Second in excellence come those between
the summer risings and the summer settings, by
preference in the direction of the risings. Third
best are those between the summer and winter
settings. The worst are those that face the south,
and those between the winter rising and setting.
These are very bad indeed when the winds are in the
south, less bad when they are in the north. Spring
waters should be used thus. A man in health and
strength can drink any water that is at hand with-
out distinction, but he who because of dis@ase wishes
to drink the most suitable can best attain health in
the following way. Those whose digestive organs are
hard and easily heated will gain benefit from the
sweetest, lightest and most sparkling waters. But
those whose bellies are soft, moist, and phlegmatic,
benefit from the hardest, most harsh and saltish
waters, for these are the best to dry them up. For
waters that are best for cooking and most solvent
naturally loosen the digestive organs the most and
relax them; but harsh waters, hard and very bad for
cooking, contract most these organs and dry them
up. In fact the public are mistaken about saline
waters through inexperience, in that they are
generally considered to be laxative. The truth is
that they are just the reverse; they are harsh and
bad for cooking, so that the digestive organs too
are stiffened by them rather than loosened.

1 ψευσάμενοι so V JB: ἐψευσμένοι Kiihlewein.
2 καὶ ὅτι MSS. : Wilamowitz would delete ὅτι ; Coray would
read κατότι for καὶ ὅτι. Perhaps καὶ should be deleted.

VOL. I. F 89

10

20

30

ΠΕΡῚ AEPOQN YAATOQN ΤΌΠΩΝ

VIII. Kai περὶ μὲν τῶν πηγαίων ὑδάτων ὧδε
ἔχει. περὶ δὲ τῶν ὀμβρίων καὶ ὁκόσα ἀπὸ χιόνος
φράσω ὅκως ἔχει. τὰ μὲν οὖν ὄμβρια κουφότατα
καὶ γλυκύτατά ἐστι καὶ λεπτότατα καὶ λαμπρό-
τατα. τήν τε γὰρ ἀρχὴν ὁ ἥλιος ἀνάγει καὶ
ἀναρπάζει τοῦ ὕδατος τό τε λεπτότατον καὶ
κουφότατον. δῆλον δὲ οἱ ἅλες ποιέουσι. τὸ μὲν
γὰρ ἁλμυρὸν λείπεται αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ πάχεος καὶ
βάρεος καὶ γίνεται ἅλες, τὸ δὲ λεπτότατον ὁ ἥλιος
ἀναρπάζει ὑπὸ κουφότητος" ἀνάγει δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτο
οὐκ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων μοῦνον τῶν λιμναίων, ἀλλὰ
καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐν ὁκόσοισι
ὑγρόν τι ἔνεστιν. ἔνεστι δὲ ἐ ἐν παντὶ χρήματι. καὶ
ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἄγει τὸ λεπτότατον τῆς
ἰκμάδος καὶ κουφότατον. τεκμήριον δὲ μέγιστον"
ὅταν 1 ἄνθρωπος ἐν ἡλίῳ βαδίξῃ ἢ καθίζῃη ἱμάτιον
ἔχων, ὁκόσα μὲν τοῦ χρωτὸς ὁ ἥλιος ἐφορᾷ, οὐχ
ἱδρῴη ἄν: ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος ἀναρπάζει. τὸ προφαι-
νόμενον τοῦ ἱδρῶτος" ὁκόσα δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου
ἐσκέπασται ἢ ὑπ᾽ ἄλλου Tov, ἱδροῖ. ἐξάγεται
μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ βιάζεται, σῴξεται δὲ
ὑπὸ τῆς σκέπης, ὥστε μὴ ἀφανίξεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ
ἡλίου. ὁκόταν δὲ ἐς σκιὴν ἀφίκηται, ἅπαν τὸ
σῶμα ὁμοίως ἰδίει"5 οὐ γὰρ ἔτι ὁ ἥλιος ἐπιλάμπει.
διὰ ταῦτα δὲ καὶ σήπεται τῶν ὑδάτων τάχιστα
ταῦτα καὶ ὀδμὴν i ἴσχει πονηρὴν τὸ ὄμβριον, ὅτι
ἀπὸ πλείστων συνῆκται καὶ συμμέμικται, ὥστε
σήπεσθαι τάχιστα. ἔτι δὲ πρὸς τούτοισιν ἐπειδ-
av ἁρπασθῇ καὶ μετεωρισθῇ περιφερόμενον καὶ
καταμεμιγμένον ἐς τὸν ἠέρα, τὸ μὲν θολερὸν
αὐτοῦ καὶ νυκτοειδὲς ἐκκρίνεται καὶ ἐξίσταται
καὶ γίνεται ἠὴρ καὶ ὀμίχλη, τὸ δὲ λαμπρότατον 8

99°

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vit.

VIII. Such are the facts about spring waters. I
will now proceed to speak of rain water and snow
water. Rain waters are the lightest, sweetest, finest
and clearest. ‘To begin with, the sun raises and draws
up the finest and lightest part of water, as is proved
by the formation of salt. The brine, owing to its
coarseness and weight, is left behind and becomes
salt ; the finest part, owing to its lightness, is drawn
up by the sun. Not only from pools does the sun
raise this part, but also from the sea and from
whatever has moisture in it—and there is moisture
in everything. Even from men it raises the finest
and lightest part of their juices. The plainest
evidence thereof is that when a man walks or sits
in the sun wearing a cloak, the parts of his skin
reached by the sun will not sweat, for it draws up
each layer of sweat as it appears. But those parts
sweat which are covered by his cloak or by any-
thing else. For the sweat drawn forcibly out by the
sun is prevented by the covering from disappearing
through the sun’s power. But when the man has
come into a shady place, his whole body sweats
alike, as the sun no longer shines upon it. For this
reason too rain-water grows foul quicker than any
other, and has a bad smell; being a mixture gathered
from very many sources it grows foul very quickly.
Furthermore, when it has been carried away aloft, and
has combined with the atmosphere as it circles round,
the turbid, dark part of it separates out, changes
and becomes mist and fog, while the clearest and

oa?

1 Cobet would insert γὰρ after ὅταν.

2 iste. Heringa, from Erotian, who gives ἰδίειν = ἱδροῦν :
διίει most MSS. : duet Coray and Littré.

3 Aaumpotaroy V Jhb: λεπτότατον many MSS.

ΟΙ

40

50

60

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

Kal κουφότατον αὐτοῦ λείπεται Kal γλυκαίνεται
ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καιόμενόν τε καὶ ἑψόμενον. γίνεται
δὲ καὶ τἄλλα πάντα TA} ἑψόμενα αἰεὶ γλυκύτερα.
ἕως μὲν οὖν διεσ κεδασ μένον ἢ καὶ μήπω συνεστήκῃ,
φέρεται μετέωρον. ὁκόταν δέ κου ἀθροισθῇ καὶ
συστραφῇ ἐς τὸ αὐτὸ ὑπὸ ἀνέμων ἀλλήλοισιν
ἐναντιωθέντων ἐξαίφνης, τότε καταρρήγνυται, 7
ἂν τύχῃ πλεῖστον συστραφέν. τότε γὰρ ἐοικὸς
τοῦτο μᾶλλον γίνεσθαι, ὁκόταν τὰ νέφεα ὑπὸ
ἀνέμου στάσιν μὴ ἔχοντος " ὡρμημένα ἐόντα 8 καὶ
χωρέοντα ἐξαίφνης ἀντικόψῃ πνεῦμα ἐναντίον
καὶ ἕτερα νέφεα: ἐνταῦθα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον αὐτοῦ
συστρέφεται, τὰ δὲ ὄπισθεν ἐπιφέρεταί τε καὶ οὕτω
παχύνεται, καὶ μελαίνεται καὶ συστρέφεται ἐς τὸ
αὐτὸ καὶ ὑπὸ βάρεος καταρρήγνυται καὶ ὄμβροι
γίνονται. ταῦτα μέν ἐστιν ἄριστα κατὰ τὸ εἰκός.
δεῖται δὲ ἀφέψεσθαι καὶ ἀποσήπεσθαι" * εἰ δὲ
μή, ὀδμὴν ἵ ἰσχει πονηρὴν καὶ βράγχος καὶ βῆχες
καὶ βαρυφωνίη τοῖς πίνουσι προσίσταται.

Τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ χιόνος καὶ κρυστάλλων πονηρὰ
πάντα. ὁκόταν γὰρ ἅπαξ παγῇ, οὐκ ἔτι ἐς τὴν
ἀρχαίην φύσιν καθίσταται, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν αὐτοῦ
λαμπρὸν καὶ κοῦφον καὶ γλυκὺ ἐκκρίνεται καὶ
ἀφανίζεται, τὸ δὲ θολωδέστατον καὶ σταθμωδέ-
στατον λείπεται. γνοίης δ᾽ ἂν ὧδε' εἰ yap βούλει,
ὅταν ἢ χειμών," ἐς ἀγγεῖον μέτρῳ ἐγχέας, ὕδωρ
θεῖναι ἐς τὴν αἰθρίην, ἵ ἵνα πήξεται μάλιστα, ἔπειτα
τῇ ὑστεραίῃ ἐσενεγκὼν ἐς ἀλέην, ὅκου χαλάσει

1 χά, Wilamowitz would delete this.
Sata ἀνέμου στάσιν μὴ ἔχοντος van der Linden and Coray :
μὴ ὑπὸ ἀνέμου στάσιν ἔχοντος MSS. and Littré: νέφεα ὑπὺ
ἀνέμου σύστασιν ἔχοντα Kiihlewein.

92

AIRS WATERS PLACES, vim.

lightest part of it remains, and is sweetened as the
heat of the sun produces coction, just as all other
things always become sweeter through coction.
Now as long as it is scattered and uncondensed, it
travels about aloft, but as soon as it collects any-
where and is compressed into one place owing to
sudden, contrary winds, then it bursts wherever the
most compression happens to take place. For this
is more likely to occur when the clouds, set in
motion and carried along by a wind that allows them
no rest, are suddenly encountered by a contrary
blast and by other clouds.! In such cases the front is
compressed, the rear comes on and is thus thickened,
darkened and compressed into one place, so that the
weight bursts it and causes rain. Such waters are
naturally the best. But they need to be boiled and
purified? from foulness if they are not to have a bad
smell,and give sore throat, coughs and hoarseness to
those who drink them.

Waters from snow and ice are all bad. For, once
frozen, water never recovers its original nature, but
the clear, light, sweet part is separated out and
disappears, while the muddiest and heaviest part
remains. The following experiment will prove it.
Pour by measure, in winter, water into a vessel and
set it in the open, where it will freeze best; then on
the next day bring it under cover, where the ice will

1 The reading of Kiihlewein means, ‘‘condensed, set in
motion and carried along by a wind, are suddenly,” etc.
2 Or, with the reading of Coray, ‘‘ filtered.”

es eek inen aanenO Desens 2 ee ΕΞ: ΞΞ ΕἸΞευ Ξ ἘΞῚῈΞ

3 ὀόντα of the MSS. should probably be deleted as an
anticipation of the end of χωρέοντα.

4 ἀποσήπεσθαι MSS. : ἀποσήθεσθαι Coray after Foes.

δ ὅταν ἢ χειμὼν ἐς Coray: ὅταν of χειμῶνες V JB: ὅταν
χειμὼν εἰς

93

08

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

μάλιστα ὁ παγετός, ὁκόταν δὲ λυθῇ, ἀναμετρεῖν
τὸ ὕδωρ, εὑρήσεις ἔλασσον συχνῷ. τοῦτο τεκ-
μήριον, ὅτι ὑπὸ τῆς πήξιος ἀφανίζεται καὶ ἀναξη-
ραίνεται τὸ κουφότατον καὶ λεπτότατον, οὐ τὸ
βαρύτατον καὶ παχύτατον᾽ οὐ γὰρ ἂν δύναιτο.
ταύτῃ οὖν νομίζω πονηρότατα ταῦτα τὰ ὕδατα
εἶναι τὰ ἀπὸ χιόνος καὶ κρυστάλλου καὶ τὰ τού-
e f \ Ψ fe

τοισιν ἑπόμενα πρὸς ἅπαντα χρήματα.

ΙΧ. Περὶ μὲν οὖν ὀμβρίων ὑδάτων καὶ τῶν
ἀπὸ χιόνος καὶ κρυστάλλων οὕτως ἔχει. λιθιῶσι
δὲ μάλιστα ἄνθρωποι! καὶ ὑπὸ νεφριτίδων καὶ
oTpayyouptns ἁλίσκονται καὶ ἰσχιάδων, καὶ κῆλαι
γίνονται, ὅκου ὕδατα πίνουσι παντοδαπώτατα
καὶ ἀπὸ ποταμῶν μεγάλων, ἐς ods ποταμοὶ ἕτεροι
ἐμβάλλουσι, καὶ ἀπὸ λίμνης, ἐς ἣν ῥεύματα πολλὰ
καὶ παντοδαπὰ ἀφικνεῦνται, καὶ ὁκόσοι ὕδασιν
ἐπακτοῖσι χρέονται διὰ μακροῦ ἀγομένοισι καὶ
μὴ ἐκ βραχέος. οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἕτερον ἑτέρῳ
ἐοικέναι ὕδωρ, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν γλυκέα εἶναι, τὰ δὲ
ἁλυκά τε καὶ στυπτηριώδεα, τὰ δὲ ἀπὸ θερμῶν
ῥεῖν. συμμισγόμενα δὲ ταῦτα ἐς τωὐτὸ ἀλλήλοισι
στασιάζει καὶ κρατεῖ αἰεὶ τὸ ἰσχυρότατον. ἰσχύει
δὲ οὐκ αἰεὶ τωὐτό, ἀλλὰ ἄλλοτε ἄλλο κατὰ τὰ
πνεύματα: τῷ μὲν γὰρ βορέης τὴν ἰσχὺν παρ-
έχεται, τῷ δὲ ὁ νότος, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν πέρι WUTOS
λόγος. ὑφίστασθαι οὖν τοῖσι τοιούτοισιν ἀνάγκη
ἐν τοῖς ἀγγείοις ἰλὺν καὶ ψάμμον" καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων
πινομένων τὰ νοσήματα γίνεται τὰ προειρημένα"
ὅτι δὲ οὐχ ἅπασιν, ἑξῆς φράσω.

Ὃκόσων μὲν ἥ τε κοιλίη εὔροός τε καὶ ὑγιηρή
ἐστι καὶ ἡ κύστις μὴ πυρετώδης μηδὲ ὁ στόμαχος
τῆς κύστιος συμπέφρακται λίην, οὗτοι μὲν διου-
94

AIRS WATERS PLACES, νπῖι.--ἰχ.

melt best; if, when it is dissolved, you measure it
again you will find it much Ἐπ ΔΝ ΥΞ This shows
that freezing dries up and causes to disappear the
lightest and finest part, not the heaviest and coarsest,
to do which it has no power. Inthis way, therefore,
I am of opinion that such waters, derived from snow
or ice, and waters similar to these, are the worst for
all purposes.

IX. Such are the properties of rain waters, and of
those from snow and ice. Stone, kidney disease,
strangury and sciatica are very apt to attack people,
and ruptures occur, when they drink water of very
many different kinds, or from large rivers, into which
other rivers flow, or from a lake fed by many streams
of various sorts, and whenever they use foreign waters
coming from a great, not a short, distance. For one
water cannot be like another; some are sweet,
others are impregnated with salt and alum, others
flow from hot springs. These when mixed up
together disagree, and the strongest always prevails.
But the strongest is not always ce same; sometimes
it is one, sometimes another, according to the winds.
One has its strength from a north wind, another
from the south wind, and similarly with the others.
Such waters then must leave a sediment of mud and
sand in the vessels, and drinking them causes the
diseases mentioned before. ‘That there are excep-
tions I will proceed to set forth.

Those whose bowels are loose and healthy, whose
bladder is not feverish, and the mouth of whose
bladder is not over narrow, pass water easily, and no

1 ἄνθρωποι MSS.: ὥνθρωποι Kiihlewein.

95

30

40

50

,

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΟΠΩΝ

ρεῦσι ῥηϊδίως, καὶ ἐν τῇ κύστει οὐδὲν συστρέφεται.
ὁκόσων δὲ ἂν ἡ κοιλίη πυρετώδης 7) ῇ, ἀνάγκη καὶ
τὴν κύστιν τωὐτὸ πάσχειν. ὁκόταν γὰρ θερμανθῇ
μᾶλλον τῆς φύσιος, ἐφλέγμηνεν αὐτῆς ὁ στό-
μαχος. ὁκόταν δὲ ταῦτα πάθῃ, τὸ οὗρον οὐκ
ἀφίησιν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἑωυτῇ συνέψει καὶ συγκαίει.
καὶ τὸ μὲν λεπτότατον αὐτοῦ ἀποκρίνεται καὶ τὸ
καθαρώτατον διιεῖ καὶ ἐξουρεῖται, τὸ δὲ παχύ-
τατον καὶ θολωδέστατον συστρέφεται καὶ συμπή-
γνυται. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον μικρόν, ἔπειτα δὲ
μέξον γίνεται. κυλινδεύμενον γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ οὔρου,
ὅ τι ἂν σμηΐσ τῆι παχύ, συναρμόζει πρὸς ἑωυτό,
καὶ οὕτως αὔξεταί τε καὶ πωροῦται" καὶ ὁκόταν
οὐρῇ, πρὸς τὸν στόμαχον τῆς κύστιος προσπίπτει
ὑπὸ τοῦ οὔρου βιαξόμενον. καὶ κωλύει οὐρεῖν καὶ
ὀδύνην παρέχει ἰσχυρήν'" ὥστε τὰ αἰδοῖα τρίβουσι
καὶ ἕλκουσι τὰ παιδία τὰ λιθιῶντα" δοκεῖ γὰρ
αὐτοῖς τὸ αἴτιον ἐνταῦθα εἶναι τῆς οὐρήσιος. "

τεκμήριον δέ, ὅτι οὕτως ἔχει" τὸ γὰρ οὖρον
λαμπρότατον οὐρέουσιν οἱ λιθιῶντες, ὅτι τὸ
παχύτατον καὶ θολωδέστατον αὐτοῦ μένει καὶ
συστρέφεται. τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα οὕτω λιθιᾷ'
γίνεται δὲ παισὶν καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ γάλακτος, ἢν μὴ
ὑγιηρὸν ἢ, ἀλλὰ θερμόν τε λίην καὶ χολῶδες.
τὴν γὰρ κοιλίην διαθερμαίνει καὶ τὴν κύστιν,
ὥστε τὸ οὖρον συγκαιόμενον ταῦτα πάσχειν. καί
φημι ἄμεινον εἶναι τοῖς παιδίοισι τὸν οἶνον ὡς
ὑδαρέστατον διδόναι: ἧσσον γὰρ τὰς φλέβας
συγκαίει καὶ συναναίνει. τοῖσι δὲ θήλεσι λίθοι
οὐ γίνονται. ὁμοίως: ὁ γὰρ οὐρητὴρ βραχύς ἐστιν
ὁ τῆς κύστιος καὶ εὐρύς, ὥστε βιάζεσθαι τὸ οὖρον
ῥηϊδίως. οὔτε γὰρ τῇ χειρὶ τρίβει τὸ αἰδοῖον
96

AIRS WATERS PLACES, 1x.

solid matter forms in their bladder. But feverishness
of the bowels must be accompanied by feverish-
ness of the bladder. For when it is abnormally
heated its mouth is inflamed. In this condition it
does not expel the urine, but concocts and heats it
within itself. The finest part is separated off, and
the clearest passes out as urine, while the thickest
and muddiest part forms solid matter, which, though
at first small, grows in course of time. For as it rolls
about in the urine it coalesces with whatever solid
matter forms, and so it grows and hardens. When
the patient makes water, it is forced by the urine to
fall against the mouth of the bladder, and staying
the flow of the urine causes violent pain. So that
boys that suffer from stone rub and pull at their
privy parts, under the impression that there lies the
cause of their making water.) That my account is
correct is shown by the fact that sufferers from stone
emit urine that is very clear, as the thickest and
muddiest part of it remains and solidifies. This in
most cases is the cause of stone. Children get stone
also from the milk, if it be unhealthy, too hot and
bilious. For it heats the bowels and the bladder,
so that the urine is heated and affected as I have
described. And my opinion is that we should give
to young children only very diluted wine, which
heats and parches the veins less. Females suffer
less from stone. For their urethra is short and
broad, so that the urine is easily expelled. Nor do
they rub the privy parts as do males, nor handle the

1 Coray’s emendation would mean, ‘‘the cause of the
stoppage,” an attractive alteration.

1 καὶ added by Wilamowitz.
2 Coray would insert οὐκ before οὐρήσιος.

97

00

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATQN ΤΌΠΩΝ

ὥσπερ, τὸ ἄρσεν, οὔτε ἅπτεται τοῦ οὐρητῆρος" ἐς
γὰρ τὰ αἰδοῖα ξυντέτρηνται, οἱ δὲ ἄνδρες οὐκ
εὐθὺ τέτρηνται, καὶ διότι οἱ οὐρητῆρες οὐκ εὐρεῖς:
καὶ πίνουσι πλεῖον ἢ οἱ παῖδες.

X. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ὧδε ἔχει ἢ ὅτε τούτων
ἐγγύτατα. περὶ δὲ τῶν ὡρέων ὧδε ἄν τις ἐνθυμεύ-
μενος διαγινώσκοι, ὁκοῖόν τι μέλλει ἔσεσθαι τὸ
ἔτος, εἴτε νοσερὸν εἴτε ὑγιηρόν" ἢν μὲν γὰρ κατὰ
λόγον γένηται τὰ σημεῖα ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄστροισι
δύνουσί τε καὶ ἐπιτέλλουσιν, ἔν τε τῷ μετοπώρῳ
ὕδατα γένηται, καὶ ὁ χειμὼν μέτριος καὶ μήτε
λίην εὔδιος μήτε ὑπερβάλλων τὸν καιρὸν τῷ
ψύχει, ἔν τε τῷ ἦρι. ὕδατα γένηται ὡραῖα καὶ ἐν
τῷ θέρει, οὕτω τὸ ἔτος ὑγιεινότατον εἰκὸς εἶναι.
ἢν δὲ ὁ μὲν χειμὼν αὐχμηρὸς καὶ βόρειος γένηται,
τὸ δὲ 7p ἔπομβρον καὶ νότιον, ἀνάγκη τὸ θέρος
πυρετῶδες γίνεσθαι͵ καὶ ὀφθαλμίας καὶ δυσεν-
τερίας ἐμποιεῖν. ὁκόταν yap TO πνῖγος ἐπιγένηται
ἐξαίφνης τῆς τε γῆς ὑγρῆς ἐούσης ὑπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων
τῶν ἐαρινῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ νότου, ἀνάγκη διπλόον
τὸ καῦμα εἶναι, ἀπό τε τῆς γῆς διαβρόχου ἐούσης

θερμῆς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡλίου καίοντος, τῶν τε
κοιλιῶν μὴ συνεστηκυιῶν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. μήτε
τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου ἀνεξηρασμένου.--οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε
τοῦ ἦρος τοιούτου ἐόντος μὴ οὐ πλαδᾶν τὸ σῶμα
καὶ τὴν σάρκα--' ὥστε τοὺς πυρετοὺς ἐπιπίπτειν
ὀξυτάτους ἅπασιν, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖσι φλεγματίῃσι.
καὶ δυσεντερίας εἰκός ἐστι γίνεσθαι καὶ τῆσι
γυναιξὶ καὶ τοῖς εἴδεσι τοῖς ὑγροτάτοισι. καὶ ἢν
μὲν ἐπὶ κυνὸς ἐπιτολῇ ὕδωρ ἐπιγένηται καὶ χειμὼν
καὶ οἱ ἐτησίαι πνεύσωσιν, ἐλπὶς παύσασθαι καὶ
τὸ μετόπωρον ὑγιηρὸν γενέσθαι" ἢν δὲ μή, κίν-
98

AIRS WATERS PLACES, ιχ.-- ν᾿

urethra. For it opens directly into the privy parts,
which is not so with males, nor is their urethra wide.
And they drink more than boys do,

X. This, or something very like this, is the truth
concerning these matters. As to the seasons, a
consideration of the following points will make it
possible to decide whether the year will prove
unhealthy or healthy. If the signs prove normal
when the stars set and rise; if there be rains in
autumn, if the winter be moderate, neither too mild
nor unseasonably cold, and if the rains be seasonable
in spring and in summer, the year is likely to be
very healthy. If, on the other hand, the winter
prove dry and northerly, the spring rainy and
southerly, the summer cannot fail to be fever-
laden, causing ophthalmia and dysenteries. For
whenever the great heat comes on suddenly while
the earth is soaked by reason of the spring rains
and the south wind, the heat cannot fail to be
doubled, coming from the hot, sodden earth and
the burning sun; men’s bowels not being braced
nor their brain dried—for when spring is such
the body and its flesh must necessarily be flabby—
the fevers that attack are of the acutest type in
all cases, especially among the phlegmatic. Dysen-
teries are also likely to come upon women and
the most humid constitutions. If at the rising
of the Dog Star stormy rain occurs and the
Etesian winds blow, there is hope that the dis-
tempers will cease and that the autumn will be
healthy. Otherwise there is danger lest deaths

99

90

40

50

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATQN TOIION

Suvos θανάτους τε γενέσθαι τοῖσι παιδίοισι Kal
τῆσι γυναιξίν, τοῖσι δὲ πρεσβύτῃσιν ἥκιστα, τούς
τε “περιγενομένους ἐς τεταρταίους ἀποτελευτᾶν
καὶ ἐκ τῶν τεταρταίων ἐς ὕδρωπας. ἢν δ᾽ ὁ μὲν
ειμὼν νότιος γένηται, καὶ ἔπομβρος καὶ εὔδιος,
τὸ δὲ ἣρ βόρειόν τε καὶ αὐχμηρὸν καὶ χειμέριον,
πρῶτον μὲν τὰς γυναῖκας, ὁκόσαι ἂν τύχωσιν ἐν
γαστρὶ ἔχουσαι καὶ ὁ τόκος αὐτῇσιν ἢ πρὸς τὸ
ἦρ. ἐκτιτρώσκεσθαι: ὁκόσαι δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τέκωσιν,
ἀκρατέα τὰ παιδία τίκτειν καὶ νοσώδεα, ὥστε ἢ
αὐτίκα ἀπόλλυσθαι, ἢ ζῶσι λεπτά τε ἐόντα καὶ
ἀσθενέα καὶ ee ταῦτα μὲν τῇσι γυναιξί:
τοῖσι δὲ λοιποῖσι δυσεντερίας καὶ ὀφθαλμίας
ξηρὰς καὶ ἐνίοισι καταρρόους ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς
ἐπὶ τὸν πνεύμονα. τοῖσι μὲν οὖν φλεγματίῃσι
τὰς δυσεντερίας εἰκὸς γίνεσθαι καὶ τῆσι γυναιξὶ
φλέγματος ἐπικαταρρυέντος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου
διὰ τὴν ὑγρότητα τῆς φύσιος" τοῖσι δὲ χολώδεσιν
ὀφθαλμίας ξηρὰς διὰ τὴν θερμότητα καὶ ξηρότητα
τῆς σαρκός" τοῖσι δὲ πρεσβύτῃσι καταρρόους διὰ
τὴν ἀραιότητα καὶ τὴν ἔκτηξιν τῶν φλεβῶν,
ὥστε ἐξαίφνης τοὺς μὲν ἀπόλλυσθαι, τοὺς δὲ
παραπλήκτους γίνεσθαι τὰ δεξιὰ ἢ ἢ τὰ ἀριστερά.
ὁκόταν yap τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐόντος νοτίου καὶ θερμοῦ
τοῦ σώματος μὴ συνιστῆται ὁ ἐγκέφαλος μηδὲ
i φλέβες, τοῦ ἦρος ἐπιγενομένου βορείου καὶ
Foe μὴ μοῦ καὶ ψυχροῦ ὁ ἐγκέφαλος, ὁπηνίκα
αὐτὸν ἔδει ἅμα Kal} τῷ ἦρι διαλύεσθαι καὶ καθαί-
ρεσθαι ὑπό τε κορύζης καὶ βράγχων, τηνικαῦτα
πήγνυταί τε καὶ συνίσταται, ὥστε ἐξαίφνης τοῦ
θέρεος ἐπιγενομένου καὶ τοῦ καύματος καὶ τῆς

60 μεταβολῆς ἐπιγινομένης ταῦτα τὰ νοσεύματα

Too

AIRS WATERS PLACES, x.

occur among the women and children, and least
of all among the old men; and lest those that get
better lapse into quartans, and from quartans into
dropsies. But if the winter be southerly, rainy and
mild, and the spring be northerly, dry and wintry,
in the first place women with child whose delivery
is due by spring suffer abortion; and if they do
bring forth, their children are weak and sickly,
so that either they die at once, or live puny, weak
and sickly. Such is the fate of the women. The
others have dysenteries and dry ophthalmia, and
in some cases catarrhs descend from the head to
the lungs. Phlegmatics are liable to dysenteries,
and women also, phlegm running down from the
brain because of the humidity of their constitution.
The bilious have dry ophthalmia because of the
warm dryness of their flesh. Old men have catarrhs
because of their flabbiness and the wasting of their
veins, so that some die suddenly, while others
become paralyzed on the right side or the left. For
whenever, owing to the winter being southerly
and the body warm, neither brain nor veins are
hardened, a northerly, dry, cold spring supervening,
the brain, just at the time when it ought to have been
relaxed along with spring and purged by cold in the
head and hoarseness, congeals and hardens, so that
the heat of summer having suddenly supervened and
the change supervening, these diseases befall. Such

' καὶ added by Coray.
Io!

70

80

90

ΠΕΡῚ AEPON YAATON TOTON

ἐπιπίπτειν. καὶ ὁκόσαι μὲν TOV πολίων κέονταί
τε καλῶς τοῦ ἡλίου καὶ τῶν πνευμάτων ὕδασί τε
χρέονται ἀγαθοῖσιν, αὗται μὲν ἧσσον αἰσθάνονται
τῶν τοιούτων μεταβολέων" ὁκόσαι δὲ ὕδασί τε
ἑλείοισι χρέονται καὶ λιμνώδεσι κέονταί τε μὴ
καλῶς τῶν πνευμάτων καὶ τοῦ ἡλίου, αὗται δὲ
μᾶλλον. κὴν μὲν τὸ θέρος αὐχμηρὸν γένηται,
θᾶσσον παύονται αἱ νοῦσοι" ἢν δὲ ἔπομβρον,
πολυχρόνιοι γίνονται" καὶ φαγεδαίνας κίνδυνος
ἐγγίνεσθαι ἀπὸ πάσης προφάσιος, ἢν ἕλκος ἐγ-
γένηται. καὶ λειεντερίαι καὶ ὕδρωπες τελευτῶσι
τοῖσι νοσεύμασιν ἐπιγίνονται" οὐ γὰρ ἀποξηραί-
νονται αἱ κοιλίαι ῥηϊδίως. ἢν δὲ τὸ θέρος ἔπομ-
βρον “γένηται καὶ νότιον. καὶ τὸ μετόπωρον, Tov }
χειμῶνα ἀνάγκη νοσερὸν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς prey-
patina καὶ τοῖς γεραιτέροισι, τεσσαράκοντα
ἐτέων καύσους γίνεσθαι εἰκός, τοῖσι δὲ χολώδεσι
πλευρίτιδας καὶ περιπνευμονίας. ἢν δὲ τὸ θέρος
αὐχμηρὸν γένηται καὶ βόρειον, τὸ δὲ μετόπωρον
ἔπομβρον καὶ νότιον, κεφαλαλγίας ἐ ἐς τὸν χειμῶνα
καὶ σφακέλους τοῦ ἐγκεφάλου εἰκὸς γίνεσθαι,
καὶ προσέτι Bpayxous Kal κορύξας καὶ βῆχας,
ἐνίοισι δὲ καὶ φθίσιας. ἢν δὲ βόρειόν τε 7 καὶ
ἄνυδρον καὶ μήτε ὑπὸ κύνα ἔπομβρον μήτε ἐπὶ
τῷ ἀρκτούρῳ, τοῖσι μὲν φλεγματίῃσι φύσει
συμφέρει μάλιστα καὶ τοῖς ὑγροῖς τὰς φύσιας
καὶ τῇσι γυναιξί" τοῖσι δὲ χολώδεσι τοῦτο
πολεμιώτατον γίνεται. λίην γὰρ ἀναξηραίνονται
καὶ ὀφθαλμίαι αὐτοῖσιν ἐπιγίνονται Enpat, Kal
πυρετοὶ ὀξέες καὶ πολυχρόνιοι, ἐνίοισι δὲ καὶ
μελαγχολίαι. τῆς γὰρ χολῆς τὸ μὲν ὑγρότατον
καὶ ὑδαρέστατον ἀναξηραίνεται καὶ ἀναλίσκεται,
102

AIRS ‘WATERS PLACES, x.

cities as are well situated with regard to sun and
winds, and use good waters, are less affected by such
changes ; but if they use marshy or standing waters,
and are not well situated with regard to winds and
sun, they are more affected. If the summer prove
dry, the diseases cease more quickly ; if it be rainy,
they are protracted. Sores are apt to fester from the
slightest cause. Lienteries and dropsies supervene
on the conclusion of the diseases, as the bowels do
not readily dry up. If the summer and the autumn
be rainy and southerly, the winter must be un-
healthy ; phlegmatics and men over forty are likely
to suffer from ardent fevers, bilious people from
pleurisy and pneumonia. If the summer prove dry
and northerly, and the autumn rainy and southerly,
it is likely that in winter headaches occur and
mortifications of the brain,! and in addition hoarseness,
colds in the head, coughs, and in some cases con-
sumption as well. But if the weather be northerly
and dry, with no rain either during the Dog Star or
at Arcturus, it is very beneficial to those who have
a phlegmatic or humid constitution, and to women,
but it is very harmful to the bilious. For these dry
up overmuch, and are attacked by dry ophthalmia
and by acute, protracted fevers, in some cases too
by melancholies. For the most humid and watery
part of the bile is dried up and is spent, while the

1 See Littré V. 581 foll.

1 σὸν added by Wilamowitz.
103

98

vo
~]

TIEPI AEPOQN YAATON TOTION

Ν \ 7 \ 7 / \
τὸ δὲ παχύτατον καὶ δριμύτατον λείπεται Kai
nr δ Ν ᾽ rn
τοῦ αἵματος κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον" ad’ ὧν ταῦτα
τὰ νοσεύματα αὐτοῖσι γίνεται. τοῖσι δὲ φλεγ-
ματίῃσι πάντα ταῦτα ἀρωγά. ἐστιν. ἀποξηραίνον-
ται γὰρ καὶ ἐς τὸν χειμῶνα ἀφικνέονται οὐ

΄

πλαδῶντες, ἀλλὰ ἀναξηραινόμενοι.

ΧΙ. Κατὰ ταῦτά τις ἐννοεύμενος καὶ σκοπεύ-

, ἡ \ a a
μενος προειδείη ἂν τὰ πλεῖστα τῶν μελλόντων
” > \ a / / \
ἔσεσθαι ἀπὸ τῶν ᾿“μεταβολέων. φυλάσσεσθαι δὲ
χρὴ μάλιστα τὰς μεταβολὰς τῶν ὡρέων τὰς
μεγίστας καὶ “μήτε φάρμακον διδόναι ἑ ἑκόντα μήτε
καίειν ὅ τι ἐς κοιλίην μήτε τάμνειν, πρὶν παρ-
έλθωσιν ἡμέραι δέκα ἢ καὶ πλείονες" μέγισται
,
δέ εἰσιν aide αἱ τέσσαρες καὶ ἐπικινδυνόταται"
ἡλίου τροπαὶ ἀμφότεραι καὶ μᾶλλον αἱ θεριναὶ
καὶ αἱ ἰσημερίαι νομιξόμεναι εἶναι ἀμφότεραι,
μᾶλλον δὲ αἱ μετοπωριναί: δεῖ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄστρων
τὰς ἐπιτολὰς “φυλάσσεσθαι καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ
κυνός, ἔπειτα ἀρκτούρου, καὶ ἔτι πληϊάδων δύσιν.
τά τε γὰρ νοσεύματα μάλιστα ἐν ταύτῃσι τῆσιν
\ /
ἡμέρῃσιν κρίνεται. Kal τὰ μὲν ἀποφθίνει, τὰ δὲ
λήγει, τὰ δὲ ἄλλα πάντα μεθίσταται ἐς ἕτερον
εἶδος καὶ ἑτέρην κατάστασιν.
= ε 4

XII. Περὶ μὲν τούτων οὕτως ἔχει. βούλομαι
\ \ fol 3 , \ fe) > 4 fal
δὲ περὶ τῆς ᾿Ασίης καὶ τῆς Βυὐὐρώπης δεῖξαι
ς , / » ΄ > \ th \ \
ὁκόσον διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων ἐς TA πάντα καὶ περὶ
τῶν ἐθνέων τῆς μορφῆς, ὅτι διαλλάσσει καὶ μη-
δὲν ἔοικεν ἀλλήλοισιν. περὶ μὲν οὖν ἁπάντων

3 n /

πολὺς ἂν εἴη λόγος, περὶ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων Kal
πλεῖστον διαφερόντων ἐρέω ὥς μοι δοκεῖ ἔχειν. τὴν
J / lal / \ “ > ,
Ασίην πλεῖστον διαφέρειν φημὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης

104

AIRS WATERS PLACES, x.—xu.

thickest and most acrid part is left, and similarly
with the blood. Consequently these diseases come
upon them. But all these conditions are helpful to
the phlegmatic, for they dry up and reach winter
dried up and not flabby.

XI. By studying and observing after this fashion
one may foresee most of the consequences of the
changes. One should be especially on one’s guard
against the most violent changes of the seasons, and
unless compelled one should neither purge, nor
apply cautery or knife to the bowels, before at least
ten days are past. ‘The following are the four most
violent changes and the most dangerous :—both
solstices, especially the summer solstice, both the
equinoxes, so reckoned, especially the autumnal.
One must also guard against the risings of the stars,
especially of the Dog Star, then of Arcturus, and also
of the setting of the Pleiades. For it is especially
at these times that diseases come to a crisis. Some
prove fatal, some come to an end, all others change
to another form and another constitution.

XII. So much for the changes of the seasons,
Now I intend to compare Asia! and Europe, and
to show how they differ in every respect, and how
the nations of the one differ entirely in physique
from those of the other. It would take too long to
describe them all, so I will set forth my views about
the most important and the greatest differences. 1
hold that Asia differs very widely from Europe in the

1 That is, Asia Minor.
1 αἵδε αἱ τέσσαρες Kiithlewein: ai τέσσαρες JB: οἱ δέκα :

αἵδε καὶ ἐπικινδυνόταται Coray and Littré, perhaps rightly.

105

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

ἐς τὰς φύσιας τῶν συμπάντων τῶν τε ἐκ τῆς

10 γῆς φυομένων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. πολὺ γὰρ

20

80

40

καλλίονα καὶ μέξονα πάντα γίνεται ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίῃ,
ἥ τε χώρη τῆς “χώρης ἡμερωτέρη καὶ τὰ ἤθεα
τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἠπιώτερα καὶ εὐοργητότερα. τὸ
δὲ αἴτιον τούτων ἡ κρῆσις τῶν ὡρέων, ὅτι τοῦ
ἡλίου ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀνατολέων κεῖται πρὸς τὴν
ἠῶ τοῦ τε ψυχροῦ πορρωτέρω. τὴν δὲ αὔξησιν
καὶ ἡμερότητα παρέχει πλεῖστον ἁπάντων, ὁκό-
ταν μηδὲν 7 ἐπικρατέον βιαίως, ἀλλὰ παντὸς ἰσο-
μοιρίη δυναστεύῃ. ἔχει δὲ κατὰ τὴν ᾿Ασίην οὐ παν-
ταχῇ ὁμοίως, ἀλλ᾽ ὅση μὲν τῆς χώρης ἐν μέσῳ κεῖ-
ται τοῦ θερμοῦ καὶ τοῦ ψυχροῦ, αὕτη μὲν εὐκαρ-
ποτάτη ἐστὶ καὶ εὐδενδροτάτη καὶ ,εὐδιεστάτη
καὶ ὕδασι καλλίστοισι κέχρηται τοῖσί τε -οὐρανί-
οἱσι καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς γῆς. οὔτε γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ
θερμοῦ ἐκκέκαυται λίην οὔτε ὑπὸ αὐχμῶν καὶ
ἀνυδρίης ἀναξηραίνεται, οὔτε ὑπὸ ψύχεος βε-
βιασμένη οὔτε νοτία τε καὶ διάβροχός ἐστιν ὑπό
τε ὄμβρων πολλῶν καὶ χιόνος" τά τε ὡραῖα
αὐτόθι πολλὰ εἰκὸς γίνεσθαι, ὁκόσα τε ἀπὸ
σπερμάτων καὶ ὁκόσα αὐτὴ ἡ γῆ ἀναδιδοῖ φυτά,
ὧν τοῖς καρποῖσι χρέονται ἄνθρωποι, ἡμεροῦντες
ἐξ ἀγρίων καὶ ἐς ἐπιτήδειον μεταφυτεύοντες" τά
τε ἐντρεφόμενα κτήνεα εὐθηνεῖν εἰκός, καὶ μά-
λιστα τίκτειν τε πυκνότατα καὶ ἐκτρέφειν κάλ-
λιστα' τούς τε ἀνθρώπους εὐτραφέας εἶναι καὶ
τὰ εἴδεα καλλίστους καὶ μεγέθει μεγίστους καὶ
ἥκιστα διαφόρους ἐς τά τε εἴδεα αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ
peyebea: εἰκός τε τὴν χώρην ταύτην τοῦ ἦρος
ἐγγύτατα εἶναι κατὰ τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν μετρι-
ότητα τῶν ὡρέων. τὸ δὲ ἀνδρεῖον καὶ τὸ ταλαί-
τοῦ

AIRS WATERS PLACES, x11.

nature of all its inhabitants and of all its vegetation.
For everything in Asia grows to far greater beauty
and size; the one region is less wild than the other,
the character of the inhabitants is milder and more
gentle. The cause of this is the temperate climate,
because it lies towards the east midway between
the risings! of the sun, and farther away than is
Europe from the cold, Growth and freedom from
wildness are most fostered when nothing is forcibly
predominant, but equality in every respect: prevails.
Asia, however, is not everywhere uniform; the
region, however, situated midway between the heat
and the cold is very fruitful, very wooded and very
mild; it has splendid water, whether from rain or
from springs. While it is not burnt up with the
heat nor dried up by drought and want of water, it is
not oppressed with cold, nor yet damp and wet with
excessive rains and snow. Here the harvests are
likely to be plentiful, both those from seed and those
which the earth bestows of her own accord, the
fruit of which men use, turning wild to cultivated
and transplanting them to a suitable soil. The
cattle too reared there are likely to flourish, and
especially to bring forth the sturdiest young and
rear them to be very fine creatures.2~ The men
will be well nourished, of very fine physique and
very tall, differing from one another but little either
in physique or stature. This region, both in char-
acter and in the mildness of its seasons, might fairly
be said to bear a close resemblance to spring

1 That is, the winter rising and the summer rising.
2 Or, if πυκνότατα and κάλλιστα be adverbs, ‘‘they are very
prolific and the best of mothers.”

107

45

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPON YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

πωρονΐ καὶ τὸ ἔμπονον Kal τὸ θυμοειδὲς οὐκ ἂν
δύναιτο ἐν τοιαύτῃ φύσει ἐγγίνεσθαι οὔτε 3 ὁμο-
φύλου οὔτε Σ ἀλλοφύλου, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀνάγκη
KpaTew...... διότι πολύμορφα γίνεται τὰ ἐν
τοῖς θηρίοις.

XIII. Περὶ μὲν οὖν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Λιβύων
οὕτως ἔχειν μοι δοκεῖ. “περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν δεξιῇ τοῦ
ἡλίου τῶν ἀνατολέων τῶν θερινῶν 3 μέχρι Μαιώ-
TLOOS λίμνης.---οὗτος γὰρ ὅρος τῆς ᾿ὐρώπης καὶ
τῆς ᾿Ασίης---ὧδε ἔχει περὶ αὐτῶν" τὰ δὲ ἔθνεα
ταῦτα ταύτῃ ἢ διάφορα αὐτὰ ἑωυτῶν μᾶλλόν ἐστι
τῶν προδιηγημένων διὰ τὰς μεταβολὰς τῶν
ὡρέων καὶ τῆς χώρης τὴν φύσιν. ἔχει δὲ καὶ
κατὰ τὴν γῆν ὁμοίως ἅπερ καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἄλλους
ἀνθρώπους. ὅκου γὰρ αἱ ὧραι μεγίστας μετα-
βολὰς ποιέονται καὶ πυκνοτάτας, ἐκεῖ καὶ ἡ
χώρη ἀγριωτάτη καὶ ἀνωμαλωτάτη ἐστί, καὶ
εὑρήσεις ὄρεα τε πλεῖστα καὶ δάσεα καὶ πεδία
καὶ λειμῶνας ἐόντας. ὅκου δὲ αἱ ὧραι μὴ μέγα
ἀλλάσσουσιν, ἐκείνοις ἡ χώρη ὁμαλωτάτη ἐστίν.
οὕτω δὲ ἔχει καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, εἴ τις
βούλεται ἐνθυμεῖσθαι. εἰσὶ γὰρ φύσιες αἱ μὲν
ὄρεσιν ἐοικυῖαι δενδρώδεσί τε καὶ ἐφύδροισιν, αἱ
δὲ λεπτοῖσί τε καὶ ἀνύδροις, αἱ δὲ λειμακεστέροις
τε καὶ ἑλώδεσι, ai δὲ πεδίῳ τε καὶ ψιλῇ καὶ
ξηρῇ γῇ. αἱ γὰρ ὧραι αἱ μεταλλάσσουσαι τῆς
μορφῆς τὴν φύσινδ εἰσὶ διάφοροι. ἢν δὲ

1 ταλαίπωρον Littré: ἀταλαίπωρον MSS.

5 οὔτε... . . οὔτε Littré from Galen’s quotation: μήτε
spite μήτε MSS.

3 τῶν θερινῶν Coray: τῶν χειμερινῶν most MSS.: omitted

by BB.

+ ΤΌ is probable that either ταῦτα or ταύτῃ should be deleted.
108

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xu.—xin.

Courage, endurance, industry and high spirit could
not arise in such conditions either among the
natives or among immigrants,! but pleasure must
be supreme . . .? wherefore in the beasts they are
of many shapes,

XIII. Such in my opinion is the condition of the
Egyptians and Libyans. As to the dwellers on the
right of the summer risings of the sun up to Lake
Maeotis, which is the boundary between Europe
and Asia, their condition is as follows. These
nations are less homogeneous than those I have
described, because of the changes of the seasons
and the character of the region. The land is
affected by them exactly as human beings in
general are affected. For where the seasons ex-
perience the most violent and the most frequent
changes,’ the land too is very wild and very uneven;
you will find there many wooded mountains, plains
and meadows. But where the seasons do not alter
much, the land is very even. So it is too with the
inhabitants, if you will examine the matter. Some
physiques resemble wooded, well-watered mountains,
others light, dry land, others marshy meadows,
others a plain of bare, parched earth. For the
seasons which modify a physical frame differ; if the

1 The writer is thinking of Asiatic natives and the Greek
colonists on the coast of Asia Minor.

* There isa gap in the text here dealing with the Egyptians
and Libyans.

2 Or, more idiomatically, ‘the variations of climate are
most violent and most frequent.” The four changes at the
end of the four seasons were only the most important of
many μεταβολαί. See Chapter XI, and pp. 68, 69.

® There is probably a gap in the text after φύσιν.

109

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

διάφοροι ἔωσι μέγα! σφέων αὐτέων, διαφοραὶ
24 καὶ πλείονες γίνονται τοῖς εἴδεσι.
XIV. Καὶ ὁκόσα μὲν ὀλίγον διαφέρει τῶν
ἐθνέων παραλείψω, ὁκόσα δὲ μεγάλα ἢ φύσει
ἢ νόμῳ, ἐρέω περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἔχει. καὶ πρῶτον
περὶ τῶν Μακροκεφάλων. τούτων γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν
ἄλλο ἔθνος ὁμοίας τὰς κεφαλὰς ἔχον οὐδέν᾽ τὴν
μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν ὁ νόμος αἰτιώτατος ἐγένετο τοῦ
μήκεος τῆς κεφαλῆς, νῦν δὲ καὶ ἡ φύσις συμ-
βάλλεται τῷ νόμῳ. τοὺς γὰρ μακροτάτην ἔχον-
τας τὴν κεφαλὴν γενναιοτάτους ἡγέονται. ἔχει
10 δὲ περὶ νόμου ὧδε: τὸ παιδίον ὁκόταν γένηται
τάχιστα, τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἔτι ἁπαλὴν ἐοῦσαν
μαλθακοῦ ἐόντος ἀναπλάσσουσι τῇσι χερσὶ καὶ
ἀναγκάζουσιν ἐς τὸ μῆκος αὔξεσθαι δεσμά τε
προσφέροντες καὶ τεχνήματα ἐπιτήδεια, ὑφ᾽ ὧν
τὸ μὲν σφαιροειδὲς τῆς κεφαλῆς κακοῦται, τὸ
δὲ μῆκος αὔξεται. οὕτως τὴν ἀρχὴν ὁ νόμος
κατειργάσατο, ὥστε ὑπὸ βίης τοιαύτην τὴν φύσιν
γενέσθαι" τοῦ δὲ χρόνου προϊόντος ἐν φύσει ἐγέ-
νετο, ὥστε τὸν νόμον μηκέτι ἀναγκάζειν. ὁ γὰρ
20 γόνος πανταχόθεν ἔρχεται τοῦ σώματος, ἀπὸ ae
τῶν ὑγιηρῶν ὑγιηρὸς ἀπό τε τῶν νοσερῶν νοσερός.
εἰ οὖν γίνονται ἔκ τε φαλακρῶν φαλακροὶ καὶ
ἐκ γλαυκῶν γλαυκοὶ καὶ ἐκ διεστραμμένων στρε-
βλοὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ περὶ τῆς ἄλλης
μορφῆς ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος, τί κωλύει καὶ ἐκ μακρο-
κεφάλου μακροκέφαλον γίνεσθαι; ; νῦν δὲ ὁμοίως
οὐκέτι γίνονται ὡς πρότερον" ὁ γὰρ νόμος οὐκέτι
28 ἰσχύει διὰ τὴν ὁμιλίην τῶν ἀνθρώπων.

1 μέγα Coray: μετὰ MSS.

IIo

AIRS WATERS PLACES, χαι.--χιν.

differences be great, the more too are the differences
in the shapes.

XIV. The races that differ but little from one
another I will omit, and describe the condition only
of those which differ greatly, whether it be through
nature or through custom. I will begin with the
Longheads.!. There is no other race at all with
heads like theirs. Originally custom was chiefly re-
sponsible for the length of the head, but now custom
is reinforced by nature. Those that have the
longest heads they consider the noblest, and their
custom is as follows. As soon as a child is born
they remodel its head with their hands, while it
is still soft and the body tender, and force it to
increase in length by applying bandages and suit-
able appliances, which spoil the roundness of the
head and increase its length. Custom originally so
acted that through force such a nature came into
being; but as time went on the process became
natural, so that custom no longer exercised com-
pulsion. For the seed comes from all parts of the
body, healthy seed from healthy parts, diseased seed
from diseased parts. If, therefore, bald parents have
for the most part bald children, grey-eyed parents
grey-eyed children, squinting parents squinting
children, and so on with other physical peculiarities,
what prevents a long-headed parent having a long-
headed child?2 At the present time long-headedness
is less common than it was, for owing to intercourse
with other men the custom is less prevalent.

1 Practically nothing more is told us about this race by
our other authorities, Pliny, Harpocration and Suidas. But
see Littré 1V., xi. and xii.

2 Modern biologists hold that acquired characteristics are
not inherited.

111

10

20

30

ΠΕΡῚ AEPOQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

XV. ἱερὴ μὲν οὖν τούτων οὕτως ἔχειν μοι
δοκεῖ. περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐν Pacer ἡ χώρη ἐκείνη
ἑλώδης ἐστὶ καὶ θερμὴ καὶ ὑδατεινὴ καὶ δασεῖα,
ὄμβροι τε αὐτόθι γίνονται πᾶσαν ὥρην πολλοί
τε καὶ ἰσχυροί: ἥ τε δίαιτα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐν
τοῖς: ἕλεσίν ἐστιν, τά τε οἰκήματα ξύλινα καὶ
καλάμινα ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι μεμηχανημένα" ὀλίγῃ
τε χρέονται" βαδίσει κατὰ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὸ
ἐμπόριον, ἀλλὰ μονοξύλοις διαπλέουσιν ἄνω καὶ
κάτω" διώρυγες γὰρ πολλαί εἰσι. τὰ δὲ ὕδατα
θερμὰ καὶ OTE tA πίνουσιν ὑπό τε τοῦ ἡλίου
σηπόμενα καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὄμβρων ἐπαυξόμενα.
αὐτός τε ὁ Φᾶσις στασιμώτατος πάντων τῶν
ποταμῶν καὶ ῥέων ἠπιώτατα. οἵ τε καρποὶ oi *
γινόμενοι αὐτόθι πάντες ἀναλδέες εἰσὶ καὶ τε-
θηλυσμένοι καὶ ἀτελέες ὑπὸ πολυπληθείης τοῦ
ὕδατος" διὸ καὶ οὐ πεπαίνονται. ἠήρ τε πολὺς
κατέχει τὴν χώρην ἀπὸ τῶν ὑδάτων. διὰ ταύτας
δὴ τὰς προφάσιας τὰ εἴδεα ᾿ἀπηλλαγμένα τῶν
λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔχουσιν οἱ Φασιηνοί: Td TE
yap μεγέθεα μεγάλοι, Ta πάχεα δ᾽ ὑπερπάχητες,
ἄρθρον τε κατάδηλον οὐδὲν οὐδὲ prey τήν τε
χροιὴν ὠχρὴν ἔχουσιν ὥσπερ ὑπὸ ἰκτέρου ἐχό-
μενοι" φθέγγονταί τε βαρύτατον ἀνθρώπων, τῷ
ἠέρι χρεώμενοι οὐ λαμπρῷ, ἀλλὰ νοτώδει * καὶ
θολερῷ: πρός τε τὸ ταλαιπωρεῖν τὸ σῶμα ἀργό-
τεροι πεφύκασιν. αἵ τε ὧραι οὐ πολὺ μεταλλάσ-
σουσιν οὔτε πρὸς τὸ ΠΡ OyOS οὔτε πρὸς τὸ ψῦχος.
τά τε πνεύματα τὰ πολλὰ νότια πλὴν αὔρης
μιῆς ἐπιχωρίης. αὕτη δὲ πνεῖ ἐνίοτε βίαιος καὶ
χαλεπὴ καὶ θερμή: καὶ κέγχρονα ὀνομάζουσι

112

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xv.

XV. These are my opinions about the Longheads.
Now let me turn to the dwellers onthe Phasis. ‘Their
land is marshy, hot, wet, and wooded ; copious violent
rains fall there during every season. The inhabitants
live in the marshes, and their dwellings are of wood
and reeds, built in the water. They make little use
of walking in the city and the harbour, but sail
up and down in dug-outs made from a single log,
for canals are numerous. The waters which they
drink are hot and stagnant, putrefied by the sun
and swollen by the rains. The Phasis itself is the
most stagnant and most sluggish of all rivers. The
fruits that grow in this country are all stunted,
flabby and imperfect, owing to the excess of water,
and for this reason they do not ripen. Much fog
from the waters envelops the land. For these causes,
therefore, the physique of the Phasians is different
from that of other folk. ‘They are tall in stature,
and of a gross habit of body, while neither joint nor
vein is visible. Their complexion is yellowish, as
though they suffered from jaundice. Of all men
they have the deepest voice, because the air they
breathe is not clear, but moist and turbid. They are
by nature disinclined for physical fatigue. There
are but slight changes of the seasons, either in
respect of heat or of cold. The winds are mostly
moist, except one breeze peculiar to the country,
called cenchron, which sometimes blows strong, violent

Before Badice: Coray inserts τῇ, probably rightly.
of added by Coray.

νοτώδει καὶ θολερῷ Ὁ : χνοώδει τε καὶ διερῷ V.

τὰ added by Coray.

. WD De

113

99

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

TOUTO TO πνεῦμα. ὁ δὲ βορέης οὐ σφόδρα ἀφ-
LKVELTaL’ ὁκόταν δὲ πνέῃ, ἀσθενὴς καὶ βληχρός.
XVI. Kai περὶ μὲν τῆς φύσιος τῆς διαφορῆς καὶ
τῆς μορφῆς τῶν ἐν τῇ Actin καὶ τῇ Εὐρώπῃ οὕτως
ἔχει. περὶ δὲ τῆς ἀϑυμίης τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῆς
ἀνανδρείης, ὅ ὅτι ἀπολεμώτεροί, εἰσι τῶν ᾿ Εὐρωπαίων
οἱ ᾿Ασιηνοὶ καὶ ἡμερώτεροι τὰ ἤθεα αἱ ὧραι αἴτιαι
μάλιστα, οὐ μεγάλας τὰς μεταβολὰς ποιεύμεναι
οὔτε ἐπὶ τὸ θερμὸν οὔτε ἐπὶ τὸ ψυχρόν, ἀλλὰ
παραπλησίως." οὐ γὰρ γίνονται ἐκπλήξιες τῆς
γνώμης οὔτε μετάστασις ἰσχυρὴ τοῦ σώματος,
ἀφ᾽ ὅτων εἰκὸς τὴν ὀργὴν ἀγριοῦσθαί τε καὶ τοῦ
ἀγνώμονος καὶ θυμοειδέος “μετέχειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν
τῷ αὐτῷ αἰεὶ ἐόντα. αἱ γὰρ μεταβολαί εἰσι τῶν
πάντων αἱ ἐπεγείρουσαι τὴν γνώμην τῶν ἀνθ-
ρώπων καὶ οὐκ ἐῶσαι ἀτρεμίζξειν. διὰ ταύτας
ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὰς προφάσιας ἄναλκες εἶναι τὸ γένος
τὸ ᾿Ασιηνὸν καὶ προσέτι διὰ τοὺς νόμους. τῆς
γὰρ ᾿Δσίης τὰ πολλὰ βασιλεύεται. ὅκου δὲ μὴ
αὐτοὶ ἑωυτῶν εἰσι καρτεροὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι μηδὲ
αὐτόνομοι, ἀλλὰ δεσπόξζονται, οὐ περὶ τούτου
αὐτοῖσιν ὁ λόγος ἐστίν, ὅκως τὰ πολέμια ἀσκή-
σωσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅκως μὴ δόξωσι μάχιμοι εἶναι. Ol
γὰρ κίνδυνοι οὐχ ὁμοῖοί εἰσι. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ στρα-
τεύεσθαι εἰκὸς καὶ ταλαιπωρεῖν καὶ ἀποθνήσκειν
ἐξ ἀνάγκης ὑπὲρ τῶν δεσποτέων ἀπό τε παιδίων
καὶ γυναικὸς ἐόντας καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν φίλων. καὶ
ὁκόσα μὲν ἂν “χρηστὰ καὶ ἀνδρεῖα ἐ ἐργάσωνται, οἱ
δεσπόται ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν αὔξονταί τε καὶ ἐκφύονται,
τοὺς δὲ κινδύνους καὶ θανάτους αὐτοὶ καρποῦνται.
ETL δὲ πρὸς τούτοισι τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων

{14

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xv.—xvi.

and hot. The north wind rarely blows, and when
it does it is weak and gentle.

XVI. So much for the difference, in nature and
in shape, between the inhabitants of Asia and the
inhabitants of Europe. With regard to the lack of
spirit and of courage among the inhabitants, the
chief reason why Asiatics are less warlike and more
gentle in character than Europeans is the uniformity
of the seasons, which show no violent changes either
towards heat or towards cold, but are equable. For
there occur no mental shocks nor violent physical
change, which are more likely to steel the temper
and impart to it a fierce passion than is a monotonous
sameness. For it is changes of all things that rouse
the temper of man and prevent its stagnation. For
these reasons, I think, Asiatics are feeble. Their
institutions are a contributory cause, the greater
part of Asia being governed by kings. Now where
men are not their own masters and independent,
but are ruled by despots, they are not keen on
military efficiency but on not appearing warlike.
For the risks they run are not similar. Subjects
are likely to be forced to undergo military service,
fatigue and death, in order to benefit their masters,
and to be parted from their wives, their children
and their friends. All their worthy, brave deeds
merely serve to aggrandize and raise up their lords,
while the harvest they themselves reap is danger
and death. Moreover, the land of men like these

1 παραπλησίως Galen and Littré: παραπλήσιαι MSS.

ΕΙΣ

90

40

43

10

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

Ε] / > an θ Ν a Ὁ Υ ’ 1 Ν
ἀνάγκη ἐρημοῦσθαι τὴν γῆν ὑπο τε πολεμίων “ καὶ

ἀργίης, ὥστε καὶ εἴ τις φύσει πέφυκεν ἀνδρεῖος καὶ
εὔψυχος, ἀποτρέπεσθαι τὴν γνώμην ὑπὸ" τῶν
νόμων. μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον τούτων: ὁκόσοι γὰρ
ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίῃ Ἕλληνες ἢ βάρβαροι μὴ δεσπόζον-
ται, GAN αὐτόνομοί εἰσι καὶ ἑωυτοῖσι ταλαυπω-
ρεῦσιν, οὗτοι μαχιμώτατοί εἰσι πάντων" τοὺς
γὰρ κινδύνους ἑωυτῶν πέρι κινδυνεύουσι, καὶ τῆς
ἀνδρείης αὐτοὶ τὰ ἄθλα φέρονται καὶ τῆς δειλίης
τὴν ζημίην ὡσαύτως. εὑρήσεις δὲ καὶ τοὺς
᾿Ασιηνοὺς διαφέροντας αὐτοὺς ἑωυτῶν, τοὺς μὲν
βελτίονας, τοὺς δὲ φαυλοτέρους ἐόντας. τούτων
δὲ αἱ μεταβολαὶ αἴτιαι τῶν ὡρέων, ὥσπερ μοι
εἴρηται ἐν τοῖς προτέροισι.

XVII. Καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἐν τῇ ᾿Ασίῃ οὕτως
ἔχει. ἐν δὲ τῇ Εὐρώπῃ ἔστιν ἔθνος Σκυθικόν, ὃ
περὶ τὴν λίμνην οἰκεῖ τὴν Μαιῶτιν διαφέρον τῶν
ἐθνέων τῶν ἄλλων. Σαυρομάται καλεῦνται. τού-
των αἱ γυναῖκες ἱππάζονταί τε καὶ τοξεύουσι καὶ
ἀκοντίζουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων καὶ μάχονται τοῖς
πολεμίοις, ἕως ἂν παρθένοι ἔωσιν. οὐκ ἀποπαρ-
θενεύονται δέ, μέχρι ἂν τῶν πολεμίων τρεῖς
ἀποκτείνωσι, καὶ οὐ πρότερον συνοικέουσιν ἤπερ
τὰ ἱερὰ θύσωσιν τὰ ἔννομα. ἣ δ᾽ ἂν ἄνδρα ἑωυτῇ
ἄρηται, παύεται ἱππαζομένη, ἕως ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη
καταλάβῃ παγκοίνου στρατείης. τὸν δεξιὸν δὲ
μαζὸν οὐκ ἔχουσι. παιδίοις γὰρ ἐοῦσιν ἔτι νηπίοις
αἱ μητέρες χαλκίον τετεχνημένον ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ τούτῳ

1 ἐρημοῦσθαι τὴν γῆν ὑπό τε πολεμίων most MSS.: ἡμεροῦσθαι
τὴν ὀργὴν Zwinger; Iberg would also read ἀπολεμιῶν from
the ἀπολεμίων of V JB.

116

AIRS WATERS PLACES, χνι.--χνιι.

must be desert, owing to their enemies and to their
laziness,! so that even if a naturally brave and
spirited man is born his temper is changed by their
institutions. Whereof I can give a Ἐπ proof.
All the inhabitants of Asia, Sghether Greek or
non-Greek, who are not ruled by despots, but are
independent, toiling for their own advantage, are
the most warlike of all men. For it is for their
own sakes that they run their risks, and in their
own persons do they receive the prizes of their
valour as likewise the penalty of their cowardice.
You will find that Asiatics also differ from one
another, some being superior, others inferior. ‘The
reason for this, as I have said above, is the changes
of the seasons.

XVII. Such is the condition of the inhabitants
of Asia. And in Europe is a Scythian race, dwell-
ing round Lake Maeotis, which differs from the other
races. Their name is Sauromatae. Their women,
so long as they are virgins, ride, shoot, throw the
javelin while mounted, and fight with their enemies.
They do not lay aside their virginity until they have
killed three of their enemies, and they do not marry
before they have performed the traditional sacred
rites. A woman who takes to herself a husband no
longer rides, unless she is compelled to do so by
a general expedition. They have no right breast ;
for while they are yet babies their mothers make

1 Or, reading ἡμεροῦσθαι τὴν ὀργὴν ὑπό τε ἀπολεμίων K.T-A.,
‘the temper of men like these must be gentle, because they
are unwarlike and inactive.”

P14

18

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

διάπυρον ποιέουσαι πρὸς τὸν μαζὸν τιθέασι τὸν
δεξιὸν καὶ ἐπικαίεται, ὥστε τὴν αὔξησιν φθείρε-
σθαι, ἐς δὲ τὸν δεξιὸν ὦμον καὶ βραχίονα πᾶσαν
τὴν ἰσχὺν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος ἐκδιδόναι.

XVILI. Περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν Σκυθέων τῆς
μορφῆς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ αὐτοῖσιν ἐοίκασι καὶ οὐδαμῶς
ἄλλοις, WUTOS λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων,
πλὴν ὅτι οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ θερμοῦ εἰσι βεβιασμένοι,
οἱ δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ψυχροῦ. ἡ δὲ Σκυθέων ἐρημίη
καλευμένη πεδιάς ἐστι καὶ λειμακώδης καὶ ψιλὴ 5
καὶ ἔνυδρος μετρίως. ποταμοὶ γάρ εἰσι μεγάλοι,
οἱ τ aus τὸ ὕδωρ ἐκ τῶν πεδίων. ἐνταῦθα
καὶ οἱ Σκύθαι διαιτεῦνται, Νομάδες δὲ καλεῦνται,
ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν οἰκήματα, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν ἁμάξῃσιν οἰκεῦσιν.
αἱ δὲ ἅμαξαί εἰσιν αἱ μὲν ἐλάχισται τετράκυκλοι,

; δὲ ἑξάκυκλοι: αὗται δὲ πίλοις περιπεφραγ-
μέναι: εἰσὶ δὲ καὶ τετεχνασμέναι ὥσπερ οἰκήματα
τὰ μὲν διπλᾶ, τὰ δὲ τριπλᾶ. ταῦτα δὲ καὶ
στεγνὰ πρὸς ὕδωρ καὶ πρὸς χιόνα καὶ πρὸς τὰ
πνεύματα. τὰς δὲ ἁμάξας ἕλκουσι ζεύγεα τὰς
μὲν δύο, τὰς δὲ τρία βοῶν κέρως ἄτερ. οὐ γὰρ
ἔχουσι κέρατα ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχεος. ἐν ταύτῃσι μὲν
οὖν τῇσιν ἁμάξῃσιν ai? γυναῖκες διαιτεῦνται.
αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἵππων ὀχεῦνται οἱ ἄνδρες. ἕπονται
δὲ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐόντα καὶ αἱ βόες
καὶ οἱ ἵπποι. μένουσι δ᾽ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ τοσοῦτον
χρόνον, ὅσον ἂν ἀποχρῇ αὐτοῖσι τοῖς κτήνεσιν ὁ
χόρτος" ὁκόταν δὲ μηκέτι, ἐς ἑτέρην χώρην
ἔρχονται. αὐτοὶ δ᾽ ἐσθίουσι κρέα ἑφθὰ καὶ

Ε οὐδαμῶς MSS.: οὐδαμοῖς Wilamowitz.
2 ψιλὴ most MSS.: ὑψηλὴ V JB.
3 ai added by Coray.

118

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xvu.—xvim.

red-hot a bronze instrument constructed for this
very purpose and apply it to the right breast and
cauterise it, so that its growth is arrested, and all
its strength and bulk are diverted to the right
shoulder and right arm.

XVIII. As to the physique of the other Scythians,
in that they are like one another and not at all like
others, the same remark applies to them as to the
Egyptians, only the latter are distressed by the heat,
the former by the cold.!_ What is called the Scythian
desert is level grassland, without trees,? and fairl
well-watered. For there are large rivers which drain
the water from the plains. There too live the
Seythians who are called Nomads because they have
no houses but live in wagons. The smallest have
four wheels, others six wheels. They are covered
over with felt and are constructed, like houses,
sometimes in two compartments and sometimes in
three, which are proof against rain, snow and wind.
The wagons are drawn by two or by three yoke of
hornless oxen. They have no horns because of the
cold. Now in these wagons live the women, while
the men ride alone on horseback, followed by the
sheep they have, their cattle and their horses. They
remain in the same place just as long as there is
sufficient fodder for their animals; when it gives
out they migrate. They themselves eat boiled

1 Both people are of peculiar physique, and the cause of
the peculiarity is in the one case extreme heat, and in the
other extreme cold.

2 Or, reading ὑψηλή, “ἃ plateau.”

ὁ τὰ added by Coray.

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΕΡΩΝ YAATON ΤΟΠΩΝ

/ ΄ “ \ « / ,
TTLVOVOL γάλα ὙΠ ΤΟ: καὶ ὑππακὴν τρωγοῦσιε"

27 τοῦτο ὃ ἐστὶ τυρὸς ἵππων.

10

9.0. πὴ “μὲν ἐς τὴν δίαιταν αὐτῶν οὕτως ἔχει
καὶ τοὺς νόμους" περὶ δὲ τῶν ὡρέων καὶ τῆς
μορφῆς, ὅτι πολὺ ἀπήλλακται, τῶν λοιπῶν ἀν-
θρώπων τὸ Σκυθικὸν γένος καὶ ἔοικεν αὐτὸ ἑωυτῷ
ὥσπερ τὸ Αἰγύπτιον καὶ ἥκιστα πολύγονόν ἐστι,
καὶ ἡ χώρη ἐλάχιστα θηρία τρέφει κατὰ μέγεθος
καὶ πλῆθος. κεῖται γὰρ ὑπ᾽ αὐτῇσι τῆσιν
ἄρκτοις καὶ τοῖς ὄρεσι τοῖς Ῥιπαίοισιν, ὅθεν ὁ
βορέης πνεῖ. ὅ τε ἥλιος τελευτῶν ἐγγύτατα
γίνεται, ὁκόταν ἐπὶ τὰς θερινὰς ἔλθῃ περιόδους,
καὶ τότε ὀλίγον χρόνον θερμαίνει καὶ οὐ σφόδρα.
τὰ δὲ πνεύματα τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν θερμῶν πνέοντα οὐκ
ἀφικνεῖται, ἢν μὴ ὀλιγάκις καὶ ἀσθενέα, ἀλλ᾽
ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρκτων αἰεὶ πνέουσι πνεύματα ψυχρὰ
ἀπό τε χιόνος καὶ κρυστάλλου καὶ ὑδάτων πολ-
λῶν. οὐδέποτε δὲ τὰ ὄρεα ἐκλείπει: ἀπὸ τούτων
δὲ δυσοίκητά ἐστιν. Mp τε κατέχει πολὺς τῆς
ἡμέρης τὰ πεδία, καὶ ἐν τούτοισι " διαιτεῦνται"
ὥστε τὸν μὲν χειμῶνα αἰεὶ εἶναι, τὸ δὲ θέρος
ὀλίγας ἡμέρας καὶ ταύτας μὴ λίην. μετέωρα
γὰρ τὰ πεδία καὶ ψιλὰ καὶ οὐκ ἐστεφάνωνται
ὄρεσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἀνάντεα ἀπὸ 3 τῶν ἄρκτων" αὐτόθι
καὶ τὰ θηρία. οὐ γίνεται μεγάλα, ἀλλ᾽ οἷά τέ
ἐστιν ὑπὸ γῆν σκεπάζεσθαι. ὁ γὰρ χειμὼν
κωλύει καὶ τῆς γῆς ἡ ψιλότης, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν
ἀλέη οὐδὲ σκέπη. αἱ δὲ μεταβολαὶ τῶν ὡρέων

1 οὐκ added by Littré from the Latin manuscript 7027.

2 τούτοισι Reinhold : : αὐτέοισι Littré from 7027 (illis).

3 ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἀνάντεα ἀπὸ Kiihlewein: ἀλλ᾽ ἀνάντη ὑπὸ most
MSS.: ἀλλ᾽ ἢ ἂν τῇ ἀπὸ JB: ἀλλ᾽ ἡ αὐτὴ ἀπὸ V.
120

AIRS WATERS PLACES, χνπι.--ΧΙΧ.

meats and drink mares’ milk. ‘They have a sweet-
meat called hippace, which is a cheese from the milk
of mares (hippot).

XIX. So much for their mode of living and their
customs. As to their seasons and their physique,
the Scythians are very different from all other men,
and, like the Egyptians, are homogeneous; they are
the reverse of prolific, and Scythia breeds the smallest
and the fewest wild animals. For it lies right close
to the north and the Rhipaean mountains, from
which blows the north wind. The sun comes
nearest to them only at the end of its course,
when it reaches the summer solstice, and then it
warms them but slightly and for a short time. The
winds blowing from hot regions do not reach them,
save rarely, and with little force; but from the
north there are constantly blowing winds that are
chilled by snow, ice, and many waters,! which, never
leaving the mountains, render them uninhabitable.
A thick fog envelops by day the plains upon which
they live, so that winter is perennial, while summer,
which is but feeble, lasts only a few days. For the
plains are high and bare, and are not encircled
with mountains, though they slope from the north.
The wild animals too that are found there are not large,
but such as can find shelter under ground. They
are stunted owing to the severe climate and the
bareness of the land, where there is neither warmth 2
nor shelter. And the changes of the seasons are

1 Or, ‘‘ heavy rains.”

2 Strangely enough, both Littré and Adams translate as
though they took ἀλέη to be the Epic word meaning ‘‘ means
of escape.”

4 δὲ Wilamowitz: γὰρ MSS.
VOL, 1. ς 121

40

10

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATOQN ΤΌΠΩΝ

οὔκ εἰσι μεγάλαι οὐδὲ ἰσχυραί, ἀλλ᾽ ὁμοῖαι καὶ
ὀλίγον μεταλλάσσουσαι" διότι καὶ τὰ εἴδεα
ὁμοῖοι ἢ αὐτοὶ ἑωυτοῖς εἰσι σίτῳ τε χρεώμενοι
αἰεὶ ὁμοίῳ ἐσθῆτί τε τῇ αὐτῇ καὶ θέρεος καὶ
χειμῶνος, τόν τε ἠέρα ὑδατεινὸν ἕλκοντες καὶ
παχύν, τά τε ὕδατα πίνοντες. ἀπὸ χιόνος καὶ
παγετῶν, τοῦ τε ταλαιπώρου ἀπεόντες. οὐ γὰρ
οἷόν τε τὸσῶμα ταλαιπωρεῖσθαι οὐδὲ τὴν ψυχήν,
ὅκου μεταβολαὶ μὴ γίνονται ἰσχυραί. διὰ ταύτας
τὰς ἀνάγκας τὰ εἴδεα αὐτῶν παχέα ἐστὶ καὶ
σαρκώδεα καὶ ἄναρθρα καὶ ὑγρὰ καὶ ἄτονα, αἵ
τε κοιλίαι ὑγρόταται πασέων KOLALOV αἱ κάτω.
οὐ “γὰρ οἷόν τε νηδὺν ἀναξηραίνεσθαι ἐν τοιαύτῃ
χώρῃ καὶ φύσει καὶ ὥρης καταστάσει, ἀλλὰ διὰ
πιμελήν τε καὶ ψιλὴν τὴν σάρκα τά tret? εἴδεα
ἔοικεν ἀλλήλοισι τά τε ἄρσενα τοῖς ἄρσεσι καὶ
τὰ θήλεα τοῖς θήλεσι. τῶν γὰρ ὡρέων παραπλη-
σίων ἐουσέων φθοραὶ οὐκ ἐγγίνονται οὐδὲ κα-
κώσιες ἐν τῇ τοῦ ,γόνου συμπήξει, ἢν μή τινος
ἀνάγκης βιαίου τύχῃ ἢ νούσου.

XX. Μέγα δὲ τεκμήριον ἐς τὴν ὑγρότητα ΠΤ
έξομαι. Σκυθέων γὰρ τοὺς πολλούς, ἅπαντας *
ὅσοι Νομάδες, εὑρήσεις κεκαυμένους τούς τε
ὥμους καὶ τοὺς βραχίονας καὶ τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν
χειρῶν καὶ τὰ στήθεα καὶ Tas ἰσχία καὶ τὴν
ὀσφῦν δι᾿ ἄλλ᾽ οὐδὲν ἢ διὰ “τὴν ὑγρότητα τῆς
φύσιος καὶ τὴν μαλακίην. οὐ γὰρ δύνανται οὔτε
τοῖς τόξοις συντείνειν οὔτε τῷ ἀκοντίῳ ἐμπίπτειν
τῷ ὦμῳ ὑπὸ ὑγρότητος καὶ ἀτονίης. ὁκόταν δὲ
καυθέωσιν. ἀναξηραίνεται ἐκ τῶν ἄρθρων τὸ TOAD

τ ὁμοῖοι αὐτοὶ Coray : ὅμοια αὐτὰ MSS.
122

AIRS WATERS PLACES, x1x.-xx.

neither great nor violent, the seasons being uniform
and altering but little. Wherefore the men also are
like one another in physique, since summer and
winter they always use similar food and the same
clothing, breathing a moist, thick atmosphere, drink-
ing water from ice and snow, and abstaining from
fatigue. For neither bodily nor mental endurance
is possible where the changes are not violent. For
these causes their physiques are gross, fleshy, showing
no joints, moist and flabby, and the lower bowels
are as moist as bowels can be. For the belly cannot
possibly dry up ina land like this, with such a nature
and such a climate, but because of their fat and the
smoothness of their flesh their physiques are similar,
men’s to men’s and women’s to women’s. For as
the seasons are alike there takes place no corruption
or deterioration in the coagulation of the seed,!
except through the blow of some violent cause or of
some disease.

XX. I will give clear testimony to their moistness.
The majority of the Scythians, all that are Nomads,
you will find have their shoulders cauterized, as well
as their arms, wrists, breast, hips and loins, simply
because of the moistness and softness of their con-
stitution. For owing to their moistness and flabbiness
they have not the strength either to draw a bow or
to throw a javelin from the shoulder. But when
they have been cauterized the excess of moisture

1 As a modern physiologist might put it, ‘‘ abnormal
variations in the formation of the embryo.”

2 re Wilamowitz would delete.
3 ἅπαντας most MSS.: μάλιστα JB.
4 καὶ τὰ added by Coray.

123

20

24

10

IIEPI AEPON YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

TOU ὑγροῦ, καὶ ἐντονώτερα μάλλον γίνεται καὶ
τροφιμώτερα καὶ ἠρθρωμένα τὰ σώματα μᾶλλον.
ῥοϊκὰ δὲ γίνεται, καὶ πλατέα, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι οὐ
σπαργανοῦνται ὥσπερ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ οὐδὲ νομίζουσι!
διὰ τὴν ἱππασίην, ὅκως ἂν εὔεδροι ἔωσιν" ἔπειτα
δὲ διὰ τὴν ἕδρην' τά τε γὰρ ἄρσενα, ἕως ἂν οὐχ
οἷά τε ἐφ᾽ ἵππου ὀχεῖσθαι, τὸ πολὺ τοῦ χρόνου
κάθηνται ἐν τῇ ἁμάξῃ καὶ βραχὺ τῇ βαδίσει
χρέονται διὰ τὰς μεταναστάσιας καὶ ,περιελάσιας"
τὰ δὲ θήλεα θαυμαστὸν οἷον ῥοϊκά ἑστι τε καὶ
βραδέα 3 τὰ εἴδεα. πυρρὸν δὲ τὸ γένος ἐστὶ τὸ
Σκυθικὸν διὰ τὸ ψῦχος, οὐκ ἐπιγινομένου ὀξέος
τοῦ ἡλίου. ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ ψύχεος ἡ λευκότης ἐπι-
καίεται καὶ γίνεται πυρρή.

XXI. Πολύγονον δὲ οὐχ οἷόν τε εἶναι φύσιν
τοιαύτην. οὔτε γὰρ τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμίη τῆς
μείξιος γίνεται πολλὴ διὰ τὴν ὑγρότητα τῆς
φύσιος καὶ τῆς κοιλίης τὴν μαλθακότητά τε καὶ
τὴν ψυχρότητα, ἀφ᾽ ὅτων ἥκιστα εἰκὸς ἄνδρα
οἷόν τε λαγνεύειν" καὶ ἔτι ὑπὸ τῶν ἵππων αἰεὶ
κοπτόμενοι ἀσθενέες γίνονται ἐς τὴν μείξιν. τοῖσι
μὲν ἀνδράσιν αὗται αἱ προφάσιες γίνονται, τῇσι
δὲ γυναιξὶν ἡ ἥ τε πιότης τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ ὑγρότης"
οὐ γὰρ δύνανται ἔ ἔτι συναρπάξειν αἱ μῆτραι τὸν
γόνον" οὔτε γὰρ ἐπιμήνιος κάθαρσις αὐτῇσι γί-
νεται ὡς χρεών ἐστιν, ἀλλ᾽ ὀλίγον καὶ διὰ χρόνου,
τό τε στόμα τῶν μητρέων ὑπὸ πιμελῆς συγκλεί-
ETAL καὶ οὐχ ὑποδέχεται τὸν γόνον" αὐταί τε
ἀταλαίπωροι καὶ πίεραι καὶ αἱ κοιλίαι ψυχραὶ

1 Ts there a gap in the text after νομίζουσι ὃ οὐδὲ νομίζουσι

adds nothing to οὐ σπαργανοῦνται, and requires an infinitive
or some phrase to complete the sense. I once conjectured

124

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xx.--xx1.

dries up from their joints. and their bodies become
more braced, more nourished and better articulated.
Their bodies grow relaxed and squat, firstly because,
unlike the Egyptians, they do not use swaddling
clothes, of which they have not the habit,! for the
sake of their riding, that they may sit a horse well;
secondly, through their sedentary lives. For the
boys, until they can ride, sit the greater part of the
time in the wagon, and because of the migrations
and wanderings ‘rarely walk on foot; while the girls
are wonder fully flabby and torpid in physique. The
Scythians are a ruddy race because of the cold, not
through any fierceness in the sun’s heat. It is the
cold that burns their white skin and turns it ruddy.
XXI. A constitution of this kind prevents fertility.
The men have no great desire for intercourse because
of the moistness of their constitution and the softness
and chill of their abdomen, which are the greatest
checks on venery. Moreover, the constant jolting
on their horses unfits them for intercourse. Such
are the causes of barrenness in the men; in the
women they are the fatness and moistness of their
flesh, which are such that the womb cannot absorb
the seed. For neither is their monthly purging as
it should be, but scanty and late, while the mouth
of the womb is closed by fat and does not admit the
seed. They are personally fat and lazy, and their

1 This isa literal translation of the text, but see the footnote
on the opposite page.

ὥσπερ οὐδ᾽ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ νομίζουσι, and I find that Coray too has
suggested this emendation, on the ground that it is unlikely
that the Egyptians used swaddling clothes.

2 Boadéa JB Ὁ: βλαδέα Coray.

125

20

10

20

ΠΕΡῚ AEPOQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

καὶ μαλθακαί. ὑπὸϊ τούτων τῶν ἀναγκέων οὐ
πολύγονόν ἐστι τὸ γένος τὸ Σκυθικόν. μέγα δὲ
τεκμήριον αἱ οἰκέτιδες ποιέουσιν" οὐ γὰρ φθάνουσι
παρὰ ἄνδρα ἀφικνεύμεναι. καὶ ἐν γαστρὶ ἴσχουσιν
διὰ τὴν ταλαιπωρίην καὶ ἰσχνότητα τῆς σαρκός.
XXII. Ἔτι τε πρὸς τούτοισιν εὐνουχίαι γί-
vovtat οἱ" πλεῖστοι ἐν Σκύθῃσι καὶ γυναικεῖα
ἐργάζονται καὶ ὡς αἱ γυναῖκες διαιτεῦνται 3
διαλέγονταί τε ὁμοίως" καλεῦνταί τε οἱ τοιοῦτοι
᾿Αναριεῖς. οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐπιχώριοι τὴν αἰτίην
προστιθέασι θεῷ καὶ σέβονται τούτους τοὺς
ἀνθρώπους καὶ προσκυνέουσι, δεδοικότες περὶ
ἑωυτῶν ἕκαστοι. ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ αὐτῷ δοκεῖ ταῦτα
τὰ πάθεα θεῖα εἶναι καὶ τἄλλα πάντα καὶ οὐδὲν
ἕτερον ἑτέρου θειότερον οὐδὲ ἀνθρωπινώτερον,
ἀλλὰ πάντα ὁμοῖα καὶ πάντα θεῖα. ἕκαστον δὲ
αὐτῶν ἔχει φύσιν τὴν ἑωυτοῦ καὶ οὐδὲν ἄνευ
φύσιος γίνεται. καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πάθος ὥς μοι δο-
κεῖ γίνεσθαι φράσω" ὑπὸ τῆς ἱππασίης αὐτοὺς
κέδματα λαμβάνει, ἅτε αἰεὶ κρεμαμένων ἀπὸ
τῶν ἵππων τοῖς ποσίν: ἔπειτα ἀποχωλοῦνται καὶ
ἑλκοῦνται τὰ ἰσχία, of ἂν σφόδρα νοσήσωσιν.
ἰῶνται δὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς τρόπῳ τοιῷδε. ὁκόταν γὰρ
ἄρχηται ἡ νοῦσος, ὄπισθεν τοῦ ὠτὸς ἑκατέρου
φλέβα τάμνουσιν. ὁκόταν δὲ ἀπορρυῇ τὸ αἷμα,
ὕπνος ὑπολαμβάνει ὑπὸ ἀσθενείης καὶ καθεύ-
δουσιν. ἔπειτα ἀνεγείρονται, οἱ μέν τινες ὑγιέες
ἐόντες, οἱ δ᾽ οὔ. ἐμοὶ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ
ἰήσει διαφθείρεσθαι ὁ γόνος. εἰσὶ γὰρ παρὰ τὰ

1 Before ὑπὸ the MSS. have καί, which Wilamowitz
deletes.

126

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xx1.—xx.

abdomen is cold and soft. These are the causes
which make the Scythian race unfertile. A clear
proof is afforded by their slave-girls. These, because
of their activity and leanness of body, no sooner go
to a man than they are with child.

XXII. Moreover, the great majority among the
Scythians become impotent, do women’s work, live
like women and converse accordingly. Such men
they call Anaries. Now the natives put the blame
onto Heaven,and respect and worship these creatures,
each fearing for himself. I too think that these
diseases are divine, and so are all others, no one
being more divine or more human than any other ;
all are alike, and all divine. Each of them has a
nature of its own, and none arises without its natural
cause. How, in my opinion, this disease arises I will
explain. The habit of riding causes swellings at the
joints,! because they are always astride their horses ;
in severe cases follow lameness and sores on the
hips. They cure themselves in the following way.
At the beginning of the disease they cut the vein
behind each ear. When the blood has ceased to
flow faintness comes over them and they sleep.
Afterwards they get up, some cured and some not.
Now, in my opinion, by this treatment the seed is
destroyed. For by the side of the ear are veins, to

1 For this difficult word see Littré V. 320 and VIII. xxxix
foll.

2 Should not of be deleted? It is unlikely that “the
majority” were impotent, but ‘‘ very many” might be.

3 διαιτεῦνται added by Gomperz.

4 ᾿Αναριεῖς Gomperz (cf. Herodotus I. 105): ἀνδριεῖς V:
ἀνανδριεῖς JB: ἀναρδρεῆς b,

127

40

50

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

ὦτα φλέβες, ἃς ἐάν τις ἐπιτάμῃ, ἄγονοι, γίνονται
οἱ ἐπιτμηθέντες. ταύτας τοίνυν μοι δοκέουσι τὰς
φλέβας ἐπιτάμνειν. οἱ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐπειδὰν
ἀφίκωνται παρὰ γυναῖκας καὶ μὴ οἷοί τ᾽ ἔωσι
χρῆσθαί σφισιν, τὸ πρῶτον οὐκ ἐνθυμεῦνται,
ἀλλ’ ἡσυχίην ἔχουσι. ὁκόταν δὲ δὶς καὶ τρὶς
καὶ πλεονώκις αὐτοῖσι πειρωμένοισι μηδὲν ἀλ-
λοιότερον ἀποβαίνῃ, νομίσαντές τι ἡμαρτηκέναι
τῷ θεῷ, ὃν ἐπαιτιῶνται, ἐνδύονται στολὴν γυ-
ναικείην καταγνόντες ἑωυτῶν ἀνανδρείην. γυ-
ναικίζουσί τε καὶ ἐργάζονται μετὰ τῶν γυναικῶν
ἃ καὶ ἐκεῖναι.

Τοῦτο δὲ πάσχουσι Σκυθέων οἱ πλούσιοι, 1 οὐχ
οἱ κάκιστοι ἀλλ᾽ οἱ εὐγενέστατοι καὶ ἰσχὺν. πλεί-
στην κεκτημένοι, διὰ τὴν ἱππασίην, οἱ δὲ πένητες
ἧσσον: οὐ γὰρ ἱππάξονται. καίτοι ἐχρῆν, ἐπεὶ
θειότερον τοῦτο τὸ νόσευμα τῶν λοιπῶν ἐστιν, οὐ
τοῖς γενναιοτάτοις τῶν Σκυθέων καὶ τοῖς πλου-
σιωτάτοις προσπίπτειν μούνοις, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἅπασιν
ὁμοίως, καὶ μᾶλλον τοῖσιν ὀλίγα κεκτημένοισιν,
εἰ δὴ τιμώμενοι 3 χαίρουσιν οἱ θεοὶ καί θαυμα-
ζόμενοι ὑπ᾽ ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀντὶ τούτων χάριτας
ἀποδιδόασιν. εἰκὸς γὰρ τοὺς μὲν πλουσίους θύειν
πολλὰ τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ἀνατιθέναι ἀναθήματα ἐ ἐόντων
χρημάτων πολλῶν καὶ τιμᾶν, τοὺς δὲ πένητας
ἧσσον διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν, ἔπειτα καὶ ἐπιμεμφομένους
ὅτι οὐ διδόασι χρήματα αὐτοῖσιν, ὥστε τῶν τοιού-
των ἁμαρτιῶν τὰς ζημίας τοὺς ὀλίγα κεκτημένους
φέρειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς πλουσίους. ἀλλὰ γάρ,
ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον ἔλεξα, θεῖα μὲν καὶ ταῦτά
ἐστιν ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις" γίνεται δὲ κατὰ φύσιν
ἕκαστα. καὶ ἡ τοιαύτη νοῦσος ἀπὸ τοιαύτης

128

AIRS WATERS PLACES, χχηι.

cut which causes impotence, and I believe that these
are the veins which they cut. After this treatment,
when the Scythians approach a woman but cannot
have intercourse, at first they take no notice and
think no more about it. But when two, three or
even more attempts are attended with no better
success, thinking that they have sinned against
Heaven they attribute thereto the cause, and put
on women’s clothes, holding that they have lost their
manhood. So they play the woman, and with the
women do the same work as women do.

This affliction affects the rich Scythians because of
their riding, not the lower classes but the upper,
who possess the most strength; the poor, who do
not ride, suffer less. But, if we suppose this disease
to be more divine than any other, it ought to have
attacked, not the highest and richest classes only of
the Scythians, but all classes equally—or rather the
poor especially, if indeed the gods are pleased to
receive from men respect and worship, and repay
these with favours. For naturally the rich, having
great wealth, make many sacrifices to the gods, and
offer many votive offerings, and honour them, all of
which things the poor, owing to their poverty, are
less able to do; besides, they blame the gods for not
giving them wealth, so that the penalties for such sins
are likely to be paid by the poor rather than by the
rich. But the truth is, as I said above, these affec-
tions are neither more nor less divine than any others,
and all and each are natural. Such a disease arises

1 οἱ πλούσιοι, Cobet (Mnemosyne IX. 70) would delete these
words.
2 εἰ δὴ τιμώμενοι Coray: οὐ τιμωμένοισιν ἤδη εἰ MSS.

129

60

69

10

ΠΕΡῚ AEPON YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

προφάσιος τοῖς Σκύθῃσι γίνεται οἵην εἴρηκα. ἔχει
δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀνθρώπους ὁμοίως.
ὅκου γὰρ ἱππάξονται μάλιστα καὶ πυκνότατα,
ἐκεῖ πλεῖστοι ὑπὸ κεδμάτων καὶ ἰσχιάδων καὶ
ποδαγριῶν ἁλίσκονται καὶ λαγνεύειν κάκιστοί
εἰσι. ταῦτα δὲ τοῖσι Σκύθῃσι πρόσεστι, καὶ
εὐνουχοειδέστατοί εἰσιν ἀνθρώπων διὰ ταύτας
ΕΠ τὰς προφάσιας καὶ ὅτι ἀναξυρίδας ἔχουσιν
αἰεὶ καί εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ
χρόνου, ὥστε μήτε χειρὶ ἅπτεσθαι τοῦ αἰδοίου,
ὑπό τε τοῦ ψύχεος καὶ τοῦ κόπου ἐπελήθεσθαι
τοῦ ἱμέρου καὶ τῆς μείξιος, καὶ μηδὲν παρακινεῖν
πρότερον ἢ ἀνανδρωθῆναι."

XXIII. Περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν Σκυθέων οὕτως ἔχει
τοῦ γένεος. τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν γένος τὸ ἐν τῇ τὐρώπῃ
διάφορον αὐτὸ ἑωυτῷ ἐστι καὶ κατὰ τὸ μέγεθος
καὶ κατὰ τὰς μορφὰς διὰ τὰς μεταλλαγὰς τῶν
ὡρέων, ὅτι μεγάλαι ᾿γίνονται, καὶ πυκναί, καὶ
θάλπεά τε ἰσχυρὰ καὶ χειμῶνες καρτεροὶ καὶ
ὄμβροι πολλοὶ καὶ αὗτις αὐχμοὶ πολυχρόνιοι καὶ
πνεύματα, Ἐξ ὧν μεταβολαὶ πολλαὶ καὶ παντο-
δαπαί. ἀπὸ τούτων εἰκὸς αἰσθάνεσθαι ὃ καὶ τὴν
γένεσιν ἐν τῇ συμπήξει τοῦ γόνου ἄλλοτε ἄλλην
καὶ μὴ τῷ αὐτῷ τὴν αὐτὴν γίνεσθαι ἔν τε τῷ θέρει
καὶ τῷ χειμῶνι μηδὲ ἐν ἐπομβρίῃ καὶ αὐχμῷ.
διότι τὰ εἴδεα διηλλάχθαι νομίξω τῶν ὐρωπαίων
μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ᾿Ασιηνῶν καὶ τὰ μεγέθεα διαφορώ-
τατα αὐτὰ ἑωυτοῖς εἶναι κατὰ πόλιν ἑκάστην. αἱ
γὰρ φθοραὶ πλείονες ἐγγίνονται τοῦ γόνου ἐν τῇ
συμπήξει ἐν τῇσι μεταλλαγῇσι τῶν ὡρέων πυκνῆ-

1 τε added by Wilamowitz.
130

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xxu.-xxim.

among the Scythians for such a reason as I have
stated, and other men too are equally liable to it, for
ἘΠΕ ΤᾺΣ men ride very much and very frequently,

there the majority are attacked by swellings at the
joints, sciatica and gout, and are sexually very weak.
These complaints come upon the Scythians, and they
are the most impotent of men, for the reasons I have
given, and also because they always wear trousers
and spend most of their time on their horses, so that
they do not handle the parts, but owing to ΠΤ
fatigue forget about sexual passion, “losing their
virility before any impulse is felt.

XXIII. Such is the condition of the Scythians.
The other people of Europe differ from one another
both in stature and in shape, because of the changes
of the seasons, which are violent and frequent,
while there are severe heat waves, severe winters,
copious rains and then long droughts, and winds,
causing many changes of various kinds. Wherefore
1015 natural to realize that generation too varies
in the coagulation of the seed, 1 and is not the same
for the same seed in summer as in winter nor in
rain asin drought. It is for this reason, I think, that
the physique of Europeans varies more than that of
Asiatics, and that their stature differs very widely in
each city. For there arise more corruptions in the
coagulation of the seed when the changes of the sea-

1 7. ¢. ‘‘in the formation of the foetus.”

2 Coray, withat least one MS., would read ἀνδρωθῆναι, that
is, ‘‘ attempt no sexual act before they recover their virility.”

3 αἰσθάνεσθαι Kiithlewein would delete, as interpolated from
Chapter X: συνίστασθαι Wilamowitz.

4 ἄλλοτε added (with καὶ preceding) by Coray.

131

20

30

40
4]

ΠΕΡῚ AEPQN YAATON TOTION

σιν éovonow ἢ ἐν τῆσι παραπλησίησι καὶ
ὁμοίῃησι. περί τε τῶν ἠθέων ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος" TO
τε ἄγριον καὶ τὸ ἄμεικτον καὶ τὸ θυμοειδὲς ἐν
τῇ τοιαύτῃ φύσει ἐγγίνεται. αἱ γὰρ ἐκπλήξιες
πυκναὶ γινόμεναι τῆς γνώμης τὴν a ἀγριότητα ἐντιθέ-
aot, τὸ δὲ ἢ ἥμερόν τε καὶ ἤπιον ἀμαυροῦσι. διὸ
καὶ εὐψυχοτέρους νομίξω τοὺς τὴν ᾿υὐρώπην
οἰκέοντας εἶναι ἢ τοὺς τὴν ᾿Ασίην. ἐν μὲν γὰρ
τῷ αἰεὶ παραπλησίῳ αἱ ῥᾳθυμίαι ἔνεισιν, ἐν δὲ
τῷ μεταβαλλομένῳ αἱ ταλαιπωρίαι τῷ σώματι
καὶ τῇ ψυχῆ. καὶ ἀπὸ μὲν ἡσυχίης καὶ ῥᾳθυ-
μίης ip δειλίη αὔξεται, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ταλαιπωρίης
καὶ τῶν πόνων αἱ ἀνδρεῖαι. διὰ τοῦτό εἰσι
μαχιμώτεροι, οἱ τὴν Εὐρώπην οἰκέοντες καὶ διὰ
τοὺς νόμους, ὅτι οὐ βασιλεύονται ὥσπερ οἱ ᾿Ασιη-
vol. ὅκου γὰρ βασιλεύονται, ἐκεῖ ἀνάγκη δειλο-
τάτους εἶναι. εἴρηται δέ μοι. καὶ πρότερον. αἱ
γὰρ ψυχαὶ δεδούχωντάι καὶ οὐ βούλονται παρα-
κινδυνεύειν ἑκόντες εἰκῇ ὑπὲρ ἀλλοτρίης δυνάμιος.
ὅσοι δὲ αὐτόνομοι---ὑπὲρ ἑωυτῶν γὰρ τοὺς κιν-
δύνους αἱρεῦνται καὶ οὐκ ἄλλων -προθυμεῦνται
ἑκόντες καὶ ἐς τὸ δεινὸν ἔρχονται. τὰ γὰρ ἀριστεῖα
τῆς νίκης αὐτοὶ φέρονται. οὕτως οἱ νόμοι οὐχ
ἥκιστα τὴν εὐψυχίην ἐργάξονται.

XXIV. To “μὲν οὖν ὅλον καὶ τὸ ἅπαν οὕτως
ἔχει περί τε τῆς Εὐρώπης καὶ τῆς ᾿Ασίης. ἔνεισι
δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ φῦλα διάφορα ἕτερα ἑτέροισι
καὶ τὰ μεγέθεα καὶ Tas μορφὰς καὶ τὰς ἀνδρείας.
τὰ δὲ διαλλάσσοντα ταὐτά ἐστιν, ἃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν
πρότερον εἴρηται. ἔτι δὲ σαφέστερον φράσω.
ὁκόσοι μὲν χώρην ὀρεινήν τε οἰκέουσι καὶ τρηχεῖαν
καὶ ὑψηλὴν καὶ ἔνυδρον, καὶ αἱ μεταβολαὶ αὐτοῖσι
132

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xxut—xxiv.

sons are frequent than when they are similar or alike.
The same reasoning applies also to character. In
such a climate arise wildness, unsociability and spirit.
For the frequent shocks to the mind impart wild-
ness, destroying tameness and gentleness. For this
reason, I think, Europeans are also more courageous
than Asiatics.‘” For uniformity engenders slackness,
while variation fosters endurance in both body and
soul; rest and slackness are food for cowardice,
endurance and exertion for bravery. Wherefore
Europeans are more warlike, and also because of
their institutions, not being under kings as are
Asiatics. For, as I said above, where there are
kings, there must be the greatest cowards. For
men’s souls are enslaved, and refuse to run risks
readily and recklessly to increase the power of
somebody else. But independent people, taking
risks on their own behalf and not on behalf of
others, are willing and eager to go into danger, for
they themselves enjoy the prize of victory. So
institutions contribute a great deal to the formation
of courageousness.

XXIV. Such, in outline and in general, is the
character of Europe and of Asia. In Europe too
there are tribes differing one from another in stature,
in shape and in courage. The differences are due to
the same causes as I mentioned above, which I will
now describe more clearly. Inhabitants of a region
which is mountainous, rugged, high, and watered,

1 ταὐτά Coray: ταῦτά $3: ταῦτ᾽ V.

20

90

40

ΠΕΡῚ ΑΕΡΩΝ YAATON ΤΌΠΩΝ

γίνονται τῶν ὡρέων μέγα διάφοροι, ἐνταῦθα εἰκὸς
εἴδεα μεγάλα εἶναι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ταλαίπωρον καὶ
τὸ ἀνδρεῖον εὖ πεφυκότα, καὶ τό τε ἄγριον καὶ τὸ
θηριῶδες αἱ τοιαῦται φύσιες οὐχ ἥκιστα. ἔχουσιν.
ὁκόσοι δὲ κοῖλα χωρία, καὶ λειμακώδεα καὶ πνιγηρὰ
καὶ τῶν θερμῶν πνευμάτων πλέον μέρος μετέχουσιν
ἢ τῶν ψυχρῶν ὕδασί τε χρέονται θερμοῖσιν, οὗτοι
δὲ μεγάλοι μὲν οὐκ ἂν εἴησαν οὐδὲ κανονίαι, ἐς
εὖρος δὲ πεφυκότες καὶ σαρκώδεες καὶ μελανό-
τρίχες, καὶ αὐτοὶ μέλανες μᾶλλον ἢ λευκότεροι,
φλεγματίαι δὲ ἧσσον ἢ χολώδεες" τὸ δὲ ἀνδρεῖον
καὶ τὸ ταλαίπωρον ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ φύσει μὲν οὐκ ἂν
ὁμοίως ἐνείη, νόμος δὲ προσγενόμενος ἀπεργάξοιτ᾽
ἄν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ποταμοὶ ἐνείησαν ἐν τῇ χώρῃ,
οἵτινες ἐκ τῆς χώρης ἐξοχετεύουσι τό τε στάσιμον
καὶ τὸ ὄμβριον, οὗτοι ἂν ὑγιηροί τε εἴησαν καὶ
λαμπροί. εἰ μέντοι ποταμοὶ μὲν μὴ εἴησαν, τὰ
δὲ ὕδατα λιμναῖά * τε καὶ στάσιμα πίνοιεν καὶ
ἑλώδεα, ἀνάγκη τὰ τοιαῦτα εἴδεα προγαστρότερα
καὶ σπληνώδεα εἶναι. ὁκόσοι δὲ ὑψηλήν τε οἰκέ-
ουσι χώρην καὶ λείην καὶ ἀνεμώδεα καὶ ἔνυδρον,
εἶεν ἂν εἴδεα μεγάλοι καὶ ἑωυτοῖσι παραπλήσιοι"
ἀνανδρότεραι δὲ καὶ ᾿ἡμερώτεραι. at γνῶμαι.
ὁκόσοι δὲ λεπτά τε καὶ ἄνυδρα καὶ ψιλά, τῇσι
μεταβολῇσι τῶν ὡρέων οὐκ εὔκρητα, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ
χώρῃ τὰ εἴδεα εἰκὸς σκληρά τε εἰναι καὶ ἔντονα
καὶ EavOorepa ἢ μελάντερα καὶ τὰ ἤθεα καὶ τὰς
ὀργὰς αὐθάδεάς τε καὶ ἰδιογνώμονας. ὅκου γὰρ
αἱ μεταβολαί εἰσι πυκνόταται τῶν ὡρέων καὶ
πλεῖστον διάφοροι αὐταὶ ἑωυτῇσιν, ἐκεῖ καὶ τὰ
εἴδεα καὶ τὰ ἤθεα καὶ τὰς φύσιας εὑρήσεις
πλεῖστον διαφερούσας.

134

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xxiv.

where the changes of the seasons exhibit sharp
contrasts, are likely to be of big physique, with a
nature well adapted for endurance and courage, and
such possess not a little wildness and ferocity. The
inhabitants of hollow regions, that are meadowy,
stifling, with more hot than cool winds, and where
the water used is hot, will be neither tall nor well-
made, but inclined to be broad, fleshy, and dark-
haired ; they themselves are dark rather than fair, less
subject to phlegm than to bile. Similar bravery and
endurance are not by nature part of their character,
but the imposition of lawcan produce them artificially.
Should there be rivers in the land, which drain off
from the ground the stagnant water and the rain
water, these ! will be healthy and bright. Butifthere
be no rivers, and the water that the people drink be
marshy, stagnant, and fenny, the physique of the
people must show protruding bellies and enlarged
spleens. Such as dwell in a high land that is level,
windy, and watered, will be tall in physique and
similar to one another, but rather unmanly and
tame in character. As to those that dwell on thin,
dry, and bare soil, and where the changes of the
seasons exhibit sharp contrasts, it is likely that in
such country the people will be hard in physique
and well-braced, fair rather than dark, stubborn and
independent in character and in temper. For where
the changes of the seasons are most frequent and most
sharply contrasted, there you will find the greatest
diversity in physique, in character, and in constitution.

1 The people or the rivers? Probably the former, in which
case ‘‘ bright” will mean ‘‘ of bright (clear) complexion.”

1 λιμναῖα f§: κρηναῖα all other MSS.

50

60

67

ITEP] AEPON YAATON TOIION

Μέγισται μὲν οὖν εἰσιν αὗται τῆς φύσιος ai
διαλλαγαί, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἡ χώρη, ἐν ἣ ἄν τις
τρέφηται καὶ τὰ ὕδατα. εὑρήσεις γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸ
πλῆθος τῆς χώρης τῇ φύσει ἀκολουθέοντα καὶ τὰ
εἴδεα τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τοὺς τρόπους. ὅκου
μὲν γὰρ ἡ γῆ πίειρα καὶ ἡ μαλθακὴ καὶ ἔνυδρος, καὶ
τὰ ὕδατα κάρτα μετέωρα, ὥστε θερμὰ εἶναι τοῦ
θέρεος καὶ τοῦ χειμῶνος ψυχρά, καὶ τῶν ὡρέων
καλῶς κεῖται, ἐνταῦθα καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι σαρκώδεές
εἰσι καὶ ἄναρθροι καὶ ὑγροὶ καὶ ἀταλαίπωροι καὶ
τὴν ψυχὴν κακοὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ. τό τε ῥάθυμον
καὶ τὸ ὑπνηρὸν ἔνεστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἰδεῖν" ἔς τε τὰς
τέχνας παχέες καὶ οὐ λεπτοὶ οὐδ᾽ ὀξέες. ὅκου δ᾽
ἐστὶν ἡ χώρη ψιλή τε καὶ ἄνυδρος 1 καὶ τρηχεῖα
καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος πιεζομένη καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ
ἡλίου κεκαυμένη, ἐνταῦθα δὲ σκληρούς τε καὶ
ἰσχνοὺς καὶ διηρθρωμένους καὶ ἐντόνους καὶ
δασέας ἴδοις.3 τό τε ἐργατικὸν ἐνεὸν 3 ἐν τῇ φύσει
τῇ τοιαύτῃ καὶ τὸ ἄγρυπνον, τά τε ἤθεα καὶ τὰς
ὀργὰς αὐθάδεας καὶ ἰδιογνώμονας, τοῦ τε ἀγρίου
μᾶλλον μετέχοντας ἢ τοῦ ἡμέρου, ἔς τε τὰς τέχνας
ὀξυτέρους τε καὶ συνετωτέρους καὶ τὰ πολέμια
ἀμείνους εὑρήσεις" καὶ τἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ φυόμενα
πάντα ἀκόλουθα ἐόντα τῇ γῇ. αἱ μὲν ἐναντιώταται
φύσιές τε καὶ ἰδέαι ἔχουσιν οὕτως. ἀπὸ δὲ
τούτων τεκμαιρόμενος τὰ λοιπὰ ἐνθυμεῖσθαι, καὶ

οὐχ ἁμαρτήσῃ.

136

AIRS WATERS PLACES, xxiv.

These are the most important factors that create
differences in men’s constitutions ; next come the land
in which a man is reared, and the water. For in
general you will find assimilated to the nature of the
land both the physique and the characteristics of the
inhabitants. For where the land is rich, soft, and
well-watered, and the water is very near the surface,
so as to be hot in summer and cold in winter, and if
the situation be favourable as regards the seasons,
there the inhabitants are fleshy, ill-articulated,
moist, lazy, and generally cowardly Th character.
Slackness and sleepiness can be observed in them,
and as far as the arts are concerned they are thick-
witted, and neither subtle nor sharp. But where
the land is bare, waterless, rough, oppressed by
winter’s storms and burnt by the sun, there you will
see men who are hard, lean, well-articulated, well-
braced, and hairy; such natures wiil be found
energetic, vigilant, stubborn and independent in
character and in temper, wild rather than tame, ot
more than average sharpness and intelligence in
the arts, and in war of more than average courage.
The things also that grow in the earth all assimilate
themselves to the earth. Such are the most sharply
contrasted natures and physiques. Take these ob-
servations as a standard when drawing all other
conclusions, and you will*make no mistake.

1 ἄνυδρος Ermerins from inaquosa of 7027 : ἀνώχυρος MSS.
2 ἴδοις Ὁ, omitted by most MSS.: ἴδοις ἂν Coray.
3 Before évedy all MSS, except JB add ὀξύ.

137

Peal ΤῈ tO
φρο ted voip ries
ce. an

43 eee ῦχν

EPIDEMICS I AND III

i

INTRODUCTION

Tuesk two books manifestly form one work, and
that the most remarkable product of Greek science.

Pretensions to literary form it has none, yet no
Greek writer, with the possible exception of Thucy-
dides, has used language with better effect. Often
ungrammatical, sometimes a series of disconnected
words, the narrative is always to the point, and
always conveys the impression that the writer’s sole
object is to express observed facts in the fittest and
shortest way.

The composition shows violent dislocations. There
come first two “ constitutions,’ ! then two short
paragraphs on the duty of the physician and on
certain symptoms respectively, then another con-
stitution, then a few paragraphs on fevers, then
fourteen clinical histories. The third book begins
with twelve more histories, which are followed by
a fourth constitution, at the end of which is another
disconnected paragraph, and the book closes with
sixteen histories.

Dislocations due to the ancient methods of copying
manuscripts are common enough in classical authors,
but startling changes like the above are not such as

1 “Constitution” is the traditional translation of kard-
στασις, climatic conditions of such a marked type as to give
a distinguishing character to a period of time. The word is
also used of diseases, and so on, to denote a fixed type pre-
valent at any particular time.

141

INTRODUCTION

can be ascribed to the vagaries or the carelessness ot
scribes. Combined with the broken grammar they
seem to point to the work having never been prepared
for publication. The writer probably jotted down
his remarks as a series of notes in an order which
happened to suggest itself, and never went on to
edit them. Several of the shorter “ interpolations”
would have been in a modern book footnotes or
appendices.

This theory is supported by the fact that a
very great number of the histories have no con-
nection at all with the constitutions. The first
three constitutions refer to Thasos; the place of
the fourth is unnamed. The medical cases belong
to Thasos, Larisa, Abdera, Cyzicus, and Meliboea,
while many others have no locality attached to
them. The nature, too, of the diseases bears no
great likeness to those of the constitutions. They
are all “acute,” somé exhibit abnormal symptoms
and some are ordinary cases of remittent malaria.
They illustrate Prognostic far better than they do
the constitutions. ‘“ What do symptoms portend?”
is the subject of Prognostic, and the clinical histories
give the data from which many of its generalizations
may well have been framed. On the whole, it is
probable that Epidemics was never published by its
author.

The subject matter of the Epidemics, including the
five books universally attributed to authors other
than Hippocrates, namely, II and IV, V, VI, VII,
present several interesting problems. For the
present I will confine myself to I and III.

What are the diseases described in the Epidemics?
This question has interested physicians for centuries,

142

INTRODUCTION

and each medical reader will enjoy the task of
diagnosing them for himself. Several cases are
difficult, but the section on Hippocratic diseases in
the General Introduction should enable even a lay-
man to identify many. Perhaps the most fascinating
problem is whether the constitution in Book III
refers to the plague year of Thucydides If.

Another interesting point is the cleniéle of the
writer and the scenes of his practice.1 The latter
have already been referred to; the names of the
patients, and their position in life, are worth a
moment's consideration.2 None of the clinical
histories has a date, but most give the name and
address of the sick person, Occasionally the name
is given without the address, or the address is given
without the name. In a few instances at the end
of Book III the town is named but neither the
patient nor his address is specified. In two cases
(I, case 12, and III, case 4, of second series) name,
address and locality are all omitted. The patients
are sometimes householders, sometimes members of
their families, sometimes slaves. Several seem to
have been lodgers.*

The variety in the descriptions of patients seems
to show that the writer attached no importance to
them, but simply wrote in his note-book enough to

1 Tt is worth noticing that Greek physicians, like the
Sophists, often passed from city to city, staying a longer or
shorter period according to the demand for their services.
It was for such mepianeeral that dirs Waters Places was
written, to enable them to know what diseases were likely
to occur in a city they had never visited before.

2 See Littré, VIII. vii-xxix, where Meineke is considered.

3 See on these points Littré, X. pp. xxix—xxxii, where
Rossignol’s views are given and criticised. There seem to
have been large boarding-houses in some places.

143

INTRODUCTION

enable him to identify a patient for himself. In
fact he rarely appears to be writing for a public;
in the clinical histories especially one feels that the
only object is private information.

If the clinical histories are rough notes of this
character it becomes plain why they vary in fulness
of detail. The plan generally adopted is to give a
daily bulletin, or at least to notice the critical days,
but if the patient was not visited every day and
the attendants did not report anything striking,
gaps would occur such as we actually do find. An
editor writing for a public would either have made
these gaps less obvious or else have explained them.

But the most striking feature of this work is its
devotion to truth. The constitutions are strictly
limited to descriptions of the weather which pre-
ceded or accompanied certain epidemics ; the clinical
histories are confined to the march of diseases to a
favourable or a fatal issue. Nothing irrelevant is
mentioned ; everything relevant is included.

Of the forty-two cases, twenty-five end in death,
very nearly 60 per cent. The writer's aim is not to
show how to cure—treatment is very rarely mentioned
—hbut to discover the sequences of symptoms, to set
down the successes and failures of Nature in her
efforts to expel the disease. The physician is acting,
not qua physician but qua scientist; he has laid aside
the part of healer to be for a time a spectator looking
down on the arena, exercising that θεωρία which a
Greek held to be the highest human activity.

MSS. anv Epitions
The chief MSS. for Epidemics I. are A and V,
and for Epidemics III., V and D, supplemented for

144

INTRODUCTION

both books by the ihteresting commentaries οἵ
Galen.

Editions were common in the sixteenth, seven-
teenth, and eighteenth centuries,! but none are of
outstanding merit. There is an English translation
of no merit by Samuel Farr (London, 1780), and the
books are included in Adams’ first volume,

1 See Littré, IT. 593-596.

ADDITIONAL NOTES

3) ἐς ᾽

1. The word ὀξύς, ‘‘ acute, sharp,” is applied to fever,
and to such diseases (pleurisy, pneumonia, remittent
malaria, etc., Regimen in Acute Diseases, Νὴ aS are accom-
panied by high fever. The Hippocratic doctrines of crisis,
coction, etc., apply chiefly to acute diseases, but not to
them only, as the common cold (Ancient Medicine, xviii)
shows coction.

2. The preposition. rapa, meaning ‘‘at the house of,” seems
to be used indifferently with acc., gen., or dat. There are
probably differences, but I cannot detect them.

145

10

ΕΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

/ ,
KATACTACLS TT P@T?)

I. Ἔν Θάσῳ φθινοπώρου περὶ ἰσημερίην καὶ
ὑπὸ πληϊάδα ὕδατα πολλά, συνεχέα μαλθακῶς, ἐν
νοτίοις. χειμὼν νότιος, σμικρὰ βόρεια, αὐχμοί:
τὸ σύνολον ἔς γε χειμῶνα οἷον ἔαρ γίνεται. ἔαρ
δὲ νότιον Ψψυχεινόν, σμικρὰ ὕσματα. θέρος ὡς
ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἐπινέφελον. ἀνυδρίαι. ἐτησίαι
ὀλίγα, σμικρά, διεσπασμένως ἔπνευσαν.

Γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἀγωγῆς ὅλης ἐπὶ τὰ νότια καὶ
μετ᾽ αὐχμῶν, πρωὶ μὲν τοῦ ἦρος ἐκ τῆς ἘΠ ὙΠ ΕΣ
καταστάσιος ὑπεναντίης καὶ βορείου γενομένης *
ὀλίγοις ἐγίνοντο καῦσοι καὶ τούτοισι πάνυ εὐστα-
θέες, καὶ ὀλίγοις ἡμορράγει. οὐδ᾽ ἀπέθνῃσκον ἐκ
τούτων. ἐπάρματα δὲ παρὰ τὰ ὦτα πολλοῖσιν
ἑτερόρροπα καὶ ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων, τοῖσι πλείστοισιν
ἀπύροισιν ὀρθοστάδην: ἔστι δὲ of καὶ σμικρὰ
ἐπεθερμαίνοντο. κατέσβη πᾶσιν ἀσινέως οὐδ᾽
ἐξεπύησεν οὐδενὶ ἁ ὥσπερ τὰ ἐξ ἄλλων προφασίων.
ἣν δὲ ὁ τρόπος αὐτῶν χαῦνα, μεγάλα, κεχυμένα,
οὐ μετὰ φλεγμονῆς, ἀνώδυνα' πᾶσιν ἀσήμως

1 T believe that the words ἐκ. . . γενομένης should be

transposed and placed after αὐχμῶν. ‘‘ The whole year was
southerly, after a period which was the opposite.”

1 ὑπὸ in expressions denoting time seems in Hippocrates to
mean ‘‘about” or ‘‘during.” The period is roughly from
September 21 to November 8,

146

EPIDEMICS: I

First ConsTITUTION

I. In Thasos during autumn, about the time of
the equinox to near the setting of the Pleiades,!
there were many rains, gently continuous, with
southerly winds. Winter southerly,? north winds
light, droughts; on the whole, the winter was
like a spring. Spring southerly ‘and chilly ; slight
showers. Summer in general cloudy. No rain.
Etesian winds few, light and irregular.

The whole weather proved southerly, with droughts,
but early in the spring, as the previous constitution
had proved the opposite and northerly, a few patients
suffered from ardent fevers, and these very mild,
causing hemorrhage in few cases and no deaths.
Many had swellings beside one ear, or both ears, in
most cases unattended with fever,*so that confinement
to bed was unnecessary. In some cases there was
slight heat, but in all the swellings subsided without
causing harm; in no case was there suppuration
such as attends swellings of other origin. This was
the character of them :—flabby, big, spreading, with
neither infammation nor pain; in every case they

2 That is, the winds were generally from the south, and
such north winds as blew were light.

3 Or, punctuating after ὦτα and πλείστοισιν, ‘There were
swellings beside the ears, in many cases on one side, but in
most on both,” The epidemic was obviously mumps.

147

20

29

10

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ A

ἠφανίσθη. ἐγίνετο δὲ ταῦτα μειρακίοισι, νέοισιν,
ἀκμάζουσι, καὶ τούτων τοῖσι περὶ παλαίστρην καὶ
γυμνάσια πλείστοισι" γυναιξὶ δὲ ὀλίγῃσιν ἐγίνετο.
πολλοῖσι δὲ βῆχες ξηραὶ βήσσουσι καὶ οὐδὲν
ἀνάγουσιν" “φωναὶ βραγχώδεες. οὐ μετὰ πολύ,
τοῖσι δὲ καὶ μετὰ χρόνον, φλεγμοναὶ μετ᾽ ὀδύνης
ἐς ὄρχιν ἑτερόρροποι, τοῖσι δὲ ἐς ἀμφοτέρους.
πυρετοὶ τοῖσι μέν, τοῖσι δ᾽ οὔ. ἐπιπόνως ταῦτα
τοῖσι πλείστοισι. τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα ὅσα κατ᾽ ἰητρεῖον
ἀνόσως διῆγον.

II. Πρωὶ δὲ τοῦ θέρεος ἀρξάμενοι διὰ θέρεος
καὶ κατὰ χειμῶνα πολλοὶ τῶν ἤδη πολὺν χρόνον
ὑποφερομένων φθινώδεες κατεκλίνησαν, ἐπεὶ καὶ
τοῖς ἐνδοιαστῶς ἔχουσι πολλοῖσιν ἐβεβαίωσε
τότε. ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσιν ἤρξατο πρῶτον τότε, οἷσιν
ἔρρεπεν ἡ φύσις ἐπὶ τὸ φθινῶδες. ἀπέθανον
δὲ πολλοὶ καὶ πλεῖστοι τούτων, καὶ τῶν κατα-
κλινέντων οὐκ οἶδα εἴ TLS OVO εἰ μέτριον χρόνον
περιεγένετο. ἀπέθνῃσκον. δὲ ὀξυτέρως ἢ ὡς
εἴθισται διάγειν τὰ τοιαῦτα: ὡς τά γε ἄλλα
καὶ μακρότερα καὶ ἐν πυρετοῖσιν ἐόντα εὐφόρως
ἤνεγκαν καὶ οὐκ ἀπέθνῃσκον, περὶ ὧν γεγράψεται.
μοῦνον γὰρ καὶ μέγιστον τῶν γενομένων νοση-
μάτων τοὺς πολλοὺς τὸ φθινῶδες ἔκτεινεν.

Ην δὲ τοῖς πλείστοισιν αὐτῶν τὰ παθήματα
τοιάδε" φρικώδεες πυρετοί, συνεχέες, ὀξέες, τὸ
μὲν ὅλον οὐ διαλείποντες" ὁ δὲ τρόπος ἡμιτρι-
Talos: μίαν κουφότεροι, τῇ ἑτέρῃ παροξυνόμενοι,
καὶ τὸ ὅλον ἐπὶ τὸ ὀξύτερον ἐπιδιδόντες. ἱδρῶτες

1 That is, with no symptoms indicative of a crisis.
2 That is, nobody was ill enough to make a visit to the
physician’s surgery (intpeiov) necessary.

148

EPIDEMICS I, τ.--π.

disappeared without a sign.1 The sufferers were
youths, young men, and men in their prime, usually
those who frequented the wrestling school and
gymnasia. Few women were attacked. Many had
dry coughs which brought up nothing when they
coughed, but their voices were hoarse. Soon after,
though in some cases after some time, painful
inflammations occurred either in one testicle or in
both, sometimes accompanied with fever, in other
cases not. Usually they caused much suffering. [ἢ
other respects the people had no ailments requiring
medical assistance.”

II. Beginning early in the summer, throughout
the summer and in winter many of those who had
been ailing a long time took to their beds in a state
of consumption, while many also who had hitherto
been doubtful sufferers at this time showed undoubted
symptoms. Some showed the symptoms now for
the first time; these were those whose constitution
inclined to be consumptive. Many, in fact most of
these, died ; of those who took to their beds I do not
know one who survived even for a short time. Death
came more promptly than is usual in consumption,
and yet the other complaints, which will be described
presently, though longer and attended with fever,
were easily supported and did not prove fatal. For
consumption was the worst of the diseases that
occurred, and alone was responsible for the great
mortality.

In the majority of cases the symptoms were these.
Fever with shivering, continuous, acute, not com-
pletely intermitting, but of the semitertian type;
remitting during one day they were exacerbated on
the next, becoming on the whole more acute, Sweats

149

20

39

10

EIMAHMION A

hats τον ΄.-
αἰεί, ov δι’ ὅλου: ψύξις ἀκρέων πολλὴ καὶ μόγις
/
ἀναθερμαινόμενα. κοιλίαι ταραχώδεες χολώδεσιν,
, [4 2 “ \
ὀλίγοις, ἀκρήτοισι, λεπτοῖσι, δακνώδεσι' πυκνὰ
΄ 3 \ ,
ἀνίσταντο. οὖρα ἢ λεπτὰ καὶ ἄχρω καὶ ἄπεπτα
AY , x N 4
καὶ ὀλίγα ἢ πάχος ἔχοντα καὶ σμικρὴν ὑπόστασιν,
r / ’ “
οὐ καλῶς καθιστάμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ὠμῇ τινι καὶ ἀκαίρῳ
ὑποστάσει. ἔβησσον δὲ σμικρά, πυκνά, πέπονα,
5: ΄ 5. ὅν. - \ ,
κατ᾽ ὀλίγα μόγις ἀνάγοντες. οἷσι δὲ τὰ βιαιότατα
/ 3 ᾽ 5 > / ΑΝ vv > \
συμπίπτοι, OVO ἐς ὀλίγον πεπασμὸν ἤει, ἀλλὰ
\ ΄ ΄
διετέλεον ὠμὰ πτύοντες. φάρυγγες δὲ τοῖσι
/ / 5 5 fal XN \ /
πλείστοισι τούτων ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ διὰ τέλεος
5 / 3 με \ tee ς ΄
ἐπώδυνοι" εἶχον ἔρευθος μετὰ φλεγμονῆς" ῥεύ-
/ "
ματα σμικρά, λεπτά, δριμέα: ταχὺ τηκόμενοι
rf / /
καὶ κακούμενοι, ἀπόσιτοι πάντων γευμάτων διὰ
\ ΄
τέλεος, ἄδιψοι: καὶ παράληροι πολλοὶ περὶ θάνα-
\ ,ὔ nr
Tov. περὶ μὲν τὰ φθινώδεα ταῦτα.
\ \ 7]
III. Κατὰ δὲ θέρος ἤδη καὶ φθινόπωρον πυρετοὶ
7 ’ὔ \
πολλοὶ συνεχέες οὐ βιαίως, μακρὰ δὲ νοσέουσιν
ΘΝ \ Ne pe I / Saas <
οὐδὲ περὶ TA ἄλλα δυσφόρως διάγουσιν ἐγένοντο
i Ν a ie ΄
κοιλίαι τε yap! τοῖσι πλείστοισι πάνυ εὐφόρως
\ 2Q\ YA ΄ , = ΄
καὶ οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου προσέβλαπτον. οὗὖρά τε
nr / XN
τοῖσι πλείστοισιν εὔχρω μὲν καὶ καθαρά, λεπτὰ
wv / x ΄ [ἢ
δὲ καὶ μετὰ χρόνον περὶ κρίσιν πεπαινόμενα.
, ᾽ ΄, ΣῸΝ \ , ͵
βηχώδεες οὐ λίην. οὐδὲ τὰ βησσόμενα δυσκόλως"
PND] 5 4 5 \ \ ’ ΄ 5 /
οὐδ᾽ ἀπόσιτοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ διδόναι πάνυ ἐνεδέχετο.
\ \ ee e ih 9 > \ / ΄
τὸ μὲν ὅλον ὑπενόσεον," οὐ τὸν φθινώδεα τρόπον
1 γὰρ most MSS.: ταραχώδεες V.

2 After ὑπενόσεον the MSS. have of φθίνοντες, which
Kihlewein deletes.

150

EPIDEMICS 1, 1πι.--πὶ.

were continual, but not all over the body. Severe
chill in the extremities, which with difficulty
recovered their warmth. Bowels disordered, with
bilious, scanty, unmixed, thin, smarting stools,
causing the patient to get up often. Urine either
thin, colourless,! unconcocted and scanty, or thick
and with a slight deposit, not settling favourably,
but with a crude and unfavourable deposit. The
patients frequently coughed up small, concocted
sputa, brought up little by little aah difficulty.
Those exhibiting the symptoms in their most
violent form showed no concoction at all, but
continued spitting crude sputa. In the majority
of these cases the throat was throughout painful
from the beginning, being red and inflamed. Fluxes
slight, thin, pungent. Patients quickly wasted away
and grew worse, being throughout averse to all food
and experiencing no thirst. Delirium in many cases
as death approached. Such were the symptoms of
the consumption.

IlI. But when summer came, and during autumn
occurred many continuous but not violent fevers, which
attacked persons who were long ailing without
suffering distress in any other particular manner ; for
the bowels were in most cases quite easy, and hurt
to no appreciable extent. Urine in most cases of
good colour and clear, but thin, and after a time near
the crisis it grew concocted. Coughing was slight,
and caused no distress. No lack of appetite ; in fact
it was quite possible even to give food. In general
the patients did not sicken, as did the consumptives,

1 Throughout Epidemics ἄχρως may mean, not merely
** without colour,” but ‘‘of bad colour.” It certainly has this
meaning in dirs Waters Places, VII, 1. ii. See p. 85.

I51

20

20

10

ETMAHMION A

πυρετοῖσι φρικώδεσι, σμικρὰ ὑφεδροῦντες, ἄλλοτε
ἀλλοίως παροξυνόμενοι πεπλανημένως. ἔκρινε
τούτων οἷσι τὰ βραχύτατα γίνοιτο περὶ εἰκοστήν,
τοῖσι δὲ πλείστοισι περὶ τεσσαρακοστήν, πολλοῖσι
δὲ περὶ τὰς ὀγδοήκοντα. ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσιν οὐδ᾽ οὕτως,
ἀλλὰ πεπλανημένως καὶ ἀκρίτως ἐξέλιπον" τού-
των δὲ τοῖσι πλείστοισιν οὐ πολὺν διαλυπόντες
χρόνον ὑπέστρεψαν οἱ πυρετοὶ πάλιν, ἐκ δὲ τῶν
ὑποστροφέων ἐν THAW αὐτῇσι περιόδοισιν ἐκρί-
νοντο᾽ πολλοῖσι δὲ αὐτῶν ἀνήγαγον, ὥστε καὶ
ὑπὸ χειμῶνα νοσεῖν.

Ἔκ πάντων δὲ τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων ἐν τῇ
καταστάσει ταύτῃ μούνοισι τοῖσι φθινώδεσι
θανατώδεα συνέπεσεν: ἐπεὶ τοῖσί γε ἄλλοισι
πᾶσιν evpopws, καὶ θανατώδεες ἐν τοῖσιν ἄλλοισι
πυρετοῖσιν οὐκ ἐγένοντο.

κατάστασις δευτέρη

IV Ἔν Θάσῳ πρωὶ τοῦ φθινοπώρου χειμῶνες
οὐ κατὰ καιρόν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐξαίφνης ἐν βορείοισι καὶ
votiotat πολλοῖς ὑγροὶ καὶ προεκρηγνύμενοι.
ταῦτα δὴ ἐγένετο τοιαῦτα μέχρι πληϊάδος δύσιος
καὶ ὑπὸ πληϊάδα. χειμὼν δὲ βόρειος: ὕδατα
πολλά, λάβρα, μεγάλα, χιόνες" μειξαίθρια τὰ
πλεῖστα. ταῦτα δὲ ἐγένετο μὲν πάντα, οὐ λίην
δὲ ἀκαίρως τὰ τῶν ψυχέων. ἤδη δὲ μεθ᾽ ἡλίου
τροπὰς χειμερινὰς καὶ ἡνίκα ξέφυρος πνεῖν
ἄρχεται, ὀπισθοχειμῶνες μεγάλοι, βόρεια πολλά,
χιὼν καὶ ὕδατα πολλὰ συνεχέως, οὐρανὸς λαι-

1 After πεπλανημένως the MSS. have τὸ μὲν ὅλον οὐκ ἐκλεί-

ποντες, παροξυνόμενοι δὲ τριταιοφυέα τρόπον, Which Kthlewein
thinks an interpolation from Chapter VII.

152

EPIDEMICS I, πι.-ἰν.

with shivering fevers, but with slight sweats, the
paroxysms being variable and irregular.t_ The earliest
crisis was about the twentieth day; in most cases
the crisis was about the fortieth day, though in
many it was about the eightieth. In some cases
the illness did not end in this way, but in an
irregular manner without a crisis. In the majority
of these cases the fevers relapsed after ἃ brief
interval, and after the relapse a crisis occurred at
the end of the same periods as before. The disease
in many of these instances was so protracted that
it even lasted during the winter.

Out of all those described in this constitution
only the consumptives showed a high mortality-rate ;
for all the other patients bore up well, and the
other fevers did not prove fatal.

Seconp CoNSTITUTION

IV. In Thasos early in autumn occurred un-
seasonable wintry storms, suddenly with many north
and south winds bursting out into rains. These con-
ditions continued until the setting of the Pleiades and
during their season. Winter was northerly; many
violent and abundant rains; snows; generally there
were fine intervals. With all this, however, the cold
weather was not exceptionally unseasonable. But
immediately after the winter solstice, when the west
wind usually begins to blow, there was a return of
severe wintry weather, much north wind, snow and

1 The words omitted by Kiihlewein mean ‘‘not inter-
mitting altogether, but with exacerbations after the manner
of tertians.”

VOL. ἢ Ἷ 153

17

10

20

26

ENIAHMIQN A

λαπώδης καὶ ἐπινέφελος. ταῦτα δὲ συνέτεινε
’
καὶ οὐκ ἀνίει μέχρι ἰσημερίης. ἔαρ δὲ ψυχρόν,
a /
βόρειον, ὑδατῶδες, ἐπινέφελον. θέρος ov λίην
lal /
καυματῶδες ἐγένετο' ἐτησίαι συνεχέες ἔπνευσαν.
ταχὺ δὲ περὶ ἀρκτοῦρον ἐν βορείοισι πολλὰ
πάλιν ὕδατα.
Υ. Γενομένου δὲ τοῦ ἔτεος ὅλου ὑγροῦ καὶ
cal Ν lal lal
ψυχροῦ καὶ βορείου κατὰ χειμῶνα μὲν ὑγιηρῶς
εἶχον τὰ πλεῖστα, πρωὶ δὲ τοῦ pos πολλοί τινες
καὶ οἱ πλεῖστοι διῆγον ἐπινόσως. ἤρξαντο μὲν
5 \ an ’ ΄, « / 5) ,
οὖν τὸ πρῶτον ὀφθαλμίαι ῥοώδεες, ὀδυνώδεες,
\ /
ὑγραὶ ἀπέπτως: σμικρὰ λημία δυσκόλως πολ-
λοῖσιν ἐκρηγνύμενα: τοῖσι πλείστοισιν ὑπέ-
J I 2 Ν \ \ ,
στρεφον: ἀπέλιπον ove πρὸς τὸ φθινόπωρον.
κατὰ δὲ θέρος καὶ φθινόπωρον δυσεντεριώδεες καὶ
τεινεσμοὶ καὶ λειεντεριώδεες. καὶ διάρροιαι
χολώδεες, πολλοῖσι λεπτοῖσιν, ὠμοῖσι καὶ δακνώ-
δεσιν, ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσι καὶ ὑδατώδεες. πολλοῖσι δὲ
\
καὶ περίρροιαι μετὰ πόνου χολώδεες, ὑδατώδεες,
/ / ,
ξυσματώδεες, πυώδεες, στραγγουριώδεες: οὐ
>
νεφριτικά, ἀλλὰ τούτοισιν ἀντ ἄλλων ἄλλα.
3 ΄ , /
ἔμετος φλεγματώδεες, χολώδεες καὶ σιτίων
ἀπέπτων ἀναγωγαί. ἱδρῶτες" πᾶσι πάντοθεν
\ / ee HL \ - “-
πολὺς πλάδος. ἐγίνετο δὲ ταῦτα πολλοῖσιν
2 / b ΄ ca \ ’, \
ὀρθοστάδην ἀπύροισι, πολλοῖσι δὲ TUPETOL, περὶ
ὧν γεγράψεται. ἐν οἷσι δὲ ὑπεφαίνετο πάντα τὰ
€ / \ / , BA \
ὑπογεγραμμένα, μετὰ πόνου φθινώδεες. ἤδη δὲ
, lal /
φθινοπώρου Kal ὑπὸ χειμῶνα πυρετοὶ TUVEXEES—
an ΄ 7
καί τισιν αὐτῶν ὀλίγοισι καυσώδεες---ἡμερινοῖ,
an lal /
νυκτερινοί, ἡμιτριταῖοι, τριταῖοι ἀκριβέες, TETAP-
-“ \ cal
ταῖοι, πλάνητες. ἕκαστοι δὲ τῶν ὑπογεγραμ-
fal lal 7
μένων πυρετῶν πολλοῖσιν ἐγίνοντο.

154

EPIDEMICS I,

copious rains continuously, sky stormy and clouded.
These conditions lasted on, and did not remit before
the equinox. Spring cold, northerly, wet, cloudy.
Summer did not turn out excessively hot, the Etesian
winds blowing continuously. But soon after, near
the rising of Arcturus, there was much rain again,
with northerly winds,

V. The whole year having been wet, cold and
northerly, in the winter the public health in most
respects was good, but in early spring many, in fact
most, suffered illnesses. Now there began at first
inflammations of the eyes, marked by rheum,
pain, and unconcocted discharges. Small gummy
sores, in many cases causing distress when they
broke out; the great majority relapsed, and ceased
late on the approach of autumn. In summer and
autumn dysenteric diseases, tenesmus and lientery ;
bilious diarrhoea, with copious, thin, crude, smart-
ing stools; in some cases it was also watery.
In many cases there were also painful, bilious de-
fluxions, watery, full of thin particles, purulent
and causing strangury. No kidney trouble, but
their various symptoms succeeded in various orders.
Vomitings of phlegm, bile, and undigested food.
Sues in all cases much moisture over all the
body. These complaints in many cases were un-
attended with fever, and the sufferers were not con-
fined to bed; but in many others there was fever,
as I am going to describe. Those who showed all
the symptoms mentioned above were consumptives
who suffered pain. When autumn came, and during
winter, continuous fevers—in some few cases ardent
—day fevers, night fevers, semitertians, exact
tertians, quartans, irregular fevers. Each of the
fevers mentioned found many victims.

105

10

20

26

EINAHMION A

εἰ τὺ ν . a > , , 2
VI. Οἱ μὲν οὖν καῦσοι EXaXLoTOLCL τε ἐγένοντο
a id eo:
καὶ ἥκιστα TOV καμνόντων οὗτοι ἐπόνησαν. οὔτε
\ « / > \ / \ ἈΠ Ν /,
γὰρ ἡμορράγει, εἰ μὴ πάνυ σμικρὰ καὶ ὀλίγοισιν,
», « , / ” / >) > ,
οὔτε οἱ Tapadnpol. Ta τε ἄλλα πάντ᾽ εὐφορως.
΄ lal
ἔκρινε τούτοισι πάνυ εὐτάκτως, τοῖσι πλείστοισι
A / « /
σὺν τῇσι διαλειπούσῃσιν ἐν ἑπτακαίδεκα ἡμέρῃσιν
γῸΝ Σ ͵ 207 3 ΄ , 950 Χ
οὐδὲ ἀποθανόντα οὐδένα οἶδα τότε καύσῳ οὐδὲ
\ / / - \ rn
φρενιτικὰ τότε γενόμενα. οἱ δὲ τριταῖοι πλείους
“- / \ 4
μὲν TOV καύσων Kal ἐπιπονώτεροι: εὐτάκτως δὲ
/ an » \ Qn , /
τούτοισι πᾶσιν ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης λήψιος τέσσαρας
͵ > ε \ δὲ l » ΥΩ
περιόδους: ἐν ἑπτὰ δὲ τελέως ἔκριναν οὐδ
e / ’ \ / fe \ rf
ὑπέστρεψαν οὐδενὶ τούτων. οἱ δὲ τεταρταῖοι
r A 5 5 fo ’ / ,
πολλοῖσι μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τάξει τεταρταίου
ὕ Ν e@ > ’ ’ὔ
ἤρξαντο, ἔστι δὲ οἷς οὐκ ὀλίγοισιν ἐξ ἄλλων
“- \ / ’ / a
πυρετῶν Kal νοσημάτων ἀποστάσει τεταρταῖοι
\ Nj \ ”
ἐγένοντο' μακρὰ δὲ Kal ὡς εἴθισται τούτοισι
/ / , >
Kal ἔτι μακρότερα συνέπιπτεν. ἀμφημερινοὶ δὲ
\ Ν \ / a \ \
Kal νυκτερινοὶ καὶ πλάνητες πολλοῖσι πολλοι καὶ
/ > ᾿
πολὺν χρόνον παρέμενον ὀρθοστάδην τε καὶ
΄ lal he 7
κατακειμένοισι. τοῖσι πλείστοισι τούτων ὑπὸ
“ J n ic \ ,
πληϊάδα Kal μέχρι χειμῶνος οἱ πυρετοὶ παρεί-
\ a a /
ποντο. σπασμοὶ δὲ πολλοῖσι, μᾶλλον δὲ παιδίοις,
fol \ / \ \ lal
ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ ὑπεπύρεσσον, καὶ ἐπὶ πυρετοῖσιν
, \ lal ,
ἐγίνοντο oTacpmol’ χρόνια μὲν τοῖσι πλείστοισι
/ \ a Nees) nr
τούτων, ἀβλαβέα δέ, εἰ μὴ τοῖσι Kal ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων
7
πάντων ὀλεθρίως ἔχουσιν.
e \ \ / \ ἈΝ «. \ b \
VII. Οἱ δὲ δὴ cuvexées μὲν TO ὅλον Kai οὐδὲν
/ x a ,
ἐκλείποντες, παροξυνόμενοι δὲ πᾶσι τριταιοφυέα
156

EPIDEMICS I, vi.-vu.

VI. Now the ardent fevers attacked the fewest
persons, and these were less distressed than any
of the other sick. There was no bleeding from the
nose, except very slight discharges in a few cases,
and no delirium. All the other symptoms were
slight. The crises of these diseases were quite
regular, generally in seventeen days, counting the
days of intermission, and I know of no ardent fever
proving fatal at this time, nor of any phrenitis.
The tertians were more numerous than the ardent
fevers and more painful. But all these had four
regular periods from the first onset, had complete
crises in seven, and in no case relapsed. But the
quartans, while in many instances they began at first
with quartan periodicity, yet in not a few they became
quartan by an abscession from other fevers or ill-
nesses.! ‘They were protracted, as quartans usually
are, or even more protracted than usual. Many
fell victims to quotidians, night fevers, or irregular
fevers, and were ill for a long time, either in bed
or walking about. In most of these cases the fevers
continued during the season of the Pleiades or even
until winter, In many patients, especially children,
there were convulsions and slight feverishness from
the beginning ; sometimes, too, convulsions super-
vened upon fevers. Mostly these illnesses were
protracted, but not dangerous, except for those who
from all other causes were predisposed to die.

VII. But those fevers which were altogether con-
tinuous and never intermitted at all, but in all cases

1 There are often mixed infections in malaria. If the
quartan be one of these, being the longest it outlasts the
others. So the disease appears to have turned into a
quartan.

157

10

20

27

EIMAHMION A

, , ε , \ , ,
τρόπον, μίαν ὑποκουφίζοντες καὶ μίαν παροξυνό-
/ nr
μενοι, πάντων βιαιότατοι τῶν τότε γενομένων Kal
/ ἣν 4
μακρότατοι καὶ μετὰ πόνων μεγίστων γενόμενοι"
4 > , \ > 7 > / a, \
πρηέως ἀρχόμενοι, τὸ δ᾽ ὅλον ἐπιδιδόντες αἰεὶ Kal
/
παροξυνόμενοι Kal ἀνάγοντες ἐπὶ TO κάκιον'
\ / \ ‘ / >
σμικρὰ diaxoudifovtes καὶ ταχὺ πάλιν ἐξ
/ /
ἐπισχέσιος βιαιοτέρως παροξυνόμενοι, ἐν κρισί-
\ \ cal
μοις ὡς ἐπὶ TO πολὺ κακούμενοι. ῥίγεα δὲ πᾶσι
\
μὲν ἀτάκτως καὶ πεπλανημένως ἐγίνετο, ἐλάχιστα
N MN “ , Ε 3 > N Le) ”
δὲ καὶ ἥκιστα τούτοισιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων
fal / ὃ rn / ΄ \
πυρετῶν μέζω. ἱδρῶτες πολλοί, τούτοισι δὲ
4 7 >
ἐλάχιστοι, κουφίζοντες οὐδέν, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπεναντίον
/ 7
βλάβας φερόντες. ψύξις δὲ πολλὴ τούτοισιν
7
ἀκρέων καὶ μόγις ἀναθερμαινόμενα. ἄγρυπνοι τὸ
σύνολον καὶ μάλιστα οὗτοι καὶ πάλιν κωματώδεες.
κοιλίαι δὲ πᾶσι μὲν ταραχώδεες καὶ κακαί, πολὺ
Ἂ \ Ξ ,
δὲ τούτοισι κάκισται. οὗρα δὲ τοῖσι πλείστοισι
Ν 5 Ν f
τούτων ἢ λεπτὰ καὶ ὠμὰ καὶ ἄχρω Kal μετὰ
\ , /
χρόνον σμικρὰ πεπαινόμενα κρισίμως ἢ πάχος
\ ” \ \ Ἂχ > \ ΄ 5 ’
μὲν ἔχοντα, θολερὰ δὲ καὶ οὐδὲν καθιστάμενα, οὐδ
ὑφιστάμενα, ἢ σμικρὰ καὶ κακὰ καὶ ὠμὰ τὰ
ὑφιστάμενα: κάκιστα δὲ ταῦτα πάντων. βῆχες
δὲ παρείποντο μὲν τοῖς πυρετοῖσι, γράψαι δὲ οὐκ
J ’ / \
ἔχω βλάβην οὐδ᾽ ὠφελείην γενομένην διὰ βηχὸς
τότε.
Te , \ 5 \ / \ /
VIII. Χρόνια μὲν οὖν καὶ δυσχερέα καὶ πάνυ
ἀτάκτως καὶ πεπλανημένως καὶ ἀκρίτως τὰ
an / , “
πλεῖστα τούτων διετέλει γινόμενα καὶ τοῖσι πάνυ
158

EPIDEMICS 1, vu.-viu.

grew worse after the manner of semitertians, with
remission during one day followed by exacerbation
during the next, were the most severe of all the
fevers which occurred at this time, the longest
and the most painful. Beginning mildly, and on
the whole increasing always, with exacerbation,
and growing worse, they had slight remissions
followed quickly after an abatement by more violent
exacerbations, generally becoming worse on the
critical days. All patients had irregular rigors that
followed no fixed law, most rarely and least in
the semitertians,! but more violent in the other
fevers. Copious sweats, least copious in the semi-
tertians; they brought no relief, but on the con-
trary caused harm. These patients suffered great
chill in the extremities, which grew warm again
with difficulty. Generally there was sleeplessness,
especially with the semitertians, followed after-
wards by coma. In all the bowels were disordered
and in a bad state, but in the semitertians they were
far the worst. In most of them urine either (a)
thin, crude, colourless, after a time becoming slightly
concocted with signs of crisis, or (6) thick enough
but turbid, in no way settling or forming sediment,
or (c) with small, bad, crude sediments, these being
the worst of all. Coughs attended the fevers, but
I cannot say that either harm or good resulted from
the coughing on this occasion.

VIII. Now the greatest number of these symptoms
continued to be protracted, troublesome, very dis-
ordered, very irregular, and without any critical signs,
both in the case of those who came very near death

11 take the pronoun οὗτος throughout this chapter to
refer to the remittent semitertian, or to sufferers from it.

150

20

EIMAHMION A

ὀλεθρίως ἔχουσι καὶ τοῖσι μή. εἰ γάρ τινας
αὐτῶν καὶ διαλίποι σμικρά, ταχὺ πάλιν
ὑπέστρεφεν. ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσιν ἔκρινεν αὐτῶν
ὀλίγοισιν, οἷσι τὰ βραχύτατα γένοιτο, περὶ
ὀγδοηκοστὴν ἐ ἐοῦσι, καὶ τούτων ἐνίοις ὑπέστρεφεν,
ὥστε κατὰ χειμῶνα τοὺς πλείστους αὐτῶν ἔτι
νοσεῖν. τοῖσι δὲ πλείστοισιν ἀκρίτως ἐξέλειπεν.
ὁμοίως δὲ ταῦτα συνέπιπτεν τοῖς περιγινομένοισιν
καὶ τοῖσιν ov. πολλῆς δέ τινος γινομένης
ἀκρισίης καὶ ποικιλίης ἐπὶ τῶν νοσημάτων καὶ
μεγίστου μὲν σημείου καὶ κακίστου διὰ τέλεος
παρεπομένου τοῖσι πλείστοισιν ἀποσίτοις εἶναι
πάντων γευμάτων, μάλιστα δὲ τούτων, οἷσι καὶ
τἄλλα ὀλεθρίως ἔχοι, δυψώδεες οὐ λίην ἀκαίρως
\

ἦσαν ἐπὶ τοῖσι πυρετοῖσι τούτοισι. γενομένων
δὲ χρόνων μακρῶν καὶ πόνων πολλῶν καὶ κακῆς
συντήξιος, ἐπὶ τούτοισιν ἀποστάσιες ἐγίνοντο ἢ
μέξους, ὥστε ὑποφέρειν μὴ δύνασθαι, ἢ μείους,
ὥστε μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν, ἀλλὰ ταχὺ παλινδρομεῖν
καὶ συνεπείγειν ἐπὶ τὸ κάκιον.

IX. "Hy δὲ τούτοισι τὰ γινόμενα δυσεντεριώδεα
καὶ τεινεσμοί, καὶ λειεντερικοὶ 3 καὶ ῥοώδεες.
ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσι καὶ ὕδρωπες μετὰ τούτων καὶ ἄνευ
τούτων. ὅ τι δὲ παραγένοιτο τούτων βιαίως
ταχὺ συνήρει, ἢ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ μηδὲν ὠφελεῖν.
ἐξανθήματα σμικρὰ καὶ οὐκ ἀξίως τῆς περιβολῆς
τῶν νοσημάτων καὶ ταχὺ πάλιν ἀφανιζόμενα ἢ
παρὰ τὰ ὦτα οἰδήματα μωλυόμενα 3 καὶ οὐδὲν

1 Τῇ this be the true reading, and ποῦ λειεντερίαι, it cannot
possibly be an adjective in agreement with τεινεσμοί, which

would give an absurd sense. It must agree with some such
word as οἱ νοσέοντες.

160

EPIDEMICS I, νιῖ.--ἰχ.

and in the case of those who did not. For even if
some patients enjoyed slight intermissions, there
followed a quick relapse. A few of them experienced
a crisis, the earliest being about the eightieth day,
some of the latter having a relapse, so that most of
them were still ill in the winter. The greatest
number had no crisis before the disease terminated.
These symptoms occurred in those who recovered
just as much as in those who did not. The illnesses
showed a marked absence of crisis and a great variety ;
the most striking and the worst symptom, which
throughout attended the great majority, was a com-
plete loss of appetite, especially in those whose
general condition exhibited fatal signs, but in these
fevers they did not suffer much from unseasonable
thirst. After long intervals, with many pains and
with pernicious wasting, there supervened abscessions
either too severe to be ‘endured, or too slight to be
beneficial, so that there was a speedy return of the
original symptoms, and an aggravation of the
mischief.

IX. The symptoms from which these patients
suffered were dysenteries and tenesmus, lienteries
also and fluxes. Some had dropsies also, either with
or without these. Whenever any of these attacked
violently they were quickly fatal, or, if mild, they did
no good. Slight eruptions, which did not match the
extent of the diseases and quickly disappeared again,
or swellings by the ears that grew smaller? “and

1 That is, the abscessions did not carry off the morbid
ΠΙΠΠΌΜΤΗ; which spread again throughout the sy stem.
2 μολυνόμενα Would mean ‘‘ remained crude.”

2 μωλυόμενα Foes: μὴ Avoweva A: μολυνόμεναν.
161

LO

12

10

20

23

EIMMAHMION A

ἀποσημαίνοντα, ἔστι δ᾽ οἷς ἐς ἄρθρα, μάλιστα δὲ
κατὰ ἰσχίον, ὀλίγοισι κρισίμως ἀπολείποντα καὶ
ταχὺ πάλιν ἐπικρατεύμενα ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς
ἕξιν.

X. "Εθνῃσκον δ᾽ ἐκ πάντων μέν, πλεῖστοι δ᾽ ἐκ
τούτων, καὶ τούτων παιδία, ὅσα ἀπὸ γάλακτος
ἤδη, καὶ πρεσβύτερα, ὀκταετέα καὶ δεκαετέα, καὶ
ὅσα πρὸ ἥβης. ἐγίνετο δὲ τούτοισι ταῦτα οὐκ
ἄνευ τῶν πρώτων γεγραμμένων, τὰ δὲ πρῶτα
πολλοῖσιν ἄνευ τούτων. μοῦνον δὲ χρηστὸν καὶ
μέγιστον τῶν γενομένων σημείων καὶ πλείστους
ἐρρύσατο τῶν ἐόντων ἐπὶ τοῖσι μεγίστοισι κινδύ-
νοισιν, οἷσιν ἐπὶ τὸ στραγγουριῶδες ἐ ἐτράπετο καὶ
ἐς τοῦτο ἀποστάσιες ἐγίνοντο. συνέπιπτε δὲ καὶ
τὸ στραγγουριῶδες τῇσιν ἡλικίησιν ταύτῃσιν
γίνεσθαι μάλιστα. ἐγίνετο δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων
πολλοῖσιν ὀρθοστάδην καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν νοσημάτων.
ταχὺ δὲ καὶ μεγάλη τις ἡ μεταβολὴ τούτοισι
πάντων ἐγίνετο. κοιλίαι τε γάρ, καὶ εἰ τύχοιεν
ἐφυγραινόμεναι κακοήθεα τρόπον, ταχὺ συν-
ίσταντο, γεύμασίν τε πᾶσιν ἡδέως εἶχον, οἵ τε
πυρετοὶ πρηέες μετὰ ταῦτα. χρόνια δὲ καὶ τού-
τοισι τὰ περὶ τὴν στραγγουρίην καὶ ἐπιπόνως.
οὖρα δὲ τούτοισιν ἤει πολλὰ παχέα καὶ ποικίλα
καὶ ἐρυθρά, μειξόπυα μετ᾽ ὀδύνης. περιεγένοντο
δὲ πάντες οὗτοι, καὶ οὐδένα τούτων οἶδα ἀπο-
θανόντα.

ΧΙ. "Oca διὰ κινδύνων, πεπασμοὺς τῶν ἀπιόν-
των πάντας πάντοθεν ἐπικαίρους ἢ καλὰς καὶ
κρισίμους ἀποστάσιας σκοπεῖσθαι. πεπασμοὶ
ταχυτῆτα κρίσιος καὶ ἀσφάλειαν ὑγιείης σημαΐί-

162

EPIDEMICS I, ιχ.-- σι.

signified nothing, in some cases appearing at the
joints, especially the hip-joint, in few instances
leaving with signs of crisis, when they quickly
re-established themselves in their original state.

X. From all the diseases some died, but the greatest
number from these fevers,! especially children—those
just weaned, older children of eight or ten years,
and_ those ‘approaching puberty. These victims
never suffered from the latter symptoms without
the first I have described above, but often the first
without the latter. The only good sign, the most
striking that occurred, which saved very many of
those who were in the greatest danger, was when
there was a change to strangury, into which absces-
sions took place. The strangury, too, came mostly
to patients of the ages mentioned, though it did
happen to many of the others, either without their
taking to bed or when they were ill. Rapid and
great was the complete change that occurred in
their case. For the bowels, even if they were
perniciously loose, quickly recovered ; their appetite
for everything returned, and hereafter the fever
abated. But the strangury, even in these cases, was
long and painful. Their urine was copious, thick,
varied, red, mixed with pus, and passed with pain.
But they all survived, and I know of none of these
that died.

XI. In all dangerous cases you should be on the
watch for all favourable coctions of the evacuations
from all parts, or for fair and critical abscessions.
Coctions signify nearness of crisis and sure recovery

1 It is not clear to what πάντων and τούτων refer. Prob-
ably πάντων refers to all the semitertians, and τούτων to the
special type of them described in Chapter IX.

163

10

10

16

ΕΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

νουσιν, ὠμὰ δὲ Kal ἄπεπτα καὶ ἐς κακὰς
ἀποστάσιας τρεπόμενα ἀκρισίας ἢ πόνους ἢ
χρόνους ἢ θανάτους ἢ τῶν αὐτῶν ὑποστροφάς.
ὅ τι δὲ τούτων ἔσται μάλιστα, σκεπτέον ἐξ
ἄλλων. λέγειν τὰ προγενόμενα, γινώσκειν τὰ
παρεόντα, προλέγειν τὰ ἐσόμενα" μελετᾶν ταῦτα.
ἀσκεῖν περὶ τὰ νοσήματα δύο, ὠφελεῖν ἢ μὴ
βλάπτειν. ἡ τέχνη διὰ τριῶν, τὸ νόσημα καὶ ὁ
νοσέων καὶ ὁ ἰητρός" ὁ ἰητρὸς ὑπηρέτης τῆς
τέχνης" ὑπεναντιοῦσθαι τῷ νοσήματι τὸν νοσέοντα
μετὰ τοῦ ἰητροῦ.

XII. Τὰ περὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ τράχηλον ἀλγήματα
καὶ βάρεα pet ὀδύνης ἄνευ πυρετῶν καὶ ἐν
πυρετοῖσι" φρενιτικοῖσι μὲν σπασμοί, καὶ ἰώδεα
ἐπανεμεῦσιν, ἔνιοι ταχυθάνατοι τούτων. ἐν
καύσοισι δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πυρετοῖς, οἷσι μὲν
τραχήλου πόνος καὶ κροτάφων βάρος καὶ
σκοτώδεα περὶ τὰς ὄψιας καὶ ὑποχονδρίου σύν-
τασις οὐ μετ᾽ ὀδύνης γίνεται, τούτοισιν αἱμορ-
ραγεῖ διὰ ῥινῶν" οἷσι δὲ βάρεα μὲν ὅλης τῆς
κεφαλῆς, καρδιωγμοὶ δὲ καὶ ἀσώδεές εἰσιν, ἐπανε-
μέουσιν χολώδεα καὶ φλεγματώδεα. τὸ πολὺ
δὲ παιδίοισιν ἐν τοῖσι τοιούτοισιν οἱ σπασμοὶ
μάλιστα, γυναιξὶ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπὸ ὑστερέων
πόνοι, πρεσβυτέροισι δὲ καὶ ὅσοις ἤδη τὸ θερμὸν
κρατεῖται, παραπληγικὰ ἢ μανικὰ ἢ στερήσιες
ὀφθαλμῶν.

κατάστασις τρίτη

XIII. Ἂν Θάσῳ πρὸ ἀρκτούρου ὀλίγον καὶ
ἐπ᾽ ἀρκτούρου ὕδατα πολλὰ μεγάλα ἐν βορείοις.
περὶ δὲ ἰσημερίην καὶ μέχρι πληϊάδος νότια
164

EPIDEMICS: I, x1:—xim.

of health, but crude and unconcocted evacuations,
which change into bad abscessions, denote absence
of crisis, pain, prolonged illness, death, or a return
of the same symptoms. But it is by a consideration
of other signs that one must decide which of these
results will be most likely. Declare the past,
diagnose the present, foretell the future; practise
these acts. As to diseases, make a habit of two
things—to help, or at least to do no harm. The
art has three factors, the disease, the patient, the
physician, The physician is the servant of the art.
The patient must co-operate with the physician in
combating the disease.

XII. Pains about the head and neck, and heaviness
combined with pain, occur both without and with
fever. Sufferers from phrenitis have convulsions, and
eject verdigris-coloured vomit ; some die very quickly.
But in ardent and the other fevers, those with pain in
the neck, heaviness of the temples, dimness of sight,
and painless tension of the hypochondrium, bleed
from the nose; those with a general heaviness of the
head, cardialgia, and nausea, vomit afterwards bile and
phlegm. Children for the most part in such cases
suffer chiefly from the convulsions. Women have
both these symptoms and pains in the womb. Older
people, and those whose natural heat is failing, have
paralysis or raving or blindness.

Turirp ConsTITUTION

XIII. In Thasos a little before and at the season
of Arcturus many violent rains with northerly winds.
About the equinox until the setting of the Pleiades

165

10

Ι0

ΕΒΕΠΠΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν A

ὕσματα ὀλίγα. χειμὼν βόρειος, αὐχμοί, ψύχεα,
πνεύματα μεγάλα, χιόνες. περὶ δὲ ἰσημερίην
χειμῶνες μέγιστοι. ἔαρ βόρειον, αὐχμοί, ὕσματα
ὀλίγα, ψύχεα. περὶ δὲ ἡλίου τροπὰς θερινὰς ὕδατα
ὀλίγα, μεγάλα ψύχεα μέχρι. κυνὸς ἐπλησίασε.}
μετὰ δὲ κύνα μέχρι ἀρκτούρου θέρος θερμόν"
καύματα μεγάλα καὶ οὐκ ἐκ προσαγωγῆς, ἀλλὰ
συνεχέα καὶ βίαια: ὕδωρ οὐκ ἐγένετο" ἐτησίαι
ἔπνευσαν. περὶ ἀρκτοῦρον ὕσματα νότια μέχρι
ἰσημερίης.

XIV. Ἂν τῇ καταστάσει ταύτῃ κατὰ χειμῶνα
μὲν ἤρξαντο παραπληγίαι καὶ πολλοῖσιν ἐγίνοντο,
καὶ τινὲς αὐτῶν ἔθνῃσκον διὰ ταχέων" καὶ γὰρ
ἄλλως τὸ Ῥόσημα ἐπίδημον ἣν" τὰ δὲ ἄλλα
διετέλεον ἄνοσοι. πρωὶ δὲ τοῦ ἦρος ἤρξαντο
καῦσοι καὶ διετέλεον μέχρι ἰσημερίης καὶ πρὸς
τὸ θέρος. ὅσοι μὲν οὖν ἦρος καὶ θέρεος ἀρξαμένου
αὐτίκα νοσεῖν ἤρξαντο, οἱ πλεῖστοι διεσώζοντο,
ὀλίγοι δέ τινες ἔθνῃσκον. ἤδη δὲ τοῦ φθινοπώρου
καὶ τῶν ὑσμάτων γενομένων θανατώδεες ἦσαν καὶ
πλείους ἀπώλλυντο.

Ἢν δὲ τὰ παθήματα τῶν καύσων, οἷσι μὲν
καλῶς καὶ δαψιλέως ἐκ ῥινῶν αἱμορραγήσαι,2 διὰ
τούτου μάλιστα σῴζεσθαι, καὶ οὐδένα οἶδα, εἰ
καλῶς αἱμορραγήσαι, ἐν τῇ καταστάσει ταύτῃ
ἀποθανόντα. Φιλίσκῳ γὰρ καὶ ᾿Επαμείνονι καὶ
Σιληνῷ τεταρταίῳ καὶ πεμπταίῳ σμικρὸν ἀπὸ
ῥινῶν ἔσταξεν: ἀπέθανον. οἱ μὲν οὖν πλεῖστοι
τῶν νοσησάντων περὶ κρίσιν ἐπερρίγουν καὶ

11 suspect the MSS. reading, as ὕδατα and ψύχεα can
scarcely be the subjects of ἐπλησίασε. I think that ἐπλησίασε

166

EPIDEMICS I, x11.—x1v.

slight, southerly rains. Winter northerly, droughts,
cold periods, violent winds, snow. About the
equinox very severe storms. Spring northerly,
droughts, slight rains, periods of cold. About the
summer solstice slight showers, periods of great cold
until near the Dog Star. After the Dog Star, until
Arcturus, hotsummer. Great heat, not intermittent
but continuous and severe. No rain fell. The
Etesian winds blew. About Arcturus southerly
rains until the equinox.

XIV. In this constitution during winter began
paralyses which attacked many, a few of whom
quickly died. In fact, the disease was generally
epidemic. In other respects the public health
continued good. Early in spring began ardent
fevers which continued until the equinox and on to
summer. Now those who began to be ill at once, in
spring or the beginning of summer, in most cases
got well, though a few died; but when autumn and
the rains came the cases were dangerous, and
more died.

As to the peculiarities of the ardent fevers, the
most likely patients to survive were those who had a
proper and copious bleeding from the nose, in fact I
do not know of a single case in this constitution that
proved fatal when a proper bleeding occurred, For
Philiscus and Epaminon and Silenus, who died, had
only a slight epistaxis on the fourth and fifth days.
Now the majority of the patients had rigors near the

either is part of a gloss, or has replaced a verb meaning
‘* persisted.”

* aiuoppaynoa Kihlewein: αἱμορραγῆσαι A V.

3 αἱμορραγήσαι Kuhlewein : αἱμορραγῆσαι A: aluoppaynoe: V.

167

20
21

10

ἘΕΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

μάλιστα οἷσι μὴ αἱμορραγήσαι.Σ ἐπερρίγουν δὲ
Ἷ καὶ ἡ 5 οὗτοι καὶ ἐφίδρουν.

XV. Ἔστι δὲ οἷσιν ἴκτεροι ἑκταίοις, ἀλλὰ
τούτοις ἢ κατὰ κύστιν κάθαρσις ἢ κοιλίη ἐκταρα-
χθεῖσα ὠφέλει ἢ δαψιλὴς αἱμορραγίη, οἷον
Ἡρακλείδῃ, ὃς κατέκειτο παρὰ ᾿Αριστοκύδει.
καίτοι τούτῳ καὶ ἐκ ῥινῶν ἡμορράγησε καὶ ἡ
κοιλίη ἐπεταράχθη, καὶ κατὰ κύστιν ἐκαθήρατο"
ἐκρίθη εἰκοσταῖος" οὐχ οἷον ὁ Φαναγόρεω οἰκέτης,
ᾧ οὐδὲν τούτων ἐγένετο" ἀπέθανεν. ἡμορράγει
δὲ τοῖσι πλείστοισι, μάλιστα δὲ μειρακίοισι καὶ
ἀκμάζουσι, καὶ ἔθνῃσκον πλεῖστοι τούτων, οἷσι
μὴ αἱμορραγήσαι.38 πρεσβυτέροισι δὲ ἐς ἰκτέρους
ἢ κοιλίαι ταραχώδεες, οἷον Biwys τῷ παρὰ
Σωληνὸν κατακειμένῳ. ἐπεδήμησαν δὲ καὶ δυσ-
εντερίαι κατὰ θέρος, καί τισι καὶ τῶν διανοση-
σάντων, οἷσι καὶ αἱμορραγίαι ἐγένοντο, ἐς
δυσεντεριώδεα ἐτελεύτησεν, οἷον τῷ ‘Epatavos
παιδὶ καὶ Μύλλῳ πολλῆς αἱμορραγίης γενομένης
ἐς δυσεντεριώδεα κατέστη" περιεγένοντο.

Πολὺς μὲν οὖν μάλιστα οὗτος ὃ χυμὸς ἐπε-
πόλασεν, ἐπεὶ καὶ οἷσι περὶ κρίσιν οὐχ ἡμορ-
ράγησεν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὰ ὦτα ἐπαναστάντα
ἠφανίσθη --τούτων δὲ ἀφανισθέντων παρὰ τὸν
κενεῶνα βάρος τὸν ἀριστερὸν καὶ ἐς ἄκρον ἰσχίον
-- ὠἀλγήματος μετὰ κρίσιν γενομένου καὶ οὔρων
λεπτῶν διεξιόντων, αἱμορραγεῖν σμικρὰ ἤρξατο
περὶ τετάρτην καὶ εἰκοστήν, καὶ ἐγένοντο ἐς

1

αἱμορραγήσαι Kihlewein: αἱμορραγῆσαι A: αἱμορραγήσει V.
2

καὶ before οὗτοι is contrary to the sense. One MS. (D)
omits it. Galen read οἱ αὐτοὶ for καὶ vito. The omission
of καὶ is the simplest remedy.

168

EPIDEMICS I, xtv.—xv.

crisis, especially such as had no epistaxis, but these
had sweats also as well as rigors.

XV. Some had jaundice on the sixth day, but
these were benefited by either a purging through
the bladder or a disturbance of the bowels or a
copious hemorrhage, as was the case with Hera-
clides, who lay sick at the house of Aristocydes.
This patient, however, who had a crisis on the
twentieth day, not only bled from the nose, but also
experienced disturbance of the bowels and a purging
through the bladder. Far otherwise was it with the
servant of Phanagoras, who had none of these
symptoms, and died. But the great majority had
hemorrhage, especially youths and those in the
prime of life, and of these the great majority who
had no hemorrhage died. Older people had jaundice
or disordered bowels, for example Bion, who lay
sick at the house of Silenus. Dysenteries also were
general in summer, and some too of those who had
fallen ill, and also suffered from hemorrhage, finally
had dysentery ; for example, the slave of Erato and
Myllus, after copious hemorrhage, lapsed into dysen-
tery. They recovered.

This humour,! then, especially was in great abun-
dance, since even those who had no hemorrhage
near the crisis, but swellings by the ears which
disappeared—and after their disappearance there
was a heaviness along the left flank up to the ex-
tremity of the hip—after the crisis had pain and
passed thin urine, and then began to suffer slight
hemorrhage about the twenty-fourth day, and

1 That is, blood.

3 αἱμορραγήσαι Kihlewein: aiuoppayjoa AV: ἡμορράγησεν AS,
169

29

10

15

10

ENNIAHMION A

αἱμορραγίην ἀποστάσιες" ᾿Αντιφῶντει Κριτο-
βούλου ἀπεπαύσατο καὶ ἐκρίθη τελέως περὶ
τεσσαρακοστήν.

XVI. Γυναῖκες δὲ ἐνόσησαν μὲν πολλαί, éhac-
σους δὲ ἢ ἄνδρες καὶ ἔθνῃσκον ἧσσον. ἐδυστόκεον
δὲ αἱ πλεῖσται καὶ μετὰ τοὺς τόκους ἐπενόσεον,
καὶ ἔθνησκον αὗται μάλιστα, οἷον ἣ Τελεβούλου
θυγάτηρ ἀπέθανεν ἑκταίη ἐκ τόκου. τῇσι μὲν
οὖν πλείστῃσιν ἐν τοῖσι πυρετοῖσι γυναικεῖα
ἐπεφαίνετο καὶ παρθένοισι πολλῇσι τότε πρῶτον
ἐγένετο" ἔστι δ᾽ How ἡμορράγησεν ἐκ ῥινῶν" 1
ἔστι δ᾽ ὅτε καὶ ἐκ ῥινῶν καὶ τὰ γυναικεῖα τῇσιν
αὐτῇσιν ἐπεφαίνετο, οἷον τῇ Δαιθάρσεος θυγατρὶ
παρθένῳ ἐπεφάνη τότε πρῶτον καὶ ἐκ ῥινῶν
λάβρον ἐρρύη, καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἷδα ἀποθανοῦσαν,
OL τούτων τι καλῶς γένοιτο. ἧσι δὲ συνεκύρησεν
ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃσι νοσῆσαι, πᾶσαι ἀπέφθειραν,
ἃς καὶ ἐγὼ οἶδα.

XVII. Odpa δὲ τοῖσι πλείστοισιν εὔχρω μέν,
λεπτὰ δὲ καὶ ὑποστάσιας ὀλίγας ἔχοντα, κοιλίαι
δὲ ταραχώδεες τοῖσι πλείστοισι διαχωρήμασι
λεπτοῖσι καὶ χολώδεσι. πολλοῖσι δὲ τῶν ἄλλων
κεκριμένων ἐς δυσεντερίας ἐτελεύτα, οἷον Ξενο-
φάνει καὶ Κριτίᾳ. οὖρα δὲ ὑδατώδεα πολλὰ
καθαρὰ καὶ λεπτὰ καὶ μετὰ κρίσιν καὶ ὑπο-
στάσιος καλῆς γενομένης καὶ τῶν ἄλλων καλῶς
κεκριμένων ἀναμνήσομαι οἷσιν See Βίωνι, ὃ ὃς
κατέκειτο παρὰ Σιληνόν, Κράτιδι 3 τῇ παρὰ
Ἐενοφάνεος, ᾿Αρέτωνος παιδί, Μνησιστράτου
γυναικί. μετὰ δὲ δυσεντεριώδεες ἐγένοντο οὗτοι
πάντες.

Περὶ δὲ ἀρκτοῦρον ἑνδεκαταίοισι πολλοῖσιν
170

EPIDEMICS I, xv.—xvu.

abscessions into hemorrhage occurred. In the case
of Antipho, son of Critobulus, the illness ceased and
came to a complete crisis about the fortieth day.

XVI. Though many women fell ill, they were
fewer than the men and less frequently died. But
the great majority had difficult childbirth, and after
giving birth they would fall ill, and these especially
died, as did the daughter of Telebulus on the sixth
day after delivery. Now menstruation appeared
during the fevers in most cases, and with many
maidens it occurred then for the first time. Some
bled from the nose. Sometimes both epistaxis and
menstruation appeared together; for example, the
maiden daughter of Daitharses had her first men-
struation during fever and also a violent discharge
from the nose. I know of no woman who died if
any of these symptoms showed themselves properly,
but all to my knowledge had abortions if they
chanced to fall ill when with child.

XVII. Urine in most cases was of good colour, but
thin and with slight sediments, and the bowels of most
were disordered with thin, bilious excretions. Many
after a crisis of the other symptoms ended with dysen-
tery,as did Xenophanes and Critias. I will mention
cases in which was passed copious, watery, clear and
thin urine, even after a crisis in other respects favour-
able, and a favourable sediment: Bion, who lay sick
at the house of Silenus, Cratis, who lodged with
Xenophanes, the slave of Areto,and the wife of Mnesi-
stratus. Afterwards all these suffered from dysentery.

About the season of Arcturus many had crisis on

1 MSS. place ἔστι δ᾽ fow . . . ῥινῶν after ἐπεφαίνετο. The
words were first transposed by Ermerins.
* Κράτιδι Meineke: Kpatin V: Κρατιαίτη A.

ΤΟΣ

18

10

20

EIMAHMION A

v \ ΄ δή», Ὁ \ ω ΄
ἔκρινε καὶ τούτοισιν ovo ai κατὰ λόγον γινόμεναι
ὑποστροφαὶ ὑπέστρεφον" ἧσαν δὲ καὶ κωματώδεες
περὶ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον, πλείω δὲ παιδία, καὶ
ἔθνησκον ἥκιστα οὗτοι πάντων.

ΧΥ ILI. Περὶ δὲ ὦ ἰσημερίην καὶ μέχρι πληϊάδος
καὶ ὑπὸ χειμῶνα παρείποντο μὲν οἱ καῦσοι,
ἀτὰρ καὶ οἱ φρενιτικοὶ τηνικαῦτα πλεῖστοι
ἐγένοντο καὶ ἔθνῃσκον τούτων οἱ πλεῖστοι.
ἐγένοντο δὲ καὶ κατὰ θέρος ὀλίγοι. τοῖσι μὲν
οὖν καυσώδεσιν ἀρχομένοισιν ἐπεσήμαινεν, οἷσι
τὰ ὀλέθρια συνέπιπτεν' αὐτίκα γὰρ ἀρχομένοισι
πυρετὸς ὀξύς, σμικρὰ ἐπερρίγουν, ἄγρυπνοι,
διψώδεες, ἀσώδεες, σμικρὰ ἐφίδρουν περὶ μέτωπον
καὶ κληῖδας, οὐδεὶς δι᾿ ὅλου, πολλὰ παρέλεγον,
φόβοι, δυσθυμίαι, ¢ ἄκρεα περίψυχρα, πόδες a ἄκροι,
μᾶλλον δὲ τὰ περὶ χεῖρας" οἱ παροξυσμοὶ ἐν
ἀρτίῃσι: τοῖσι δὲ πλείστοισιν τεταρταίοισιν οἱ
πόνοι μέγιστοι καὶ ἱδρὼς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ὑπόψυχρος
καὶ ἄκρεα οὐκ ἔτι ἀνεθερμαίνοντο, ἀλλὰ πελιδνὰ
καὶ ψυχρά, οὐδ᾽ ἐδίψων ἔτι ἐπὶ τούτοισιν" οὖρα
τούτοις ὀλίγα, μέλανα, λεπτὰ καὶ κοιλίαι ἐφί-
σταντο' οὐδ᾽ ἡμορράγησεν ἐκ ῥινῶν οὐδενί, οἷσι
ταῦτα συμπίπτοι, ἀλλ᾽ ἢ σμικρὰ ἔσταξεν" οὐδ᾽ ἐς
ὑποστροφὴν οὐδενὶ τούτων ἦλθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἑκταῖοι
ἀπέθνῃσκον σὺν ἱδρῶτι. τοῖσι δὲ φρενιτικοῖσι
συνέπιπτε μὲν καὶ τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα πάντα,
ἔκρινε δὲ τούτοισιν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ ἑνδεκαταίοισιν'
ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσι καὶ εἰκοσταίοισι, οἷσιν οὐκ εὐθὺς 5
ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἡ φρενῖτις ἤρξατο ἢ 3. περὶ τρίτην
ἢ τετάρτην ἡμέρην, ἀλλὰ μετρίως ἔχουσιν ἐν τῷ

1 After ἄγρυπνοι Galen adds ἀδήμονες.
172

EPIDEMICS I, xvu.—xvin.

the eleventh day, and these did not suffer even the
normal relapses. ‘There were also comatose fevers
about this time, usually in children, and of all
patients these showed the lowest mortality.

XVIII. About the equinox up to the setting of
the Pleiades, and during winter, although the ardent
fevers continued, yet cases of phrenitis were most
frequent at this time, and most of them were fatal.
In summer, too, a few cases had occurred. Now the
sufferers from ardent fever, when fatal symptoms
attended, showed signs at the beginning. For right
from the beginning there was acute fever with slight
rigors, sleeplessness, thirst, nausea, slight sweats
about the forehead and collar-bones, but in no case
general, much delirium, fears, depression, very cold
extremities, toes and hands, especially the latter.
The exacerbations on the even days; but in most
cases the pains were greatest on the fourth day, with
sweat for the most part chilly, while the extremities
could not now be warmed again, remaining livid and
cold; and in these cases the thirst ceased. Their
urine was scanty, black, thin, with constipation of the
bowels. Nor was there hemorrhage from the nose in
any case when these symptoms occurred, but only
slight epistaxis. None of these cases suffered relapse,
but they died on the sixth day, with sweating.
The cases of phrenitis had all the above symptoms,
but the crises generally occurred on the eleventh
day. Some had their crises on the twentieth day,
namely those in whom the phrenitis did not begin
at first, or began about the third or fourth day, but

2 οὐκ εὐθὺς Kiithlewein: εὐθὺς οὐκ most MSS.: ofow.....
μετέπεσεν omitted by AV.
3 ἢ added by Kihlewein.

28

10

EIMAHMION A

πρώτῳ χρόνῳ περὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἐς ὀξύτητα TO
νόσημα μετέπεσεν.

XIX. Πλῆθος μὲν οὖν τῶν νοσημάτων ἐγένετο.
ἐκ δὲ τῶν καμνόντων ἀπέθνῃσκον μάλιστα
μειράκια, νέοι, ἀκμάζοντες, λεῖοι, ὑπολευκόχρωτες,
ἰθύτριχες, μελανότριχες, μελανόφθαλμοι, οἱ εἰκῇ
καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ ῥάθυμον βεβιωκότες, ἰσχνόφωνοι, τρη-
χύφωνοι, τραυλοί, ὀργίλοι. καὶ γυναῖκες πλεῖσται
ἐκ τούτου τοῦ εἴδεος ἀπέθνῃσκον. ἐν δὲ ταύτη
τῇ καταστάσει ἐπὶ σημείων μάλιστα τεσσάρων
διεσώζοντο" οἷσι γὰρ ἢ διὰ ῥινῶν καλῶς alpop-
ραγήῆσαι 1 ἢ κατὰ κύστιν οὖρα πολλὰ καὶ πολλὴν
καὶ καλὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχοντα ἔλθοι ἢ κατὰ κοιλίην
ταραχώδεα χολώδεσιν ἐπικαίρως, ἢ δυσεντερικοὶ
γενοίατο. πολλοῖσι δὲ συνέπιπτε μὴ ἐφ᾽ ἑνὸς
κρίνεσθαι τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων σημείων, ἀλλὰ
διεξιέναι διὰ πάντων τοῖσι πλείστοισι καὶ δοκεῖν
μὲν ἔχειν ὀχληροτέρως: διεσώζοντο δὲ πάντες,
οἷσι ταῦτα συμπίπτοι. γυναιξὶ δὲ καὶ παρθένοισι
συνέπιπτε μὲν καὶ τὰ ὑπογεγραμμένα σημεῖα
πάντα, ἧσι δὲ ἢ τούτων τι καλῶς γένοιτο ἢ τὰ
γυναικεῖα δαψιλέως ἐπιφανείη, διὰ τούτων ἐσῴ-
ζοντο καὶ ἔκρινε, καὶ οὐδεμίαν οἶδα ἀπολομένην,
Hol τούτων τι καλῶς γένοιτο. Φίλωνος γὰρ
θυγάτηρ,3 ἐκ ῥινῶν λάβρον ἐρρύη, ἑβδομαίη ἐοῦσα
ἐδείπνησεν ἀκαιροτέρως" ἀπέθανεν.

Οἷσιν ἐν πυρετοῖσιν ὀξέσι, μᾶλλον. δὲ καυσώ-
δεσιν, ἀ ἀέκουσιν δάκρυα παραρρεῖ, τούτοισιν ἀπὸ
ῥινῶν αἱμορραγίην προσδέχεσθαι, ἢν καὶ τἄλλα

1 αἱμορραγήσαι Kithlewein: αἱμορραγῆσαι V: ἡμορράγησεν A,
with ev in litura.

174

EPIDEMICS I, χνπι.--ΧΙΧ.

though these fared tolerably at the beginning, yet
the disease assumed an acute form about the seventh
day.

XIX. Now the number of illnesses was great. And
of the patients there died chiefly striplings, young
people, people in their prime, the smooth, the fair-
skinned, the straight-haired, the black-haired, the
black-eyed, those who had lived recklessly and care-
lessly, the thin-voiced, the rough-voiced, the lispers,
the passionate. Women too died in very great
numbers who were of this kind. In this constitution
there were four symptoms especially which denoted
recovery :—a proper hemorrhage through the nostrils ;
copious discharges by the bladder of urine with
much sediment of a proper character; disordered
bowels with bilious evacuations at the right time;
the appearance of dysenteric characteristics. The
crisis in many cases did not come with one only
of the symptoms described above, but in most cases
all symptoms were experienced, and the patients
appeared to be more distressed ; but all with these
symptoms got well. Women and maidens experi-
enced all the above symptoms, but besides, whenever
any took place properly, and whenever copious men-
struation supervened, there was a crisis therefrom
which resulted in recovery; in fact I know of no
woman who died when any of these symptoms took
place properly. For the daughter of Philo, who
died, though she had violent epistaxis, dined rather
unseasonably on the seventh day.

In acute fevers, more especially in ardent fevers,
when involuntary weeping occurs, epistaxis is to be

2 After θυγάτηρ Kuhlewein adds 7.
175

80

10

20

EMIAHMION A

ὀλεθρίως μὴ ἔχωσιν, ἐπεὶ τοῖσί ye φλαύρως
ἔχουσιν οὐχ αἱμορραγίην, ἀλλὰ θάνατον
σημαίνει."

XX. Ta παρὰ τὰ ὦτα ἐν πυρετοῖσιν ἐπαιρόμενα
μετ᾽ ὀδύνης ἔστιν οἷσιν ἐκλείποντος τοῦ πυρετοῦ
κρισίμως οὔτε καθίστατο οὔτε ἐξεπύει" τούτοισι
διάρροιαι ͵χολωδέων ἢ δυσεντερίη ἢ παχέων
οὔρων ὑπόστασις γενομένη ἔλυσεν, οἷον ἹἙρμίππῳ
τῷ Κλαξομενίῳ. τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰς κρίσιας, GE
ὧν Kal διεγινώσκομεν, ἢ ὅμοια 7) ἀνόμοια, οἷον
οἱ δύο ἀδελφεοί, οἱ ἤρξαντο ὁμοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν
ὥρην" κατέκειντο παρὰ τὸ θέρετρον ᾿Επιγένεος." 2
τούτων τῷ πρεσβυτέρῳ ἔκρινεν ἑκταίῳ, τῷ δὲ
νεωτέρῳ ἑβδομαίῳ. ὑπέστρεψεν ἀμφοτέροισιν
ὁμοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν ὥρην καὶ διέλιπεν ἡ ἡμέρας πέντε.
ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς ἐκρίθη ἀμφοτέροισιν ὁμοῦ
τὸ σύμπαν ἑπτακαιδεκαταίοισιν. ἔκρινε δὲ τοῖσι
πλείστοισιν ἑκταίοις. διέλειπεν EE: ἐκ δὲ τῶν
ὑποστροφέων ἔκρινε πεμπταίοις. οἷσι δ᾽ ἔκρινεν
ἑβδομαίοισι, διέλειπεν ἑπτά" ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς
ἔκρινε τριταίοις. οἷσι δ᾽ ἔκρινεν ἑβδομαίοισι,
διαλείποντα τρεῖς ἔκρινεν ἑβδομαίοις. οἷσι δ᾽
ἔκρινεν ἑκταίοισι, διαλείποντα ἕξ ἐλάμβανε
τρισίν, διέλειπε μίαν, μίαν ἐλάμβανεν" ἔκρινεν,
οἷον “Ἐὐάγοντι τῷ Δαιθάρσεος. οἷσι δ᾽ ἔκρινεν
ἑκταίοισι, διέλειπεν ἑπτά, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς
ἔκρινε τετάρτῃ, οἷον τῇ ᾿Αγλαΐδου θυγατρί. οἱ
μὲν οὖν πλεῖστοι τῶν νοσησάντων ἐν τῇ κατα-
στάσει ταύτῃ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ διενόσησαν, καὶ

1 Ermerins would omit οἷσιν to σημαίνει.
2 After ’Emyéveos the MSS. add ἀδελφεοί.

176

EPIDEMICS I, x1x,—xx.

expected it the patient have no fatal symptoms
besides ; for when he is in a bad way such weeping
portends not hemorrhage but death.

XX. The painful swellings by the ears in fevers
in some cases neither subsided nor suppurated when
the fever ceased with a crisis. They were cured by
bilious diarrhoea, or dysentery, or a sediment of
thick urine such as closed the illness of Hermippus
of Clazomene. The circumstances of the crises,
from which too I formed my judgments, were either
similar or dissimilar; for example, the two brothers,
who fell sick together at the same time, and lay ill
near the bungalow of Epigenes. The elder of these
had a crisis on the sixth day, the younger on the
seventh. Both suffered a relapse together at the
same time with an intermission of five days. After
the relapse both had a complete crisis together on
the seventeenth day. But the great majority had
a crisis on the sixth day, with an intermission of
six days followed by a crisis on the fifth day after the
relapse. Those who had a crisis on the seventh day
had an intermission of seven days, with a crisis on
the third day after the relapse. Others with a crisis
on the seventh had an intermission of three days,
with a crisis on the seventh day after the relapse.
Some who had a crisis on the sixth day had an
intermission of six and a relapse of three, an inter-
mission of one and a relapse of one, followed by a
crisis; for example, Euagon the son of Daitharses.
Others with a crisis on the sixth had an intermission
of seven days, and after the relapse a crisis on the
fourth ; for example, the daughter of Aglaidas. Now
most of those who fell ill in this constitution went
through their illness in this manner, and none of

177

32

LO

14

EIMAHMION A

οὐδένα οἶδα τῶν περιγενομένων, ᾧτινι οὐχ
ὑπέστρεψαν αἱ κατὰ λόγον. ὑποστροφαὶ γενόμεναι,
καὶ διεσώζοντο πάντες, ous κἀγὼ οἶδα, οἷσιν αἱ
ὑποστροφαὶ διὰ τοῦ εἴδεος τούτου γενοίατο. οὐδὲ
τῶν διανοσησάντων διὰ τούτου τοῦ τρόπου οὐδενὶ
οἶδα ὑποστροφὴν γενομένην πάλιν.

ΧΧΙ. "Εθνῃσκον δὲ τοῖσι νοσήμασι τούτοις οἱ
πλεῖστοι ἑκταῖοι, οἷον ᾿Επαμεινώνδας καὶ Σιληνὸς
καὶ Φιλίσκος ὁ ᾿Ανταγόρεω. οἷσι δὲ τὰ παρὰ τὰ
ὦτα γενοίατο, ἔκρινε μὲν εἰκοσταίοισι, κατέσβη
δὲ πᾶσι καὶ οὐκ ἐξεπύησεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπὶ κύστιν
ἐτράπετο. Κρατιστώνακτι, ὃς παρ᾽ Ἡρακλεῖ
ὠκει, καὶ Σκύμνου τοῦ γναφέως θεραπαίνῃ
ἐξεπύησεν᾽ ἀπέθανον" οἷσι δ᾽ ἔκρινεν ἑβδομαίοισι,
διέλειπεν ἐννέα, ὑπέστρεφεν, ἔκρινεν ἐκ τῆς
ὑποστροφῆς τεταρταίοισι ---ἰ ΠΠαντακλεῖ, ὃς ῴκει
παρὰ Διονύσιον ---. οἷσι δ᾽ ἔκρινεν ἑβδομαίοισιν,
διέλειπεν ἕξ' ὑποστροφή" ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς
ἔκρινεν ἑβδομαίοισι ---ἰ Φανοκρίτῳ, ὃς κατέκειτο
παρὰ Τνυάθωνι τῷ γναφεῖ.

XXII. Ὑπὸ δὲ χειμῶνα περὶ ἡλίου τροπὰς
χειμερινὰς καὶ μέχρι ἰσημερίης παρέμενον μὲν
καὶ οἱ καῦσοι καὶ τὰ φρενιτικά, καὶ ἔθνῃσκον
πολλοί: αἱ μέντοι κρίσιες μετέπεσον, καὶ ἔκρινε
τοῖσι πλείστοισιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πεμπταίοισι, διέλειπε
τέσσαρας, ὑπέστρεφεν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς ὑποστροφῆς
ἔκρινε πεμπταίοισι, τὸ σύμπαν τεσσαρεσκαι-
δεκαταίοις. ἔκρινε δὲ παιδίοισιν οὕτω τοῖσι
πλείστοισιν, ἀτὰρ καὶ πρεσβυτέροισιν. ἔστι δὲ

1 Here some editors would add οἷον.

178

EPIDEMICS I, xx.-xxu.

those who recovered, so far as I know, failed to
suffer the relapses which were normal in these cases,
but all, so far 5.1 know, recovered if their relapses
took place after this fashion. Further, I know of
none who suffered a fresh relapse after going through
the illness in the manner described above.

XXI. In these diseases most died on the sixth
day, as did Epaminondas, Silenus and Philiscus the
son of Antagoras. Those who had the swellings by
the ears had a crisis on the twentieth day, but these
subsided in all cases without suppuration, being
diverted to the bladder. There were two cases of
suppuration, both fatal, Cratistonax, who lived near
the temple of Heracles, and the serving-maid of
Scymnus the fuller. When there was a crisis on
the seventh day, with an intermission of nine days
followed by a relapse, there was a second crisis on
the fourth day after the relapse—in the case of
Pantacles, for example, who lived by the temple of
Dionysus. When there was a crisis on the seventh
day, with an intermission of six days followed by a
relapse, there was a second crisis on the seventh day
after the relapse—in the case of Phanocritus, for
example, who lay sick at the house of Gnathon the
fuller.

XXII. During winter, near the time of the
winter solstice, and continuing until the equinox,
the ardent fevers and the phrenitis still caused
many deaths, but their crises changed. Most cases
had a crisis on the fifth day from the outset, then
intermitted four days, relapsed, had a crisis on the
fifth day after the relapse, that is, after thirteen
days altogether. Mostly children experienced crises
thus, but older people did so too. Some had a crisis

179

10

19

10

18

EIMAHMION A

οἷσιν ἔκρινεν ἑνδεκαταίοις, ὑποστροφὴ τεσσαρεσ-
καιδεκαταίοις, ἔκρινε τελέως εἰκοστῇ. εἰ δέ τίνες
ἐπερρίγουν περὶ τὴν εἰκοστήν, τούτοισιν ἔκρινε
τεσσαρακοσταίοις. ἐπερρίγουν δ᾽ οἱ πλεῖστοι
περὶ κρίσιν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς" οἱ δ᾽ ἐπιρριγώσαντες
ἐξ ἀρχῆς περὶ κρίσιν, καὶ ἐν τῇσιν ὑποστροφῇσιν
ἅμα κρίσει. ἐρρίγουν & ἐλάχιστοι μὲν τοῦ ἦρος,
θέρεος πλείους, φθινοπώρου ἔτι πλείους, ὑπὸ δὲ
χειμῶνα πολὺ πλεῖστοι. αἱ δὲ αἱμορραγίαι
ὑπέληγον.

XXII. Τὰ δὲ περὶ τὰ νοσήματα, ἐξ ὧν
διεγινώσκομεν, μαθόντες ἐκ τῆς κοινῆς φύσιος
ἁπάντων καὶ τῆς ἰδίης ἑκάστου, ἐκ τοῦ νοσήματος,
ἐκ τοῦ νοσέοντος, ἐκ τῶν προσφερομένων, ἐκ τοῦ
προσφέροντος — ἐπὶ τὸ ῥᾷον γὰρ καὶ χαλεπώτερον
ἐκ τούτων — ἐκ τῆς καταστάσιος ὅλης καὶ κατὰ
μέρεα τῶν οὐρανίων καὶ χώρης ἑκάστης, ἐκ τοῦ
ἔθεος, ἐκ τῆς διαίτης, ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, ἐκ
τῆς ἡλικίης ἑκάστου, λόγοισι, τρόποισι, σιγῇ, δια-
νοήμασιν, ὕπνοισιν, οὐχ ὕπνοισιν, ἐνυπνίοισι,
οἵοισι καὶ ὅτε, τιλμοῖσι, κνησμοῖσι, δάκρυσιν,
ἐκ τῶν παροξυσμῶν, διαχωρήμασιν, οὔροισιν,
πτυάλοισιν, ἐμέτοισι, καὶ ὅσαι ἐξ οἵων ἐς οἷα
διαδοχαὶ νοσημάτων καὶ ἀποστάσιες ἐπὶ τὸ
ὀλέθριον καὶ κρίσιμον, ἱδρώς, ῥῖγος, ψύξις, βήξ,
πταρμοΐ, λυγμοί, πνεύματα, ἐρεύξιες, φῦσαι,
σιγῶσαι, ψοφώδεες, αἱμορραγίαι, αἱμορροΐδες. ἐκ
τούτων καὶ ὅσα διὰ τούτων σκεπτέον.

XXIV. Πυρετοὶ οἱ μὲν συνεχέες, οἱ δ᾽ ἡμέρην
ἔχουσι, νύκτα διαλείπουσι, νύκτα ἔχουσιν, ἡμέρην
διαλείπουσιν: ἡμιτριταῖοι, τριταῖοι, τεταρταῖοι,

180

EPIDEMICS I, χχιι.--χχιν.

on the eleventh day, a relapse on the fourteenth,
and a complete crisis on the twentieth. But if rigor
came on about the twentieth day the crisis came on
the fortieth. Most had rigors near the first crisis,
and those who had rigors at first near the crisis,
had rigors again in the relapses at the time of the
crisis. Fewest experienced rigors in the spring,
more in summer, more still in autumn, but by far
the most during winter. But the hemorrhages
tended to cease.

XXIII. The following were the circumstances
attending the diseases, from which I framed my
judgments, learning from the common nature of all
and the particular nature of the individual, from the
disease, the patient, the regimen prescribed and the
prescriber—for these make a diagnosis more favour-
able or Jess; from the constitution, both as a whole
and with respect to the parts, of the weather and of
each region ; from the custom, mode of life, practices
and ages of each patient ; from talk, manner, silence,
thoughts, sleep or absence of sleep, the nature and
time of dreams, pluckings, scratchings, tears ; from
the exacerbations, stools, urine, sputa, vomit, the
antecedents and consequents of each member in the
successions of diseases, and the abscessions to a fatal
issue or a crisis, sweat, rigor, chill, cough, sneezes,
hiccoughs, breathing, belchings, flatulence, silent or
noisy, hemorrhages, and hemorrhoids. From these
things must we consider what their consequents also
will be.

XXIV. Some fevers are continuous, some have an
access during the day and an intermission during
the night, or an access during the night and an
intermission during the day; there are semitertians,

181

10

20

22

10

ΕἘΠΠΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν A

πεμπταῖοι, “ἑβδομαῖοι, ἐναταῖοι. εἰσὶ δὲ ὀξύταται
μὲν καὶ μέγισται καὶ χαλεπώταται, νοῦσοι καὶ
θανατωδέσταται ἐ ἐν τῷ συνεχεῖ πυρετῷ. ἀσφαλέ-
στατος δὲ πάντων καὶ ῥήϊστος καὶ μακρότατος
πάντων ὁ τεταρταῖος" οὐ γὰρ μοῦνον αὐτὸς ἐφ᾽
ἑωυτοῦ τοιοῦτός ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοσημάτων
ἑτέρων μεγάλων ῥύεται. ἐν δὲ τῷ ἡμιτριταίῳ
καλεομένῳ συμπίπτει μὲν καὶ ὀξέα νοσήματα
γίνεσθαι, καὶ ἔστι τῶν λοιπῶν οὗτος θανατωδέ-
στατος" ἀτὰρ καὶ φθινώδεες καὶ ὅσοι ἄλλα
μακρότερα, νοσήματα νοσέουσιν, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μά-
λιστα νοσέουσι. VUKTEPLVOS: οὐ λίην θανατώδης,
μακρὸς δέ. ἡμερινὸς μακρότερος" ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσι
ῥέπει καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ φθινῶδες. ἑβδομαῖος μακρός,
οὐ θανατώδης. ἐναταῖος ἔτι μακρότερος, οὐ
θανατώδης. τριταῖος ἀκριβὴς ταχυκρίσιμος καὶ
οὐ θανατώδης. ὁ δὲ πεμπταῖος πάντων μὲν
κάκιστος" καὶ γὰρ πρὸ φθίσιος καὶ ἤδη φθίνουσιν
ἐπιγινόμενος κτείνει.

XXV. Εἰσὶ δὲ τρόποι καὶ καταστάσιες καὶ
παροξυσμοὶ τούτων ἑκάστου τῶν πυρετῶν.
αὐτίκα γὰρ συνεχὴς ἔστιν οἷσιν ἀρχόμενος ἀνθεῖ
καὶ ἀκμάξει μάλιστα καὶ ἀνάγει ἐπὶ τὸ χαλεπώ-
τατον, περὶ δὲ κρίσιν καὶ ἅμα κρίσει λεπτύνεται:
ἔστι δ᾽ οἷσιν ἄρχεται μαλακῶς καὶ ὑποβρύχια,
ἐπαναδιδοὺ δὲ καὶ παροξύνεται καθ᾽ ἡμέρην
ἑκάστην, περὶ δὲ κρίσιν 1 ἅλις ἐξέλαμψεν' ἔστι δ᾽
οἷσιν ἀρχόμενος πρηέως ἐπιδιδοῖ καὶ παροξύνεται
καὶ μέχρι τινὸς ἀκμάσας πάλιν ὑφίησι μέχρι
κρίσιος καὶ περὶ κρίσιν. συμπίπτει δὲ ταῦτα
γίνεσθαι ἐ ἐπὶ παντὸς πυρετοῦ καὶ νοσήματος. δεῖ

δὲ καὶ τὰ διαιτήματα σκοπεύμενον ἐκ τούτων
182

EPIDEMICS I, xxrv.—xxv.

tertians, quartans, quintans, septans, nonans. The
most acute diseases, the most severe, difficult and
fatal, belong to the continuous fevers. The least
fatal and least difficult of all, but the longest of all,
is the quartan. Not only is it such in itself, but it
also ends other, and serious, diseases. In the fever
called semitertian, which is more fatal than any
other, there occur also acute diseases, while it
especially precedes the illness of consumptives, and
of those who suffer from other and longer diseases.
The nocturnal is not very fatal, but it is long. The
diurnal is longer still, and to some it also brings
a tendency to consumption. The septan is long but
not fatal. The nonan is longer still but not fatal.
The exact tertian has a speedy crisis and is not
fatal. But the quintan is the worst of all. For if it
comes on before consumption or during consumption
the patient dies.

XXV. Each of these fevers has its modes, its
constitutions and its exacerbations. For example,
a continuous fever in some cases from the beginning
is high and at its worst, leading up to the most
severe stage, but about and at the crisis it moderates.
In other cases it begins gently and in ἃ sup-
pressed manner, but rises and is exacerbated each
day, bursting out violently near the crisis. In some
cases it begins mildly, but increases and is exacer-
bated, reaching its height after a time; then it
declines again until the crisis or near the crisis.
These characteristics may show themselves in any
fever and in any disease. It is necessary also to
consider the patient’s mode of life and to take it

1 After «plow V adds καὶ ἅμα κρίσει.

183

20
21

10

ΕἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ A

προσφέρειν. πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα , ἐπίκαιρα σημεῖα
τούτοις ἐστὶν “ἠδελφισμένα, περὶ ὧν τὰ μέν που
γέγραπται, τὰ δὲ καὶ γεγράψεται. πρὸς ἃ δεῖ
διαλογιζόμενον δοκιμάζειν καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι, τίνι
τούτων ὀξὺ καὶ θανατῶδες ἢ περιεστικὸν καὶ τίνι
μακρὸν καὶ θανατῶδες ἢ περιεστικὸν καὶ τίνι
προσαρτέον ἢ οὗ καὶ πότε καὶ πόσον καὶ τί τὸ
προσφερόμενον ἔσται.

XXVI. Ta δὲ παροξυνόμενα ἐ ἐν ἀρτίῃσι κρίνεται
ἐν ἀρτίῃσιν' ὧν δὲ οἱ παροξυσμοὶ ἐν περισσῇσι,
κρίνεται ἐν περισσῆσιν. ἔστι δὲ πρώτη περίοδος
τῶν ἐν τῇσιν ἀρτίῃσι κρινόντων τετάρτη, ἕκτη,
ὀγδόη, δεκάτη, τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη, εἰκοστή,
τετάρτη καὶ εἰκοστή, τριακοστή, τεσσαρακοστή,
ἑξηκοστή, ὀγδοηκοστή, εἰκοστὴ καὶ ἑκατοστή᾽
τῶν δ᾽ ἐν τῇσι περισσῇσι κρινόντων περίοδος

πρώτη, τρίτη, πέμπτη, ἑβδόμη, ἐνάτη, ἑνδεκάτη,
ἑπτακαιδεκάτη, εἰκοστὴ πρώτη, εἰκοστὴ ἑβδόμη,
τριακοστὴ πρώτη. εἰδέναι δὲ χρὴ ἔτι, ἢν ἄλλως
κριθῇ ἔξω τῶν ὑπογεγραμμένων, ἐσομένας
ὑποστροφάς" γένοιτο δὲ ἂν καὶ ὀλέθρια. δεῖ δὴ
προσέχειν τὸν νόον καὶ εἰδέναι ἐν τοῖσι χρόνοισι
τούτοισι τὰς κρίσιας ἐσομένας ἐπὶ ᾿σωτηρίην ἢ
ὄλεθρον ἢ ῥοπὰς ἐπὶ τὸ ἄμεινον ἢ τὸ χεῖρον.
πλάνητες δὲ πυρετοὶ καὶ τεταρταῖοι καὶ πεμπταῖοι
καὶ ἑβδομαῖοι καὶ ἐναταῖοι, ἐν ἧσι περιόδοισι
κρίνονται, σκεπτέον.

EPIDEMICS 1, xxv.—xxvi.

into account when prescribing. Many other im-
portant symptoms there are which are akin to
these, some of which I have described, while others
I shall describe later. These must be duly weighed
when considering and deciding who is suffering from
one of these diseases in an acute, fatal form, or
whether the patient may recover; who has a chronic,
fatal illness, or one from which he may recover;
who is to be prescribed for or not, what the pre-
scription is to be, the quantity to be given and the
time to give it.

XXVI. When the exacerbations are on even days,
the crises areon even days. But the diseases exacer-
bated on odd days have their crises on odd days.
The first period of diseases with crises on the even
days is the fourth day, then the sixth, eighth, tenth,
fourteenth, twentieth, twenty-fourth, thirtieth,
fortieth, sixtieth, eightieth, hundred and twentieth.
Of those with a crisis on the odd days the first period
is the third, then the fifth, seventh, ninth, eleventh,
seventeenth, twenty-first, twenty-seventh, thirty-
first. Further, one must know that, if the crises
be on other days than the above, there will be
relapses, and there may also be a fatal issue. So
one must be attentive and know that at these times
there will be the crises resulting in recovery, or
death, or a tendency for better or worse. One must
also consider in what periods the crises occur of
irregular fevers, of quartans, of quintans, of septans
and of nonans.

VOL. I. I 185

20

80

40

ΕΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

ἄρρωστοι τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα

' , " \ \ Ξ : ,
a’. Φιλίσκος WKEL παρὰ TO TELYOS’ κατεκλίνη,
τῇ πρώτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἵδρωσεν, ἐς νύκτα
> / / / / > \ \
ἐπιπόνως: δευτέρῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη, ὀψὲ δὲ
> \ / la lol Σ Ue οὖ hg /
ἀπὸ κλυσματίου καλῶς διῆλθε: νύκτα du ἡσυχίης.
τρίτῃ πρωὶ καὶ μέχρι μέσου ἡμέρης ἔδοξε γενέσθαι
ἄπυρος, πρὸς δείλην δὲ πυρετὸς ὀξὺς μετὰ ἱδρῶτος,
΄ n 2 / / ”
διψώδης, γχῶσσα ἐπεξηραίνετο, μέλανα οὔρησε"
νύκτα δυσφόρως, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη, πάντα παρέκρουσε.
τετάρτῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη, οὖρα μέλανα" νύκτα
εὐφορωτέρην, ovpa εὐχροώτερα. πέμπτῃ περὶ
μέσον ἡμέρης σμικρὸν ἀπὸ ῥινῶν ἔσταξεν ἄκρητον"
οὖρα δὲ ποικίλα, ἔχοντα ἐναιωρήματα στρογγύλα,
γονοειδέα, διεσπασμένα, οὐχ ἱδρύετο' προσθεμένῳ
δὲ βάλανον φυσώδεα σμικρὰ διῆλθε. νύκτα
ἐπιπόνως, ὕπνοι σμικροί, λόγοι, λῆρος, ἄκρεα
πάντοθεν ψυχρὰ καὶ οὐκέτι ἀναθερμαινόμενα,
οὔρησε μέλανα, ἐκοιμήθη σμικρὰ πρὸς ἡμέρην,
” 1 lal BA ἣν, ὃ / si δὲ
ἄφωνος, ἴόρωσε ψυχρῴ, ἄκρεα πελιὸνά. περὶ ὃὲ
,ὔ lal / rn
μέσον ἡμέρης ἑκταῖος ἀπέθανεν. τούτῳ πνεῦμα
διὰ τέλεος, ὥσπερ ἀνακαλεομένῳ, ἀραιὸν μέγα"
σπλὴν ἐπήρθη περιφερεῖ κυρτώματι, ἱδρῶτες
ψυχροὶ διὰ τέλεος. οἱ παροξυσμοὶ ἐν ἀρτίῃσιν.
/ SS \ v Sean a rn /
β΄. Σιληνὸς ῴκει ἐπὶ τοῦ πλαταμῶνος πλησίον
lal ΄ /
τῶν Evadkidew. ἐκ κόπων Kal πότων Kal

1 The patient seemed to forget the necessity of breathing,
and then to remember it and to breathe consciously.

186

EPIDEMICS I, cases 1.-11.

FOURTEEN CASES

Case I

Philiscus lived by the wall. He took to his bed
with acute fever on the first day and sweating;
night uncomfortable.

Second day. General exacerbation, later a small
clyster moved the bowels well. A restful night.

Third day. Early and until mid-day he appeared
to have lost the fever; but towards evening acute
fever with sweating ; thirst ; dry tongue ; black urine.
An uncomfortable night, without sleep; completely
out of his mind.

Fourth day. Ail symptoms exacerbated; black
urine; a more comfortable night, and urine of a
better colour.

Fifth day. About mid-day slight epistaxis of un-
mixed blood. Urine varied, with scattered, round
particles suspended in it, resembling semen; they
did not settle. On the application of a suppository
the patient passed, with flatulence, scanty excreta.
A distressing night, snatches of sleep, irrational talk ;
extremities everywhere cold, and would not get
warm again; black urine; snatches of sleep towards
dawn; speechless; cold sweat; extremities livid.
About mid-day on the sixth day the patient died.
The breathing throughout, as though he were re-
collecting to do it,t was rare and large. Spleen
raised in a round swelling; cold sweats all the

a2?)
time. The exacerbations on even days.

Case II

Silenus lived on Broadway near the place of
Eualcidas. After over-exertion, drinking, and exer-

187

50

60

ENIIAHMION A

γυμνασιων ἀκαίρων πῦρ ἔλαβεν. ἤρξατο δὲ
πονεῖν κατ᾽ ὀσφῦν καὶ κεφαλῆς βάρος καὶ
τραχήλου σύντασις. ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης τῇ πρώτῃ
χολώδεα, ἄκρητα, ἔπαφρα, κατακορέα πολλὰ
διῆλθεν: οὖρα μέλανα, μέλαιναν ὑπόστασιν
᾽ , eS Lge Shafi cors
ἔχοντα, διψώδης, γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, νυκτὸς οὐδὲν
ἐκοιμήθη. δευτέρῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, διαχωρήματα
πλείω, λεπτότερα, ἔπαφρα, οὖρα μέλανα, νύκτα
δυσφόρως, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσε. τρίτῃ πάντα
παρωξύνθη ὑποχονδρίου σύντασις ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων
παραμήκης πρὸς ὀμφαλόν, ὑπολάπαρος" δια-
χωρήματα λεπτά, ὑπομέλανα, οὖρα θολερά,
ὑπομέλανα, νυκτὸς οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη, λόγοι πολλοί,
γέλως, ὠδή, κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο. τετάρτῃ διὰ
τῶν αὐτῶν. πέμπτῃ διαχωρήματα ἄκρητα, χο-
λώδεα, λεῖα, λιπαρά, οὖρα λεπτά, διαφανέα"
σμικρὰ κατενόει. ἕκτῃ περὶ κεφαλὴν σμικρὰ
ἐφίδρωσεν, ἄκρεα ψυχρά, πελιδνά, πολὺς βλη-
στρισμός, ἀπὸ κοιλίης οὐδὲν διῆλθεν, οὖρα ἐπέστη,
πυρετὸς ὀξύς. ἑβδόμῃ ἄφωνος, ἄκρεα οὐκέτι
ἀνεθερμαίνετο, οὔρησεν οὐδέν. ὀγδόῃ ἵδρωσεν
δι ὅλου ψυχρῷ: ἐξανθήματα μετὰ ἱδρῶτος
ἐρυθρά, στρογγύλα, σμικρὰ οἷον ἴονθοι, παρέμενεν,
οὐ καθίστατο᾽ ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης ἐρεθισμῷ σμικρῷ

1 The word ὑπολάπαρος is often applied to σύντασις or
ἔντασις of the hypochondria. Galen (see Littré on Epidemics
III, Case τι, Vol. Ill, p. 34) says that it means ‘‘ without
bulk,” or ‘‘ without swelling.” This is possible if the word
is etymologically connected with λαπάζω. The translators
are not very precise. Littré has ‘‘ sans beaucoup de réni-
tence,” ‘‘sans tumeur,” ‘sans gonflement,” ‘‘sans grand
gonflement ; » Adams has ‘“‘empty,” ‘‘loose,” ‘‘softish.”
In Epidemics I, Case x11, occurs the phrase preypov) ὑπολά-

188

EPIDEMICS I, case un.

cises at the wrong time he was attacked by fever.
He began by having pains in the loins, with heavi-
ness in the head and tightness of the neck. From
the bowels on the first day there passed copious
discharges of bilious matter, unmixed, frothy, and
highly coloured. Urine black, with a black sediment ;
thirst ; tongue dry; no sleep at night.

Second day. Acute fever, stools more copious,
thinner, frothy; urine black; uncomfortable night ;
slightly out of his mind.

Third day. General exacerbation ; oblong tight-
ness! of the hypochondrium, soft underneath, ex-
tending on both sides to the navel; stools thin,
blackish ; urine turbid, blackish; no sleep at night;
much rambling, laughter, singing; no power of
restraining himself.

Fourth day. Same symptoms.

Fifth day. Stools unmixed, bilious, smooth, greasy ;
urine thin, transparent; lucid intervals.

Sixth day. Slight sweats about the head; extremi-
ties cold and livid; much tossing; nothing passed
from the bowels; urine suppressed ; acute fever.

Seventh day. Speechless; extremities would no
longer get warm ; no urine.

Eighth day. Cold sweat all over; red spots with
sweat, round, small like acne, which persisted with-
out subsiding. From the bowels with slight stimulus

mapos ἐκ τοῦ ἔσω μέρεος, from which it seems that the prefix
ὑπο- means ‘‘underneath,” not ‘‘rather.” ‘‘ Empty under-
neath” seems the primary meaning, and suggests a tightness,
or inflammation, with nothing hard and bulky immediately
beneath the surface to cause the tightness or inflammation.
Perhaps the word also suggests the tenderness often found
in the hypochondria of malaria patients,

189

70

80

ETNIAHMION A

KoTpava λεπτά, ola ἄπεπτα, πολλὰ διήει μετὰ
πόνου" οὔρει μετ᾽ ὀδύνης δακνώδεα" ἄκρεα σμικρὰ
, ¢ ,
ἀνεθερμαίνετο, ὕπνοι NETTOL, κωματώδης, ἄφωνος,
οὖρα λεπτὰ διαφανέα. ἐνάτῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν.
δεκάτῃ ποτὰ οὐκ ἐδέχετο, κωματώδης, ὕπνοι
, Ν ¢ »
λεπτοί ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης ὅμοια, οὔρησεν ἀθρόον
΄ , /
ὑπόπαχυ" κειμένῳ ὑπόστασις κριμνώδης λευκή,
" ΄ὕ ΄ € , > , ,
ἄκρεα πάλιν ψυχρά. ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπέθανεν. ἐξ
rn / fal
ἀρχῆς τούτῳ καὶ διὰ τέλεος πνεῦμα ἀραιόν, μέγα.
/ \
ὑποχονδρίου παλμὸς συνεχής, ἡλικίη ὡς περὶ
ἔτεα εἴκοσιν.
(- “ \ 3
γ΄. Ἡροφῶντι πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἀπὸ κοιλίης ὀλίγα,
͵ὔ 5 γ / \
τεινεσμώδεα κατ᾽ ἀρχάς, μετὰ δὲ λεπτὰ διήει
, c , A 5
χολώδεα, UTocvyva: ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν, οὖρα
μέλανα λεπτά. πέμπτῃ πρωὶ κώφωσις, παρ-
΄ὔ 4 \ > / id /
ωὠξύνθη πάντα, σπλὴν ἐπήρθη, ὑποχονδρίου
7 Sn / ea, aA ,
σύντασις, ἀπὸ κοιλίης ολίγα διῆλθε μέλανα, παρ-
Υ. “ > / τὸ / € La w;
eppovnoev. ἕκτῃ ἐλήρει, ἐς νύκτα ἱδρώς, ψύξις,
παράληρος παρέμενεν. ἑβδόμῃ περιέψυκτο,
διψώδης, παρέκρουσε. νύκτα κατενόει, κατε-
> ΄ / r
κοιμήθη. ὀγδόῃ ἐπύρεσσεν, σπλὴν ἐμειοῦτο,
κατενόει πάντα, ἤλγησεν τὸ πρῶτον κατὰ
a ὡς tee) x” \ ’ :)
βουβῶνα, σπληνὸς κατ᾽ ἴξιν, ἔπειτα δὲ πόνοι ἐς
ἀμφοτέρας κνήμας. νύκτα εὐφόρως, οὖρα εὐχρο-
ώτερα, ὑπόστασιν εἶχε σμικρήν. ἐνάτῃ ἵδρωσεν,

1 T take λεπτός here to mean ‘‘thinner than usual, than
might have been expected,” a meaning it has once or twice in
the Hippocratic Corpus. It might also mean ‘‘ consisting of
small pieces.”” See on Zpidemics III, Case 11 (first series).

190

EPIDEMICS I, cases 11.--Π|.

there came a copious discharge of solid stools, thin,!
as it were unconcocted, painful. Urine painful and
irritating. Extremities grow a little warmer ;
fitful sleep ; coma; speechlessness ; thin, transparent
urine.

Ninth day. Same symptoms.

Tenth day. Took no drink; coma; fitful sleep.
Discharges from the bowels similar; had a copious
discharge of thickish urine, which on standing left
a farinaceous, white deposit ; extremities again cold.

Eleventh day. Death.

From the beginning the breath in this case was
throughout rare and large. Continuous throbbing
of the hypochondrium ; age about twenty years.

Case ΠῚ

Herophon had acute fever; scanty stools with
tenesmus at the beginning, afterwards becoming
thin, bilious and fairly frequent. No sleep; urine
black and thin.

Fifth day. Deafness early in the day; general
exacerbation ; spleen swollen; tension of the hypo-
chondrium ; scanty black stools; delirium.

Sixth day. Wandering talk; at night sweat and
chill; the wandering persisted.

Seventh Day. Chill all over; thirst; out of his
mind. During the night he was rational, and slept.

Eighth day. Fever; spleen lessened; quite
rational; pain at first in the groin, on the side of
the spleen; then the pains extended to both legs.
Night comfortable ; urine of a better colour, with a
slight deposit.

Jinth day. Sweat, crisis, intermission.

IgI

100

110

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

> ΄ / / e t ΕῚ ’,
ἐκρίθη, διέλιπεν. πέμπτῃ ὑπέστρεψεν. αὐτίκα
\ ,
δὲ σπλὴν ἐπήρθη, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, κώφωσις πάλιν"
N \ \ . \ / \ > na
μετὰ δὲ THY ὑποστροφὴν τρίτῃ σπλὴν ἐμειοῦτο,
Ἄ Φ' “ ’ / 4 / “
κώφωσις ἧσσον, σκέλεα ἐπωδύνως" νύκτα ἵδρωσεν.
/ s
ἐκρίθη περὶ ἑπτακαιδεκάτην" οὐδὲ παρέκρουσεν
ἐν τῇ ὑποστροφῇ.
/ > rf
δ. Ἐν Θάσῳ Φιλίνου γυναῖκα θυγατέρα
τεκοῦσαν κατὰ φύσιν καθάρσιος γενομένης καὶ
τὰ ἄλλα κούφως διάγουσαν, τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα-
/ , An A \ , lal ” \
ταίην ἐοῦσαν μετὰ τὸν τόκον, πῦρ ἔλαβε μετὰ
εἰν, fe yA \ » / , \ e
ῥίγεος: Ayer δὲ ἀρχομένη καρδίην καὶ ὑπο-
χόνδριον δεξιόν γυναικείων πόνοι" κάθαρσις
5 / a \ lal \ > /
ἐπαύσατο. προσθεμένῃ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκουφίσθη,
fol : /
κεφαλῆς δὲ καὶ τραχήλου Kal ὀσφύος πόνοι Tap-
ee > ’ rn ” 7 ,
ἔμενον, ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν, ἄκρεα ψυχρά, Sirwdns,
/ / N , i ΄
κοιλίη συνεκαύθη, σμικρὰ διήει, οὐρα λεπτά,
> e /
ἄχρω κατ᾽ ἀρχάς. ἑκταίη ἐς νύκτα παρέκρουσε
\ ,
πολλὰ καὶ πάλιν κατενόει. ἑβδόμῃ διψώδης,
/ ’ , / , ’ /
διαχωρήματα ὀλίγα χολώδεα κατακορέα. ὀγδόῃ
᾽ la \ ’ ͵ \ \ Ἂν
ἐπερρίγωσεν, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, σπασμοὶ πολλοὶ μετὰ
/
πόνου, πολλὰ παρέλεγεν' ἐξανίστατο βάλανον
a Ἂν
προσθεμένη' πολλὰ διῆλθε μετὰ περιρρόου
΄ an 2 “2
xyorwdeos* ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν. ἐνάτῃ σπασμοί.
/
δεκάτῃ σμικρὰ κατενόει. ἑνδεκάτῃ ἐκοιμήθη,
/
πάντων ἀνεμνήσθη, ταχὺ δὲ πάλιν παρέκρουσεν"
192

EPIDEMICS I, cases τπ|.--ἰν.

On the fifth day after the crisis the patient
relapsed. Immediately the spleen swelled; acute
fever; return of deafness. On the third day after
the relapse the spleen grew less and the deafness
diminished, but there was pain in the legs. During
the night he sweated. The crisis was about the
seventeenth day. There was no delirium during
the relapse.

Case IV

In Thasos the wife of Philinus gave birth to a
daughter. The lochial discharge was normal, and
the mother was doing well when on the fourteenth
day after delivery she was seized with fever attended
with rigor, At first she suffered in the stomach
and the right hypochondrium. Pains in the genital
organs. The discharge ceased. By a pessary these
troubles were eased, but pains persisted in the head,
neck and loins. No sleep; extremities cold; thirst ;
bowels burnt; scanty stools; urine thin, and at first
colourless.

Swath day. Much delirium at night, followed by
recovery of reason.

Seventh day. Thirst; stools scanty, bilious, highly
coloured.

Eighth day. Rigor; acute fever; many painful
convulsions; much delirium. The application of a
suppository made her keep going to stool, and
there were copious motions with a bilious flux. No
sleep.

Ninth day. Convulsions.

Tenth day. Lucid intervals.

Eleventh day. Slept; complete recovery of her
memory, followed quickly by renewed delirium.

ey)

120

190

140

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

οὔρει δὲ μετὰ σπασμῶν ἀθρόον πολὺ ὀλιγάκις
ἀναμιμνῃσκόντων παχὺ λευκόν, οἷον γίνεται ἐκ
τῶν καθισταμένων, ὅταν ἀναταραχθῇ" κείμενον
πολὺν χρόνον οὐ καθίστατο χρῶμα καὶ πάχος
ἴκελον οἷον γίνεται ὑποζυγίου. τοιαῦτα οὔρει,
οἷα κἀγὼ εἶδον. περὶ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην ἐούσῃ
παλμὸς δι’ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος, λόγοι πολλοί,
σμικρὰ κατενόει" διὰ ταχέων δὲ πάλιν παρ-
ἔκρουσεν. περὶ δὲ ἑπτακαιδεκάτην ἐοῦσα ἄφωνος.
εἰκοστῇ ἀπέθανε.

ε΄. ᾿Επικράτεος γυναῖκα, ἣ κατέκειτο παρὰ
ἀρχηγέτην, περὶ τόκον ἤδη ἐοῦσαν ῥῖγος ἔλαβεν
ἰσχυρῶς, οὐκ ἐθερμάνθη, ὡς ἔλεγον, καὶ τῇ
ὑστεραίῃ τὰ αὐτά. τρίτῃ δ᾽ ἔτεκεν θυγατέρα
καὶ τἄλλα πάντα κατὰ λόγον ἦλθε. δευτεραίην
μετὰ τὸν τόκον ἔλαβε πυρετὸς ὀξύς, καρδίης
πόνος καὶ γυναικείων. προσθεμένῃ δὲ ταῦτα μὲν
ἐκουφίσθη, κεφαλῆς δὲ καὶ τραχήλου καὶ ὀσφύος
πόνος" ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης ὀλίγα
χολώδεα λεπτὰ διήει ἄκρητα: οὖρα λεπτὰ
ὑπομέλανα. ἀφ᾽ ἧς δὲ ἔλαβε τὸ πῦρ, ἐς νύκτα
ἑκταίη παρέκρουσεν. ἑβδομαίῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη,
ἄγρυπνος, παρέκρουσεν, διψώδης, διαχωρήματα
χολώδεα κατακορέα. ὀγδόῃ ἐπερρίγωσεν καὶ
ἐκοιμήθη πλείω. ἐνάτῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν. δεκάτῃ

17. 6. near the statue of the founder of the city, or near
the temple of the god who presided over the founding of the
city.

194

EPIDEMICS I, casss τν.--ν.

A copious passing of urine with convulsions—her
attendants seldom reminding her—which was white
and thick, like urine with a sediment and then
shaken ; it stood for a long time without forming a
sediment ; colour and consistency like that of the
urine of cattle. Such was the nature of the urine
that I myself saw.

About the fourteenth day there were twitchings
over all the body; much wandering, with lucid
intervals followed quickly by renewed delirium.
About the seventeenth day she became speechless.

Twentieth day. Death,

Case V

The wife of Epicrates, who lay sick near the
founder,’ when near her delivery was seized with
severe rigor without, it was said, becoming warm,
and the same symptoms occurred on the following day.
On the third day she gave birth to a daughter, and
the delivery was in every respect normal. On the
second day after the delivery she was seized with
acute fever, pain at the stomach and in the genitals.
A pessary relieved these symptoms, but there was
pain in the head, neck and loins. No sleep. From
the bowels passed scanty stools, bilious, thin and
unmixed. Urine thin and blackish. Delirium on
the night of the sixth day from the day the fever
began.

Seventh day. All symptoms exacerbated } sleep-
lessness; delirium ; thirst; bilious, highly-coloured
stools.

Eighth day. Rigor; more sleep.

Ninth day. The same symptoms.

195

150

160

170

EIMAHMIQN A

σκέλεα ἐπιπόνως ἤλγει, καρδίης πάλιν ὀδύνη,
καρηβαρίη, οὐ παρέκρουεν, “ἐκοιμᾶτο μᾶλλον,
κοιλίη ἐπέστη. ἑνδεκάτῃ οὔρησεν εὐχροώτερα
συχνὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχοντα διῆγε κουφότερον.
τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἐπερρίγωσεν, πυρετὸς ὀξύς.
πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἤμεσε χολώδεα ξανθὰ ὑ ὑπόσυχνα,
ἴδρωσεν ἄπυρος, ἐς νύκτα δὲ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, οὖρα
πάχος ἔχοντα, ὑπόστασις λευκή. ἑκκαιδεκάτῃ
παρωξύνθη: νύκτα δυσφόρως: οὐχ ὕπνωσεν"
παρέκρουσεν. ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ διψώδης, γλῶσσα
ἐπεκαύθη, οὐχ ὕπνωσεν, παρέκρουσε πολλά,
σκέλεα ἐπωδύνως εἶχεν. περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν πρωὶ
σμικρὰ ἐπερρίγωσεν, κωματώδης, δι’ ἡσυχίης
ὕπνωσεν, ἤμεσε χολώδεα ὀλίγα μέλανα, ἐς νύκτα
κώφωσις. περὶ δὲ πρώτην καὶ εἰκοστὴν πλευροῦ
ἀριστεροῦ βάρος ov ὅλου μετ᾽ ὀδύνης, σμικρὰ
ὑπέβησσεν. οὗρα. δὲ πάχος ἔχοντα, θολερά,
ὑπέρυθρα: κείμενα οὐ καθίστατο: τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα
κουφοτέρως" οὐκ ἄπυρος. αὕτη > ἐξ ἀρχῆς
φάρυγγα ἐπώδυνος" ἔρευθος" κίων ἀνεσπασμένος"
ῥεῦμα δριμύ, δακνῶδες, ἁλμυρῶδες διὰ τέλεος
παρέμενεν. “περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν ἑβδόμην ἄπυρος,
οὔροισιν ὑπόστασις, πλευρὸν ὑπήλγει. περὶ δὲ
πρώτην καὶ τριακοστὴν πῦρ ἔλαβεν, κοιλίη
χολώδεσιν ἐπεταράχθη. τεσσαρακοστῇ ἤμεσεν
ὀλίγα χολώδεα. ἐκρίθη τελέως ἄπυρος ὀγδοη-
κοστῇ.

ς΄. Κλεανακτίδην, ὃς κατέκειτο ἐπάνω τοῦ
Ἡρακλείου, πῦρ ἔλαβε πεπλανημένως" ἤλχγει δὲ

1 For αὕτη Littré reads αὖθις (with a colon) and deletes the
stop at ἄπυρος.

196

EPIDEMICS I, cases ν.--νι.

Tenth day. Severe pains in the legs; pain again
at the stomach ; heaviness in the head; no delirium ;
more sleep; constipation.

Eleventh day. Urine of better colour, with a
thick deposit ; was easier.

Fourteenth day. Rigor; acute fever.

Fifteenth day. Vomited fairly frequently bilious,
yellow vomit; sweated without fever; at night, how-
ever, acute fever ; urine thick, with a white sediment.

Stateenth day. Exacerbation; an uncomfortable
night; no sleep; delirium.

Eighteenth day. Thirst; tongue parched; no
sleep; much delirium ; pain in the legs.

About the twentieth day. Slight rigors in the
early morning; coma; quiet sleep; scanty, bilious,
black vomits; deafness at night.

About the twenty-first day. Heaviness all over
the left side, with pain; slight coughing; urine
thick, turbid, reddish, no sediment on standing.
In other respects easier; no fever. From the
beginning she had pain in the throat ; redness ; uvula
drawn back; throughout there persisted an acrid
flux, smarting, and salt.

About the twenty-seventh day. No fever; sedi-
ment in urine; some pain in the side.

About the thirty-first day. Attacked by fever;
bowels disordered and bilious.

Fortieth day. Scanty, bilious vomits.

Eightteth day. Complete crisis with cessation ot
fever.

Case VI

Cleanactides, who lay sick above the temple of
Heracles, was seized by an irregular fever. He had

197

180

190

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν A

Ν > > “ \ \ > / \
κεφαλὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ πλευρὸν ἀριστερόν, Kal
lal , ΄
τῶν ἄλλων πόνοι κοπιώδεα τρόπον: οἱ πυρετοὶ
/ ’ / ar
παροξυνόμενοι ἄλλοτ᾽ ἀλλοίως, ἀτάκτως" ἱδρῶτες
ω ΄ “ ἊΣ » \ -
ὅτε μέν, ὅτε δ᾽ οὔ τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ἐπεσήμαινον
οἱ παροξυσμοὶ ἐν κρισίμοις μάλιστα. περὶ δὲ
“ la
εἰκοστὴν τετάρτην χεῖρας ἄκρας ἐπόνησεν, ἷ
” , 7, ny Me eZ
ἤμεσε χολώδεα ξανθά, ὑπόσυχνα, μετ᾽ ὀλίγον
’ ΄ /
δὲ ἰώδεα: πάντων ἐκουφίσθη. περὶ δὲ τρια-
κοστὴν ἐόντι ἤρξατο ἀπὸ ῥινῶν αἱμορραγεῖν ἐξ
ἀμφοτέρων καὶ ταῦτα πεπλανημένως KAT ὀλίγον
72 7 > > f Oe ὃ γὃ ἈΝ
μέχρι κρίσιος: οὐκ ἀπόσιτος οὐδὲ διψώδης παρὰ
Ν ΄ ,’ 7
πάντα τὸν χρόνον οὐδ᾽ ἄγρυπνος" οὖρα δὲ λεπτά,
5) \
οὐκ ἄχρω. περὶ δὲ τεσσαρακοστὴν ἐὼν οὔρησεν
ig , e [4 \ > \ Μ
ὑπέρυθρα ὑπόστασιν πολλὴν ἐρυθρὴν ἔχοντα"
> / \ \ /- Ἂν lat ”
ἐκουφίσθη. μετὰ δὲ ποικίλως τὰ τῶν οὔρων"
“ Ι ? an
ὅτε μὲν ὑπόστασιν εἶχεν, ὅτε δ᾽ οὔ. ἑξηκοστῇ
” t / \ \ \ \ /
οὐὔὐροισιν vTooTacls πολλὴ καὶ λευκὴ καὶ λείη,
συνέδωκε πάντα, πυρετοὶ διελιίπον, οὖρα δὲ πάλιν
\ / 5» / lol ΄
λεπτὰ μέν, εὔχρω δέ. ἑβδομηκοστῇ πυρετός,
/ > A
διέλειπεν3 ἡμέρας δέκα. ὀγδοηκοστῇ ἐρρίγωσε,
πυρετὸς ὀξὺς ἔλαβεν ἵδρωσεν πολλῷ" οὔροισιν
id / ’ / , / >’ /
ὑπόστασις ἐρυθρή, λείη. τελέως ἐκρίθη.
ζ΄. Μέτωνα πῦρ ἔλαβεν, ὀσφύος βάρος ἐπώ-
/ ε ,
δυνον. δευτέρῃ ὕδωρ πιόντι ὑπόσυχνον ἀπὸ
an fol ’ὔ na
κοιλίης καλῶς διῆλθε. τρίτῃ κεφαλῆς βάρος, δια-
χωρήματα λεπτά, χολώδεα, ὑπέρυθρα. τετάρτῃ
1 For ἐπόνησεν V has ἐψύχετο.
2 For διέλειπεν V has διέλιπεν.

198

EPIDEMICS I, cases vi.—vu.

at the beginning pains in the head and the left side,
and in the other parts pains like those caused by
fatigue. The exacerbations of the fever were varied
and irregular; sometimes there were sweats, some.
times there were not. Generally the exacerbations
manifested themselves most on the critical days.

About the twenty-fourth day. Pain in the hands;
bilious, yellow vomits, fairly frequent, becoming after
a while like verdigris; general relief.

About the thirtieth day. Epistaxis from both
nostrils began, and continued, irregular and slight,
until the crisis. All the time he suffered no thirst,
nor lack of appetite or sleep. Urine thin, and not
colourless,

About the fortieth day. Urine reddish, and with
an abundant, red deposit. Was eased. Afterwards
the urine varied, sometimes having, sometimes not
having, a sediment.

Stxtieth day. Urine had an abundant sediment,
white and smooth; general improvement; fever
intermitted ; urine again thin but of good colour.

Seventieth day. Fever, which intermitted for
ten days.

Eightieth day. Rigor; attacked by acute fever;
much sweat; in the urine a red, smooth sediment.
A complete crisis.

Case VII

Meton was seized with fever, and painful heaviness
in the loins.

Second day. After a fairly copious draught of
water had his bowels well moved.

Third day. UHeaviness in the head; stools thin,
bilious, rather red.

199

200

210

220

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

/ 4 5 4 » Ν fa) \ ,
πάντα παρωξύνθη, ἐρρύη ἀπὸ δεξιοῦ δὶς κατ
ὀλίγον. νύκτα δυσφόρως, διαχωρήματα ὅμοια
τῇ τρίτῃ, οὖρα ὑπομέλανα: εἶχεν ἐναιώρημα
ὑπόμελαν ἐόν, διεσπασμένον: οὐχ ἱδρύετο.
πέμπτῃ ἐρρύη λάβρον ἐξ ἀριστεροῦ ἄκρητον,

fe ,
ἵδρωσεν, ἐκρίθη. μετὰ κρίσιν ἄγρυπνος, παρ-
έλεγεν, οὖρα λεπτὰ ὑπομέλανα. δλουτροῖσιν
ἐχρήσατο κατὰ κεφαλῆς, ἐκοιμήθη, κατενόει.

/ > (2 / > ae E. / /
τούτῳ οὐχ ὑπέστρεψεν, ἀλλ᾿ ῃμορράγει πολλάκις
μετὰ κρίσιν.

aS A ” \ , ΄,

η΄. ᾿Πρασῖνος ὠκει παρὰ Βοώτεω χαράδρην.
πῦρ ἔλαβεν μετὰ δεῖπνον, νύκτα ταραχώδης.
e ΄ ?
ἡμέρην τὴν πρώτην SL ἡσυχίης, νύκτα ἐπιπόνως.
δευτέρῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη, ἐς νύκτα παρέκρουσε.

, \
τρίτῃ ἐπιπόνως, πολλὰ παρέκρουσε. τετάρτῃ
, 5 \ \ ‘ 9 \ > /

δυσφορώτατα" ἐς δὲ τὴν νύκτα οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη"
ἐνύπνια καὶ λογισμοί: 1 ἔπειτα χείρω, μεγάλα

,
Kal ἐπίκαιρα, φόβος, δυσφορίη. πέμπτῃ πρωὶ

/ \
KATNPTNTO κατενόει πάντα" πολὺ δὲ πρὸ μέσου
ἡμέρης ἐξεμάνη, κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο, ἄκρεα
ψυχρὰ ὑποπέλια, οὖρα ἐπέστη" 5 ἀπέθανε περὶ
ἡλίου δυσμάς. τούτῳ πυρετοὶ διὰ τέλεος σὺν
e 4 ς / / ,
ἱδρῶτι, ὑποχόνδρια μετέωρα, σύντασις MET ὀδύνης"
οὖρα μέλανα ἔχοντα ἐναιωρήματα στρογγύλα"
> e / > Ν Ν if / / /
οὐχ ἱδρύετο' ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης κόπρανα Sine Siva

1 For λογισμοί Kihlewein suggests λόγοι πολλοί. The
meaning must be delirium, and there is no instance of
λογισμοί in this sense.

2

2 ἐπέστη D: ὑπέστη A: ἀπέστη V.

200

EPIDEMICS I, cases vit.—vi.

Fourth day. General exacerbation ; slight epistaxis
twice from the right nostril. An uncomfortable
night; stools as on the third day; urine rather
black; had a rather black cloud floating in it, spread
out, which did not settle.

Fifth day. Violent epistaxis of unmixed blood
from the left nostril; sweat; crisis. After the crisis
sleeplessness; wandering; urine thin and rather
black. His head was bathed; sleep; reason re-
stored. The patient suffered no relapse, but after
the crisis bled several times from the nose.

Case VIII

Erasinus lived by the gully of Bodtes. Was seized
with fever after supper; a troubled night.

First day. Quiet, but the night was painful.

Second day. General exacerbation; delirium at
night.

Third day. Pain and much delirium.

Fourth day. Very uncomfortable; no sleep at
night; dreams and wandering. Then worse
symptoms, of a striking and significant character ;
fear and discomfort.

Fifth day. Early in the morning was composed,
and in complete possession of his senses. But long
before mid-day was madly delirious; could not
restrain himself; extremities cold and rather livid ;
urine suppressed ; died about sunset.

In this patient the fever was throughout accom-
panied by sweat; the hypochondria were swollen,
distended and painful. Urine black, with round,
suspended particles which did not settle. There
were solid discharges from the bowels. Thirst

201

230

240

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ A

Ν / , a
διὰ τέλεος οὐ λίην: σπασμοὶ πολλοὶ σὺν ἱδρῶτι
περὶ θάνατον.

θ΄. Κρίτων. ἐν Θάσῳ ποδὸς ὀδύνη ἤρξατο
2 \ > x 4 aA / ’ ΄
ἰσχυρὴ ἀπὸ δακτύλου τοῦ μεγάλου ὀρθοστάδην

,
περιιόντι. κατεκλίνη αὐθημερόν, φρικώδης,
΄ \
ἀσώδης, σμικρὰ ὑποθερμαινόμενος, ἐς νύκτα
t ὃ / ” eG? fa
παρεφρόνησεν. δευτέρῃ οἴδημα δι’ ὅλου τοῦ
Ν \ \ Ν
ποδὸς καὶ περὶ σφυρὸν ὑπέρυθρον μετὰ συντάσιος,
/ \
φλυκταινίδια μέλανα, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἐξεμάνη: ἀπὸ
/ a / / ,
δὲ κοιλίης ἄκρητα, χολώδεα, ὑπόσυχνα. ἀπέθανεν
ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς δευτεραῖος.
\ 7 a
ι. Tov Κλαξζομένιον, ὃς κατέκειτο παρὰ τὸ
/ / a Yj
Φρυνιχίδεω φρέαρ, πῦρ ἔλαβε. ἤλγει δὲ κεφαλήν,

, ᾽ A 3 ᾽ aA . 7 \ ΄
τράχηλον, ὀσφῦν ἐξ ἀρχῆς, αὐτίκα δὲ κώφωσις"
“ > re sin \ 2 \ ” ς
ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν, πυρετὸς ὀξὺς ἔλαβεν, ὑπο-
χόνδριον ἐπῆρτο μετ᾽ ὄγκου οὐ λίην, σύντασις,

lal /
γλῶσσα ξηρή. τετάρτῃ ἐς νύκτα παρεφρόνει.

/ © /
πέμπτῃ ἐπιπόνως. ἕκτῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη.
περὶ δὲ ἑνδεκάτην σμικρὰ συνέδωκεν. ἀπὸ δὲ
7 et ὦ a
κοιλίης aT ἀρχῆς Kal μέχρι τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης
λεπτά, πολλά, ὑδατόχολα 3 διήει: εὐφόρως τὰ
περὶ διαχώρησιν διῆγεν. ἔπειτα κοιλίη ἐπέστη.

4 \ I \ , > / \ \
οὖρα διὰ τέλεος λεπτὰ μέν, εὔχρω δέ' καὶ πολὺ
εἶχεν ἐναιώρημα ὑποδιεσπασμένον" οὐχ ἱδρύετο.
περὶ δὲ ἕκτην καὶ δεκάτην οὔρησεν ὀλίγῳ παχύ-

\ ΄
τερα' εἶχε σμικρὴν ὑπόστασιν" ἐκούφισεν ὀλίγῳ"

1 ὑδατόχολα most MSS.: ὑδατόχροα V.
202

EPIDEMICS I, cases vit.—x.

throughout not very great. Many convulsions with
sweating about the time of death,

Case IX

Crito, in Thasos, while walking about, was seized
with a violent pain inthe greattoe. He took to bed
the same day with shivering and nausea; regained
a little warmth ; at night was delirious.

Second day. Swelling of the whole foot, which
was rather red about the ankle, and distended ;
black blisters; acute fever; mad delirium. Alvine
discharges unmixed, bilious and rather frequent.

He died on the second day from the commencement.

Case Χ

The man of Clazomenae, who lay sick by the well
of Phrynichides, was seized with fever. Pain at the
beginning in head, neck and loins, followed immedi-
ately by deafness. No sleep; seized with acute
fever ; hypochondrium swollen, but not very much;
distension ; tongue dry.

Fourth day. Delirium at night.

Fifth day, Painful.

Stvth day. All symptoms exacerbated.

About the eleventh day slight improvement.
From the beginning to the fourteenth day there
were from the bowels thin discharges, copious, of
a watery biliousness; they were well supported by
the patient. Then the bowels were constipated.
Urine throughout thin, but of good colour. It had
much cloud spread through it, which did not
settle in a sediment. About the sixteenth day the
urine was a little thicker, and had a slight sediment.

203

250

260

270

EIMNAHMION A

/ an
κατενόει μᾶλλον. ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ πάλιν λεπτά,
\ \ \ > ’ / 2 ΄ \ 3 ΄
παρὰ δὲ τὰ ὦτα ἀμφότερα ἐπήρθη σὺν ὀδύνῃ"
ὕπνοι οὐκ ἐνῆσαν, παρελήρει, σκέλεα ἐπωδύνως
3 > “ Yd ,
εἶχεν. εἰκοστῇ ἄπυρος ἐκρίθη, οὐχ ἵδρωσε,
πάντα κατενόει. περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν ἑβδόμην
’ / fal lal
ἰσχίου ὀδύνη δεξιοῦ ἰσχυρῶς: διὰ ταχέων
΄ \ > ,
ἐπαύσατο. τὰ δὲ παρὰ τὰ ὦτα οὔτε καθίστατο
/ Vi / \ ΄ \
οὔτε ἐξεπύει, Ayer δέ. περὶ πρώτην Kal τριη-
κοστὴν διάρροια πολλοῖσιν ὑδατώδεσιν μετὰ
δυσεντεριωδέων: οὖρα παχέα οὔρει: κατέστη τὰ
\ \ ΟΣ Ka 9s ysl \ \
παρὰ τὰ ὦτα. τεσσαρακοστῇ ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιὸν
> / [4 /
ἤλγει, ἀμβλύτερον ἑώρα" κατέστη.
r / a
ια΄. Τὴν Δρομεάδεω γυναῖκα θυγατέρα τεκοῦσαν
ω ” if \ Ἧ
καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντων γενομένων κατὰ λόγον
/ na “-“ \ 5
δευτεραίην ἐοῦσαν ῥῖγος ἔλαβεν" πυρετὸς ὀξύς.
\ a an \ ig ,
ἤρξατο δὲ πονεῖν τῇ πρώτῃ περὶ ὑποχόνδριον᾽
> ,ὔ , > A \ \ > /
ἀσώδης, φρικώδης, ἀλύουσα Kal Tas ἐχομένας
¢ lal ji / ,
οὐχ ὕπνωσε. πνεῦμα ἀραιόν, μέγα, αὐτίκα
, / \
ἀνεσπασμένον. δευτέρῃ ad’ ἧς ἐρρίγωσεν, ἀπὸ
», n lel 5
κοιλίης καλῶς κόπρανα διῆλθεν: οὖρα παχέα,
λευκώ, θολερά, οἷα γίνεται ἐκ τῶν καθισταμένων,
ὅταν avatapayOn κείμενα χρόνον πολύν οὐ
,ὔ /
καθίστατο. νύκτα οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη. τρίτῃ περὶ
, \ > /
μέσον ἡμέρης ἐπερρίγωσε, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ovpa
ὅμοια, ὑποχονδρίου πόνος, ἀσώδης, νύκτα δυσ-
, > 3 7 ied 5 “ a
Popws, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη: ἵδρωσε δι ὅλου ψυχρῷ,
ταχὺ δὲ πάλιν ἀνεθερμάνθη. τετάρτῃ περὶ ὑπο-

1 As we might say, ‘‘ with a catch in it.”

204

EPIDEMICS I, cases x.—x1.

The patient became a little easier, and was more
rational.

Seventeenth day. Urine thin again ; painful swell-
ings by both ears. No sleep; wandering; pain in
the legs.

Twentieth day. A crisis left the patient free
from fever; no sweating; quite rational. About
the twenty-seventh day violent pain in the right
hip, which quickly ceased. The swellings by the
ears neither subsided nor suppurated, but continued
painful. About the thirty-first day diarrhoea with
copious, watery discharges and signs of dysentery.
Urine thick ; the swellings by the ears subsided.

Fortieth day. Pain in the right eye; sight rather
impaired ; recovery.

CasE XI

The wife of Dromeades, after giving birth to a
daughter, when everything had gone normally, on
the second day was seized with rigor; acute fever.
On the first day she began to feel pain in the region
of the hypochondrium ; nausea; shivering; restless ;
and on the following days did not sleep. Respiration
rare, large, interrupted at once as by an inspiration.

Second day from rigor, Healthy action of the
bowels. Urine thick, white, turbid, like urine
which has settled, stood a long time, and then
been stirred up. It did not settle. No sleep at
night.

Third day. At about mid-day rigor; acute fever ;
urine similar; pain in the hypochondrium ; nausea ;
an uncomfortable night without sleep; a cold sweat
all over the body, but the patient quickly recovered
heat.

205

280

290

900

ΕΠΙΠΔΉΜΙΩΝ A

χόνδριον σμικρὰ ἐκουφίσθη, κεφαλῆς δὲ βάρος
μετ᾽ ὀδύνης" ὑπεκαρώθη:" σμικρὰ ἀπὸ ῥινῶν ἔσταξε"
lal » / 5 ΄ 3 \ \
γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος" διψώδης: οὖρα σμικρὰ λεπτὰ
5 , \ > Vf / ,
ἐλαιώδεα: σμικρὰ ἐκοιμήθη. πέμπτῃ διψώδης,
» (4 4 ef > \ / > / \ \
ἀσώδης, οὖρα ὅμοια, ἀπὸ κοιλίης οὐδέν, περὶ δὲ
μέσον ἡμέρης πολλὰ παρέκρουσε καὶ πάλιν ταχὺ
σμικρὰ κατενόει: ἀνισταμένη ὑπεκαρώθη, ψύξις
σμικρά, νυκτὸς ἐκοιμήθη, παρέκρουσεν. ἕκτῃ
πρωὶ ἐπερρίγωσεν, ταχὺ διεθερμάνθη, ἵδρωσε bv
ὅλου: ἄκρεα ψυχρά, παρέκρουσεν, πνεῦμα μέγα,
ἀραιόν" μετ᾽ ὀλίγον σπασμοὶ ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἤρξαντο,
ταχὺ ἀπέθανεν.
ι΄. "Ανθρωπος θερμαινόμενος ἐδείπνησεν καὶ
ἔπιε πλέον. ἤμεσε πάντα νυκτός, πυρετὸς ὀξύς,
c / a / WK /
ὑποχονδρίου δεξιοῦ πόνος, φλεγμονὴ ὑπολάπαρος
ἐκ τοῦ ἔσω μέρεος, νύκτα δυσφόρως" οὖρα δὲ κατ᾽
ἀρχὰς πάχος ἔχοντα, ἐρυθρά: κείμενα οὐ καθί-
στατο' γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, οὐ λίην διψώδης.
τετάρτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, πόνοι πάντων. πέμπτῃ
ΕΣ “ 9 “-“ “ Ν 5 ΄ A
οὔρησε λεῖον ἐλαιῶδες πολύ: πυρετὸς ὀξύς. ἕκτῃ
δείλης πολλὰ παρέκρουσεν. οὐδὲ νύκτα ἐκοιμήθη.
€ , ΄ / 3 “ /
ἑβδόμῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη: οὖρα ὅμοια, λόγοι
’ὔ 4 > > / >? \ \ /
TOXAOL, κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο: ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης
> a e \ , fol \ > yi
ἐρεθισμῷ ὑγρὰ ταραχώδεα διῆλθεν μετὰ ἐλμίγ-
γων. νύκτα ἐπιπόνως, πρωὶ δ᾽ ἐρρίγωσε. πυρετὸς
» / “ a ” ” / >
ὀξύς, ἵδρωσε θερμῷ, ἄπυρος ἔδοξε γενέσθαι" ov

1 See note, p. 188,
206

EPIDEMICS I, cases x1.—x11.

Fourth day. Slight relief of the pains about the
hypochondrium ; painful heaviness of the head;
somewhat comatose ; slight epistaxis; tongue dry;
thirst ; scanty urine, thin and oily; snatches of sleep.

Fifth day. Thirst; nausea; urine similar; no
movement of the bowels; about mid-day much
delirium, followed quickly by lucid intervals ; rose,
but grew somewhat comatose; slight chilliness ;
slept at night; was delirious.

Sixth day. In the morning had a rigor; quickly
recovered heat ; sweated all over; extremities cold ;
was delirious ; respiration large and rare. After a
while convulsions began from the head, quickly
followed by death.

Case XII

A man dined when hot and drank too much.
During the night he vomited everything; acute
fever; pain in the right hypochondrium ; inflam-
mation, soft underneath, from the inner part!; an
uncomfortable night; urine at the first thick and
red; on standing it did not settle ; tongue dry; no
great thirst.

Fourth day. Acute fever; pains all over.

Fifth day. Passed much smooth, oily urine ;
acute fever.

Siath day. In the afternoon much delirium. No
sleep at night.

Seventh day. General exacerbation ; urine similar ;
much rambling; could not restrain himself; on
stimulation the bowels passed watery, disturbed
discharges, with worms. An uncomfortable night,
with rigor in the morning. Acute fever. Hot
sweat, and the patient seemed to lose his fever:

207

310

320

ETMAHMION A

πολὺ ἐκοιμήθη, ἐξ ὕπνου ψύξις: πτυαλισμός.
7, \ / 5 ’ / Ν BA
δείλης πολλὰ παρέκρουσε, μετ᾽ ὀλίγον δὲ ἤμεσε
μέλανα, ὀλίγα, χολώδεα. ἐνάτῃ ψύξις, παρελήρει
te 5 cf 4 ΄ ’ /

πολλὰ, οὐχ ὕπνωσεν. δεκάτῃ σκέλεα ἐπωδύνως,
πάντα παρωξύνθη, παρελήρει. ἑνδεκάτῃ ἀπέ-
θανεν.

͵ a a ͵, ᾽ > a ,

uy’. Γυναῖκα, ἣ κατέκειτο ἐν ἀκτῇ, τρίμηνον
πρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχουσαν πῦρ ἔλαβεν: αὐτίκα δὲ
ἤρξατο πονεῖν ὀσφῦν. τρίτῃ πόνος τραχήλου
καὶ κεφαλῆς καὶ κατὰ κληΐϊδα 5" δεξιήν: διὰ
ταχέων δὲ γχῶσσα ἠφώνει, δεξιὴ χεὶρ παρελύθη
μετὰ σπασμοῦ παραπληγικὸν τρόπον, παρελήρει
πάντα. νύκτα δυσφόρως, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη, κοιλίη
΄ / /

ἐπεταράχθη χολώδεσιν ἀκρήτοισιν ὀλίγοισιν.

΄ a > \ 5 > 4 ,
TeTapTH γλῶσσα ἀσαφὴς ἣν, ἐλύθη, σπασμοί:
πόνοι τῶν αὐτῶν παρέμενον, κατὰ ὑποχόνδριον
ἔπαρμα σὺν ὀδύνῃ, οὐκ ἐκοιμᾶτο, παρέκρουσε
πάντα, κοιλίη ταραχώδης, οὖρα λεπτά, οὐκ εὔχρω.

?

πέμπτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ὑποχονδρίου πόνος, παρ-
έκρουε πάντα, διαχωρήματα χολώδεα. ἐς νύκτα
ἴδρωσεν, ἄπυρος. ἕκτῃ κατενόει, πάντα ἐκουφίσθη,
περὶ δὲ κληῖδα ἀριστερὴν πόνος παρέμενε"
διψώδης, οὖρα λεπτά, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη. ἑβδόμῃ
τρόμος, ὑπεκαρώθη, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσεν, ἀλγή-
ματα κατὰ κληῖδα καὶ βραχίονα ἀριστερὸν

\ be STA J ΄ ,
παρέμενε, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα διεκούφισεν, πάντα κατενόει.

1 καὶ added by Blass.
2 After κληῖδα the MSS. add χεῖρα. It is deleted by
Kihlewein.

208

EPIDEMICS I, cases xu.—xiu.

little sleep, followed by chilliness; expectoration.
In the evening much delirium, and shortly after-
wards he vomited black, scanty, bilious vomits.
Ninth day. Chill; much wandering ; no sleep.
Tenth day. Legs painful; general exacerbation ;
wandering.

Eleventh day. Death.

Crises NUIT

A woman lying sick by the shore, who was three
months gone with child, was seized with fever, and
immediately began to feel pains in the loins.

Third day. Pan in the neck and in the head,
and in the region of the right collar-bone. Quickly
she lost her power of speech, the right arm was
paralyzed, with a convulsion, after the manner of
a stroke ; completely delirious. An uncomfortable
night, without sleep ; bowels disordered with bilious,
unmixed, scanty stools.

Fourth day. Her speech was recovered, but was
indistinct ; convulsions; pains of the same _ parts
remained ; painful swelling in the hypochondrium ;
no sleep; utter delirium ; bowels disordered ; urine
thin, and not of good colour.

Fifth day. Acute fever; pain in the hypochon-
drium ; utter delirium; bilious stools. At night
sweated ; was without fever.

Sixth day. Rational; general relief, but pain
remained about the left collar- bone ; thirst ; urine
thin ; no sleep.

Seventh day. Trembling; some coma; slight
delirium; pains in the region of the collar-bone
and left upper arm remained; other symptoms

209

390

340

344

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν A

ar / a € / i¢ / b]
τρεῖς διέλιπεν ἄπυρος. ἑνδεκάτῃ ὑπέστρεψεν, ἐπερ-
la fa) 7 \ δὲ ὃ “
ρίγωσεν, πῦρ ἔλαβεν. περὶ δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκά-
τὴν ἤμεσε χολώδεα ξανθὰ ὑπόσυχνα, ἵδρωσεν"
ἄπυρος ἐκρίθη.

ἃ A 7 .

ιδ΄, Μελιδίῃ, ἣ κατέκειτο παρὰ “Ἥρης ἱρόν,
ἤρξατο κεφαλῆς καὶ τραχήλου καὶ στήθεος πόνος
> , ὝΕΣ ᾿ SIO eo ΒΝ . A
ἰσχυρός" αὐτίκα δὲ πυρετὸς ὀξὺς ἔλαβεν" γυναικεῖα

/ ΄
δὲ σμικρὰ ἐπεφαίνετο: πόνοι τούτων πάντων
77 “ ΄ » UA ,

συνεχέες. ἕκτῃ κωματώδης, ἀσώδης, φρικώδης,
» / ’ \ 4 \ / ε /
ἐρύθημα ἐπὶ γνάθων, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσεν. ἑβδόμῃ
ἵδρωσε, πυρετὸς διέλιπεν, οἱ πόνοι παρέμενον,
ἘΞ “ γ᾽ 5 \ “
ὑπέστρεψεν, ὕπνοι σμικροί οὖρα διὰ τέλεος
” L \ hes ΄ ΄
εὔχρω μέν, λεπτὰ δέ' διαχωρήματα λεπτά,
χολώδεα, δακνώδεα, ὀλίγα, μέλανα, δυσώδεα
διῆλθεν, οὔροις ὑπόστασις λευκή, λείη" ἵδρωσεν.

ἐκρίθη τελέως ἑνδεκάτῃ.

210

EPIDEMICS I, cases ΧΙΠΠ.-ΧΙν.

relieved ; quite rational. For three days there
was an intermission of fever.

Eleventh day. Relapse ; rigor ; attack of fever.
But about the fourteenth day the patient vomited
bilious, yellow matter fairly frequently; sweated ;
a crisis took off the fever.

Case XIV
Melidia, who lay sick by the temple of Hera,

began to suffer violent pain in the head, neck and
chest. Immediately she was attacked by acute
fever, and there followed a slight menstrual flow.
There were continuous pains in all these parts.

Sith day. Coma; nausea; shivering; flushed
cheeks; slight delirium.

Seventh day. Sweat; intermittence of fever; the
pains persisted ; relapse; snatches of sleep; urine
throughout of good colour but thin; stools thin,
bilious, irritating, scanty, black and of bad odour ;
sediment in the urine white and smooth; sweating.

Eleventh day. Perfect crisis.

211

EPIDEMICS ΠῚ
THE CHARACTERS

Some MSS., the most important being V, have
certain characters at the end of the medical histories
in Book III of the Epidemics. These characters were
known to Galen, who wrote, or contemplated writing,
a treatise about them. There is no doubt, therefore,
that they are ancient; Galen indeed in his com-
mentary tells us that his predecessors had been much
exercised over them. Zeuxis, he says, had written
a history of them in which they were traced back
to Mnemon, who either added them to a manuscript
in the Library at Alexandria or else brought to the
Library a copy with the characters inserted.

These characters are of no real value for the inter-
pretation of the text, but they bear witness to the
interest taken in the ‘“ medical histories”’ from very
early times. Somebody or other invented a short-
hand script in order to summarize these histories, or
rather the main teaching of them. For some reason
they were only applied to the histories of the third
book, and Galen says that the older manuscripts
of his time had no characters inserted until the
seventh case (woman with angina).

Galen gives the following explanation of the
characters :-—

e a Ν τα ε μὴ, ε ΄ \ Ν ,
Ἠγεῖται μὲν οὖν, ὡς ἔφην, ἁπάντων τὸ τὴν διάμετρον
“ % “
γραμμὴν ἔχον I, σημαῖνον ἀεὶ τὸ πιθανόν. τελευταῖον δ᾽

212

THE CHARACTERS

ἤτοι τὸ Y γράμμα φαίνεται “γεγραμμένον ἢ τὸ Θ, τὸ “μὲν
ὑγείαν, τὸ δὲ θάνατον σημαῖνον. ἔμπροσθεν δ᾽ αὐτῶν ὁ
τῶν ἡμερῶν ἀριθμός, ἐν αἷς ἐνόσησεν ἢ ἀπέθανεν ὃ κάμνων.
ε Ν > “ ‘\ ΄ὔ “ Ψ ΄ 3
οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ τούτων χαρακτῆρες ἅπαντες μέν εἶσι
διὰ τῶν γραμμάτων, ἃ σημαίνει τὰ στοιχεῖα τῆς φωνῆς
Ν A 4 > / / / Ν ΄,
πλὴν τοῦ κάτωθεν ἀπεστιγμένου δέλτα. τίνα δὲ διάνοιαν
r > lol .
ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἔχει, δηλώσω. μεμνημένων οὖν ἡμῶν, ὅτι
τὰ πρὸ τοῦ τελευταίου τῶν χαρακτήρων, ὑφ᾽ οὗ θάνατον ἢ
ὑγείαν ἔφαμεν δηλοῦσθαι, γεγραμμένα τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν
ἡμερῶν σημαίνει, περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσα μεταξὺ τούτων τε
καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς γέγραπται, ποιήσομαι τὸν λόγον. τὸ μὲν
A δηλοῖ ἀποφθοράν, ἀπώλειαν, τὸ δὲ Τ' γονοειδὲς οὖρον,
τὸ δ᾽ ἀπεστιγμέιον, οἷάπερ ἔστιν ἃ κάτωθεν ἔχει, τρόπῳ
cal >
τοιῷδε γεγραμμένον A διαχωρούμενα δι᾿ ἱδρώτων καὶ διά,-
ροιαν καὶ διαφόρησιν 2 καὶ συνελόντι φάναι κένωσιν ἧντι-
~ ,ὔ , A Ν 9 ΄ὔ 7 Ν Ν
ναοῦν σημαίνειν βούλονται, τὸ δὲ E ἐποχήν, ἕδραν, τὸ δὲ
Z ζήτημα, τὸ δὲ Θ θάνατον, ὡς προείρηται, τὸ δὲ I ἱδρῶτα
UU fee ? ᾿
Ν ΩΝ / BS Ἂς ’, ‘ Ν 4
τὸ δὲ K κρίσιν ἢ κοιλιακὴν διάθεσιν, τὸ δὲ Μ μανίαν ἢ
,, Ν Ν evs Ν / Ν Ν ‘
μήτραν, τὸ δὲ N νεότητα καὶ νέκρωσιν, τὸ δὲ Ξ ξανθὴν
χολὴν καὶ ξένον τι καὶ σπάνιον καὶ ξυσμὸν καὶ ξηρότητα,
Ν Ν 9 x = μὲ , 9 3 ΄
τὸ δὲ Ο ὀδύνας ἢ οὖρον---ἔνιοι δέ φασιν, ὅταν ἐπικείμενον
ΕΣ ει Ν ΄ ΄ τ > > ΄ ΄
ἄνωθεν ἔχῃ τὸ Ὗ, τότε σημαίνειν τὸ οὖρον αὐτό, γραφό-
ἘΠΕ τον Ag , Ν ΡΝ a Ἂ
μενον ὡς εἰώθασι τὸ οὕτως γράφειν---, τὸ δὲ Π πλῆθος ἢ
πτύελον ἢ πυρὸν ὃ ἢ πυρετὸν ἢ πνεύμονος πάθος, τὸ [II] δ᾽
ἐν αὑτῷ μέσον ἔχον τὸ I, καθότι προείρηται, τὸ πιθανὸν
δηλοῖ, τὸ δὲ P ῥύσιν ἢ ῥῖγος, τὸ δὲ Φ φρενῖτιν ἢ φθίσιν,
ω) aA
τὸ δὲ & σπασμὸν ἢ στομάχου κάκωσιν ἢ “στόματος, τὸ δὲ
T τόκον, τὸ δὲ Y ὑγείαν ἢ ὑποχόνδριον, τὸ δὲ Χ χολὴν ἢ
χολῶδες, τὸ δὲ Ψ ψύξιν, τὸ δὲ QO ὠμότητα.

Kiihn XVII, A 611-613.

1 This sentence is evidently corrupt.
2 Littré would read διαχώρησιν.
3 Littré would read πυρρόν.

214

THE CHARACTERS

Now the first character, as I said, is always the
letter II with the intersecting line, meaning in all
cases “probable.” At the end we see written either
Y or ©, meaning “recovery”? and “death” re-
spectively. Before them is the number of the days
at the end of which the patient recovered or died.
The characters in the middle are in all cases (except
the delta with a mark below it) the letters indicating
the elements of the word.! I will now state the
meaning of each. Remember that the last character
was said to signify recovery or death, and the last
but one the number of the days, and [ will now give
a list of the others written between the number and
the beginning. A signifies “ miscarriage,’ “ destruc-
tion”; I “urine like semen”; the letter with the
mark underneath,? written thus Δ, means “ evacua-
tions by sweats,” “diarrhoea” and “ perspiration,” 3
and in general any evacuation; E “retention,”
pseat < ὦ ‘“objectsot search ’*;.-@> “death,” asel
said before; I “sweat”; K “crisis” or “ condition
of the bowels”; M ‘‘madness”’ or “womb”; N
“youth” or “mortification”; Ξ ‘“‘yellow bile,”
“something strange and rare,” “irritation,” “dry-
ness’’; O “pains” or “urine,” though some say it
means urine only when it has the Y placed above,
written as the word οὕτως is generally written; I
means “ abundance,” “ sputum,” “ wheat,” 4 “ fever,”

1 That is, each middle character except one is a letter of
the alphabet, and that letter is significant, being the initial
of a word, or of several alternative words.

2 The text is probably mutilated, but the general meaning
is clear.

3 Surely this is wrong. Littré’s suggestion (‘‘ stools ἢ)
may possibly be correct.

4 This again can surely not be correct. Littré’s emenda-
tion is unconvincing.

215

THE CHARACTERS

“affection of the lung”; with a vertical stroke in
the centre it means as 1 said “probable” ; P means
“flux,” “rigor”; ® “phrenitis”’ or “ consumption ” ;
> “convulsion” or “morbid condition of oesophagus
or mouth”’; T “delivery”; Y “recovery of health”’
or “hypochondrium”’; X “bile’’ or “bilious”; ©
‘Cehill” 5, OS cruditye:

For more information about the characters see
Littré, III. pp. 28-33, and various notes at the end
of the cases, and also Ilberg in Ktihlewein’s edition,
p. 245.

As might have been expected, there is considerable
doubt as to the right readings of these characters.
Thus in V the characters at the end of Case 1
(first series) are :—

ΠΙΖΣΜΟΝ

where the first character is obviously another form
of Galen’s M. Ilberg emends to :—

mzcMON(Y)

Galen reads :—
ΠΠΟΥΜΥ

1. 6. πιθανόν.
πλῆθος.
οὖρα.
τεσσαράκοντα-
ὑγίεια.
“It is probable that abundance of urine caused
recovery in forty days.”
Galen’s reading makes it necessary to take the
words of the text, μετὰ δὲ κρίσιν, τεσσαράκοντα

216

THE CHARACTERS

ἡμέρῃσιν ὕστερον, in the unnatural sense of “after
the crisis, forty days from the beginning of the
illness.” So Littré and Adams, but the Greek
scarcely allows it.

It appears certain that there were varieties of this
shorthand, and that Galen’s account deals with one
only.

VOL. 1, |

10

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ Γ

1. α΄. Πυθίωνι, ὃ ὃς WKEL παρὰ Γῆς ἱρόν, ἤρξατο
τρόμος ἀπὸ χειρῶν: τῇ πρώτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς:
λῆρος. δευτέρῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη. τρίτῃ τὰ
αὐτά. τετάρτῃ ἀπὸ κοιλίης ὀλίγα, ἄκρητα,
χολώδεα διῆλθε. πέμπτῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη
ὕπνοι λεπτοί: κοιλίη ἔστη. ἕκτῃ πτύαλα ποικίλα,
ὑπέρυθρα. ἑβδόμῃ στόμα παρειρύσθη. ὀγδόῃ
πάντα παρωξύνθη, τρόμοι παρέμενον" οὖρα ὲ
κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς μὲν καὶ μέχρι τῆς ὀγδόης λεπτά, AY pwr
ἐναιώρημα εἶχον ἐπινέφελον. δεκάτῃ ἵδρωσε,
πτύαλα ὑποπέπονα, ἐκρίθη: οὗρα ὑπόλεπτα περὶ
κρίσιν. μετὰ δὲ κρίσιν, τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρησιν
ὕστερον, ἐμπύημα περὶ ἕδρην, καὶ στραγγουριώδης
ἐγένετο ἀπόστασις.

β΄. ἙἙρμοκράτην, ὃς κατέκειτο παρὰ τὸ καινὸν
τεῖχος, πῦρ ἔλαβεν. ἤρξατο δὲ ἀλγεῖν κεφαλήν,
ὀσφῦν' ὑποχονδρίου ἔντασις λαπαρῶς" γλῶσσα

1 V has here ΠΙΖΣΜΟΝ.

1 The third book of the Epidemics has always been regarded

as a continuation of the first book. Kven a casual glance
will convince any reader that the two books are really one
work. The Paris manuscript called A, which breaks off
after the opening words of Fpidemics III, nevertheless
joins these words without interruption to the end of the
first book.

218

EPIDEMICS. ΤΙ:

CasE I

Pythion, who lived by the temple of Earth, was
seized with trembling which began in the hands.

First day. Acute fever; wandering.

Second day. General exacerbation.

Third day. Same symptoms.

Fourth day. Stools scanty, uncompounded and
bilious.

Fifth day. General exacerbation; fitful sleep ;
constipation.

Sixth day. Varied, reddish sputa.

Seventh day. Mouth drawn awry.

Eighth day. General exacerbation ; tremblings per-
sisted ; urine from the beginning to the eighth day
thin, colourless, with a cloudy substance floating
im’ it.

Tenth day. Sweat; sputa somewhat concocted ;
crisis; urine somewhat thin about the time of the
crisis. After the crisis, forty days subsequent to
it, abscess in the seat, and an abscession through
strangury,.

Case II

Hermocrates, who lay sick by the new wall, was
seized with fever. He began to feel pain in the
head and loins; tension of the hypochondrium with-

219

20

80

40

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

δὲ ἀρχομενῳ ἐπεκαύθη: κώφωσις avtixa’ ὕπνοι
οὐκ ἐνῆσαν" διψνώδης οὐ λίην" οὖρα παχέα, ἐρυθρά,
κείμενα οὐ καθίστατο" ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης οὐκ ὀλίγα
συγκεκαυμένα διήει. πέμπτῃ οὔρησε λεπτά, εἶχεν
ἐναιώρημα, οὐχ ἵδρυτο," ἐς νύκτα παρέκρουσεν.
ἕκτῃ ἰκτεριώδης, πάντα παρωξύνθη, οὐ κατενόει.
ἑβδόμῃ δυσφόρως, οὖρα λεπτά, ὅμοια. τὰς ἑἕπο-
μένας παραπλησίως. περὶ δὲ ἑνδεκάτην ἐόντι
πάντα ἔδοξε κουφισθῆναι" κῶμα ἤρξατο, οὔρει
παχύτερα, ὑπέρυθρα, κάτω λεπτά" οὐ καθίστατο"
ἡσυχῇ κατενόει. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκά τῃ ἄπυρος, οὐχ
ἵδρωσεν, ἐκοιμήθη, κατενόει πάντα, οὖρα παρα-
πλήσια. περὶ δὲ ἑπτακαιδεκάτην ἐόντι ὑπέ-
στρεψεν, ἐθερμάνθη. τὰς ἑπομένας πυρετὸς ὀξύς,
οὖρα λεπτά, παρέκρουσεν.3 πάλιν δὲ εἰκοστῇ
ἐκρίθη, ἄπυρος, οὐχ ἵδρωσεν. ἀπόσιτος παρὰ
πάντα τὸν χρόνον, κατενόει πάντα,3 διαλέγεσθαι
οὐκ ἠδύνατο, γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, οὐκ ἐδίψη: κατε-
κοιμᾶτο σμικρά, κωματώδης. περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν
καὶ τετάρτην ἐπεθερμάνθη, κοιλίη ὑγρὴ πολλοῖσι
λεπτοῖσι. καὶ τὰς ἑπομένας πυρετὸς ὀξύς, γχῶσσα
συνεκαύθη. ἑβδόμῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ ἀπέθανε. τούτῳ
κώφωσις διὰ τέλεος παρέμενεν, οὖρα παχέα καὶ
ἐρυθρά, οὐ καθιστάμενα, ἢ λεπτὰ καὶ ἄχρω καὶ
ἐναιώρημα ἔχοντα" γεύεσθαι δὲ οὐκ ἠδύνατο."

1 ἵδρυτο MSS.: ἱδρύετο Kiihlewein.

2 V omits παρέκρουσεν.

3 V omits πάντα: Littré restores from Galen.
4 V has here M11.E-:Z-AT-IA-1Z-KA-.KZ.O.

1 But see note on p. 188.
2 Galen says that the meaning of λεπτὰ is here ‘‘ small,’

220

EPIDEMICS III, case 11.

out swelling!; tongue at the beginning parched ;
deafness at once; no sleep; no great thirst; urine
thick, red, with no sediment on standing ; stools not
scanty, and burnt.

Fifth day. Urine thin, with particles floating in
it, without sediment ; at night delirium.

Stath day. Jaundice; general exacerbation ; not
rational.

Seventh day. Discomfort; urine thin, and as
before. The following days similar. About the
eleventh day there seemed to be general relief;
coma began; urine thicker, reddish, thin? at the
bottom, without sediment; by degrees grew more
rational.

Fourteenth day. No fever; no sweat; sleep;
reason quite recovered ; urine as before.

About the seventeenth day there was a relapse,
and the patient grew hot. On the following days
there was acute fever; urine thin; delirium.

Twentieth day. A fresh crisis; no fever; no sweat.
All the time the patient had no appetite; was per-
fectly collected but could not talk ; tongue dry ; ao
thirst ; snatches of sleep; coma. About the twenty-
fourth day he grew hot; bowels loose with copious,
thin discharges. On the following days acute fever ;
tongue parched.

Twenty-seventh day. Death.

In this case deafness persisted throughout ; urine
thick, red, without settling, or thin, colourless, with
substances floating in it. The patient had no power
to take food.

7. 6. he thinks that there were small particles at the bottom.
Such is not the meaning of the word in Hippocrates when
applied to urine.

221

50

6)

ΕΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ IT

γ΄. Ὃ κατακείμενος ἐν τῷ Δελεάρκεος 1 κήπῳ
κεφαλῆς βάρος καὶ κρόταφον δεξιὸν ἐπώδυνον
εἶχε χρόνον πολύν. μετὰ δὲ προφάσιος πῦρ
ἔλαβε, κατεκλίθη. δευτέρῃ ἐξ ἀριστεροῦ ὀλίγον
ἄκρητον ἐρρύη" ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης κόπρανα καλῶς
διῆλθεν, οὖρα λεπτὰ ποικίλα, ἐναιωρήματα ἔχοντα
κατὰ σμικρὰ οἷον κρίμνα, γονοειδέα. τρίτῃ
πυρετὸς ὀξύς, διαχωρήματα μέλανα, λεπτά,
ἔπαφρα, ὑπόστασις πελιδνὴ διαχωρήμασιν, ὑπε-
καροῦτο, ἐδυσφόρει περὶ τὰς ἀναστάσιας, οὔροις
ὑπόστασις πελιδνή, ὑπόγλισχρος. τετάρτῃ ἤμεσε
χολώδεα ξανθὰ ὀλίγα, διαλιπὼν ὀλίγον ἰώδεα, ἐξ
ἀριστεροῦ ὀλίγον ἄκρητον ἐρρύη, διαχωρήματα
ὅμοια, οὗρα ὅμοια, ἐφίδρωσε περὶ κεφαλὴν καὶ
κληῖδας, σπλὴν ἐπήρθη, μηροῦ ὀδύνη κατ᾽ ἴξιν,
ὑποχονδρίου δεξιοῦ σύντασις ὑπολάπαρος, νυκτὸς
οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη, παρέκρουσε σμικρά. πέμπτῃ δια-
χωρήματα πλείω, μέλανα, ἔπαφρα, ὑπόστασις
μέλαινα διωχωρήμασι, νύκτα οὐχ ὕπνωσε, παρ-
éxpovoev. ἕκτῃ διαχωρήματα μέλανα, λιπαρά,
γλίσχρα, δυσώδεα, ὕπνωσε, κατενόει μᾶλλον.
ἑβδόμῃ γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, διψώδης, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη,
παρέκρουσεν, οὖρα λεπτά, οὐκ εὔχρω. ὀγδόῃ δια-
χωρήματα μέλανα ὀλίγα, συνεστηκότα, ὕπνωσε,
κατενόει, διψώδης οὐ λίην. ἐνάτῃ ἐπερρίγωσε,
πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἵδρωσε, ψύξις, παρέκρουσε, δεξιῷ
ἴλλαινε, γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, διψώδης, ἄγρυπνος.

1 Δελεάρκεος Meineke from Galen: δεάλδεος V: other MSS.
have δεόλκους or διάλκους.

222

EPIDEMICS III, case 11.

Case III

The man lying sick in the garden of Delearces
had for a long time heaviness in the head and pain
in the right temple. From some exciting cause he
was seized with fever, and took to his bed.

Second day. Slight flow of unmixed blood from
the left nostril. The bowels were well moved;
urine thin and varied, with particles in small groups,
like barley-meal or semen, floating in it.

Third day. Acute fever; stools black, thin,
frothy, with a livid sediment in them; slight stupor ;
getting up caused distress; in the urine a livid,
rather viscous sediment,

Fourth day. Vomited scanty, bilious, yellow vomits,
and after a short interval, verdigris-coloured ones ;
slight flow of unmixed blood from the left nostril ;
stools unaltered and urine unaltered; sweat about
the head and collar-bones; spleen enlarged; pain
in the direction of the thigh; tension, soft under-
neath, of the right hypochondrium ;! no sleep at
night ; slight delirium.

Fifth day. Stools more copious, black, frothy ;
black sediment in the stools; no sleep at agit
delirium.

Siath day. Stools black, oily, viscid, foul-smelling ;
slept; was more rational.

Seventh day. Tongue dry; thirsty; no sleep;
delirium ; urine thin, not of a good colour.

Eighth “day. Stools black, scanty, compact ; sleep ;
was collected ; not very thirsty.

Ninth day. Rigor, acute fever; sweat; chill;
delirium ; squinting of the right eye; tongue dry ;
thirsty ; sleepless.

1 See note, p. 188.
222

70

80

90

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

δεκάτῃ περὶ τὰ αὐτά. ἑνδεκάτῃ κατενόει πάντα,
" 5
ἄπυρος, ὕπνωσεν, οὖρα λεπτὰ περὶ κρίσιν. δύο
7 » 3 / /
διέλιπεν ἄπυρος, ὑπέστρεψεν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ,
7ὔ
αὐτίκα δὲ νύκτα οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη, πάντα παρέκρουσεν.
΄ > , : 3 rn
πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ οὖρον θολερόν, οἷον ἐκ τῶν καθε-
στηκότων γίνεται, ὅταν ἀναταραχθῇ, πυρετὸς
ὀξύς, πάντα παρέκρουσεν, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη, γούνατα
Ν ΄΄ ’ , “. > \ \ y Je
Kal κνήμας ἐπώδυνα εἶχεν" ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης βάλανον
, nr
προσθεμένῳ μέλανα κόπρανα διῆλθεν. ἑξκαι-
/ 9S ’ a 5» / > /
δεκάτῃ οὖρα λεπτά, εἶχεν ἐναιώρημα ἐπινέφελον,
παρέκρουσεν. ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ πρωὶ ἄκρεα ψυχρά,
2
περιεστέλλετο, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἵδρωσε δι᾿ ὅλου,
’ nr
exoupia On, κατενόει μᾶλλον, οὐκ ἄπυρος, διψρώδης,
> ‘ 7 ,
ἤμεσε χολώδεα, EavOd, ὀλίγα, ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης
, 4 /
κόπρανα διῆλθε, pet ὀλίγον δὲ μέλανα, ὀλίγα,
Υ - ΄ > ” ’ ΄
ANETTA οὖρα λεπτά, οὐκ εὔχρω. ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ
οὐ κατενόει, κωματώδης. ἐννεακαιδεκάτῃ διὰ τῶν
αὐτῶν. εἰκοστῇ ὕπνωσε, κατενόει πάντα, ἵδρωσεν,
ἄπυρος, οὐκ ἐδίψη, οὖρα δὲ λεπτά. εἰκοστῇ
πρώτῃ σμικρὰ παρέκρουσεν, ὑπεδίψη, ὑὕὑπο-
χονδρίου πόνος καὶ περὶ ὀμφαλὸν παλμὸς διὰ
τέλεος. εἰκοστῇ τετάρτῃ οὔροισιν ὑπόστασις,
, 7) ’ A e / :) ’, -“
κατενόει πάντα. εἰκοστῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἰσχίου δεξιοῦ
’ / \ ’ » » >) / ”
ὀδύνη, Ta δ᾽ ἄλλα ἔσχεν ἐπιεικέστατα, οὔροισιν
e , \ \ > \ 4“: 7 ἢ rn
ὑπόστασις. περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν ἐνάτην ὀφθαλμοῦ
224

EPIDEMICS III, case πὶ.

Tenth days Symptoms about the same.

Eleventh day. Quite rational; no fever; slept,
urine thin about the time of the crisis.

The patient remained free from fever for two days,
relapsed on the fourteenth day, and immediately
had no sleep at night and was completely delirious.

Fifteenth day. Urine muddy, like that which has
been stirred up after settling; acute fever; com-
pletely delirious; no sleep; pain in knees and
legs. On the application of a suppository, black,
solid motions were passed.

Sixteenth day. Urine thin, with a cloudy substance
floating in it; delirium.

Seventeenth day. Extremities cold in the early
morning; would wrap himself up; acute fever;
sweated all over; was relieved; more rational;
some fever; thirst; vomited bilious matters, yellow
and scanty; solid motions from the bowels; after
a while they became black, scanty and thin; urine
thin, and not of a good colour.

Exghteenth day. Was not rational; comatose.

Nineteenth day. The same symptoms.

Twentieth day. Slept ; completely rational ;
sweated ; no fever; no thirst; urine thin.

Twenty-first day. Slightly delirious; rather thirsty ;
pain in the hypochondrium and throbbing about the
navel continuously.

Twenty-fourth day. Sediment in urine ; completely
rational.

Twenty-seventh day. Pain in the right hip, but in
other respects very comfortable ; sediment in the
urine.

About the twenty-ninth day pain in the right eye ;
urine thin,

225

100

110

EIMAHMION Τ'

a b] / 5 / a
δεξιοῦ ὀδύνη, οὖρα λεπτά. τεσσαρακοστῇ διε-
΄ ΄ / ς , vA
χώρησε φλεγματώδεα, λευκά, ὑπόσυχνα, ἵδρωσε
πολλῷ δι᾽ ὅλου, τελέως ἐκρίθη.1
1. τς rn /
δ΄. “Ev Θάσῳ Φιλιστῆς 5 κεφαλὴν ἐπόνει χρόνον
\ / \ id \ / >
πολὺν καί ποτε Kal ὑποκαρωθεὶς κατεκλίθη" ἐκ
n , ς 4
δὲ πότων πυρετῶν συνεχέων γενομένων ὁ πόνος
N n
παρωξύνθη. νυκτὸς ἐπεθερμάνθη τὸ πρῶτον.
a ΄ » / >] / \ \ lal
τῇ πρώτῃ ἤμεσε χολώδεα, ὀλίγα, ξανθὰ τὸ πρῶ-
\ \ a 53). ἢ ΄ ᾽ \ \ ,
TOV, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἰώδεα πλείω, ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης
an /
κόπρανα διῆλθε: νύκτα δυσφόρως. δευτέρῃ κώ-
φωσις, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ὑποχόνδριον δεξιὸν συν-
/ » > Nor, 5 , /
ετάθη, ἔρρεπεν ἐς τὰ ἔσω' οὖρα λεπτά, διαφανέα,
> > , ΄ /
εἶχεν ἐναιώρημα γονοειδές, σμικρόν: ἐξεμάνη
/ ,
περὶ μέσον ἡμέρης. τρίτῃ δυσφόρως. τετάρτῃ
σπασμοί, παρωξύνθη. πέμπτῃ πρωὶ ἀπέθανεν.
΄ Ai , ἃ / ΝΥ ΟΣ 4 4
ε΄. Χαιρίωνα, ὃς κατέκειτο Tapa ΤΔημαινέτῳ,Ἷ
fa He rn
ἐκ πότου πῦρ ἔλαβεν. αὐτίκα δὲ κεφαλῆς βάρος
ἐπώδυνον, οὐκ ἐκοιμᾶτο, κοιλίη ταραχώδης λεπτοῖ-
Π ig {2 / Ν > 4 a
civ, ὑποχολώδεσι. τρίτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, κεφαλῆς
τρόμος, μάλιστα δὲ χείλεος τοῦ κάτω: μετ᾽ ὀλίγον
tn /
δὲ ῥῖγος, σπασμοί, πάντα Tapéxpovce, νύκτα
/ , /
δυσφόρως. τετάρτῃ Ov ἡσυχίης, σμικρὰ ἐκοιμήθη,

1 has here 1 KA OA ΜΥ.

2 Φιλιστῆς Blass: φιλίστης MSS.

V has here ΠΙΦΔΕΘΚΚ.

Δηλίαν V: Δημαινέτῳ Littré and some MSS.

- (ὁ

—_

1 The variants indicate corruption. Can Δηλίαν be ‘‘ Delian
goddess ” or ‘‘ Delias” ? The form is not Ionic.

226

EPIDEMICS III, cases 11.-v.

Fortieth day. Passed motions full of phlegm, white
and rather frequent; copious sweat all over; a
perfect crisis.

Casz 1V

Philistes in Thasos had for a long time pain in the
head, and at last fell into a state of stupor and took
to his bed. Heavy drinking having caused continu-
ous fevers the pain grew worse. At night he grew
hot at the first.

First day. Vomited bilious matters, scanty, at
first yellow, afterwards increasing and of the colour
of verdigris; solid motions from the bowels; an
uncomfortable night.

Second day. Deafness; acute fever; tension of
the right hypochondrium, which fell inwards. Urine
thin, transparent, with a small quantity of substance,
like semen, floating in it. About mid-day became
raving.

Third day. Uncomfortable.

Fourth day. Convulsions ; exacerbation.

Fifth day. Died early in the morning.

Case V

Chaerion, who lay sick in the house of Demaenetus,!
was seized with fever after drinking. At once there
was painful heaviness of the head ; no sleep ; bowels
disturbed with thin, rather bilious stools.

Third day. Acute fever, trembling of the head,
particularly of the lower lip; after a while rigor,
convulsions, complete delirium; an uncomfortable
night.

Fourth day. Quiet; snatches of sleep ; wandering.

227

120

130

140

EMIAHMION Τὶ

/ / 9 Ud , ’
παρέλεγε. πέμπτῃ ἐπιπόνως, πάντα παρωξύνθη,
λῆρος, νύκτα δυσφόρως, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη. ἕκτῃ διὰ

a lal / /
τῶν αὐτῶν. ἑβδόμῃ ἐπερρίγωσε, πυρετὸς ὀξύς,
δ \
ἵδρωσε δι’ ὅλου, ἐκρίθη. τούτῳ διὰ τέλεος ἀπὸ
/ / , 5 / ”
κοιλίης διαχωρήματα χολώδεα, ὀλίγα, ἄκρητα"
i / 3 1 ” > , bd /
οὖρα λεπτά, ovK! εὔχρω, ἐναιώρημα ἐπινέφελον
ls
ἔχοντα. περὶ ὀγδόην οὔρησεν εὐχροώτερα, ἔχοντα
ὑπόστασιν λευκὴν ὀλίγην, κατενόει, ἄπυρος" διέ-
’ / e , Ν \
Aurev. ἐνάτῃ ὑπέστρεψε. περὶ δὲ τεσσαρεσ-
/
καιδεκάτην πυρετὸς ὀξύς. ἑκκαιδεκάτῃ ἤμεσε
γὃ θ Ψ' e / e ὃ ,
χολώδεα, EavOd, ὑπόσυχνα. ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ
7 δὴ uA tA
ἐπερρίγωσε, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἵδρωσεν, ἄπυρος
ἐκρίθη. οὖρα μετὰ ὑποστροφὴν καὶ κρίσιν
εὔχρω, ὑπόστασιν ἔχοντα, οὐδὲ παρέκρουσεν ἐν
τῇ ὑποστροφῇς ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῃ ἐθερμαίνετο
σμικρά, ὑπεδίψη, οὖρα λεπτά, ἐναιώρημα ἐπινέ-
/
erov, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσεν. ἐννεακαιδεκάτῃ
ἄπυρος, τράχηλον ἐπωδύνως εἶχεν, οὔροισιν ὑπό-
/ fal
στασις. τελέως ἐκρίθη εἰκοστῇ.3
, \ > / / Ie lal
ς΄. Τὴν Εὐρυάνακτος θυγατέρα, παρθένον, πῦρ
ἔλαβεν. ἣν δὲ ἄδιψος διὰ τέλεος: γεύματα οὐ
/ 5 Ν \ if \ , ?
προσεδέχετο. ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης σμικρὰ διήει, οὖρα
λεπτά, ὀλίγα, οὐκ εὔχρω. ἀρχομένου δὲ τοῦ
a ty / th la
πυρετοῦ περὶ ἕδρην ἐπόνει. ἑκταίη δὲ ἐοῦσα

1 οὐκ restored by Littré and Ermerins.
2 V has here 11- XNAOTYKY.

228

EPIDEMICS III, cases v.—v1.

Fifth day. Pain; general exacerbation ; irrational
talk ; uncomfortable night ; no sleep.

Sixth day. ‘The same symptoms.

Seventh day. Rigor; acute fever; sweating all
over ; crisis.

This patient’s stools were throughout. bilious,
scanty and uncompounded. Urine thin, not of a
good colour, with a cloudy substance floating in it.
About the eighth day the urine had a better colour,
with a slight, white sediment ; quite rational and
no fever; an intermission.

Ninth day. Relapse.

About the fourteenth day acute fever.

Sixteenth day. Vomited bilious, yellow matters
rather frequently.

Seventeenth day. Rigor; acute fever; sweating
crisis ended the fever.

Urine after relapse and crisis of a good colour,
with a sediment ; no delirium during the relapse.

Eighteenth day, Slight heat ; rather thirsty ; urine
thin, with cloudy substance floating in it; slight
delirium.

Nineteenth day. No fever; pain in the neck;
sediment in urine.

Twentieth day. Complete crisis,

Ὁ:

Cast VI

The maiden daughter of Euryanax was seized
with fever. ‘Throughout the illness she suffered no
thirst and had no inclination for food. Slight alvine
discharges ; urine thin, scanty, and not of a good
colour, At the beginning of the fever suffered pain
in the seat. On the sixth day did not sweat, being

229

150

L60

EMIAHMION Τ'

Μ > “ 5 / Ν Ν Ν \
amupos οὐχ ἵδρωσεν' ἐκρίθη. τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν
ἕδρην σμικρὰ ἐξεπύησεν, ἐρράγη ἅμα κρίσει.
a \
μετὰ δὲ κρίσιν ἑβδομαίη ἐοῦσα ἐρρίγωσε, σμικρὰ
Ε] ΄ θ io 1 “ δὲ », Ni
ἐπεθερμάνθη, ἵδρωσεν. ὕστερον δὲ ἄκρεα ψυχρὰ
αἰεί. περὶ δὲ δεκάτην μετὰ τὸν ἱδρῶτα τὸν
γενόμενον παρέκρουσε καὶ πάλιν ταχὺ κατενόει:
ἔλεγον δὲ γευσαμένην Bdotpvos.2 διαλιποῦσα δὲ
δωδεκάτῃ πάλιν πολλὰ παρελήρει, κοιλίη ἐπετα-
vA / » / ? / rn
ράχθη χολώδεσιν, ἀκρήτοισιν, ὀλίγοισι, λεπτοῖσι,
δακνώδεσι, πυκνὰ ἀνίστατο. ἀφ᾽ ἧς δὲ παρ-
/ Ν “ ᾽ / . A
éxpovoe τὸ ὕστερον, ἀπέθανε ἑβδόμῃ. αὕτη
ἀρχομένου τοῦ νοσήματος ἤλγει φάρυγγα, καὶ
διὰ τέλεος ἔρευθος εἶχε, γαργαρεὼν ἀνεσπασμένος.
ῥεύματα πολλά, σμικρά, δριμέα. ἔβησσε πέπονα,
fol /
οὐδὲν ἀνῆγεν3: ἀπόσιτος πάντων Tapa πάντα
\ / ἡ δ᾽ > / > / ΕΒ
τὸν χρόνον οὐδ᾽ ἐπεθύμησεν οὐδενός. ἄδιψος,
3.5 ἐὰν, 2Q\ Μ , fa) »Q\
οὐδ᾽ ἔπινεν οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου. σιγῶσα, οὐδὲν
/ , > ip e n 3
διελέγετο. δυσθυμίη, ἀνελπίστως ἑωυτῆς εἶχεν.
ἣν δέ τι καὶ συγγενικὸν φθινῶδες."
, ‘H ἿΝ [2 Ν 5 WA 72 e
Ἐς κυναγχικὴ ἡ παρὰ ριστίωνος, ἡ
nr 6 δ ’ \ / a ’ θ /
πρῶτον ὃ ἤρξατο ἀσαφὴς φωνή. γλῶσσα ἐρυθρή,
ἐπεξηράνθη. τῇ πρώτῃ φρικώδης, ἐπεθερμάνθη.
1 After ἵδρωσεν most MSS. have μετὰ δὲ κρίσιν ὑγδοαίη ἐοῦσα
ἐρρίγωσεν οὐ πολλά : V omits.
2 After βότρυος most MSS. have ταῦτα παθεῖν: V and ΗΠ
omit.
3 Galen read πέπον δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἀνῆγεν.
4 V has here MIEATIAS®.
5 The MSS. after παρὰ have ta, which is omitted by

Kiihlewein.
6 After πρῶτον most MSS. add ἀπὸ γλώσσης : V omits,

230

EPIDEMICS III, cases vi.-vi1.

without fever; a crisis. The sore near the seat
suppurated slightly, and burst at the crisis. After
the crisis, on the seventh day, she had a rigor ; grew
slightly hot; sweated. Afterwards the extremities
always cold. About the tenth day, after the sweat-
ing that occurred, she grew delirious, but was soon
rational again. They said that the trouble was due
to eating grapes, After an intermission, on the
twelfth day she again wandered a great deal; the
bowels were disturbed, with bilious, uncompounded,
scanty, thin, irritating stools, which frequently made
her get up. She died the seventh day from the
second attack of delirium. This patient at the
beginning of the illness had pain in the throat,
which was red throughout. The uvula was drawn
back. Many fluxes,t scanty and acrid. She hada
cough with signs of coction, but brought up nothing.?
No appetite for any food the whole time, nor did
she desire anything. No thirst, and she drank
nothing worth mentioning. She was silent, and did
not converse at all. Depression, the patient despair-
ing of herself. There was also some inherited
tendency to consumption.

Casre VII

The woman suffering from angina who lay sick
in the house of Aristion began her complaint with
indistinctness of speech. Tongue red, and grew
parched.

First day. Shivered, and grew hot.

1 Here ῥεύματα πολλὰ must mean ‘‘ many fluxes,” but in
᾿ Bas + : ς( Ἵ ΕΣ
Epidemics III. iv. it means ‘‘ copious fluxes.
2. Or, with Galen’s reading, ‘‘she had a cough, but brought
up no concocted sputum.”

291

170

180

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΠΩΝ Τ'

τρίτῃ ῥῖγος, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, οἴδημα ὑπέρυθρον,
σκληρὸν τραχήλου καὶ ἐπὶ στῆθος ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων,
ἄκρεα ψυχρά, πελιδνά, πνεῦμα μετέωρον, ποτὸν
διὰ p ῥινῶν, καταπίνειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο, διαχωρήματα
καὶ οὖρα ἐπέστη. τετάρτῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη.
πέμπτῃ ἀπέθανε. 1

Ἢ To μειράκιον, ὃ κατέκειτο ἐπὶ ὶ “Ψψευδέων
ἀγορῇ, πῦρ ἔλαβεν ἐκ κόπων καὶ πόνων καὶ
δρόμων παρὰ τὸ ἔθος. τῇ πρώτῃ κοιλίη ταρα-
χώδης χολώδεσι, λεπτοῖσι, πολλοῖσιν, οὖρα λεπτά,
ὑπομέλανα, οὐχ ὕπνωσε, διψώδης. δευτέρῃ πάντα
παρωξύνθη, διαχωρήματα πλείω, ἀκαιρότερα.
οὐχ ὕπνωσε, τὰ τῆς γνώμης ταραχώδεα, σμικρὰ
ὑφίδρωσε. τρίτῃ δυσφόρως, δυψώδης, ἀσώδης,
πολὺς βληστρισμός, ἀπορίη, παρέκρουσεν, ἄκρεα
πελιδνὰ καὶ ψυχρά, ὑποχονδρίου ἔντασις ὑπο-
λάπαρος ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων. τετάρτῃ οὐχ ὕπνωσευ"
ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον. ἑβδόμῃ ἀπέθανεν, ἡλικίην περὶ
” Μ
ἔτεα εἴκοσιν.

θ΄. Ἢ παρὰ Τεισαμενοῦ γυνὴ κατέκειτο, 4 τὰ
εἰλεώδεα δυσφόρως ὥρμησεν. ἔμετοι πολλοί,
ποτὸν κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο. πόνοι περὶ ὑπο-
χόνδρια. καὶ ἐν τοῖσι κάτω κατὰ κοιλίην οἱ
πόνοι. στρόφοι συνεχέες. οὐ διψώδης. ἐπε-
θερμαίνετο, ἄκρεα ψυχρὰ διὰ τέλεος. ἀσώδης,

1 V has here ΠΙΥΔΈΕΈΗΘΙ.
2 V has here ΠΙΖΥΘ.

1 The ancient commentators did not know the meaning of
this word when applied to respiration, and a modern can
only guess.

2 See note, p. 188.

232

EPIDEMICS III, cases vu.-1x.

Third day. Rigor; acute fever; a reddish, hard
swelling in the neck, extending to the breast on
either side; extremities cold and livid, breathing
elevated ;1 drink returned through the nostrils—she
could not swallow—stools and urine ceased.

Fourth day, General exacerbation.

Fifth day. Death.

Case VIII

The youth who lay sick by the Liars’ Market was
seized with fever after unaccustomed fatigue, toil
and running.

First day. Bowels disturbed with bilious, thin,
copious stools; urine thin and blackish; no sleep ;
thirst.

Second day. General exacerbation; stools more
copious and more unfavourable. No sleep; mind
disordered ; slight sweating.

Third day. Uncomfortable ; thirst; nausea ; much
tossing; distress; delirium; extremities livid and
cold; tension, soft underneath, of the hypochon-
drium 2 on both sides.

Fourth day. No sleep; grew worse.

Seventh day. Died, being about twenty years old.

Case ΙΧ

The woman who lodged with Tisamenus was in
bed with a troublesome attack of inflammation of
the upper bowel. Copious vomits ; could not retain
her drink. Pains in the region of the hypochondria.
The pains were also lower, in the region of the
bowels. Constant tormina. No thirst. She grew
hot, though the extremities were cold all the time.

233

190

290

EIMAHMION Τ'

» > ᾽ / / /
ἄγρυπνος. οὖρα ὀλίγα, λεπτά. διαχωρήματα
, / \ ’ ’, 3 lal > / > 4
ὠμά, AeTTTA, OALYA. ὠφελεῖν OUKETL ἠδύνατο,
ἀπέθανεν.
/ a an an
(. Γυναῖκα ἐξ ἀποφθορῆς νηπίου τῶν περὶ
/ an a rn
Παντιμίδην τῇ πρώτῃ πῦρ ἔλαβε. γλῶσσα
ἐπίξηρος, διψώδης, ἀσώδης, ἄγρυπνος. κοιλίη
ταραχώδης λεπτοῖσι, πολλοῖσιν, ὠμοῖσι. δευτέρῃ
> / \ 3 6 > ἮΝ / ͵7
ἐπερρίγωσε, TUPETOS ὀξύς, ἀπὸ κοιλίης πολλά,
«
οὐχ ὕπνωσε. τρίτῃ μείζους οἱ πόνοι. τετάρτῃ
te ς Z > / , N Ν
παρέκρουσεν" ἑβδόμῃ ἀπέθανε. κοιλίη διὰ παντὸς
ὑγρὴ διαχωρήμασι πολλοῖσι, λεπτοῖσιν, ὠμοῖσιν'
- > / / 2
οὐρα ohvya λεπτά.
, [ / 5) 5 rn \ ,
ια΄. “Erépny ἐξ ἀποφθορῆς περὶ πεντάμηνον,
Ἱκέτεω γυναῖκα, πῦρ ἔλαβεν. ἀρχομένη κωμα-
, " \ / yy > / 5 /
τώδης ἣν, Kal πάλιν ἄγρυπνος, ὀσφύος ὀδύνη,
κεφαλῆς βάρος. δευτέρῃ κοιλίη ἐπεταράχθη
ὀλίγοισι, NETTOLTLY, ἀκρήτοισι τὸ πρῶτον. τρίτῃ
πλείω, χείρω: νυκτὸς οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη. τετάρτῃ
παρέκρουσε, φόβοι, δυσθυμίαι. δεξιῷ ἴλλαινε,
ἵδρωσε περι κεφαλὴν ὀλίγῳ ψυχρῷ, ἄκρεα ψυχρά"
/ / ΄ \ lh \
πέμπτῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη, πολλὰ παρέλεγε Kal
7 \ la ” ” 7
πάλιν ταχὺ κατενόει: ἄδιψος, ἄγρυπνος, κοιλίη

1 V has here ΠΙΡΕΘ.

2 V has here WI@AYTA. καῦσος occurs in the MSS. before
the characters, and similar identifications are given at the
end of other histories. Galen rejected them, and he is
followed by modern editors. Such identifications are alien
from the spirit of the Epidemics,

234

EPIDEMICS III, cases 1x.-x1.

Nausea; sleeplessness. Urine scanty and thin.
Excreta crude, thin and scanty. It was no longer
possible to do her any good, and she died.

Casz X

A woman who was one of the house of Pantimides
after a miscarriage was seized with fever on the first
day. Tongue dry; thirst; nausea; sleeplessness.
Bowels disordered, with thin, copious and crude
stools.

Second day. Rigor; acute fever; copious stools ;
no sleep.

Third day. The pains greater.

Fourth day. Delirium.

Seventh day. Death.

The bowels were throughout loose, with copious,
thin, crude stools. Urine scanty and thin.

Case XI

Another woman, after a miscarriage about the
fifth month, the wife of Hicetas, was seized with
fever. At the beginning she had alternations of
coma and sleeplessness ; pain in the loins; heaviness
in the head.

Second day. Bowels disordered with scanty, thin
stools, which at first were uncompounded.

Third day. Stools more copious and worse; no
sleep at night.

Fourth day. Delirium; fears; depression. Squint-
ing of the right eye; slight cold sweat about the
head; extremities cold.

Fifth day. General exacerbation; much wander-
ing, with rapid recovery of reason; no thirst; no

239

210

230

EIMAHMION Τ'

a \
πολλοῖσιν ἀκαίροισι διὰ τέλεος" οὖρα ὀλίγα,λεπτά,
ὑπομέλανα: ἄκρεα ψυχρά, ὑποπέλιδνα. ἕκτῃ
rn lal ,
διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν. ἑβδόμῃ ἀπέθανε."
ιβ΄. Τυναῖκα, ἥτις κατέκειτο ἐπὶ ψευδέων
r “ / lal
ἀγορῇ, τεκοῦσαν τότε πρῶτον ἐπιπόνως ἄρσεν
an / /
πῦρ ἔλαβεν. αὐτίκα ἀρχομένη διψώδης, ἀσώδης,
/ e 7 Lal b] / / >
καρδίην ὑπήλγει, γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, κοιλίη ἐπε-
7 an ’ » > Ὁ“
ταράχθη λεπτοῖσιν ὀλίγοισιν, οὐχ ὕπνωσε.
\ / X
δευτέρῃ σμικρὰ ἐπερρίγωσε, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, σμικρὰ
\ \ δ΄ an / ’ ,
περὶ κεφαλὴν ἵἴδρωσε ψυχρῷ. τρίτῃ ἐπιπόνως"
\
ἀπὸ κοιλίης ὠμά, λεπτὰ πολλὰ διήει. τετάρτῃ
ἐπερρίγωσε, πάντα παρωξύνθη: ἄγρυπνος.
πέμπτῃ ἐπιπόνως. ἕκτῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν: ἀπὸ
κοιλίης ἦλθε ὑγρὰ πολλά. ἑβδόμῃ ἐπερρίγωσε,
/
πυρετὸς ὀξύς, δίψα, πολὺς βληστρισμός, περὶ
δείλην ἵδρωσε δι’ ὅλου ψυχρῷ, ψύξις, ἄκρεα
ψυχρά, οὐκέτι ἀνεθερμαίνετο" καὶ πάλιν ἐς νύκτα
ἐπερρίγωσεν, ἄκρεα οὐκ ἀνεθερμαίνετο, οὐχ
¢ ,
ὕπνωσε, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσε, καὶ πάλιν ταχὺ
/ ΄ /
κατενόει. ὀγδόῃ περὶ μέσον ἡμέρης ἀνεθερμάνθη,
, » ’
διψώδης, κωματώδης, ἀσώδης, ἤμεσε χολώδεα
ν oe , ΄ ͵ ᾽ ᾿ ,
σμικρὰ ὑπόξανθα. νύκτα δυσφόρως, οὐκ ἐκοιμήθη,
” Nees ! 5) > aA suas. /
οὔρησε πολὺ ἀθρόον οὐκ εἰδυῖα. ἐνάτῃ συνέδωκε

1 has here ΠΙΘΔΑΖΘ. Before the characters most
MSS. have φρενιτιαία: φρενῖτις Galen.
2 After émepplywoe Galen adds γλῶσσα ξηρή.

236

EPIDEMICS III, cases x1.—x11.

sleep; stools copious and unfavourable throughout ;
urine scanty, thin and blackish; extremities cold
and rather livid.

Sixth day, Same symptoms.

Seventh day. Death.

Case XII

A woman who lay sick by the Liars’ Market, after
giving birth in a first and painful delivery to a male
child, was seized with fever. From the very first
there was thirst, nausea, slight pain at the stomach,
dry tongue, bowels disordered with thin and scanty
discharges, no sleep.

Second day. Slight rigor; acute fever; slight,
cold sweating around the head.

Third day. In pain; crude, thin, copious dis-
charges from the bowels.

Fourth day. Rigor; general exacerbation ; sleep-
less.

Fifth day. Jn pain.

Sixth day, ‘The same symptoms; copious, fluid
discharges from the bowels.

Seventh day. Rigor; acute fever; thirst; much
tossing ; towards evening cold sweat all over; chill;
extremities cold, and would not be warmed. At
night she again had a rigor; the extremities would
not be warmed; no sleep; slight delirium, but
quickly was rational again.

Eighth day, About mid-day recovered her heat;
thirst; coma; nausea; vomited bilious, scanty,
yellowish matters. An uncomfortable night; no
sleep; unconsciously passed a copious discharge
of urine.

237

240

246

LO

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ Τ'

πάντα, κωματώδης. πρὸς δείλην σμικρὰ ἐπερ-
ρίγωσεν, ἤμεσε σμικρὰ χολώδεα. δεκάτῃ ῥῖγος,
πυρετὸς παρωξύνθη, οὐχ ὕπνωσεν οὐδέν᾽ πρωὶ
οὔρησε πολὺ ὑπόστασιν οὐκ ἔχον, ἄκρεα ἀνεθερ-
μάνθη. ἑνδεκάτῃ ἤμεσε χολώδεα, ἰώδεα. ἐπερ-
ρίγωσεν οὐ μετὰ πολύ, καὶ πάλιν ἄκρεα ψυχρά,
ἐς δείλην ἱδρώς, ῥῖγος, ἤμεσε πολλά, νύκτα
ἐπιπόνως. δωδεκώτῃ ἤμεσε πολλὰ μέλανα
δυσώδεα, λυγμὸς πολύς, δίψος ἐπιπόνως. τρισ-
καιδεκάτῃ μέλανα, δυσώδεα πολλὰ ἤμεσε, ῥῇγος"
περὶ δὲ μέσον ἡμέρης ἄφωνος. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ
αἷμα διὰ ῥινῶν" ἀπέθανε. ταύτῃ διὰ τέλεος
κοιλίη ὑγρή φρικώδης: ἡλικίη περὶ ἔτεα
ἑπτακαίδεκα."

κατάστασις

II. "Etos νότιον ἔπομβρον" ἄπνοια διὰ τέλεος:
αὐχμῶν δὲ γενομένων τοὺς ὑπόπροσθεν χρόνους 3
ἐν νοτίοισι περὶ ἀρκτοῦρον ὕδατα πολλά. φθι-
νόπωρον σκιῶδες, ἐπινέφελον, ὑδάτων πλήθεα.
χειμὼν νότιος, ὑγρός, μαλθακὸς μετὰ ἡλίου
τροπάς" ὕστερον πολλῷ, πλησίον ,ἰσημερίης,
ὀπισθοχειμῶνες, καὶ ἤδη περὶ ἰσημερίην βόρεια,
χιονώδεα, οὐ πολὺν χρόνον. 7p πάλιν νότιον,
ἄπνοον. ὕδατα πολλὰ διὰ τέλεος μέχρι κυνός.
θέρος αἴθριον, θερμόν, πνίγεα μεγάλα᾽ ἐτησίαι

1 V has here ΠΙΔΔΙΔΟΔΙΘ.

2 After χρόνους the MSS. have ἐπ᾽ ἐνιαυτόν. Littré queried
the phrase and Ermerins deleted it.

238

EPIDEMICS III, case xu. anp cH. IL

Ninth day. General abatement of the symptoms ;
coma. Towards evening slight rigor; vomited
scanty, bilious matters.

Tenth day. Rigor; exacerbation of the fever; no
sleep whatsoever. In the early morning a copious
discharge of urine without sediment; extremities
were warmed.

Eleventh day. Vomited bilious matters, of the
colour of verdigris. A rigor shortly afterwards, and
the extremities became cold again; in the evening
sweat, rigor and copious vomiting ; a painful night.

Twelfth day. Vomited copious, black, fetid matters ;
much hiccoughing ; painful thirst.

Thirteenth day. Vomited black, fetid, copious
matters; rigor. About mid-day lost her speech.

Fourteenth day. Epistaxis; death.

The bowels of this patient were throughout loose,
and there were shivering fits. Age about seventeen.

CoNSTITUTION

II. The year was southerly and rainy, with no
winds throughout. About the rising of Arcturus,
while during the immediately preceding period
droughts had prevailed, there were now heavy rains,
with southerly winds. Autumn dark and cloudy,
with abundance of rain. The winter southerly,
humid, and mild after the solstice. Long after the
solstice, near the equinox, wintry weather returned,
and at the actual equinoctial period there were
northerly winds with snow, but not for long. The
spring southerly again, with no winds; many rains
throughout until the Dog Star. The summer was
clear and warm, with waves of stifling heat. The

239

15

10

13

EMIAHMION I

\ / y ἐξ / Ν \
σμικρὰ διεσπασμένως ἔπνευσαν' πάλιν δὲ περὶ
rn “ ¢i
ἀρκτοῦρον ἐν βορείοισιν ὕδατα πολλά.
lal / n
Γενομένου δὲ τοῦ ἔτεος νοτίου καὶ ὑγροῦ Kal
la \ lal a fa
μαλθακοῦ κατὰ μὲν χειμῶνα διῆγον ὑγιηρῶς πλὴν
rn / ἈΝ ἐς
τῶν φθινωδέων, περὶ ὧν γεγράψεται.
\ \ n 4 ε an
III. Πρωὶ δὲ τοῦ ἦρος ἅμα τοῖσι γενομένοισι
A lal
ψύχεσιν ἐρυσιπέλατα πολλά, τοῖσι μὲν μετὰ
προφάσιος, τοῖσι δ᾽ οὔ, κακοήθεα" πολλοὺς ἔκτεινε,
πολλοὶ φάρυγγας ἐπόνησαν" φωναὶ κακούμεναι,
nr ΄ ,
καῦσοι, φρενιτικοί, στόματα ἀφθώδεα, αἰδοίοισι
, , , ” , ΄
φύματα, ὀφθαλμίαι, ἄνθρακες, κοιλίαι ταραχώδεες,
͵ , .: ὦ» 5 5
ἀπόσιτοι, διψώδεες οἱ μέν, οἱ δ᾽ οὔ, οὖρα ταρα-
’΄
χώδεα, πολλά, κακά, κωματώδεες ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ
πάλιν ἄγρυπνοι, ἀκρισίαι πολλαί, δύσκριτα,
“ ΄ / N \ > /
ὕδρωπες, φθινώδεες πολλοί. τὰ μὲν ἐπιδημήσαντα
νοσήματα ταῦτα. ἑκάστου δὲ τῶν ὑπογεγραμ-
μένων εἰδέων ἧσαν οἱ κάμνοντες καὶ ἔθνῃσκον
, ΄ 505. το Ἐν , -
πολλοί. συνέπιπτε δ᾽ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστοισι τούτων ὧδε.
a Ν
IV. Πολλοῖσι μὲν τὸ ἐρυσίπελας μετὰ προ-
φάσιος ἐπὶ τοῖσι τυχοῦσι καὶ πάνυ ἐπὶ σμικροῖσι
/ 326 a , nr
τρωματίοις ἐφ᾽ ὅλῳ TH σώματι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖσι
\ Υ
περὶ ἑξήκοντα ἔτεα καὶ" περὶ κεφαλήν, εἰ καὶ
\ ’ / an \ st > /
σμικρὸν ἀμεληθείη. πολλοῖσι δὲ καὶ ἐν θεραπείῃ
la) / \
€odar? μεγάλαι φλεγμοναὶ ἐγίνοντο, καὶ τὸ
ἐρυσίπελας πολὺ ταχὺ πάντοθεν ἐπενέμετο. τοῖσι
μὲν οὖν πλείστοισιν αὐτῶν ἀποστάσιες ἐς ἐμ-
πυήματα συνέπιπτον: σαρκῶν καὶ νεύρων καὶ

1 καὶ omitted by MSS., added by Littré from Galen.
2 Littré puts a comma at ἀμεληθείη and a colon at ἐοῦσι.

oe

1 Or, ‘‘ forms.”
2 With Littré’s punctuation the meaning is, ‘‘ however

240

EPIDEMICS III, u.-1v.

Etesian winds wexe faint and intermittent. But, on
the other hand, near the rising of Arcturus there
were heavy rains with northerly winds.

The year having proved southerly, wet and mild,
in the winter the general health was good except for
the consumptives, who will be described in due course.

III. Early in the spring, at the same time as the
cold snaps which occurred, were many malignant
cases! of erysipelas, some from a known exciting cause
and some not. Many died, and many suffered pain
in the throat. Voices impaired; ardent fevers ;
phrenitis; aphthae in the mouth; tumours in the
private parts ; inflammations of the eyes ; carbuncles ;
disordered bowels; loss of appetite; thirst in some
cases, though not in all; urine disordered, copious,
bad; long coma alternating with sleeplessness ;
absence of crisis in many cases, and obscure crises ;
dropsies; many consumptives. Such were the
diseases epidemic. There were patients suffering
from each of the above types, and fatal cases were
many. The symptoms in each type were as follow.

IV. Many were attacked by the erysipelas all
over the body when the exciting cause was a trivial
accident or a very small wound; especially when the
patients were about sixty years old and the wound
was in the head, however little the neglect might
have been. Many even while undergoing treat-
ment suffered from severe inflammations,? 2 and the
erysipelas would quickly spread widely in all direc-
tions. Most of the patients experienced abscessions
ending in suppurations. Flesh, sinews and bones

slight the neglect, and even when a patient was actually
undergoing treatment. There were severe inflammations,”
etc.

241

10

30

40

ETMIAHMION IT

ὀστέων ἐκπτώσιες μεγάλαι. VY δὲ Kal TO ῥεῦμα
τὸ συνιστώμενον οὐ TUM ἴκελον, ἀλλὰ σηπεδών
τις ἄλλη καὶ ῥεῦμα πολὺ καὶ ποικίλον. οἷσι μὲν
οὖν περὶ κεφαλὴν τούτων τι συμπίπτοι γίνεσθαι,
μάδησίς ΤΕ ὅλης τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐγίνετο καὶ τοῦ
γενείου καὶ ὀστέων Ψιλώματα, καὶ ἐκπτώσιες καὶ
πολλὰ ῥεύματα. ἐν πυρετοῖσί τε ταῦτα καὶ ἄνευ
πυρετῶν. nv δὲ ταῦτα φοβερώτερα ἢ κακίω.
οἷσι γὰρ ἐς ἐμπύημα ἤ τινα τοιοῦτον ἀφίκοιτο
TET AT LOY," οἱ πλεῖστοι τούτων ἐσώζοντο. οἷσι
δ᾽ ἡ μὲν φλεγμονὴ καὶ τὸ ἐρυσίπελας ἀπέλθοι,
τοιαύτην δὲ ἀπόστασιν μηδεμίαν ποιήσαιτο,
τούτων ἀπώλλυντο πολλοί. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ εἴ πῃ
ἄλλῃ τοῦ σώματος πλανηθείη, συνέπιπτε ταῦτα.
πολλοῖσι μὲν γὰρ βραχίων καὶ πῆχυς ὅλος
περιερρύη. οἷσι δ᾽ ἐπὶ τὰ πλευρά, ταῦτα ἐκα-
κοῦτο ἢ τῶν ἔμπροσθέν τι ἢ τῶν ὄπισθεν. οἷσι
δ᾽ ὅλος ὁ μηρὸς ἢ τὰ περὶ κνήμην ἀπεψιλοῦτο
καὶ ποὺς ὅλος. ἦν δὲ πάντων ναλεπώτατα τῶν
τοιούτων, ὅτε περὶ ἥβην καὶ αἰδοῖα γενοίατο. τὰ
μὲν περὶ ἕλκεα καὶ μετὰ προφάσιος τοιαῦτα.
πολλοῖσι δὲ ἐν πυρετοῖσι καὶ πρὸ πυρετοῦ καὶ
ἐπὶ πυρετοῖσι συνέπιπτεν. ἦν δὲ καὶ τούτων,
ὅσα μὲν ἀπόστασιν ποιήσαιτο, διὰ τοῦ ἐκπυῆσαι
ἢ κατὰ κοιλίην ταραχή τίς ἐπίκαιρος ἢ χρηστῶν
οὔρων διάδοσις γένοιτο, διὰ τούτων λελύσθαι,
οἷσι δὲ μηδὲν τούτων συμπίπτοι, ἀσήμως δὲ
ἀφανιξομένων, θανατώδεα γίνεσθαι. πολὺ μὲν
οὖν πλείστοισι συνέπιπτε τὰ περὶ τὸ ἐρυσίπελας
τοῦ ἦρος. παρείπετο δὲ καὶ διὰ τοῦ θέρεος καὶ
ὑπὸ φθινόπωρον.

242

EPIDEMICS IIL, wW.

fell away in large quantities. The flux which formed
was not like pus, but was a different sort of putre-
faction with a copious and varied flux. If any of these
symptoms occurred in the head, there was loss of
hair from all the head and from the chin; the bones
were bared and fell away, and there were copious
fluxes. Fever was sometimes present and sometimes
absent. These symptoms were terrifying rather
than dangerous. For whenever they resulted in
suppuration or some similar coction the cases usually
recovered. But whenever the inflammation and the
erysipelas disappeared without producing any such
abscession, there were many deaths. The course of
the disease was the same to whatever part of the
body it spread. Many lost the arm and the entire
forearm. If the malady settled in the sides there
was rotting either before or behind. In some cases
the entire thigh was bared, or the shin and the
entire foot. But the most dangerous of all such
cases were when the pubes and genital organs were
attacked. Such were the sores which sprang from
an exciting cause. In many cases, however, sores
occurred in fevers, before a fever, or supervening on
fevers. In some of these also, when an abscession
took place through suppuration, or when a seasonable
disturbance of the bowels occurred or a passing of
favourable urine, this gave rise to a solution; but
when none of these events happened, and the symp-
toms disappeared without a sign, death resulted. It
was in the spring that by far the greater number of
cases of erysipelas occurred, but they continued
throughout the summer and during autumn.

1 So V and most MSS.: ὁ τῶν τοιούτων ἀφίκοιτο πεπασμὺς
most editions.

243

ὃ

10

20

ETMAHMION YT

V. Πολλὴ δὲ ταραχή τισι Kal TA περὶ φάρυγγα
φύματα, καὶ φλεγμοναὶ γλώσσης, καὶ τὰ παρ᾽
ὀδόντας ἀποστήματα. φωναί τε πολλοῖσιν
ἐπεσήμαινον κακούμεναι καὶ κατίλλουσαι,"
πρῶτον μὲν τοῖσι φθινώδεσιν ἀρχομένοισιν, ἀτὰρ
καὶ τοῖσι καυσώδεσι καὶ τοῖσι φρενιτικοῖσιν.

VI. Ἤρξαντο μὲν οὖν οἱ καῦσοι καὶ τὰ φρενι-
τικὰ πρωὶ τοῦ ἦρος μετὰ τὰ γενόμενα Ψύχεα,
καὶ πλεῖστοι τηνικαῦτα διενόσησαν: ὀξέα δὲ
τούτοισι καὶ θανατώδεα συνέπιπτεν. ἣν δὲ ἡ
κατάστασις τῶν γενομένων καύσων ὧδε: ἀρχό-
μενοι κωματώδεες, ἀσώδεες, φρικώδεες, πυρετὸς
ὀξύς,3 οὐ διψώδεες λίην, οὐ παράληροι, ἀπὸ ῥινῶν
ἔσταξε σμικρόν. οἱ παροξυσμοὶ τοῖσι πλεί-
στοισιν ἐν ἀρτίῃσι, περὶ δὲ τοὺς παροξυσμοὺς
λήθη καὶ ἄφεσις καὶ ἀφωνίη. ἄκρεά τε τούτοισιν
αἰεὶ μὲν ψυχρότερα ποδῶν καὶ χειρῶν, πολὺ δὲ
περὶ τοὺς παροξυσμοὺς μάλιστα: πάλιν τε βρα-
δέως καὶ οὐ καλῶς ἀνεθερμαίνοντο καὶ πάλιν
κατενόεον καὶ διελέγοντο. κατεῖχε δὲ ἢ τὸ κῶμα
συνεχές, οὐχ ὑπνῶδες, ἢ μετὰ πόνων ἄγρυπνοι."
κοιλίαι ταραχώδεες τοῖσι πλείστοισι τούτων,
διαχωρήμασιν ὠμοῖσι, λεπτοῖσι, πολλοῖσιν" οὖρά
τε πολλὰ λεπτὰ κρίσιμον οὐδὲ χρηστὸν οὐδὲν
ἔχοντα" οὐδὲ ἄλλο κρίσιμον οὐδὲν τοῖσιν οὕτως
ἔχουσιν ἐφαίνετο’ οὔτε γὰρ ἡμορράγει καλῶς

1 κατίλλουσαι Freind and Kiihlewein: κατειλοῦσαι Vy

κατείλλουσαι Hrotian. For other variants see Littré.
2 Before ὀξύς Galen (VII 651) followed by Littré has οὐκ.

244

EPIDEMICS III, v.-vr.

V. Much trouble was caused to some patients by
the tumours in the throat, inflammations of the
tongue and the abscesses about the teeth. Many had
the symptom of impaired and mutHed ! voice, at first
at the beginning of the cases of consumption, but
also in the ardent fevers and in phrenitis.

VI. Now the ardent fevers and phrenitis began
early in the spring after the cold snaps which
occurred, and very many fell sick at that time.
These suffered acute and fatal symptoms. The con-
stitution of the ardent fevers that occurred was as
follows. At the beginning coma, nausea, shivering,
acute fever, no great thirst, no delirium, slight
epistaxis. The exacerbations in most cases on even
days, and about the time of the exacerbations there
was loss of memory with prostration and speechless-
ness. The feet and hands of these patients were
always colder than usual, most especially about the
times of exacerbation. Slowly and in no healthy
manner they recovered their heat, becoming rational
again and conversing. Either the coma held them
continuously without sleep, or they were wakeful
and in pain. Bowels disordered in the majority of
these cases, with crude, thin, copious stools. Urine
copious, thin, with no critical or favourable sign, nor
did any other critical sign appear in these patients.
For there occurred neither favourable hemorrhage

1 The word so rendered has puzzled the commentators
from very early times. See the full discussion of Littré
ad loc. The ancients interpreted either ‘‘cooped up” or
“altered,” ‘‘faussée” (Littré). See Erotian sub voce φωναὶ
κατείλλουσαι. 1 think that H. used a strange word meta-
phorically on purpose to describe a strange alteration in the
voice, which was as it were ‘‘imprisoned” or (to borrow a
motoring expression) ‘ silenced.”

245

29

LO

ΕΠΙΔΉΜΤΩΝ IT

LA Μ lal » , » ΄ Sees,
οὔτε TLS ἄλλη τῶν εἰθισμένων ἀπόστασις ἐγένετο
κρίσιμος. ἔθνῃσκόν τε ἕκαστος ὡς τύχοι, πεπλα-
νημένως τὰ πολλά, περὶ τὰς κρίσιας, ἐκ πολλοῦ
δέ τινες ἄφωνοι, ἱδρῶντες πολλοί. τοῖσι μὲν
ὀλεθρίως “ἔχουσι συνέπιπτε ταῦτα" παραπλήσια
δὲ καὶ τοῖσι φρενιτικοῖσιν. ἄδιψοι δὲ πάνυ οὗτοι
ἧσαν, οὐδ᾽ ἐξεμάνη τῶν φρενιτικῶν οὐδείς, ὥσπερ
ἐπ᾿ ἄλλοισιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἄλλῃ τινὶ καταφορῇ νωθρῇ
καρηβαρέες ' ἀπώλλυντο.

VII. Ἦσαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι πυρετοί, περὶ ὧν γε-
γράψεται. στόματα πολλοῖσιν ἀφθώδεα, ἑλκώδεα.
ῥεύματα περὶ αἰδοῖα πολλά, ἑλκώματα, φύματα
ἔξωθεν, ἔσωθεν. τὰ περὶ βουβῶνας. ὀφθαλμίαι
ὑγραί, μακροχρόνιοι μετὰ πόνων. ἐπιφύσιες βλεφά-
ρων ἔξωθεν, ἔσωθεν, πολλῶν φθείροντα τὰς ὄψιας,
ἃ σῦκα ἐπονομάζουσιν. ἐφύετο δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ἑλκέων πολλὰ καὶ ἐν αἰδοίοισιν. ἄνθρακες
πολλοὶ κατὰ θέρος καὶ ἄλλα, ἃ on καλεῖται.
ἐκθύματα μεγάλα. ἕρπητες πολλοῖσι μεγάλοι.
VIII. Τὰ δὲ κατὰ κοιλίην πολλοῖσι πολλὰ
καὶ βλαβερὰ συνέβαινε. πρῶτον μὲν τεινεσμοὶ
πολλοῖσιν ἐπιπόνως, πλείστοισι δὲ παιδίοισι,
\ -“ Dee 38 ἈΝ ser. ‘ 5 ΄ Ν
καὶ πᾶσιν 3 ὅσα ὃ πρὸ ἥβης, καὶ ἀπώλλυντο τὰ
πλεῖστα τούτων. λειεντερικοὶ πολλοί. δυσεντε-
΄ x09 @ , ᾽ , \ \ ,
ριώδεες, οὐδ᾽ οὗτοι λίην ἐπιπόνως. τὰ δὲ χολώδεα
\ \ \ \ \ id , “
καὶ λιπαρὰ καὶ λεπτὰ καὶ ὑδατώδεα' πολλοῖσι
So Galen (XVI 579) καταφορῇ κακῇ νωθρῇ βαρέως MSS.
πᾶσιν 1) and Galen: παισὶν V.
ὅσα MSS.: ὅσοι most editions.

eo 1 μ᾿

1 Possibly ‘‘ frequent,” ‘‘common.” So Littré. This is
one of the most doubtful cases of those difficult words in
a medical context, πολύς and ὀλίγος in the plural. See
General Introduction, p. lxi.

246

EPIDEMICS III, νι.-- ναι.

nor any other of the usual critical abscessions. ‘The
manner of their dying varied with the individual ; it
was usually irregular, at the crises, but in some cases
after long loss of speech and in many with sweating.
These were the symptoms attending the fatal cases
of ardent fever, and the cases of phrenitis were
similar. These suffered from no thirst at all, and
no case showed the mad delirium that attacked
others, but they passed away overpowered by a dull
oppression of stupor.

VII. There were other fevers also, which I shall
describe in due course. Many had aphthae and
sores in the mouth. Fluxes about the genitals were
copious!; sores, tumours external and internal ; the
swellings which appear in the groin.2 Watery in-
flammations of the eyes, chronic and painful. Growths
on the eyelids, external and internal, in many cases
destroying the sight, which are called “figs.” There
were also often growths on other sores, particularly
in the genitals. Many carbuncles in the summer,
and other affections called “rot.” Large pustules.
Many had large tetters.

VIII. The bowel troubles in many cases turned
out many and harmful. In the first place many
were attacked by painful tenesmus, mostly children
all in fact who were approaching puberty—and
most of these died. Many lienteries. Cases of
dysentery, but they too? were not very painful.
Stools bilious, greasy, thin and watery. In many

2 A curious phrase. I suspect that τὰ hides a corruption
of the text.

3 7. 2. as Galen suggests in his commentary, they were like
the lienteries in not causing much pain. Lientery is not
particularly painful.

247

10

19

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

μὲν αὐτὸ τὸ νόσημα ἐς τοῦτο κατέσκηψεν ἄνευ τε
πυρετῶν καὶ ἐν πυρετοῖσι. μετὰ πόνων στρόφοι
καὶ ἀνειλήσιες κακοήθεες. διέξοδοί τε τῶν
πολλῶν ἐνόντων ' τε καὶ ἐπισχόντων. τὰ δὲ
διεξιόντα πόνους οὐ λύοντα τοῖσί τε προσφερομέ-
νοισι δυσκόλως ὑπακούοντα" καὶ γὰρ αἱ καθάρσιες
τοὺς πλείστους προσέβλαπτον. τῶν δὲ οὕτως
ἐχόντων πολλοὶ μὲν ὀξέως ἀπώλλυντο, ἔστι δ᾽
οἷσι καὶ μακρότερα διῆγεν. ὡς δ᾽ ἐν κεφαλαίῳ
εἰρῆσθαι, πάντες, καὶ οἱ τὰ μακρὰ νοσέοντες καὶ
οἱ τὰ ὀξέα, ἐκ τῶν κατὰ κοιλίην ἀπέθνῃσκον
μάλιστα. πάντας γὰρ κοιλίη συναπήνεγκεν.
ΙΧ. ᾿Απόσιτοι δ᾽ ἐγένοντο πάντες μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ
πᾶσι τοῖσι προγεγραμμένοισιν, ὡς ἐγὼ οὐδὲ
πώποτε ἐνέτυχον, πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα οὗτοι Kal” ἐκ
τούτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων δὲ οἱ καὶ ὀλεθρίως

1 ἐνόντων MSS. But should we not expect ἐνεόντων Ὁ I
suggest μενόντων. Cf. my. suggestion on p. 320.
2 After καὶ MSS. have of. Blass omitted.

1 Littré in a long and obscure note argues that only ἄνευ
πυρετῶν and not ἐν πυρετοῖσι can belong to the preceding phrase,
apparently because it is illogical to say that fever was present
when the disease consisted merely of unhealthy stools. But
the writer does not wish to exclude fever; he merely wishes
to exclude from this class of patient tenesmus, lientery and
dysentery. The commentary of Galen, πολλοῖς δέ φησιν αὐτὸ
τοῦτο γενέσθαι τὸ νόσημα, τουτέστι τὸ διαχωρεῖν τὰ τοιαῦτα" καὶ
γὰρ καὶ χωρὶς πυρετῶν ἐνίοις τοῦτο γενέσθαι φησί, does not, as
Littré supposes, support his contention. The phrase καὶ
χωρὶς πυρετῶν ἐνίοις τοῦτο γενέσθαι φησὶ implies καὶ ἐν πυρετοῖς
τοῦτο ἐγένετο.

2 It is hard to separate διέξοδοι from τῶν πολλῶν, yet the
sense seems to require it. The next sentence states that
these evacuations caused no relief, evidently because they

248

EPIDEMICS III, νπι.--ἰχ.

eases this condition of the bowels constituted the
disease itself, fever being sometimes absent and
sometimes present.! Painful tormina and malignant
colic. There were evacuations, though the bulk of
the contents remained behind.2 The evacuations
did not take away the pains, and yielded with diffi-
culty to the remedies administered. Purgings, in
fact, did harm in most cases. Of those in this con-
dition many died rapidly, though a few held out
longer. In brief, all patients, whether the disease
was prolonged or acute, died chiefly from the bowel
complaints. For the bowels carried all off together.®

IX. Loss of appetite, to a degree that I never
met before, attended all the cases described above,
but most especially the last, and of them, and of the
others also, especially such as were fatally stricken.4

did not clear the trouble from the bowel. Now if διέξοδοι be
taken with τῶν πολλῶν, the only possible translation is
‘‘evacuations of the many contents which were retained
there,” implying complete evacuation. Galen’s comment
(Kihn XVII, PartI, p. 708) bears out the former interpreta-
tion: τὰς δὲ διεξόδους. τουτέστὶ τὰς κενώσεις, αὐτοῖς συμβῆναι,
πολλῶν ἐνόντων καὶ ἐπισχόντων . . . .. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲ τοὺς
πόνους λύειν τὰ διεξιόντα. πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε λύειν αὐτά, πολλῶν ἔτι
τῶν ἐπεχομένων ὄντων ; It should be noticed that ἐπισχόντων
is probably from ἐπίσχω (Galen’s ἐπεχομένων) and not from
ἐπέχω, although I cannot find a parallel for intransitive
ἐπίσχω in this sense.

5. The writer has not expressed himself clearly in this
chapter, which seems to be the roughest of rough notes. The
last two sentences apparently mean :—

(a) It was always the bowel complaints which caused most
deaths. This was natural, since (b) all attacked by bowel
complaints died.

4 The emendation of Blass permits the translator of this
passage to harmonize both sense and grammar. Before it
was impossible to do so,

VOL,.1. L 249

10

EVIAHMION Τ'

ἔχοιεν. διψώδεες οἱ μέν, οἱ δ᾽ ov: τῶν ἐν πυρε-
τοῖσι καὶ τοῖσιν ἄλλοισιν οὐδεὶς ἀκαίρως, ἀλλ᾽
ἣν κατὰ ποτὸν διαιτᾶν ὡς ἤθελες.

X. Οὖρα δὲ πολλὰ μὲν τὰ διεξιόντα ἣν, οὐκ ἐκ
τῶν προσφερομένων ποτῶν, ἀλλὰ πολλὸν ὑπερ-
βάλλοντα. πολλὴ δέ τις καὶ τῶν οὔρων κακότης
ἣν τῶν ἀπιόντων. οὔτε γὰρ πάχος οὔτε πεπα-
σμοὺς οὔτε καθάρσιας χρηστὰς elev! ἐσήμαινεν
δὲ τοῖσι πλείστοισι σύντηξιν καὶ ταραχὴν καὶ
πόνους καὶ ἀκρισίας.

XI. Κωματώδεες δὲ μάλιστα οἱ φρενιτικοὶ καὶ
οἱ καυσώδεες ἦσαν, ἀτὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοισι
νοσήμασι πᾶσι τοῖσι μεγίστοισιν, ὅ TL μετὰ
πυρετοῦ ylvorto. διὰ παντὸς δὲ τοῖσι πλεί-
στοισιν ἢ βαρὺ κῶμα παρείπετο ἢ μικροὺς καὶ
λεπτοὺς ὕπνους κοιμᾶσθαι.

XII. Πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλα πυρετῶν ἐπεδήμησεν
εἴδεα, τριταίων, τεταρταίων, νυκτερινῶν, συν-
εχέων, μακρῶν, πεπλανημένων, ἀσωδέων, ἀκατα-
στάτων. ἅπαντες δὲ οὗτοι μετὰ πολλῆς ἐγίνοντο
ταραχῆς" κοιλίαι τε γὰρ τοῖσι πλείστοισιν ταρα-
χώδεες, φρικώδεες. ἱδρῶτες οὐ κρίσιμοι, καὶ τὰ
τῶν οὔρων ὡς ὑπογέγραπται. μακρὰ δὲ τοῖσι
πλείστοισι τούτων: οὐδὲ γὰρ αἱ γινόμεναι
τούτοισιν ἀποστάσιες ἔκρινον ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῖσιν
ἄλλοισι. δύσκριτα μὲν οὖν πᾶσι πάντα ἐγίνετο
καὶ ἀκρισίαι καὶ χρόνια, πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα τούτοις.

1 After εἶχεν MSS. have ἐπὶ πολλοῖσι γὰρ αἱ κατὰ κύστιν

καθάρσιες χρησταὶ γενομέναι ἀγαθόν. Deleted as an explana-
tory note by Ermerins.

1 Probably ‘disordered bowels,” a common meaning of
ταραχὴ in the Corpus.

250

EPIDEMICS III, 1x.-xu.

Thirst afflicted some, but not others; of the fever
patients, as well as of the other cases, none were un-
seasonably affected, but as far as drink was concerned
you could diet them as you pleased.

X. The urine that was passed was copious, not in
proportion to, but far exceeding, the drink adminis-
tered. Yet the urine too that was passed showed
a great malignancy. For it had neither the proper
consistency, nor coction, nor cleansing powers; it
signified for most patients wasting, trouble,! pains,
and absence of crisis.

XI. Coma attended mostly the phrenitis and ardent
fevers, without excluding, however, all the other dis-
eases of the most severe sort that were accompanied
by fever. Most patients throughout either were
sunk in heavy coma or slept only in fitful snatches.

XII. Many other forms also of fever were epi-
demic :—tertians, quartans, night fevers, fevers
continuous, protracted, irregular, fevers attended with
nausea, fevers of no definite character. All these
cases suffered severely from trouble.2 For the
bowels in most cases were disordered, with shiver-
ing fits. Sweats portended no crisis, and the
character of the urine was as I have described.
Most of these cases were protracted, for the ab-
scessions too which took place did not prove critical
as in other cases; nay rather, in all cases all
symptoms marked obscurity of crisis,? or absence
of crisis, or protraction of the disease, but most
especially in the patients last described. A few

? See the preceding note.
Χ Ul ’ 9
3 For δύσκριτον see Foes’ Oeconomia, sub voce. It means
that it was hard to see when a crisis took place, or that
the crisis was not a marked one.

251

17

10

20

EINMAHMION T

ἔκρινε δὲ τούτων ὀλίγοισι περὶ ὀγδοηκοστήν.
τοῖσι δὲ πλείστοισιν ἐξέλειπεν ὡς ἔτυχεν. ἔθνῃ-
σκον δὲ τούτων ὀλίγοι ὑπὸ ὕδρωπος ὀρθοστάδην.
πολλοῖσι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖσιν ἄλλοισι νοσήμασιν
οἰδήματα παρώχλει, πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα τοῖσι
φθινώδεσι.

XIII. Μέγιστον δὲ καὶ χαλεπώτατον καὶ
πλείστους ἔκτεινε τὸ φθινῶδες. πολλοὶ γάρ
τίνες ἀρξάμενοι κατὰ “χειμῶνα πολλοὶ μὲν κατε-
κλίθησαν, οἱ δὲ αὐτῶν ὀρθοστάδην ὑπεφέροντο"
πρωὶ δὲ τοῦ ἦρος ἔθνησκον οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν
κατακλιθέντων᾽ τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ἐξέλιπον μὲν
αἱ βῆχες οὐδενί, ὑφίεσαν δὲ κατὰ θέρος. ὑπὸ
δὲ τὸ φθινόπωρον κατεκλίθησαν πάντες καὶ
πολλοὶ ἔθνῃσκον. μακρὰ δὲ τούτων οἱ πλεῖστοι
διενόσεον. ἤρξατο μὲν οὖν τοῖσι πλείστοισι
τούτων ἐξαίφνης ἐκ τούτων κακοῦσθαι" φρικώ-
dees πυκνά. πολλάκις πυρετοὶ συνεχέες, ὀξέες"
ἱδρῶτες ἄκαιροι πολλοί, ψυχροὶ διὰ τέλεος"
πολλὴ ψύξις, καὶ μόγις πάλιν ἀναθερμαινόμενοι"
κοιλίαι ποικίλως ἐφιστάμεναι καὶ πάλιν ταχὺ
καθυγραινόμεναι, περὶ δὲ “τελευτὴν πᾶσι βιαίως
καθυγραινόμεναι" καὶ τῶν περὶ πνεύμονα πάν-
των διάδοσις κάτω. πλῆθος οὔρων οὐ χρηστῶν"
συντήξιες κακαί. αἱ δὲ βῆχες ἐνῆσαν μὲν διὰ
τέλεος πολλαὶ καὶ πολλὰ ἀνάγουσαι πέπονα
καὶ ὑγρά, μετὰ πόνων δὲ οὐ λίην" ἀλλ᾽ εἰ καὶ
ἐπόνεον, πάνυ πρηέως πᾶσιν ἡ κάθαρσις τῶν
ἀπὸ πνεύμονος ἐγίνετο. φάρυγγες οὐ λίην δακνώ-
dees, οὐδὲ ἁλμυρίδες οὐδὲν ἠνώχλεον: τὰ μέντοι

1 From περὶ to καθυγραινόμεναι omitted by all MSS. except
H (in margin).
252

EPIDEMICS III, x1.—xm.

of these had a crisis about the eightieth day;
with most recovery followed no rule. A few of
them died of dropsy, without taking to their bed;
many sufferers from the other diseases too were
troubled with swellings, most particularly the
consumptives.

XIII. The severest and most troublesome disease,
as well as the most fatal, was the consumption.
Many cases began in the winter, and of these
several took to their bed, though some went about
ailing without doing so. Early in the spring most
of those who had gone to bed died, while none of the
others lost their cough, though it became easier in
the summer. During autumn all took to bed and
many died. Most of these were ill for a long time.
Now most of these began suddenly to grow worse,
showing the following symptoms :—frequent shiver-
ing; often continuous and acute fever; unseasonable,
copious,! cold sweats throughout; great chill with
difficult recovery of heat; bowels variously consti-
pated, then quickly relaxing, and violently relaxing
in all cases near the end; the humours about the
lungs spread downwards ; abundance of unfavourable
urine; malignant wasting. The coughs throughout
were frequent, bringing up copious,! concocted and
liquid sputa, but without much pain; but even if
there was pain, in all cases the purging from the
lungs took place very mildly. The throat did not
smart very much, nor did salt humours cause any
distress at all. The fluxes, however, viscid, white,

1 JT am often doubtful as to the meaning of πολλοὶ in
instances like these; does it refer to quantity or frequency ?
In these two examples either meaning would give excellent
sense. See General Introduction, p. 1xi.

253

90

33

EIMAHMION Τ'

γλίσχρα καὶ λευκὰ καὶ ὑγρὰ καὶ ἀφρώδεα
πολλὰ ἀπὸ κεφαλῆς ἤει. πολὺ δὲ μέγιστον
κακὸν παρείπετο καὶ τούτοισι καὶ τοῖσιν ἄλλοισι
τὰ περὶ τὴν ἀποσιτίην, καθάπερ ὑπογέγραπται"
οὐδὲ γὰρ πότων μετὰ τροφῆς ἡδέως εἶχον, ἀλλὰ
πάνυ διῆγον ἀδίψως" βάρος σώματος: κωμα-
τώδεες" τοῖσι πλείστοισιν αὐτῶν οἴδημα, καὶ ἐς
ὕδρωπα περιίσταντο' φρικώδεες, παράληροι περὶ
θάνατον.

XIV. Εἶδος δὲ τῶν φθινωδέων ἣν τὸ λεῖον,
τὸ ὑπόλευκον, τὸ parades, TO ὑπέρυθρον, τὸ
χαροπόν, λευκοφλεγματίαι, πτερυγώδεες" καὶ
γυναῖκες οὕτω. τὸ μελαγχολικὸν καὶ ὕφαιμον"
οἱ καῦσοι καὶ τὰ φρενιτικὰ καὶ τὰ δυσεντεριώδεα
τούτων ἥπτετο. τειψεσμοὶ νέοισι φλεγματώδεσιν'
αἱ μακραὶ διάρροιαι καὶ τὰ δριμέα διαχωρήματα
καὶ λιπαρὰ πικροχόλοισιν.

XV. Ἦν δὲ πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπογεγραμμένοις χαλε-
πώτατον μὲν τὸ ἔαρ καὶ πλείστους ἀπέκτεινε, τὸ
δὲ θέρος ῥήϊστον, καὶ ἐλάχιστοι ἀπώλλυντο. τοῦ
δὲ φθινοπώρου καὶ ὑπὸ πληϊάδα πάλιν ἔθνῃσκον,
οἱ πολλοὶ τεταρταῖοι. “ δοκεῖ δέ μοι προσωφε-
λῆσαι κατὰ λόγον τὸ “γενόμενον θέρος. τὰς γὰρ
θερινὰς νούσους χειμὼν ἐπιγενόμενος λύει, καὶ
τὰς χειμερινὰς θέρος ἐπιγενόμενον μεθίστησι.

1 φακῶδες most MSS.: ταραχῶδες R’: φλεγματῶδες Galen.

2 From δοκεῖ δέ μοι to the end of the κατάστασις appears in
the MSS. not here but at the end of the book. Most editors
have transposed the passage to this place.

1 It seems impossible to decide whether the adjective
χαροπός refers here to the brightness of the eyes or to their
colour (blue or grey).

254

EPIDEMICS III, χπι.--χν.

moist, frothy, which came from the head, were
abundant. But by far the worst symptom that
attended both these cases and the others was the
distaste for food, as has been mentioned. They had
no relish either for drink with nourishment, but they
remained entirely without thirst. Heaviness in the
body. Coma. In most of them there was swelling,
which developed into dropsy. Shivering fits and
delirium near death.

XIV. The physical characteristics of the consump-
tives were:—skin smooth, whitish, lentil-coloured,
reddish ; bright eyes;! a leucophlegmatic ? con-
dition; shoulder-blades projecting like wings. Women
too so. As to those with a melancholic? or a rather
sanguine 2 complexion, they were attacked by ardent
fevers, phrenitis and dysenteric troubles. Tenesmus
affected young, phlegmatic? people; the chronic
diarrhoea and acrid, greasy stools affected persons
of a bilious? temperament.

XV. In all the cases described spring was the
worst enemy, and caused the most deaths; summer
was the most favourable season, in which fewest
died. In autumn and during the season of the
Pleiades, on the other hand, there were again
deaths, usually on the fourth day. And it seems
to me natural that the coming on of summer should
have been helpful. For the coming on of winter
resolves the diseases of summer, and the coming on
of summer removes those of winter. And yet in

2 See General Introduction, p. xlvi-li, on the humours.
‘Bitter bile” was the same as that sometimes called
** vellow.”

5. This brief phrase seems to mean that the same character-
istics marked consumptive women as consumptive men.

259

10

12

10

14

ENIAHMION

καίτοι AUTO γε ἐπὶ ἑωυτοῦ τὸ γενόμενον θέρος οὐκ
εὐσταθὲς ἐγένετο" καὶ γὰρ ἐξαίφνης θερμὸν
καὶ νότιον καὶ ἄπνοον: ἀλλ᾽ ὅμως πρὸς τὴν
ἄλλην κατάστασιν μεταλλάξαν ὠφέλησε.

XVI. Μέγα δὲ μέρος ἡγεῦμαι τῆς τέχνης εἶναι
τὸ δύνασθαι “σκοπεῖν καὶ περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων
ὀρθῶς. ὁ γὰρ γνοὺς καὶ χρεώμενος τούτοις οὐκ
ἄν μοι δοκεῖ μέγα σφάλλεσθαι ἐν τῇ τέχνη. δεῖ
δὲ καταμανθάνειν τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν ὡρέων
ἀκριβῶς ἑκάστην: καὶ τὸ νόσημα, ἀγαθὸν ὅ τι

ae Sse ; ap inp ae I ‘
κοινὸν ἐν TH καταστάσει ἢ ἐν TH νούσῳ, κακὸν
ὅ τι κοινὸν ἐν τῇ καταστάσει ἢ ἐν τῆ νούσῳ,
μακρὸν ὅ τι νόσημα καὶ θανάσιμον, μακρὸν ὅ
τι καὶ περιεστικόν, ὀξὺ ὅ τι θανάσιμον, ὀξὺ 6
τι περιεστικόν' τάξιν τῶν κρισίμων ἐκ τούτων
σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ προλέγειν ἐκ τούτων εὐπορεῖται.
εἰδότι περὶ τούτων ἔστιν εἰδέναι οὺς καὶ ὅτε καὶ
ὡς δεῖ διαιτᾶν.

€ , ΕΣ
Εκκαίδεκα ἄρρωστοι

XVII. α΄. “Ev Θάσῳ τὸν Ἰ]άριον, ὃς κατέκειτο
ὑπὲρ ᾿Αρτεμισίου, πυρετὸς ἔλαβεν ὀξύς, κατ᾽ ἀρ-
χὰς συνεχής, καυσώδης" δίψος" ἀρχόμενος κωμα-
τώδης καὶ πάλιν ἄγρυπνος" κοιλίη ταραχώδης
ἐν ἀρχῇσιν, οὖρα λεπτά. ἕκτῃ οὔρησεν ἐλαιῶδες,
παρέκρουσεν. ἑβδόμῃ παρωξύνθη πάντα, οὐδὲν

1 One MS. reads ἑκάστης, perhaps rightly.

1 «Of a good constitution.”
2 This chapter does not fit in with the context, and occurs

256

EPIDEMICS III, cu. xv.—casz 1.

itself the summer in question was not healthful : 1
in fact it was suddenly hot, southerly, and calm.
But nevertheless the change from the other con-
stitution proved beneficial.

XVI. The power, too, to study correctly what has
been written I consider to be an important part of
the art of medicine. The man who has learnt these
things and uses them will not, I think, make
great mistakes in the art. And it is necessary to
learn accurately each constitution of the seasons
as well as the disease; what common element
in the constitution or in the disease is good, and
what common element in the constitution or in the
disease is bad ; what malady is protracted and fatal,
what is protracted and likely to end in recovery ;
what acute illness is fatal, what acute illness is likely
to end in recovery. With this knowledge it is easy
to examine the order of the critical days, and to
prognosticate therefrom. One who has knowledge
of these matters can know whom he ought to treat,
as well as the time and method of treatment.”

SIXTEEN CASES
CasE I

XVII. In Thasos the Parian who lay sick beyond
the temple of Artemis was seized with acute fever,
which at the beginning was continuous and ardent.
Thirst. At the beginning coma followed by sleep-
lessness. Bowels disordered at the beginning ; urine
thin.

Stxth day. Oily urine ; delirium.

Seventh day. General exacerbation; no sleep ;
again at the beginning of the book περὶ κρισίμων. Ermerins
brackets it,

257,

10

20

30

EIMAHMION Τ'

ἐκοιμήθη, ἀλλὰ οὖρά τε ὅμοια καὶ τὰ τῆς
γνώμης ταραχώδεα: ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης χολώδεα,
λιπαρὰ διῆλθεν. ὀγδόῃ σμικρὸν ἀπὸ ῥινῶν
ἔσταξεν, ἤμεσεν ἰώδεα ὀλίγα, σμικρὰ ἐκοιμήθη.
ἐνάτῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν. δεκάτῃ πάντα συνέδωκεν.
ἑνδεκάτῃ ἵδρωσε δι’ ὅλου: περιέψυξε, ταχὺ δὲ
πάλιν ἀνεθερμάνθη. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ 1 arupe-
τὸς ὀξύς. διαχωρήματα χολώδεα, λεπτά, πολλά,
οὔροισιν ἐναιώρημα, παρέκρουσεν. ἑπτακαιδε-
κάτῃ ἐπιπόνως" οὔτε γὰρ ὕπνοι, ὅ τε πυρετὸς
ἐπέτεινεν. εἰκοστῇ ἵδρωσε δι’ ὅλου: ἄπυρος,"
διαχωρήματα χολώδεα, ἀπόσιτος, κωματώδης"
εἰκοστῇ τετώρτῃ ὑπέστρεψε. τριηκοστῇ τετάρτῃ

ἄπυρος, κοιλίη οὐ συνίστατο, καὶ πάλιν ἀνεθερ-
μάνθη. τεσσαρακοστῇ ἄπυρος, κοιλίη συνέστη
χρόνον οὐ πολύν, ἀπόσιτος, σμικρὰ πάλιν ἐπύρεξε
καὶ διὰ παντὸς πεπλανημένως. ἄπυρος τὰ μέν,
τὰ δ᾽ οὔ: εἰ γάρ τι διαλίποι καὶ διακουφύσαι;
ταχὺ πάλιν ὑπέστρεφε. σιταρίοισί τε ὀλίγοισι
καὶ φαύλοισι προσεχρῆτο. ὕπνοι κακοί, περὶ
τὰς ὑποστροφὰς παρέκρουσεν. οὖρα πάχος μὲν
ἔχοντα οὔρει τηνικαῦτα, ταραχώδεα δὲ καὶ
πονηρά. καὶ τὰ κατὰ κοιλίην συνιστάμενα καὶ
πάλιν διαλυόμενα. πυρέτια συνεχέα. διαχω-
ρήματα λεπτά, πολλά. ἐν εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν
ἔθανε. τούτῳ κοιλίη συνεχέως ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης
ὑγρὴ χολώδεσιν, ὑγροῖσι πολλοῖσιν ἣν ἢ συν-

1 τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ Littré from Galen (WII 649): τρισκαι-
δεκάτη V. (It is the 14th day which is important as a
critical day. )

2 ἄπυρος Littré from Galen: ἄγρυπνος V.

3 ὀλίγοισι Kiihlewein: πολλοῖσι MSS.

258

EPIDEMICS III, case 1.

urine similar and mind disordered ; stools bilious and
fatty.

Eighth day. Slight epistaxis; vomited scanty
matters of the colour of verdigris ; snatches of sleep.

Ninth day. Same symptoms.

Tenth day. General improvement.

Eleventh day. Sweated all over; grew chilly, but
quickly recovered heat.

Fourteenth day. Acute fever ; stools bilious, thin,
copious ; substance floating in urine ; delirium.

Seventeenth day. In pain; no sleep, while the fever
grew worse.

Twentieth day. Sweated all over; no fever ; stools
bilious ; aversion to food ; coma.

Twenty-fourth day. Relapse.

Thirty-fourth day. No fever ; no constipation ; re-
covered heat.

Fortieth day, No fever; bowels constipated for a
short time; aversion to food; became slightly
feverish again, throughout irregularly, the fever being
sometimes absent, sometimes present; for if the
fever intermitted and was alleviated there was a
relapse soon afterwards. He took little bits of
food, and that of an unsuitable sort. Sleep bad ;
delirium at the relapses. Urine at these times had
consistency, but was troubled and bad. Bowels con-
stipated, but afterwards relaxed. Continuous slight
fevers. Stools thin and copious.

Hundred and twentieth day, Death.

In this case the bowels continuously from the
first day loose with bilious, loose, copious stools, or

259

40

50

ΕΠΙΔΉΗΜΙΩΝ Γ

ἱσταμένη ζέουσι καὶ ἀπέπτοισιν᾽ ovpa διὰ τέλεος
κακά: κωματώδης τὰ πε τ; μετὰ πόνων ἄγρυτ-
νος, ἀπόσιτος συνεχέωςἰ

β΄. Ἔν Θάσῳ τὴν κατακειμένην παρὰ τὸ
ψυχρὸν ὕδωρ ἐκ τόκου θυγατέρα τεκοῦσαν καθάρ-
σιος οὐ γενομένης πυρετὸς ὀξὺς φρικώδης τρι-
ταίην ἔλαβεν. ἐκ χρόνου δὲ πολλοῦ πρὸ τοῦ
τόκου πυρετώδης ἦν, κατακλινής, ἀπόσιτος.
μετὰ δὲ τὸ γενόμενον ῥῖγος συνεχέες, ὀξέες,
φρικώδεες οἱ πυρετοί. ὀγδόῃ πολλὰ παρέκρουσε
καὶ τὰς ἐχομένας καὶ ταχὺ πάλιν κατενόει"
κοιλίη ταραχώδης πολλοῖσι λεπτοῖσιν, ὑδατο-
χόλοις: ἄδιψος. ἑνδεκάτῃ κατενόει, κωμα-
τώδης δ᾽ ἦν' οὖρα πολλὰ λεπτὰ καὶ μέλανα,
ἄγρυπνος. εἰκοστῇ σμικρὰ περιέψυξε καὶ ταχὺ
πάλιν ἀνεθερμάνθη, σμικρὰ παρέλεγεν, ἄγρυπνος"
τὰ κατὰ κοιλίην. ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν' οὖρα ὑδατώδεα
πολλά. εἰκοστῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἄπυρος, κοιλίη συν-
ἐστη, οὐ πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ ὕστερον ἰσχίου δεξιοῦ
ὀδύνη ἰσχυρὴ χρόνον πολύν πυρετοὶ πάλιν
παρείποντο" οὖρα ὑδατώδεα. τεσσαρακοστῇ τὰ
μὲν περὶ τὸ ἰσχίον ἐπεκούφισε, βῆχες δὲ συν-
εχέες ὑγραὶ TONAL, “κοιλίη συνέστη, ἀπόσι-
τος" οὖρα ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν. οἱ δὲ πυρετοὶ τὸ
μὲν ὅλον οὐκ ἐκλείποντες, πεπλανημένως δὲ

1 After συνεχέως the MSS. have καῦσος.
* V has here WIT@AYTPKO.

1 Lit. ‘‘seething ” or “ boiling.” The reference is possibly
not so much to heat as to the steaming, frothy nature of the
stools.

260

EPIDEMICS III, cases 1.-11.

constipated with hot,! undigested stools. Urine
throughout bad; mostly comatose; painful sleep-
lessness ; 2 continued aversion to food.

Cast II

In Thasos the woman who lay sick by the Cold
Water, on the third day after giving birth to a
daughter without lochial discharge, was seized with
acute fever accompanied by shivering. For a long
time before her delivery she had suffered from fever,
being confined to bed and averse to food. After the
rigor that took place, the fevers were continuous,
acute, and attended with shivering.

Eighth and following days. Much delirium, quickly
followed by recovery of reason; bowels disturbed
with copious, thin, watery and bilious stools; no
thirst.

Eleventh day. Was rational, but comatose. Urine
copious, thin and black ; no sleep.

Twentieth day. Slight chills,? but heat quickly
recovered ; slight wandering ; no sleep; bowels the
same}; urine watery and copious,

Twenty-seventh day, No fever; bowels constipated ;
not long afterwards severe pain in the right hip for
along time. Fevers again attended ; urine watery.

Fortieth day, Pain in the hip relieved ; continuous
coughing, with watery, copious sputa; bowels con-
stipated ; aversion to food; urine the same. The
fevers, without entirely intermitting, were exacer-

* The meaning apparently is that the patient was generally
in a state of coma; if not comatose, he was in pain and could
not sleep.

8 This sentence shows that περί in περιψύχω means not

“very,” but ‘all over.” The phrase may mean “slight
chilliness.”’
261

00

70

80

EIMAHMION Τ'

παροξυνόμενοι, τὰ μέν, τὰ δ᾽ οὔ. ἑξηκοστῇ αἱ
μὲν βῆχες ἀσήμως ἐξέλιπον" οὔτε γάρ τις πτυά-
λων πεπασμὸς ἐγένετο οὔτε ἄλλη τῶν εἰθισμένων
ἀπόστασις: σιηγὼν δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῶν ἐπὶ δεξιὰ κατ-
εσπάσθη: κωματώδης" παρέλεγε καὶ ταχὺ πάλιν
κατενόει" πρὸς δὲ τὰ γεύματα ἀπονενοημένως elev

σιηγὼν μὲν ἐπανῆκε, κοιλίη δὲ χολώδεα σμικρὰ
διέδωκεν, ἐπύρεξεν ὀξυτέρως, φρικώδης" καὶ τὰς
ἐχομένας ἄφωνος καὶ πάλιν διελέγετο." ὀγδοη-
κοστῇ ἀπέθανε. ταύτῃ τὰ τῶν οὔρων διὰ τέλεος
ἣν μέλανα καὶ λεπτὰ καὶ ὑδατώδεα. κῶμα
παρείπετο, ἀπόσιτος, ἄθυμος, ἄγρυπνος, ὀργαί,
δυσφορίαι, τὰ περὶ τὴν γνώμην μελαγχολικά."

ve Ἔν Θάσῳ Πυθίωνα, ὃ ὃς κατέκειτο ὑπεράνω
τοῦ Ἡρακλείου, ἐκ πόνων καὶ κόπων καὶ διαίτης
γενομένης ἀμελέος piryos μέγα καὶ πυρετὸς ὀξὺς
ἔλαβε. γλῶσσα ἐπίξηρος, διψώδης, χολώδης,
οὐχ ὕπνωσεν, οὖρα ὑπομέλανα, ἐναιώρημα μετέ-
wpov, οὐχ ἵδρυτο. δευτέρῃ περὶ μέσον ἡμέρης
ψύξις ἀκρέων, τὰ περὶ χεῖρας καὶ κεφαλὴν μᾶλλον,
ἄναυδος, ἄφωνος, βραχύπνοος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον,
ἀνεθερμάνθη, δίψα, νύκτα δι ἡσυχίης, ἵδρωσε
περὶ κεφαλὴν σμικρά. τρίτῃ ἡμέρην δι᾿ ἡσυχίης,
ὀψὲ δὲ περὶ ἡλίου δυσμὰς ὑπεψύχθη σμικρά,
aon, ταραχή, νυκτὸς ἐπιπόνως, οὐδὲν ὕπνωσεν,
ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης σμικρὰ συνεστηκότα κόπρανα
διῆλθε. τετάρτῃ πρωὶ δι’ ἡσυχίης, περὶ δὲ
μέσον ἡμέρης πάντα παρωξύνθη, γφψύξις,

1 Before διελέγετο the MSS. except V have κατενόει καί.

2 'V has here MIA AET®O.
8 ἵδρυτο MSS.: ἱδρύετο Kiihlewein.

1 For ‘‘melancholy ” see General Introduction, p. lviii.
262

EPIDEMICS III, caszs 11-11.

bated irregularly, sometimes increasing and some-
times not doing so.

Sixtieth day. The coughing ceased without any
critical sign; there was no coction of the sputa, nor
any of the usual abscessions ; jaw on the right side
convulsed ; comatose ; wandering, but reason quickly
recovered ; desperately averse to food; jaw relaxed ;
passed small, bilious stools ; fever grew more acute,
with shivering. On the succeeding days she lost
power of speech, but would afterwards converse.

Enghtieth day. Death.

The urine of this patient was throughout black,
thin and watery. Coma was present, aversion to
food, despondency, sleeplessness, irritability, rest-
lessness, the mind being affected by melancholy.1

Case III

In Thasos Pythion, who lay sick above the shrine
of Heracles, after labour, fatigue and careless living,
was seized by violent rigor and acute fever. Tongue
dry; thirst; bilious; no sleep; urine rather black,
with a substance suspended in it, which formed no
sediment.

Second day, About mid-day chill in the extremities,
especially in the hands and head; could not speak
or utter a sound; respiration short for a long time;
recovered warmth; thirst; a quiet night; slight
sweats about the head,

Third day. A quiet day, but later, about sunset,
grew rather chilly ; nausea; distress ; 2 painful night
without sleep ; small, solid stools were passed.

Fourth day, Early morning peaceful, but about
mid-day all symptoms were exacerbated; chill;

* Probably bowel trouble. See p. 250

263

100

110

ΕΙΠΔΗΜΙΩΝ T

vy ” τ \ ἈΝ -“ > /
ἄναυδος, ἄφωνος, ἐπὶ TO χεῖρον, ἀνεθερμάνθη
μετὰ χρόνον, οὔρησε μέλανα ἐναιώρημα ἔχοντα,
νύκτα δι’ ἡσυχίης, ἐκοιμήθη: πέμπτῃ ἔδοξε
/ \ \ la / Ν
κουφίσαι, κατὰ δὲ κοιλίην βάρος μετὰ πόνου,
διψώδης, νύκτα ἐπιπόνως. ἕκτῃ πρωὶ μὲν Ov
e / / \ € / / 7
ἡσυχίης, δείλης δὲ οἱ πόνοι μέζους, παρωξύνθη,
ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης ὀψὲ κλυσματίῳ καλῶς διῆλθε,
νυκτὸς ἐκοιμήθη. ἑβδόμῃ ἡμέρῃ ἀσώδης, ὑπε-
δυσφόρει, οὔρησεν ἐλαιῶδες, νυκτὸς ταραχὴ
πολλή, παρέλεγεν, οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη. ὀγδόῃ πρωὶ
\ > / , \ \ / 5 if
μὲν ἐκοιμήθη σμικρά, ταχὺ δὲ ψύξις, ἀφωνίη,
λεπτὸν πνεῦμα καὶ μινυθῶδες, ὀψὲ δὲ πάλιν
ἀνεθερμάνθη, παρέκρουσεν, ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἡμέρην
σμικρὰ ἐκουφίσθη, διαχωρήματα ἄκρητα, σμικρὰ,
χολώδεα. ἐνάτῃ κωματώδης, ἀσώδης, ὅτε διε-
γείροιτο" οὐ λίην διψώδης" περὶ δὲ ἡλίου δυσμὰς
ἐδυσφόρει, παρέλεγε, νύκτα κακήν. δεκάτῃ πρωὶ
ἄφωνος, πολλὴ ψύξις, πυρετὸς ὀξύς, πολὺς ἱδρώς,
ἔθανεν. ἐν ἀρτίῃσιν οἱ πόνοι τούτῳ."
δ΄. Ὁ φρενιτικὸς τῇ πρώτῃ κατακλιθεὶς ἤμεσεν
ἰώδεα πολλά, λεπτά, πυρετὸς φρικώδης πολύς,
e ἊΝ \ > oo aA \ ΄
ἱδρὼς συνεχὴς δι᾿ ὅλου, κεφαλῆς καὶ τραχήλου
βάρος pet ὀδύνης, οὖρα λεπτώ, ἐναιωρήματα
σμικρά, διεσπασμένα, οὐχ ἵδρυτο. ἀπὸ δὲ
/ 5 / >’ / 9 \ /
κοιλίης ἐξεκόπρισεν ἀθρόα 5 πολλὰ, παρέκρουσεν,

1 V has here ΠΙΤΙΠΑΘ.
2 Littré punctuates ἀθρόα" πολλὰ παρέκρουσεν.

1 Probably bowel trouble. See p. 250.
264

EPIDEMICS III, cases u1.-1v.

speechless and voiceless; grew worse; recovered
warmth after a time; black urine with a substance
Hoating in it; night peaceful ; slept.

Fifth day. Seemed to be relieved, but there was
heaviness in the bowels with pain; thirst; painful
night.

Stath day, Early morning peaceful ; towards even-
ing the pains were greater ; exacerbation ; but later
a little clyster caused a good movement of the
bowels. Slept at night.

Seventh day. Nausea; rather uneasy; urine oily ;
much distress! at night ; wandering ; no sleep at all.

Eighth day. Early in the morning snatches of
sleep ; but quickly there was chill; loss of speech ;
respiration thin and weak; in the evening he
recovered warmth again; was delirious; towards
morning slightly better; stools uncompounded,
small, bilious.

Ninth day, Comatose ; nausea whenever he woke
up. Not over-thirsty. About sunset was uncom-
fortable ; wandered ; a bad night.

Tenth day, In the early morning was speechless ;
great chill ; acute fever; much sweat; death.

In this case the pains on even days.

Case IV

The patient suffering from phrenitis on the first
day that he took to bed vomited copiously thin
vomits of the colour of verdigris; much fever with
shivering ; continuous sweating all over; painful
heaviness of head and neck; urine thin, with small,
scattered substances floating in it, which did not
settle. Copious excreta at a single evacuation ;
delirium ; no sleep.

265

120

190

ἘΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

οὐδὲν ὕπνωσε. δευτέρῃ πρωὶ ἄφωνος, πυρετὸς
ὀξύς, ἵδρωσεν, οὐ διέλιπε, παλμοὶ δι’ ὅλου τοῦ
σώματος, νυκτὸς σπασμοί. τρίτῃ πάντα παρ-
ωὠξύνθη. τετάρτῃ ἔθανεν."

ε΄. “Ev Λαρίσῃ φαλακρὸς μηρὸν δεξιὸν ἐπόνησεν
ἐξαίφνης: τῶν δὲ προσφερομένων οὐδὲν ὠφέλει.
τῇ πρώτῃ πυρετὸς ὀξύς, καυσώδης, ἀτρεμέως
εἶχεν, οἱ δὲ πόνοι παρείποντο. δευτέρῃ τοῦ μηροῦ
μὲν ὑφίεσαν οἱ πόνοι, ὁ δὲ πυρετὸς ἐπέτεινεν,
ὑπεδυσφόρει, οὐκ ἐκοιμᾶτο, ἄκρεα ψυχρά, οὔρων
πλῆθος διήει οὐ χρηστῶν. τρίτῃ τοῦ μηροῦ μὲν ὁ
πόνος ἐπαύσατο, παρακοπὴ δὲ τῆς γνώμης καὶ
ταραχὴ καὶ πολὺς βληστρισμός. τετάρτῃ περὶ
μέσον ἡμέρης ἔθανεν.

ς΄. "Ev ᾿Αβδήροισι ἹΤερικλέα πυρετὸς ἔλαβεν
ὀξύς, συνεχὴς μετὰ πονου, πολλὴ δίψα, ἄση,
ποτὸν κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο" ἣν δὲ ὑπόσπληνός
τε καὶ καρηβαρικός. τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμορράγησεν ἐξ
ἀριστεροῦ: πολὺς μέντοι ὁ πυρετὸς ἐπέτεινεν"
οὔρησε πολὺ θολερόν, λευκόν: κείμενον οὐ καθί-
στατο. δευτέρῃ πάντα παρωξύνθη" τὰ μέντοι
οὖρα παχέα μὲν ἣν, ἱδρυμένα δὲ μᾶλλον" καὶ τὰ
περὶ τὴν ἄσην ἐκούφισεν, ἐκοιμήθη. τρίτῃ πυρε-
τὸς ἐμαλάχθη, οὔρων πλῆθος, πέπονα, πολλὴν
ὑπόστασιν ἔχοντα, νύκτα δι’ ἡσυχίης. τετάρτῃ

1 VY has here ΠΙΡΩΘ.
2 V has here MITAONIABIA®.

1 Probably trouble in the bowels.

266

EPIDEMICS III, cases τν.--ν].

Second day. In the early morning speechless ; acute
fever ; sweating ; no intermission ; throbbing all over
the body ; ; convulsions at night.

Third day, General exacerbation.

Fourth day, Death.

CasE V

In Larisa a bald man suddenly experienced pain
in the right thigh. No remedy did any good.

First day. Acute fever of the ardent type; the
patient was quiet, but the pains persisted.

Second day. The pains in the thigh subsided, but
the fever grew worse ; the patient was rather un-
comfortable and did not sleep; extremities cold ;
copious and unfavourable urine was passed.

Third day. The pain in the thigh ceased, but there
was derangement of the intellect, with distress + and
much tossing.

Fourth day. Death about mid-day.
Case VI

In Abdera Pericles was seized with acute fever,
continuous and painful; much thirst; nausea; could
not retain what he drank. There was slight enlarge-
ment of the spleen and heaviness in the head.

First day. Epistaxis from the left nostril; the
fever, however, increased greatly. Copious urine,
turbid and white. On standing it did not settle.

Second day, General exacerbation ; the urine, how-
ever, had consistency, but there was some sediment ;
the nausea was relieved and the patient slept.

Third day. The fever went down ; abundance of
urine, with concocted and copious sediment ; a quiet
night.

267

140

160

160

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν T

περὶ μέσον ἡμέρης ἵδρωσε πολλῷ θερμῷ δι’ ὅλου,
” 5 (0 > e / 1
ἄπυρος, ἐκρίθη, οὐχ ὑπέστρεψεν.
> ’ \ , ἃ ,
ζ΄. “Ev ᾿Αβδήροισι τὴν παρθένον, ἣ κατέκειτο
> δ an e n ς nr \ / o- a Ge
ἐπὶ τῆς ἱρῆς ὁδοῦ, πυρετὸς Kavawdns ἔλαβεν" ἣν
δὲ διψώδης καὶ ἄγρυπνος. κατέβη δὲ τὰ
γυναικεῖα πρῶτον αὐτῇ. ἕκτῃ ἄση πολλή,
’ \ lol
ἔρευθος, φρικώδης, ἀλύουσα. ἑβδόμῃ διὰ τῶν
n = \ 4 > \
αὐτῶν, οὖρα λεπτὰ μέν, εὔχρω δέ, TA περὶ τὴν
’ > ’ / ’ / , Ν
κοιλίην οὐκ ἠνώχλει. ὀγδόῃ κώφωσις, πυρετὸς
Yes " Oh tee , , 5
ὀξύς, ἄγρυπνος, ἀσώδης, φρικώδης, κατενόει, οὖρα
ὅμοια. ἐνάτῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν' καὶ τὰς ἑπομένας
,
οὕτως" ἡ κώφωσις παρέμενε. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ
fol ς
τὰ τῆς γνώμης ταραχώδεα, ὁ πυρετὸς συνέδωκεν.
€ , SN «ς a“ > Ye VA {- ,
ETTAKALOEKATN διὰ ῥινῶν ἐρρύη πολύ, ἡ κώφωσις
/ \ \ /
σμικρὰ συνέδωκε. Kal Tas ἑπομένας aon,
a Ψ' ’ “ lol
κωφότης᾽ ἐνῆν Kal παράληρος. εἰκοστῇ ποδῶν
50. 7 a , ᾽ ͵ ς ΄
ὀδύνη" κωφότης, παράληρος ἀπέλιπεν, ἡμορράγησε
\ a 7 Y a
σμικρὰ διὰ ῥινῶν, ispwoev, ἄπυρος. εἰκοστῇ
« Ν ¢e / ,
τετάρτῃ ὁ πυρετὸς ὑπέστρεψε, κώφωσις πάλιν,
an / , n
ποδῶν ὀδύνη παρέμεινεν, παρακοπή. εἰκοστῇ
lal ͵
ἑβδόμῃ ἵδρωσε πολλῷ, ἄπυρος, ἡ κώφωσις ἐξ-
an lal / >
έλιπεν, ἡ TOV ποδῶν ὑπέμενεν ὀδύνη, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα
/ 5 / 2
τελέως ἐκρίθη.
᾽
η΄. Ἔν ᾿Αβδήροισιν ᾿Αναξίωνα, ὃς κατέκειτο
“ / / 5
παρὰ τὰς Θρηϊκίας πύλας, πυρετὸς ὀξὺς ἔλαβε"

1 V has here MIAIAYNAOIIBAY,
2 V has here WIOKZY.

268

EPIDEMICS III, cases vi.—vut.

Fourth day, About mid-day a hot, violent sweating
all over; no fever; crisis; no relapse.

Case VII

In Abdera the maiden who lay sick by the Sacred
Way was seized with a fever of the ardent type. She
was thirsty and sleepless. Menstruation occurred
for the first time.

Stath day. Much nausea; redness; shivering;
restlessness.

Seventh day, Same symptoms. Urine thin but of
good colour ; no trouble in the bowels.

Eighth day, Deafness; acute fever; sleeplessness ;
nausea; shivering ; was rational; urine similar.

Ninth day Same symptoms, and also on the
following days. The deafness persisted.

Fourteenth day. Reason disturbed; the fever
subsided.

Seventeenth day. Copious epistaxis; the deafness
improved a little. On the following days nausea
and deafness, while there was also delirium.

Twentieth day. Pain in the feet; deafness; the
delirium ceased; slight epistaxis; sweating; no
fever.

Twenty-fourth day. The fever returned, with the
deafness ; pain in the feet persisted ; delirium.

Twenty-seventh day. Copious sweating; no fever;
the deafness ceased ; the pain in the feet remained,
but in other respects there was a perfect crisis.

Casre VIII

In Abdera Anaxion, who lay sick by the Thracian
gate, was seized with acute fever. Continuous pain

269

170

180

ΕΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

πλευροῦ δεξιοῦ ὀδύνη συνεχής, ἔβησσε ξηρά, οὐδ᾽
ἔπτυε τὰς πρώτας" διψώδης, ἄγρυπνος, οὖρα δὲ
εὔχρω πολλὰ λεπτά. ἕκτῃ Tapadn pos” πρὸς δὲ
τὰ θερμάσματα οὐδὲν ἐνεδίδου. ἑβδόμῃ ἐ ἐπιπόνως"
ὁ γὰρ πυρετὸς ἐπέτεινεν, οἵ τε πόνοι οὐ συν-
εδίδοσαν, αἵ τε βῆχες ἠνώχλεον, δύσπνοός τε ἣν.
ὀγδόῃ ἀγκῶνα ἔταμον" ἐρρύη πολλὸν οἷον δεῖ"
συνέδωκαν bev οἱ πόνοι, αἱ μέντοι βῆχες αἱ
ξηραὶ παρείποντο. ἑνδεκάτῃ συνέδωκαν οἱ πυρετοί,
σμικρὰ περὶ κεφαλὴν ἵδρωσεν, αἵ te! βῆχες καὶ
τὰ ἀπὸ πνεύμονος ὑγρότερα. ἑπτακαιδεκάτῃ
ἤρξατο σμικρὰ πέπονα πτύειν" ἐκουφίσθη.
εἰκοστῇ ἵδρωσεν, ἄπυρος, μετὰ δὲ κρίσιν " δι-
ψώδης τε ἣν καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ πνεύμονος οὐ χρησταὶ
αἱ καθάρσιες. εἰκοστῇ ἑβδόμῃ ὁ πυρετὸς ὑπέ-
στρεψεν, ἔβησσεν, ἀνῆγε πέπονα πολλά, οὔροισιν
ὑπόστασις πολλὴ λευκή, ἄδιψος ἐγένετο, εὔπνοος.
τριηκοστῇ τετάρτῃ ἵδρωσε δι’ ὅλου, ἄπυρος,
ἐκρίθη πάντα.

θ΄. ᾿Εν ᾿Αβδήροισιν Ἡρόπυθος κεφαλὴν ὀρθο-

΄ ΕῚ , > > a \
στάδην ἐπιπόνως εἶχεν, οὐ πολλῷ δὲ χρόνῳ

1 αἵτε Littré: ἔτι MSS.

2 After κρίσιν the MSS. have ἐκουφίσθη. Omitted by
Littré.
3 V has here MIMAAAYT.

1 T am conscious of a slight change in diction and method
in this part of the Epidemics. I mention four points :-—
(1) The frequent use of πυρετὸς in the plural, which is
unusual when it simply means ‘‘feverishness ” (Cases
ΨΙΠΙ, ΤΧ, KUT ΧΙΠῚ.
(2) Romana is used of evacuations (Cases VII, IX οὖρα...
κατέβαινεν, XII).

270

EPIDEMICS III, cases vii.—x1.

in the right side ; a dry cough, with no sputa on the
first days. Thirst; sleeplessness; urine of good
colour, copious and thin.

Stath day. Delirium; warm applications gave no
relief.

Seventh day. In pain, for the fever grew worse
and the pains were not relieved, while the coughing
was troublesome and there was difficulty in breathing.

Eighth day. I bled him in the arm. There was
an abundant, proper flow of blood; the pains were
relieved, although the dry coughing persisted.

Eleventh day. The fever went down; slight
sweating about the head; the coughing and the
sputa more moist.

Seventeenth day. Began to expectorate small,
concocted sputa; was relieved.

Twentieth day. Sweated and was free from fever ;
after a crisis was thirsty, and the cleansings from
the lungs were not favourable.

Twenty-seventh day. ‘The fever returned ; cough-
ing, with copious, concocted sputa ; copious, white
sediment in urine; thirst and difficulty in breathing
disappeared.

Thirty-fourth day. Sweated all over; no fever;
general crisis.

Case [X

In Abdera Heropythus had pain in the head
without taking to bed, but shortly afterwards was

(3) Treatment is mentioned (Case vitt, θερμάσματα, and
ἀγκῶνα ἔταμον, where note the personal touch).

(4) ἱδρύνομαι used of recovery of reason, = κατανοῶ (Case
xv). The change is marked enough to lead one to
suppose that these histories were composed at a
different period in the writer’s life.

27%

190

200

210

EHIAHMION Τ'

ὕστερον κατεκλίθη. κει πλησίον THs ἄνω
ἀγωγῆς; πυρετὸς ἔλαβε καυσώδης, ὀξύς" ἔμετοι
τὸ κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς πολλῶν χολωδέων, διψώδης, πολλὴ
δυσφορίη, οὖρα λεπτὰ μέλανα, ἐναιώρημα μετέ-
ὡρον ὁτὲ μέν, ὁτὲ δ᾽ οὔ; νύκτα ἐπιπόνως, πυρετὸς
ἄλλοτε ἀλλοίως παροξυνόμενος, τὰ πλεῖστα
ἀτάκτως. περὶ δὲ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην κώφωσις,
οἱ πυρετοὶ ἐπέτεινον," οὖρα διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν. εἰκο-
στῇ πολλὰ παρέκρουσε καὶ τὰς ἑπομένας.
τεσσαρακοστῇ διὰ ῥινῶν ἡμορράγησε πολὺ καὶ
κατενόει μᾶλλον" ἡ κώφωσις ἐνῆν μέν, ἧσσον δέ
οἱ πυρετοὶ συνέδωκαν. ἡμορράγει τὰς ἑπομένας
πυκνὰ κατ᾽ ὀλίγον. περὶ δὲ ἑξηκοστὴν αἱ μὲν
αἱμορραγίαι ἀπεπαύσαντο, ἰσχίου δὲ δεξιοῦ ὀδύνη
ἰσχυρὴ καὶ οἱ πυρετοὶ ἐπέτεινον. οὐ πολλῷ δὲ
χρόνῳ ὕστερον πόνοι τῶν κάτω πάντων" συν-
έπιπτε δὲ ἢ τοὺς πυρετοὺς εἶναι μέξους καὶ τὴν
κώφωσιν πολλὴν ἢ ταῦτα μὲν ὑφιέναι καὶ κου-
φίξειν, τῶν δὲ κάτω περὶ ἰσχία μέζους εἶναι
τοὺς πόνους. ἤδη δὲ περὶ ὀγδοηκοστὴν συνέδωκε
μὲν πάντα, ἐξέλιπε δὲ οὐδέν" ovpa τε γὰρ εὔχρω
καὶ πλείους ὑποστάσιας ἔχοντα, κατέβαιι εν, οἱ
παράληροί τε μείους ἦσαν. περὶ δὲ ἑκατοστὴν
κοιλίη πολλοῖσι χολώδεσιν ἐπεταράχθη, καὶ ἤει
χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον πολλὰ τοιαῦτα, καὶ πάλιν
δυσεντεριώδεα μετὰ πόνου, τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ῥᾳστώνη.
τὸ δὲ σύνολον οἵ τε πυρετοὶ ἐξέλιπον καὶ ἡ κώφωσις
ἐπαύσατο. ἐν ἑκατοστῇ εἰκοστῇ τελέως ἐκρίθη.

z ἀγωγῆς MSS.: ἀγορῆς Blass.

2 ἐπέτεινον Ermerins: ἐξέτεινον MSS. (Perhapsrightly ; the
diction in this part of Epidemics III. is sometimes unusual. )

8 VhasherelMIXAPKY. After ἐκρίθη the MSS. have καῦσος.

272

EPIDEMICS III, case 1x.

compelled to do so. He lived close to the Upper
Road.! An acute, ardent fever seized him. Vomited
at the beginning copious, bilious matters; thirst ;
great discomfort ; urine thin and black, sometimes
with, sometimes without, substances suspended in
it. Painful night, with fever rising now in this
way, now in that, but for the most part irregularly.
About the fourteenth day, deafness ; the fever grew
worse ; urine the same.

Twentieth day. Much delirium, also on the
following days.

Fortieth day. Copious epistaxis; more rational ;
some deafness, but less than before; the fever went
down. Frequent, but slight, epistaxis on the
following days. About the sixtieth day the bleed-
ings from the nose ceased, but there was violent pain
in the right hip and the fever increased. Not long
afterwards, pains in all the lower parts. [Ὁ happened
that either the fever was higher and the deafness
great, or else, though these symptoms were relieved
and less severe, yet the pains in the lower parts
about the hips grew worse. But from about the
eightieth day all the symptoms were relieved with-
out any disappearing. The urine that was passed
was of good colour and had greater deposits, while
the delirious mutterings were less. About the hun-
dredth day the bowels were disordered with copious,
bilious stools, and copious evacuations of this nature
were passed for a long time. Then followed painful
symptoms of dysentery, with relief of the other
symptoms. In brief, the fever disappeared and the
deafness ceased.

Hundred and twentieth day. Complete crisis.

+ With Blass’ reading, ‘‘ Upper Market-place.”
2719

220

230

EMMIAHMION Τ'

Ul ’ /
U. Ἔν ᾿Αβδήροισι Νικόδημον ἐξ ἀφροδισίων
\ / fal 57. » , 1 @ > ,
καὶ πότων πῦρ ἔλαβεν. ἀρχόμενος δὲ ἣν ἀσώδης
καὶ καρδιαλγικός, διψώδης, γλῶσσα ἐπεκαύθη,
\ ς
οὖρα λεπτὰ μέλανα. δευτέρῃ ὁ πυρετὸς πα-
if
ρωξύνθη, φρικώδης, ἀσώδης, οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη,
” , ΄ > ev ΄ ,
ἤμεσε χολώδεα ξανθά, οὖρα ὅμοια, νύκτα δι
, ° a :
ἡσυχίης, ὕπνωσε. τρίτῃ ὑφῆκε πάντα, ῥᾳστώνη:
\ \ 4 / \ / e , sf
περὶ δὲ ἡλίου δυσμὰς πάλιν ὑπεδυσφόρει, νύκτα
/ rc
ἐπιπόνως. τετάρτῃ ῥῖγος, πυρετὸς πολύς, πόνοι
πάντων, οὖρα λεπτά, ἐναιώρημα: νύκτα πάλιν bv
ἡσυχίης. πέμπτῃ ἐνῆν μὲν πάντα, ῥᾳστώνη δὲ
ἣν. ἕκτῃ τῶν αὐτῶν πόνοι πάντων, οὔροισιν
, ΄
ἐναιώρημα, παρέκρουσε πολλά. ἑβδόμῃ ῥᾳστώνη.
> 60 ἊΝ ” 1 LS / ὃ ἢ; Δ
oyoon τὰ ἄλλα συνέδωκε πάντα. εκάτῃ καὶ
τὰς ἑπομένας ἐνῆσαν μὲν οἱ πόνοι, ἧσσον δὲ
πάντες: οἱ δὲ παροξυσμοὶ καὶ οἱ πόνοι τούτῳ
διὰ τέλεος ἐν ἀρτίῃσιν ἦσαν μᾶλλον. εἰκοστῇ
οὔρησε λευκόν, πάχος εἶχε, κείμενον οὐ καθίστατο:
ἵδρωσε πολλῷ, ἔδοξεν ἄπυρος γενέσθαι, δείλης
\ / > ΄ \ a > a / /
δὲ πάλιν ἐθερμάνθη, Kal τῶν αὐτῶν πόνοι, φρίκη,
δίψα, σμικρὰ παρέκρουσεν. εἰκοστῇ τετάρτῃ
” \ , \ ig , “
οὔρησε πολὺ λευκὸν, πολλὴν ὑποστασιν ἔχον.
Uy fd a ο Y /
ἵδρωσε πολλῷ θερμῷ Sv ὅλου, ἄπυρος expiOn.*
1 ὀγδόῃ τὰ ἄλλα most MSS.: ὀγδόῃ τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα. I suggest

that a μὲν-οἸαιιβα has fallen out after ὀγδόῃ.
2 V has here WIXAIKAY.

1 What other symptoms? It is clear that some symptoms
are excepted, but there is no hint what these are. As V has
τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα, ‘but all the other symptoms were relieved,” I

274

EPIDEMICS III, case x.
Cask X

In Abdera Nicodemus after venery and drunken-
ness was seized with fever. At the beginning he
had nausea and cardialgia; thirst; tongue parched ;
urine thin and black.

Second day. The fever increased; shivering;
nausea; no sleep; bilious, yellow vomits; urine the
same; a quiet night; sleep.

Third day. All symptoms less severe; relief.
But about sunset he was again somewhat un-
comfortable ; painful night.

Fourth day. Rigor; much fever; pains every-
where; urine thin, with floating substance in it;
the night, on the other hand, was quiet.

Fifth day. All symptoms present, but relieved.

Stath day. Same pains everywhere; substance
floating in urine ; much delirium,

Seventh day. Relief.

Eighth day. ΑἸ] the other! symptoms less severe.

Tenth day and following days. The pains were
present, but all less severe. The exacerbations and
the pains in the case of this patient tended through-
out to occur on the even days.

Twentieth day. Urine white, having consistency ;
no sediment on standing. Copious sweating ;
seemed to lose his fever, but towards evening grew
hot again, with pains in the same parts ; shivering;
thirst ; slight delirium.

Twenty-fourth day. Much white urine, with much
sediment. Hot sweating all over; the fever passed
away in a crisis.

believe that after ὀγδόῃ has fallen out a phrase containing the
symptoms which were not relieved.

275

240

250

ENIAHMION [

>
ια΄. Ἐν Θάσῳ γυνὴ δυσάνιος ἐκ λύπης μετὰ
/ ? », 3 / ” la \
προφάσιος ὀρθοστάδην ἐγένετο ἄγρυπνός τε καὶ
3 / \ , i \ » t » Ν
ἀπόσιτος καὶ διψώδης ἣν καὶ ἀσώδης. ᾧκει δὲ
πλησίον τῶν Πυλάδου ἐπὶ τοῦ λείου. τῇ πρώτῃ
Ν
ἀρχομένης νυκτὸς φόβοι, λόγοι πολλοί, δυσθυμίη,
/ , \ \ / Ὁ \
πυρέτιον λεπτόν. πρωὶ σπασμοὶ πολλοί: ὅτε δὲ
/
διαλίποιεν of σπασμοὶ of πολλοί, παρέλεγεν,
᾿ 4 \ / / /
ἠσχρομύθει: πολλοὶ πόνοι, μεγάλοι, συνεχέες.
δευτέρῃ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν, οὐδὲν ἐκοιμᾶτο,
πυρετὸς ὀξύτερος. τρίτῃ οἱ μὲν σπασμοὶ ἀπέ-
lal \ \ \ \\ / »
λίπον, κῶμα δὲ καὶ καταφορὴ καὶ πάλιν ἔγερσις"
= 7. / > > / 7 /
ἀνήϊσσε, κατέχειν οὐκ ἠδύνατο, παρέλεγε πολλά,
πυρετὸς ὀξύς, ἐς νύκτα δὲ ταύτην ἵδρωσε πολλῷ
θερμῷ δι’ ὅλου: ἄπυρος, ὕπνωσε, πάντα κατενόει,
> / \ X / e / φ /
ἐκρίθη. περὶ δὲ τρίτην ἡμέρην οὖρα μέλανα
, 5 4 \ > \ \ ΄
λεπτά, ἐναιώρημα δὲ ἐπὶ πολὺ στρογγύλον,
> ε ΄ \ \ , = κ᾿
οὐχ ἱδρύετο, περὶ δὲ κρίσιν γυναικεία πολλὰ
κατέβη."
ιβ΄. Ἔν Λαρίσῃ παρθένον πυρετὸς ἔλαβε
> a
καυσώδης, ὀξύς: ἄγρυπνος, διψώδης, γλῶσσα
/
λιγνυώδης, Enpy οὖρα εὔχρω μέν, λεπτὰ δέ.
΄, Ss
δευτέρῃ ἐπιπόνως, οὐχ ὕπνωσε. τρίτῃ πολλὰ
a \
διῆλθεν ἀπὸ κοιλίης ὑδατόχλοα, καὶ τὰς ἑπομένας

Μ fo) > , / ” Ν
ἤει τοιαῦτα εὐφόρως. τετάρτῃ οὔρησε λεπτὸν

1 V has here ΠΙΠΙΛΕΓῪ.
276

EPIDEMICS III, cases x1,-x11.
Case XI

In Thasos a woman of gloomy temperament, after
a grief with a reason for it, without taking to bed
lost sleep and appetite, and suffered thirst and
nausea. She lived near the place of Pylades on the
plain.

First day. As night began there were fears, much
rambling, depression and slight feverishness. Early
in the morning frequent convulsions ; whenever these
frequent convulsions intermitted, she wandered
and uttered obscenities; many pains, severe and
continuous,

Second day. Same symptoms; no sleep; fever
more acute.

Third day. The convulsions ceased, but were
succeeded by coma and oppression, followed in turn
by wakefulness. She would jump up; could not
restrain herself; wandered a great deal; fever
acute; on this night a copious, hot sweating all
over; no fever; slept, was perfectly rational, and
had a crisis. About the third day urine black and
thin, with particles mostly round floating in it,
which did not settle. Near the crisis copious
menstruation.

Case XII

In Larisa a maiden was seized with an acute fever
of the ardent type. Sleeplessness; thirst ; tongue
sooty and parched ; urine of good colour, but thin.

Second day. In pain; no sleep.

Third day. Copious stools, watery and of a
yellowish green; similar stools on the following
days, passed without distress,

Fourth day, Scanty, thin urine, with a substance

277

200

210

280

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩ͂Ν Τ'

ὀλίγον, εἶχεν ἐναιώρημα μετέωρον, οὐχ ἱδρύετο,
παρέκρουσεν ἐς νύκτα. ἕκτῃ διὰ ῥινῶν λάβρον
ἐρρύη πολύ' φρίξασα ἵδρωσε πολλῷ θερμῷ δι᾽
ὅλου" ἄπυρος" ἐκρίθη. ἐν δὲ τοῖσι πυρετοῖσι καὶ
ἤδη κεκριμένων γυναικεῖα κατέβη πρῶτον τότε'
παρθένος γὰρ ἣν. ἣν δὲ διὰ παντὸς ἀσώδης,
φρικώδης, ἔρευθος προσώπου, ὀμμάτων ὀδύνη:
καρηβαρική. ταύτῃ οὐχ ὑπέστρεψεν, ἀλλ᾽
ἐκρίθη. οἱ πόνοι ἐν ἀρτίῃσιν.

uy’. ᾿Απολλώνιος ἐν ᾿Αβδήροισιν ὀρθοστάδην
ὑπεφέρετο χρόνον πολύν. ἦν δὲ μεγαλόσπλαγ-
χνος, καὶ περὶ ἧπαρ συνήθης ὀδύνη χρόνον
πολὺν παρείπετο, καὶ δὴ τότε καὶ ἰκτερώδης
ἐγένετο, φυσώδης, χροιῆς τῆς ὑπολεύκου. φαγὼν
δὲ καὶ πιὼν ἀκαιρότερον βόειον ἐθερμάνθη σμικρὰ
τὸ πρῶτον, κατεκλίθη. γάλαξι δὲ “χρησάμενος
ἐφθοῖσι καὶ ὠμοῖσι πολλοῖσιν, αἰγείοισι καὶ
μηλείοισι, καὶ διαίτῃ κακῇ πάντων, βλάβαι
μεγάλαι: οἵ τε γὰρ πυρετοὶ παρωξύνθησαν, κοιλίη
τε τῶν προσενεχθέντων οὐδὲν διέδωκεν ἄξιον
λόγου, οὖρά τε λεπτὰ καὶ ὀλίγα διήει: ὕπνοι οὐκ
ἐνῆσαν" ἐμφύσημα κακόν, πολὺ δίψος, κωματώδης,
ὑποχονδρίου δεξιοῦ ἔπαρμα σὺν ὀδύνῃ, ἄκρεα
πάντοθεν ὑπόψυχρα, σμικρὰ παρέλεγε, λήθη
πάντων ὅ τι λέγοι, παρεφέρετο. περὶ δὲ τεσσα-

1 φαγὼν according to this translation has no expressed
object. Furthermore, βόειον is more naturally ‘‘ beef.” As
the words stand the above version is the natural one, but 1
suspect that either βόειον should be transposed to between δὲ
and καί, or else it is used ἀπὸ κοινοῦ and zeugmatically with
both φαγὼν and my, ‘‘after eating beef and drinking cow’s
milk.” So Littré and, apparently, from his translation,
Calvus.

278

EPIDEMICS III, cases ΧΙΙ ΧΙ.

suspended in it which did not settle; delirium at
night.

Sixth day. Violent and abundant epistaxis; after
a shivering fit followed a hot, copious sweating all
over ; no fever ; acrisis. In the fever and after the
crisis menstruation for the first time, for she was a
young maiden. Throughout she suffered nausea and
shivering ; redness of the face; pain in the eyes ;
heaviness in the head. In this case there was no
relapse, but a definite crisis. The pains on the even

days.
Case XIII

Apollonius in Abdera was ailing for a long time
without being confined to bed. He had a swollen
abdomen, and a continual pain in the region of the
liver had been present for a long time; moreover,
he became during this period jaundiced and flatulent ;
his complexion was whitish. After dining and
drinking unseasonably cow’s milk+ he at first grew
rather hot; he took to his bed. Having drunk
copiously of milk, boiled and raw, both goat’s and
sheep’s, and adopting a thoroughly bad regimen,?
he suffered much therefrom. For there were
exacerbations of the fever; the bowels passed
practically nothing of the food taken; the urine was
thin and scanty. No sleep. Grievous distension ;
much thirst; coma; painful swelling of the right
hypochondrium ; extremities all round rather cold;
slight delirious mutterings ; forgetfulness of every-
thing he said; he was not himself. About the

* Or, changing the comma at πάντων to κακῇ, ‘ adopting a
bad regimen, he suffered great harm in every way.”

279

290

300

310

EMIAHMION Τ'

ρεσκαιδεκάτην, 1 ἀφ’ ἧς κατεκλίθη, ῥιγώσας
ἐπεθερμάνθη:" ἐξεμάνη: βοή, ταραχή, λόγοι πολ-
λοί, καὶ πάλιν ἵδρυσις, καὶ τὸ κῶμα τηνικαῦτα
προσῆλθε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κοιλίη ταραχώδης
πολλοῖσι χολώδεσιν, ἀκρήτοισιν, ὠμοῖσιν' οὖρα
μέλανα, σμικρά, λεπτά" πολλὴ δυσφορίη" τὰ
τῶν διαχωρημάτων ποικίλως: ἢ γὰρ μέλανα καὶ
σμικρὰ καὶ ἰώδεα ἢ λιπαρὰ καὶ ὠμὰ καὶ δακνώδεα"
κατὰ δὲ χρόνους ἐδόκει καὶ γαλακτώδεα διδόναι.
περὶ δὲ εἰκοστὴν τετάρτην διὰ “αρηγορίης" τὰ
μὲν ἄλλα ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν, σμικρὰ δὲ κατενόησεν'
ἐξ οὗ δὲ κατεκλίθη, οὐδενὸς ἐμνήσθη: πάλιν δὲ
ταχὺ παρενόει, ὥρμητο πάντα ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον.
περὶ δὲ τριηκοστὴν πυρετὸς ὀξύς, διαχωρήματα
πολλὰ λεπτά, παράληρος, ἄκρεα ψυχρά, ἄφωνος.
τριηκοστῇ τετάρτῃ ἔθανε. τούτῳ διὰ τέλεος,
ἐξ οὗ καὶ ἐγὼ οἶδα, κοιλίη ταραχώδης, οὖρα λεπτὰ
μέλανα, κωματώδης, ἄγρυπνος, ἄκρεα ψυχρά,
παράληρος διὰ τέλεος.3

ιδ΄. “Ev Κυζίκῳ γυναικὶ θυγατέρας τεκούσῃ δι-
δύμας καὶ δυστοκησάσῃ καὶ οὐ πάνυ καθαρθείσῃ
τῇ πρώτῃ πυρετὸς φρικώδης ὀξύς, κεφαλῆς καὶ
τραχήλου βάρος μετ᾽ ὀδύνης" ἄγρυπνος ἐξ a ἀρχῆς,
σιγῶσα δὲ καὶ σκυθρωπὴ καὶ οὐ πειθομένη" οὗρα
λεπτὰ καὶ ἄχρω: διψώδης, ἀσώδης τὸ πολύ,
κοιλίη πεπλανημένως ταραχώδης καὶ πάλιν
συνισταμένη. ἕκτῃ ἐς νύκτα πολλὰ παρέλεγε,

1 So Reinhold. MSS. have ἀφ᾽ ἧς ῥιγώσας ἀπεθερμάνθη καὶ
κατεκλίθη ἐξεμάνη.
2 MSS. after τέλεος have φρενιτικός.

1 Here perhaps not bowel trouble.

280

EPIDEMICS III, cases ΧΙΙ.--χιν,

fourteenth day from his taking to bed, after a rigor,
he grew hot; wildly delirious ; shouting, distress,!
much rambling, followed by calme the coma came
on at this time. Afterwards the bowels were dis-
ordered with copious stools, bilious, uncompounded
and crude; urine black, scanty and thin. Great
discomfort. The evacuations showed varying symp-
toms; they were either black, scanty and verdigris-
coloured, or else greasy, crude and smarting ; at
times they seemed actually to be like milk. About
the twenty-fourth day comfortable ; in other respects
the same, but he had lucid intervals. He remembered
nothing since he took to bed. But he quickly was
again delirious, and all symptoms took a sharp turn
for the worse. About the thirtieth day acute fever ;
copious, thin stools; wandering ; cold extremities ;
speechlessness.

Thirty-fourth day. Death.

This patient throughout, from the time I had
knowledge of the case, suffered from disordered
bowels ; ane thin and black ; coma; sleeplessness ;
extremities cold ; delirious throughout.

CASTE ΧΙΝν

In Cyzicus a woman gave birth with difficult
labour to twin daughters, and the lochial discharge
was far from good.

First day. Acute fever with shivering; painful
heaviness of head and neck. Sleepless from the
first, but silent, sulky and refractory. Urine thin
and of no colour; thirsty ; nausea generally ; bowels
irregularly disturbed with constipation following.

Sixth day. Much wandering at night; no sleep.

VOL. I. M 281

820

330

ἘΠΙΔΗΜΙΩΝ Τ

οὐδὲν ἐκοιμήθη. περὶ δὲ ἑνδεκάτην ἐοῦσα ἐξεμάνη
καὶ πάλιν κατενόει: οὖρα μέλανα, λεπτὰ καὶ
πάλιν διαλείποντα ἐλαιώδεα' κοιλίη πολλοῖσι,
λεπτοῖσι, ταραχώδεσι. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ σπα-
σμοὶ πολλοί, ἄκρεα ψυχρά, οὐδὲν ἔτι κατενόει,
οὖρα ἐπέστη. ἑξκαιδεκάτῃ ἄφωνος" ἑπτακαι-
δεκάτῃ ἀπέθανε."

te. Ἔν Θάσῳ Δελεάρκεος 2 γυναῖκα, ἣ κατέ-
κειτο ἐπὶ τοῦ λείου, πυρετὸς φρικώδης, ὀξὺς ἐκ
λύπης ἔλαβεν. ἐξ “ἀρχῆς δὲ περιεστέλλετο καὶ
διὰ τέλεος αἰεὶ σιγῶσα ἐψηλάφα, ἔτιλλεν, ἔγλυ-
φεν, ἐτριχολόγει, δάκρυα καὶ πάλιν γέλως, οὐκ
ἐκοιμᾶτο" ἀπὸ κοιλίης ἐρεθισμῷ ὃ οὐδὲν διήει"
σμικρὰ ὑπομιμνῃσκόντων ἔπινεν" οὖρα λεπτὰ
σμικρά: πυρετοὶ πρὸς χεῖρα Ae Tot" ἀκρέων
ψύξις. ἐνάτῃ πολλὰ παρέλεγε καὶ πάλιν ἱδρύνθη"
σιγῶσα. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ πνεῦμα ἀραιόν, μέγα
διὰ χρόνου καὶ πάλιν βραχύπνοος. ἑπτακαιδε-
κάτῃ ἀπὸ κοιλίης ἐρεθισμῷ ταραχώδεα, ἔπειτα
δὲ αὐτὰ τὰ ποτὰ διήει, οὐδὲν συνίστατο" ἀναι-
σθήτως εἶχε πάντων" δέρματος περίτασις καρφα-
λέου. εἰκοστῇ λόγοι πολλοὶ καὶ πάλιν ἱδρύνθη;
ἄφωνος, βραχύπνοος. εἰκοστῇ πρώτῃ ἀπέθανε.
ταύτῃ διὰ τέλεος πνεῦμα ἀραιόν, μέγα' ἀναι-

1 Vhas here ΠΙΜΓῚΖΘ. MSS. after ἀπέθανε have φρενῖτις.

2 Δελεάρκεος. See p. 222.

3 ἐρεθισμῷ Ermerins: ἐρεθισμὸς MSS. and Galen: ἐρεθισμοὶ
editors.

1 T take this, in spite of Galen, to mean ‘‘ with extra long
intervals between each breath.” The phrase is rather care-
less but scarcely tautological. ‘At intervals” or ‘‘after a
long interval” are possible meanings, but inconsistent with
διὰ τέλεος later on.

282

EPIDEMICS III, cases χιν.--χν.

About the eleventh day she went out of her mind
and then was rational again; urine black, thin, and
then, after an interval, oily ; copious, thin, disordered
stools.

Fourteenth day. Many convulsions; extremities
cold; no further recovery of reason; urine
suppressed,

Sixteenth day. Speechless.

Seventeenth day. Death.

Case XV

In Thasos the wife of Delearces, who lay sick on
the plain, was seized after a grief with an acute fever
with shivering. From the beginning she would
wrap herself up, and throughout, without speaking
a word, she would fumble, pluck, scratch, pick hairs,
weep and then laugh, but she did not sleep ; though
stimulated, the bowels passed nothing. She drank
a little when the attendants suggested it. Urine
thin and scanty ; fever slight to the touch ; coldness
of the extremities.

Ninth day. Much wandering followed by return
of reason ; silent.

Fourteenth day. Respiration rare and large with
long intervals,t becoming afterwards short.

Seventeenth day. Bowels under a stimulus passed
disordered matters, then her very drink passed
unchanged; nothing coagulated. The patient
noticed nothing ; the skin tense and dry.

Twentieth day. Much rambling followed by re-
covery of reason ; speechless ; respiration short.

Twenty-first day. Death.

The respiration of this patient throughout was

283

940

EIMAHMION Τ'

΄ a 3 oN , x a
σθήτως πάντων εἶχεν: αἰεὶ περιεστέλλετο; ἢ

λόγοι πολλοὶ ἢ σιγῶσα διᾶ πέλεος.ἷ

ts. Ἔν Μελιβοίῃ νεηνίσκος ἐκ πότων καὶ
ἀφροδισίων πολλῶν πολὺν χρόνον θερμανθεὶς
κατεκλίθη: φρικώδης δὲ καὶ ἀσώδης ἦν καὶ
Ψ \ ” > \ \ la A ,
ἄγρυπνος καὶ Adios. ἀπὸ δὲ κοιλίης τῇ πρώτῃ
πολλὰ κόπρανα διῆλθε σὺν περιρρόῳ πολλῷ, καὶ
\ € s ε , rN ῃ ᾿
τὰς ἑπομένας ὑδατόχλοα πολλὰ διήει: οὖρα
λεπτά, ὀλίγα, ἄχρω: πνεῦμα ἀραιόν, μέγα διὰ
χρόνου" ὑποχονδρίου ἔντασις ὑπολάπαρος, παρα-

, ’ > / A δί \ ὃ Ni ,
μήκης ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων" καρδίης παλμὸς διὰ τέλεος
συνεχής" οὔρησεν ἐλαιῶδες. δεκάτῃ παρέκρουσεν
ἀτρεμέως, ἣν δὲ 3 κόσμιός τε καὶ σιγῶν: δέρμα
καρφαλέον καὶ περιτεταμένον. διωχωρήματα ἢ
πολλὰ καὶ λεπτὰ ἢ χολώδεα, λιπαρά. τεσσαρεσ-

1 After τέλεος MSS. have ¢peviris.

2 δεκάτῃ omitted by extant MSS., but was in two MSS.
known to Foes Τύ is in Galen.

3 ἣν δὲ Littré from Galen: omitted by MSS.

1 In many ways this case, though one of the most
picturesque, is also one of the most carelessly written.
Galen points out that διὰ χρόνου is ambiguous, and that its
possible meanings are inconsistent with the rest of the
description. How can the respiration be ἀραιόν throughout,
when on both the fourteenth and the twentieth days the
patient was Bpaxvmvoos? It is strange that the writer
specifies the fourteenth day as the day when the respiration
was rare and large, seeing that it had these characteristics
throughout. A similar remark applies to ἀναισθήτως εἶχε
πάντων of the seventeenth day. Further, ἀεὶ σιγῶσα of the
second sentence becomes strangely ἢ λόγοι πολλοὶ ἢ σιγῶσα

284

EPIDEMICS III, cases xv.—xv1.

rare and large; took no notice of anything; she
constantly wrapped herself up ; either much rambling
or silence throughout.!

Case XVI

In Meliboea a youth took to his bed after being
for a long time heated by drunkenness and sexual
indulgence. He had shivering fits, nausea, sleepless-
ness, but no thirst.

Furst day. . Copious, solid stools passed in abundance
of fluid, and on the following days the excreta were
copious, watery and of a greenish yellow. Urine
thin, scanty and of no colour; respiration rare and
large with long intervals; tension, soft underneath,
of the hypochondrium,? extending out to either
side ; continual throbbing throughout of the epigas-
trium ;? urine oily.

Tenth day. Delirious but quiet, for he was orderly
and silent;# skin dry and tense; stools either
copious and thin or bilious and greasy.

διὰ τέλεος in the last. I conclude that this medical history
was hastily written and never revised. A slight revision
could easily have cleared away the inconsistencies, which
are, as Galen seems to have seen, more apparent than real.

2 See note, p. 188.

3 So Littré, following Galen. Perhaps, however, it means
‘theart,” ὁ. δ. there was violent palpitation.

* Said by Galen, followed by Littré (who reads ἥσυχος for
σιγῶν), to refer to the character of the young man when well,
which interpretation to modern minds is rather inconsistent
with the first sentence. They would paraphrase, ‘the
delirium was really serious, but appeared slight because the
patient was naturally self-controlled and calm.” TI take the
meaning to be that though delirious he remained quiet and
comparatively silent.

285

ΕΠΙΔΉΜΙΩΝ Τ'

ὃ f f Uy, θ ΄ 1
350 καιδεκατΏ TAVTA παρωξύνθη, παρέκρουσεν,
πολλὰ παρέλεγεν. εἰκοστῇ ἐξεμάνη, πολὺς
βληστρισμός, οὐδὲν οὔρει, σμικρὰ ποτὰ κατείχετο.
353 εἰκοστῇ τετάρτῃ ἀπέθανε.
1 παρέκρουσεν Blass: παρεκρούσθη most MSS.: omitted
by V.
2 After ἀπέθανε MSS. have φρενῖτις.

286

EPIDEMICS III, case xvi.

Fourteenth day. General exacerbation; delirious
with much wandering talk.

Twentieth day. Wildly out of his mind; much
tossing ; urine suppressed ; slight quantities of drink
were retained.

Twenty-fourth day. Death,

287

‘hit _nriibaley 7 ἀρθϑθμρδία ἦν
ει απ, rt — ~ ins

dross ΠΝ αἰ: a sind ies gery, o

fiat ΤΗΝ a als ia m iaaee ive

Jy wos rabsarathg i ale

THE OATH

THE OATH

Or all the Hippocratic writings the Oath, in spite
of its shortness, is perhaps the most interesting to
the general reader and also to the modern medical
man. Whatever its origin, it is a landmark in the
ethics of medicine.

Yet its exact relationship to the history of
medicine is unknown, and apparently, in our present
state of knowledge, unknowable. The student must,
at every stage of the inquiry, confess his ignorance.
What is the date of the Oath? Is it mutilated or
interpolated?) Who took the oath, all practitioners
or only those belonging to a guild? What binding
force had it beyond its moral sanction? Above all,
was it ever a reality or merely a “counsel of per-
fection”? To all these questions the honest in-
quirer can only say that for certain he knows
nothing.

Such being the case it is most important to
realize clearly what actually is known. In the
first place, the Oath was admitted to be genuinely
Hippocratic by Erotian.

As to internal evidence, the Oath, besides binding
all who take it to certain moral rules of practice,
makes them also promise to act in a certain manner
towards co-practitioners.

The taker of the oath—

(1) Will treat the children of his teacher as
though they were his brothers ;

201

THE OATH

(2) Will “share his livelihood” with his teacher,
and, in case of necessity, relieve his financial
distress ;

(3) Will teach his teacher’s children “ without fee
or indenture ”’ ;

(4) Will give full instruction to his own children,
to those of his teacher, to students who have taken
the oath and signed the indenture, and to no others.

We cannot be sure what this indenture (συγγραφή)
was. The word occurs again in the very first
sentence, “I will carry out this oath and this in-
denture.” One might suppose from these two
occurrences of συγγραφή that they both refer to the
same document, and that the document is what we
call the Oath. If this view be taken, our present docu-
ment must be a composite piece, consisting of both
oath and indenture, and that it is the second com-
ponent that the students paying no fee are excused
from signing, for nobody would suppose that these
had not to take the oath to uphold a high moral
standard.

It must be confessed that to separate συγγραφή
from ὅρκος would not be difficult, as the former
would include merely those articles which concerned
master and pupil,z. 6. the latter's promise of financial
aid to his teacher and of instruction to his teacher's
children.

The difficulty in this view is that the vague
promises βίου κοινώσεσθαι, καὶ χρεῶν χρηΐζοντι μετάδοσιν
ποιήσεσθαι, do not read like ἃ legal συγγραφή, such as
is implied in the words ἄνευ μισθοῦ καὶ συγγραφῆς.
They are not definite enough, and there is no
mention of a specific μισθός. Indeed, such clauses

292

THE OATH

could never be enforced; if they could have been,
and if a physician had one or two rich pupils, his
financial position would have been enviable. <A
share in the livelihood of rich men, relief when in
need of money, free education for children—these
advantages would make it superfluous, not to say
unjust, to require any μισθός in addition.

It may well be that the συγγραφή of ἄνευ μισθοῦ
Kal συγγραφῆς was a private agreement between
teacher and taught, quite distinct from the present
document, in which case συγγραφὴν τήνδε will refer
either to such an agreement appended to the Oath,
or more probably to the Oath itself, which might be
called ἃ συγγραφή. in the wider and vaguer sense
of that term, though it is not precise enough for
the legal indenture.

Some scholars regard the Oath as the test required
by the Asclepiad Guild. The document, however,
does not contain a single word which supports this
contention. It binds the student to his master and
his master’s family, not to a guild or corporation.
But if the Hippocratic oath ever was a real force
in the history of medicine, it must have had the
united support of the most influential physicians.
Whether this union was that of something approxi-
mating to a guild we cannot say.

The Oath contains a sentence which has long
proved a stumbling-block. It is:—oi τεμέω δὲ οὐδὲ
μὴν λιθιῶντας, ἐκχωρήσω δὲ ἐργάτῃσιν ἀνδράσι πρήξιος
τῆσδε. If these words are the genuine reading, they
can only mean that the taker of the oath promises
not to operate even for stone, but to leave operations
for such as are craftsmen therein. It has seemed
an insuperable difficulty that nowhere in the Hippo-

293

THE OATH

cratic collection is it implied that the physician must
not operate, nor is any mention made of ἐργάται
ἄνδρες who made a profession of operating. On the
contrary, as Littré points out in his introduction
to the Oath, the Hippocratic writers appear to per-
form operations without fear or scruple. Gomperz,
in a note to the first volume of Greek Thinkers,
suggests that the words hide a reference to castra-
tion. A glance at Littré’s introduction shows that
the suggestion is by no means new, and a belief in
its truth underlies Reinhold’s unhappy emendation
to οὐδὲ μὴ ἐν ἡλικίῃ ἐόντας. A reference to castration
would clear away the difficulty that a promise not to
operate is out of place between two promises to
abstain from moral offences, for castration was
always an abomination to a Greek. But to leave
the abominable thing to the ἐργάται is condoning a
felony or worse, and, moreover, the qualification is
quite uncalled for. The whole tone of the Oath
would require “I will not castrate” without
qualification.

One might be tempted to say that the promise
not to operate was intended to hold only during the
noviciate of the learner were there anything in the
text to support this view. But although the oath
would have been stultified if it had not been taken
at the beginning of the medical course,! there is
nothing in the text implying that any of its clauses
were only temporarily binding. So the historian is

1 Of course an ancient physician did not graduate in the
modern sense of the term. ‘The distinction between a quali-
fied practitioner and one unqualified was not a well-detined
line. A man was an ἰητρός as soon as he had learnt enough
to be of any use at all.

294

THE OATH

forced back upon the view that the clause, even if
not strictly speaking an interpolation, applied only
to a section of the medical world, or only to a
particular period, when it was considered degrading
to a master physician to operate with his own
hands, and the correct course was to leave the use
of the knife to inferior assistants acting under
instruction.

Knowing as little as we do, it is perhaps per-
missible to use the constructive imagination to frame
an hypothesis which in broad outline at least is not
inconsistent with the dala before us.

From the Protagoras we learn that Hippocrates
himself was ready to train physicians for a fee, and
there is no reason to suppose that the practice was
unusual. Some sort of bond between teacher and
taught would naturally be drawn up, and a set form
of words would evolve itself embodying those clauses
which had as their object the maintenance of medi-
cal probity and honour. These might well contain
promises to the teacher couched in extravagant
language if taken literally, but which were intended
to be interpreted in the spirit rather than in the
letter.! Such may have been the nucleus of the
Hippocratic Oath, and a copy would not unnaturally
be found in the library of the medical school at Cos.
But there is nothing in the evidence to lead us to
suppose that a stereotyped form was universal, or
that clauses were not added or taken away at various
places and at various times. One writer in the
Corpus, the author of the work Nature of the Child,
unblushingly violates the spirit, if not the letter, of
the Oath by attempting to produce abortion in a

1 Compare modern interpretations of marriage vows.

205

THE OATH

singular and disgusting manner.!_ So some physi-
cians did not feel bound by all the clauses, and
some may not have felt bound by any. We may
suppose, however, that no respectable physician
would act contrary to most of the Oath, even if he
were ignorant of its existence. The clause for-
bidding operative surgery may be an addition of late
but uncertain date.?

But the interest of the Oath does not lie in its
baffling problems. These may never be solved, but
the little document is nevertheless a priceless pos-
session. Here we have committed to writing those
noble rules, loyal obedience to which has raised the
calling of a physician to be the highest of all the
professions. The writer, like other Hippocratics,
uses to describe the profession a word which, in
Greek philosophy, and especially in Plato, has a
rather derogatory meaning. Medicine is “my art”’
(τέχνη) in the Oath; élsewhere, with glorious arrog-
ance, it is “the art.” “The art is long; life is
short,” says the first Aphorism. Many years later,
the writer of Precepts declared that ‘‘ where the love
of man is, there is the love of the art.” That
medicine is an art (the thesis of The Art), a diffi-
cult art, and one inseparable from the highest
morality and the love of humanity, is the great
lesson to us of the Hippocratic writings. The true
physician is vir bonus sanandi peritus.

The chief MSS. containing the Oath are V and M.

1 § 13, Littré, vii. 490.

2 It is possible that the degradation of surgery did not
take place until Christian times (see Galen x. 454, 455),
and the sentence of the Oath may well be very late indeed.
The μὴν in οὐδὲ μὴν λιθιῶντας will strike scholars as strange.

296

THE OATH

The chief editions are—

Serment d’Hippocrate précédé d'une notice sur les
serments en médecine. J. ἢ. Duval. Paris, 1818.

Hippocrate: Le Serment, ete. Ch. V. Daremberg.
Paris, 1843.

See also—

Super locum Hippocratis in Llureiurando maxime
veratum meditationes. Fr. Boerner, Lips. 1751.

297

10

20

OPKO2Z

Uj , \ ᾽ Ν
Ὄμνυμι ᾿Απόλλωνα ἰητρὸν καὶ ᾿Ασκληπιὸν
καὶ “Ὑγείαν καὶ ἸΤανάκειαν καὶ θεοὺς πάντας τε
/
καὶ πάσας, ἵστορας ποιεύμενος, ἐπιτελέα ποιήσειν
Ψ, oe /
κατὰ δύναμιν Kal κρίσιν ἐμὴν ὅρκον τόνδε Kai
\ / € / \ Ν / it?
συγγραφὴν τήνδε: ἡγήσεσθαι μὲν τὸν διδάξαντά
\ / / lal
pe τὴν τέχνην ταύτην ἴσα γενέτῃσιν ἐμοῖς,
/ an oh
καὶ βίου κοινώσεσθαι, καὶ χρεῶν χρηΐζοντι
μετάδοσιν ποιήσεσθαι, καὶ γένος τὸ ἐξ αὐτοῦ
> a » > a ya \ /
ἀδελφοῖς ἴσον ἐπικρινεῖν ἄρρεσι, καὶ διδάξειν
τὴν τέχνην ταύτην, ἢν χρηΐζωσι μανθάνειν, ἄνευ
lal a /
μισθοῦ καὶ συγγραφῆς, παραγγελίης τε Kai
ἀκροήσιος καὶ τῆς λοίπης ἁπάσης μαθήσιος
μετάδοσιν ποιήσεσθαι υἱοῖς τε ἐμοῖς καὶ τοῖς τοῦ
ἐμὲ διδάξαντος, καὶ μαθητῇσι συγγεγραμμένοις
΄ [ an
TE καὶ ὡρκισμένοις νόμῳ ἰητρικῷ, AAW δὲ οὐδενί.
΄ /
διαιτήμασί τε χρήσομαι ἐπ᾽ ὠφελείῃ καμνόντων
΄ ,
κατὰ δύναμιν καὶ κρίσιν ἐμήν, ἐπὶ δηλήσει δὲ
\ > / 4 ᾽ , \ > A ἣν,
καὶ ἀδικίῃ εἴρξειν. οὐ δώσω δὲ οὐδὲ φάρμακον
> \ \ f Ε] Nene: /
οὐδενὶ αὐτηθεὶς θανάσιμον, οὐδὲ ὑφηγήσομαι συμ-
βουλίην τοιήνδε: ὁμοίως δὲ οὐδὲ γυναικὶ πεσσὸν
φθόριον δώσω. ἁγνῶς δὲ καὶ ὁσίως διατηρήσω
βίον τὸν ἐμὸν καὶ τέχνην τὴν ἐμήν. οὐ τεμέω
δὲ οὐδὲ μὴν λιθιῶντας,; ἐκχωρήσω δὲ ἐργάτῃσιν

\

1 Littré suggests αἰτέοντας, Reinhold οὐδὲ μὴ ἐν ἡλικίῃ ἐόντας.

298

OAT

1 swear by Apollo Physician, by Asclepius, by
Health, by Panacea and by all the gods and god-
desses, making them my witnesses, that I will carry
out, according to my ability and judgment, this oath
and this indenture. To hold my teacher in this art
equal to my Own parents; to make him partner in
my livelihood; when he is in need of money to
share mine with him; to consider his family as my
own brothers, and to teach them this art, if they
want to learn it, without fee or indenture; to
impart precept,! oral instruction, and all other
instruction? to my own sons, the sons of my
teacher, and to indentured pupils who have taken
the physician’s oath, but to nobody else. I _will-use
treatment to help the sick—aecording to my ability
and judgment, but_never with a view to injury and
wrong-doing. Neither will Tadminister a poison to
anybody when asked to do so, nor will I suggest
such a course. Similarly I will not give to a woman
a pessary to cause abortion. But I will keep pure
and holy both my life and my art. I will not use
the knife, not even, verily, on sufferers from stone,
but I will give place to such as are craftsmen

1 Apparently the written rules of the art, examples of
which are to be found in several Hippocratic treatises.
These books were not published in the strict sense of the
word, but copies would be circulated among the members of
the ‘‘ physicians’ union.”’

2 Probably, in modern English, ‘‘ instruction, written, oral
and practical.”

299

ΟΡΚΟΣ

>? / / A >) a2 ἢ \ e , XK
ἀνδράσι πρήξιος τῆσδε. ἐς οἰκίας δὲ ὁκόσας ἂν
ty 9 ΄ a9! 25) , ͵ ᾿ \
ἐσίω, ἐσελεύσομαι ET ὠφελείῃ καμνόντων, ἐκτὸς
»\ / ’ lA ε 7 Ὁ / a
ἐὼν πάσης ἀδικίης ἑκουσίης καὶ POopins, τῆς τε
” \ > I y 2) , ,
ἄλλης Kal ἀφροδισίων ἔργων ἐπί τε γυναικείων
΄, NO) ͵ > , \ ΄
σωμάτων καὶ ἀνδρῴων, ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων.
a 3. oe > / a δὴ x > / x \ x
a δ᾽ ἂν ἐν θεραπείῃ ἢ ἴδω ἢ ἀκούσω, ἢ Kal ἄνευ
7 \ , 5 ’, ἃ \ ΄
80 θεραπείης κατὰ βίον ἀνθρώπων, ἃ μὴ χρή ποτε
᾽ rn »” ΄ ” e iA
ἐκλαλεῖσθαι ἔξω, σιγήσομαι, ἄρρητα ἡγεύμενος
3 Ν n « ,
εἶναι τὰ τοιαῦτα. ὅρκον μὲν οὖν μοι τόνδε ἐπι-
f / \ / 4
TENEA TOLEOVTL, καὶ μὴ συγχέοντι, εἴη ἐπαύρασθαι
\ / nt ͵ὔ / \ “
καὶ βίου καὶ τέχνης δοξαζομένῳ παρὰ πᾶσιν
i) , 5) \ /
ἀνθρώποις ἐς τὸν αἰεὶ Ypovov' παραβαίνοντι δὲ

\ / / /
36 Kal ἐπιορκέοντι, τἀναντία τούτων.

300

OATH

therein. Into whatsoever houses I enter, I will
enter to help the sick, and I will abstain from all
intentional wrong-doing and harm, especially from
abusing the bodies of man or woman, bond or free.
And whatsoever I shall see or hear in the course of
my profession, as well as outside my profession in
my intercourse with men,! if it be what should not
be published abroad, I will never divulge, holding
such things to be holy secrets. Now if I carry out
this oath, and break it not, may I gain for ever
reputation among all men for my life and for my
art; but if I transgress it and forswear myself, may
the opposite befall me.

1 This remarkable addition is worthy of a passing notice.
The physician must not gossip, no matter how or where the

subject-matter for gossip may have been acquired ; whether
it be in practice or in private life makes no difference.

301

οὐ "δι ‘log’ ἔστενε, υὐ ον Wes

is tiga ΤΗΣ Κα eka is ona
a pon Ἢ ee ett Ek ae i ky

᾽ z ὙΠ, ake z Rr ἢ ha Eda
penis = ἧνει ΡΣ ΠΧ Ὶ

Ἐπ Πππ|ν τ: τ

eee

ΡΩΝ,

PRECEPITS

pW Oy 5 00 3S i

INTRODUCTION

Ir is with considerable misgiving that I have
included this work as a kind of appendix to the first
volume of the Hippocratic collection. In the first
place there is not yet available the material neces-
sary for a really satisfactory restoration of the text.
Furthermore, the editors have generally neglected
it. Littré reserved it for his ninth and last volume
of text and translation, and by the time he reached
it even his untiring energy was beginning to flag ;
his edition is hasty, erratic and in places unintel-
ligible. Ermerins gives over the task in despair, and
leaves whole chapters untranslated.

In spite of all these things I have determined to
include Precepts, because it illustrates so well the
characteristics of many parts of the Hippocratic
collection, and the problems that face both editors
and translators. It forms also a complete contrast
to the nucleus of Hippocratic writings composing
the rest of the first volume.

(1) Like Humours and Nutriment, it is obscure to a
degree.

(2) It is, like so many Hippocratic works, a cento.
Beginning and end are quite unconnected with
the main portion of the book, and the main
portion itself is a series of rather disconnected
remarks,

3°5

INTRODUCTION

(3) It has, like Ancient Medicine, Nutriment, Nature
of Man, Airs, Regimen I., a close relationship
to philosophy.

(4) It shows, I think conclusively, the wide period
covered by the Hippocratic collection.

No reader can fail to notice that, short as it is, the
work is a cento with three main divisions.

(1) Chapters I and II defend the principle that
medicine must be based upon observed fact
and not on any plausible but fallacious hypo-
thesis (ἐκ πιθανῆς ἀναπλάσιος λόγου). The writer
uses language remarkably similar to that
attributed to Epicurus by Diogenes Laertius.
I must quote two passages from the latter.

Ν Ν ND 4 nA > Ν cal > ,
(a) καὶ yap καὶ ἐπίνοιαι πᾶσαι ἀπὸ τῶν αἰσθήσεων
γεγόνασι κατά τε περίπτωσιν καὶ ἀναλογίαν καὶ
τ , / cal
ὁμοιότητα καὶ σύνθεσιν, συμβαλλομένου τι καὶ TOD
λογισμοῦ. ... τὴν δὲ πρόληψιν λέγουσιν οἱονεὶ
,ὔ Ἃ , > ΄ Rog Xv Ν
κατάληψιν, ἢ δόξαν ὀρθήν, ἢ ἔννοιαν, ἢ καθολικὴν
, a? A
νόησιν ἐναποκειμένην, TOUT ἐστι μνήμην τοῦ πολ-
λάκις ἔξωθεν φανέντος.

D. L., X. 20, 21, §§ 32, 33.

(ὁ) ἀλλὰ μὴν ὑποληπτέον καὶ τὴν TOV ἀνθρώπων
φύσιν πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτὴν περιεστώ-
των πραγμάτων διδαχθῆναί τε καὶ ἀναγκασθῆναι" τὸν
δὲ λογισμὸν τὰ ὑπὸ ταύτης παρεγγυηθέντα καὶ
ὕστερον ἐπακριβοῦν.

D. L., X. 24, § 75.

There are also several occurrences of the Epicurean
word ἐναργής. The similarities are far too close to
be accidental.

306

INTRODUCTION

(2) Chapters III-XIII contain remarks on medica!
etiquette, fees, patients’ whims, quacks, con-
sultants, lecturing to large audiences, late
learners. These remarks are sometimes con-
nected, but follow no plan.

(3) Chapter XIV contains a few disconnected re-
marks on illnesses and invalids.

So the work as a whole shows no signs of a pre-
arranged plan. It is disjointed and formless. As
far as subject-matter is concerned, the three parts
distinguished above ought to be classed under
separate branches of medicine :-—

(1) This belongs to the theory of medicine, or
rather to the theory of science generally.

(2) This belongs on the whole to etiquette
(εὐσχημοσύνη).

(3) This consists merely of a few disconnected
hints. Littré justly says of it (IX. 248): “J’y
vois done une de ces intercalations que les
copistes se permettaient quelquefois ἃ la fin
d'un traité, soit, comme dit Galien, pour gros-
sir le volume, soit pour placer quelque fragment
qu’on ne savait ol mettre, et qui, autrement,
s’en allait perdu.”

Yet it is remarkable that there is a certain style
common to all three parts which points to the con-
clusion that the compiler, whoever he was, was no
mere “ paste-and-scissors ’? man, but an author who
stamped his characteristics even on his borrowings.
This style is marked by a studied aphoristic brevity
combined with a genius for choosing out-of-the-way
terms and expressions. It so happens that in ad-
dition the author appears to have been an imperfect

997

INTRODUCTION

Greek scholar. It is indeed hard to believe that he
was writing his mother tongue.

I am ready to admit that a more perfect recension
of the MSS. will prove that certain of these vagaries
are merely errors of the copyists, but when con-
sidered together they are too numerous and too
strange to be explained in this way. A few examples
only shall be chosen.

Chapter I. ἣν τὰ ἐπίχειρα ἐκομίζοντο.
55 Il. μὴ εἴη ἐπαύρασθαι, “perhaps it is im-
possible to gain” (see Oath, p. 300,
1. 33).
5 IV. παραινέσιος δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπιδεηθείη τῆς
θεωρίης.
νούσου γὰρ ταχυτὴς καιρὸν μὴ διδοῦσα
K.T.A.
τ VI. ἣν δὲ καιρὸς εἴη.
ησθημένοι τὸ πάθος μὴ ἐὸν ἐν ἀσφαλείῃ.
rs VII. μὴ ἐγκεχειρικότες, “because they have

not entrusted.”
δεόμενοι τὴν ὑγιεινὴν διάθεσιν.
» VIII. ἐπινέμησιν κέχρηνται [an emendation

of Coray].
a nN Pye we
O av ερέεω.
τὸ IX. σὺν τῇ οὐσίῃ = τῆς οὐσίης.
οὐ διαμαρτήσει (3rd person singular).
a XIII. ὅποι ἂν καὶ ἐπιστατήσαιμι.

Notice in particular that μή is ousting ov. This is a
sure sign of late date.

Words and expressions that occur only in late
Greek, or are used in a strange sense, are fairly
common, and there appear to be a few ἅπαξ λεγόμενα.

308

INTRODUCTION

Chapter I. καταφορή = deducing.
προπαθῆής.
oa II. περὶ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι = to be occupied
with.
IV. προμύσσειν.
ὅν Ν. ἠδελφισμένος.
μι VI. εὐδοκίη.
5 VII. ἐκ ποδός.
καταχλιδᾶν.
διαντλίζεσθαι.
ἐν ΨΠΠΠ. κατασιλλαίνω
a IX. μινύθημα.
" Χ, εὐχαρίη (if this reading be correct),

or εὐχαριστίη.
es XII. ἱστοριευμένην.
ματαιοκοπίη.
5, ἈΠΕ: φιχαλυστῆς.
διαζηλεύομαι.
» XIV. συμπάθησις.
συμπάθεια.
ὑποπαραίτησις (if this reading be
correct).

The aphoristie style, which appears to have been
popular among medical writers (Coan Prenotions,
Prorrhetic I., Aphorisms, Nutriment) tended to become
oracular and obscure. The writer of Precepts seems
to have gone out of his way to wrap up his meaning
in unusual diction, which is often almost unintel-
ligible. He is fond of allusive, metaphorical language,
which savours sometimes of the lyric poets.

In spite of his weaknesses as an author, and they
are many, he is a man of sound common sense, I
would note in particular his insisting upon reasoning

399

INTRODUCTION

from accurately observed facts only, and upon the
necessity of not worrying the patient about fees,
and his pungent criticisms of quacks, their dupes,
and all “ late-learners.”

There is something about the style which is
reminiscent of Latin, particularly παραινέσιος τοῦτο
in Chapter IV, meaning “this piece of advice,” and
perhaps the future in Chapter V with imperatival
sense.t_ The perfect tense too is commonly used for
the aorist. One would be tempted to regard the
author as a Roman who wrote in Greek an essay,
compiled from Epicurean literature and fairly sound
medical sources, were it not for two scholia, one
discovered by Daremberg and the other in the MS.
Vaticanus gr. 277. The latter quotes a great part
of Erotian’s explanation of φλεδονώδεα as a comment
upon Precepts VII.,where our MSS. now have φθογγώδεα
or φθεγγώδεα. In other words, the treatise appears
to have been known to Erotian, or to the authorities
used by Erotian, as an Hippocratic work. Darem-
berg? discovered in a Vatican MS. a gloss from
which it appears that Galen commented on Precepts,
and that Archigenes (a physician of the early second
century A.p.) and Chrysippus the Stoic commented
on the distinction between καιρός and χρόνος with
which Precepts opens.

Even if we allow full weight to this evidence of

1 Since I wrote the above my attention has been called to
στενῶν ἔνδοσιν in Chapter VII. The word στενῶν looks like
angustiarum.

2 See Notices et extraits des manuscrits médicaux grecs, latins
et francais des principales bibliothéeques de [ Europe, pp. 200-
203.

310

INTRODUCTION

early authorship, we need conclude no more than
that Chrysippus knew the originals from which the
compilation was made—indeed he must have been
well acquainted with the Epicurean original of
Chapters [and II. There is nothing in the evidence
to prevent our taking Precepts to be a cento from
good sources made by a late writer not perfectly
familiar with Greek. Somehow it became incor-
porated in a collection of Hippocratic writings,
probably a little-known one, as none of the ancient
*‘lists”” of Hippocratic works includes Precepts.
There was no generally accepted canon, and a work
of unknown or uncertain authorship might easily
find its way into the Hippocratic collection in one
or other of the great libraries.

Although linguistic difficulties obscure the details,
the reader will be interested in the picture of medical
practice in antiquity. The “late-learner” covering
up his mistakes in a flood of medical jargon will
suggest the doctors of Moliere. The public lectures,
with quotations from poetry, are the exact counter-
part of modern advertisements of patent medicines.

MSS. anv Epirions,

Precepts is found in several of the Paris manu-
scripts and in M.! There have been so far as I know
no separate editions and no translations into English.

1 There is no good apparatus criticus. I have tried to
infer from Littré’s ‘‘vulgate” and Ermerins’ text what is
the reading of the majority of the manuscripts, and it is
generally this reading which I denote by ‘‘ MSS.” Only
more careful examination of the actual manuscripts can
show how far I am justified in so doing.

311

10

20

ΠΑΡΑΓΓΈΛΙΑΙ

I. Χρόνος ἐστὶν ἐν ᾧ καιρός, καὶ καιρὸς ἐν ᾧ
χρόνος οὐ πολύς" ἄκεσις χρόνῳ, ἔστι δὲ ἡνίκα
καὶ καιρῷ. δεῖ γε μὴν ταῦτα εἰδότα μὴ λογισμῷ
προτερον πιθανῷ προσέχοντα ἰητρεύειν, ἀλλὰ
τριβῇ μετὰ λόγου. ὁ γὰρ λογισμὸς μνήμη τίς
ἐστι συνθετικὴ τῶν μετ᾽ αἰσθήσιος ληφθέντων.
ἐφαντασιώθη γὰρ ἐναργέως ἡ αἴσθησις προπαθὴς
καὶ ἀναπομπὸς ἐοῦσα ἐς διάνοιαν τῶν ὑποκει-
μένων, ἡ δὲ παραδεξαμένη πολλάκις, οἷς ὅτε
ὁκοίως τηρήσασα, καὶ ἐς ἑωυτὴν καταθεμένη,
ἐμνημόνευσεν. συγκαταινέω μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸν
λογισμόν, ἤνπερ ἐκ περιπτώσιος ποιῆται τὴν
ἀρχήν, καὶ τὴν “καταφορὴν ἐκ τῶν φαινομένων
μεθοδεύῃ. ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ἐναργέως ἐπιτελεομένων
ἢν τὴν ἀρχὴν ποιήσηται ὁ λογισμός, ἐν διανοίης
δυνάμει ὑπάρχων εὑρίσκεται, παραδεχομένης
αὐτῆς ἕκαστα παρ᾽ ἄλλων. ὑποληπτέον οὖν "τὴν
φύσιν ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ παντοίων πρηγμάτων
κινηθῆναί τε καὶ διδαχθῆναι, βίης ὑπεούσης: ἡ
δὲ διάνοια παρ᾽ αὐτῆς λαβοῦσα, ὡς προεῖπον,
ὕστερον ἐς ἀληθείην ἤγαγεν. εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐξ ἐναργέος

1 Ermerins would delete moAAd«is . . . δκοίως.

1 The definition shows that in this passage λογισμός is a
generalisation, like the πρόληψις of Epicurus, whose language
is borrowed. But whereas πρόληψις corresponds to a general
term (e.g. ‘‘man’”’), λογισμός here seems to mean a general

312

PRECEPIS

I, Time is that wherein there is opportunity, and
opportunity is that wherein there is no great time.
Healing is a matter of time, but it is sometimes
also a matter of opportunity. However, knowing
this, one must attend in medical practice not
primarily to plausible theories,! but to experi-
ence combined with reason. For a theory is a
composite memory of things apprehended with
sense-perception. For the sense-perception, coming
first in experience and conveying to the intellect
the things subjected to it, is clearly imaged, and
the intellect, receiving these things many times,
noting the occasion, the time and the manner, stores
them up in itself and remembers. Now I approve
of theorising also if it lays its foundation in incident,
and deduces its conclusions in accordance with phe-
nomena. For if theorising lays its foundation in
clear fact, it is found to exist in the domain of in-
tellect, which itself receives from other sources each
of itsimpressions. So we must conceive of our nature
as being stirred and instructed under compulsion
by the great variety of things; and the intellect, as
1 have said, taking over from nature the impres-
sions, leads us afterwards into truth. But if it

proposition (e.g. ‘‘man is mortal”). Later on it means the
use of λογισμοί in making συλλογισμοί, that is, deduction.
‘‘Theory” and ‘‘ theorising” are the nearest equivalents I
can think of.

VOL, 1. ν 313

90

10

16

TIAPATTEAIAI

ἐφόδου, ἐκ δὲ πιθανῆς ἀναπλάσιος λόγου, πολ-
λάκις βαρείην καὶ ἀνιηρὴν ἐπήνεγκε διάθεσιν.
οὗτοι δὲ ἀνοδίην χειρίζουσι. τί γὰρ ἂν ἣν κακόν,
iv τὰ ἐπίχειρα ἐκομίζοντο οἱ τὰ τῆς ἰητρικῆς
ἔργα κακῶς δημιουργέοντες ; ; νῦν δὲ τοῖς ἀναιτίοις
ἐοῦσι τῶν καμνόντων, ὁκόσοις οὐχ ἱκανὴ ἐφαίνετο
ἐοῦσα τοῦ νοσεῖν βίη, εἰ μὴ συνέλθοι τῇ τοῦ
ἰητροῦ ἀπειρίῃ. περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἅλις ἔστω
διειλεγμένα.

11. Τῶν δ᾽ ὡς λόγου μόνου συμπεραινομένων
μὴ εἴη 5 ἐπαύρασθαι, τῶν δὲ ὡς ἔργου ἐνδείξιος"
σφαλερὴ γὰρ καὶ εὔπταιστος ἡ μετ᾽ ἀδολεσχίης
ἰσχύρισις. διὸ καὶ καθόλου δεῖ ἔχεσθαι τῶν
γινομένων, καὶ περὶ ταῦτα μὴ ἐλαχίστως ryive-
σθαι, ἢν μέλλῃ ἕξειν ῥηϊδίην καὶ ἀναμάρτητον
ἕξιν ἣν δὴ ἰητρικὴν προσαγορεύομεν. κάρτα γὰρ
μεγάλην ὠφελίην περιποιήσει τοῖς γε νοσέουσι
καὶ τοῖς τούτων on ημιουργοῖς. μὴ ὀκνεῖν δὲ παρὰ
ἰδιωτέων ἱστορεῖν, ἤν τι δοκῇ συνοίσειν ἐς καιρὸν
θεραπείης. οὕτω γὰρ δοκέω τὴν σύμπασαν
τέχνην ἀναδειχθῆναι, διὰ τὸ ἐξ ἑκάστου τιϑ τοῦ
τέλους τηρηθῆναι καὶ ἐς ταὐτὸ συναλισθῆναι.
προσέχειν οὖν δεῖ τῇ περιπτώσει τῇ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ
πολύ, καὶ μετ᾽ ὠφελίης καὶ ἠρεμαιότητος μᾶλλον
ἢ ἐπαγγελίης καὶ ἀπολογίης τῆς μετ᾽ ἀπρηξίης."

1 So apparently the MSS. and editions except Ermerins,
who emends to ei. I retain it (doubtfully) as a mistake due
to ignorance. 2 See p. 308.

3 τοῦ MSS.: τι another hand in M. I have inserted τι
and kept τοῦ because of the sense. There is one τέλος, but
ey, observations contribute to the completion of it.

4 μετὰ πρήξιος MSS.: μετ᾽ ἀπρήξιος another hand in M:
μετὰ πρήξιας Littré: μετ᾽ ἀπρηξίης is my conjecture. I find

314

PREIECEPTS, τ.--τ

begins, not from a clear impression, but from a
plausible fiction,’ it often induces a grievous and
troublesome condition. All who so act are lost in a
blind alley. Now no harm would be done if bad
practitioners received their due wages. But as it is
their innocent patients suffer, for whom the violence
of their disorder did not appear sufficient without
the addition of their physician’s inexperience. I
must now pass on to another subject.

II. But conclusions which are merely verbal cannot
bear fruit, only those do which are based on demon-
strated fact. For affirmation and talk are deceptive
and treacherous. Wherefore one must hold fast to
facts in generalisations also,? and occupy oneself with
facts persistently, if one is to acquire that ready and
infallible habit which we call “the art of medicine.”
For so to do will bestow a very great advantage
upon sick folk and medical practitioners. Do not
hesitate to inquire of laymen, if thereby there
seems likely to result any improvement in treat-
ment. For so I think the whole art has been set
forth, by observing some part of the final end in
each of many particulars, and then combining all
into a single whole. So one must pay attention to
generalities in incidents, with help and quietness
rather than with professions and the excuses that
accompany ill-success.

1 7,e., if the general statement from which we deduce
conclusions be a plausible but untrue hypothesis. Conclu-
sions drawn from such hypotheses lead to nowhere.

2 Or, possibly, ‘‘even from beginning to end.”

that I have been anticipated by Ermerins, who also reads
μετ᾽ ἀπρηξίης-.

315

10

14

ITAPATTEAIAI

11]: Χρήσιμος δὲ καὶ ποικίλος τῶν προσφερο-
μένων τῷ νοσέοντι καὶ ὁ προορισμός, ὅτιϊ μόνον
τί προσενεχθὲν ὠφελήσει" οὐ γὰρ ἰσχυρίσιος δεῖ:
πάντα γὰρ τὰ πάθη διὰ πολλὰς περιστάσιας καὶ
μεταβολὰς μονῇ τινι προσκαθίξει.

IV. Παραινέσιος δ᾽ ἂν καὶ τοῦτο ἐπιδεηθείη
τῆς θεωρίης" συμβάλλει γάρ τι τῷ σύμπαντι"
εἰ γὰρ ἄρξαιο περὶ μισθαρίων τῷ μὲν ἀλγέοντι
τοιαύτην διανόησιν ἐ ἐμποιήσεις τὴν ὅτι 3 ἀπολιπὼν
αὐτὸν πορεύσει μὴ συνθέμενος, ἢ ἢ" ὅτι ἀμελήσεις
καὶ οὐχ ὑποθήσει τινὰ τῷ παρεόντι. ἐπιμε-
λεῖσ θαι οὖν οὐδ δεῖ περὶ στάσιος μισθοῦ" ἄχρηστον
γὰρ ἡγεύμεθα ἐνθύμησιν ὀχλεομένῳ τὴν τοιαύτην,
πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἐν ὀξεῖ νοσήματι" νούσου γὰρ
ταχυτὴς καιρὸν μὴ διδοῦσα ἐς ἀναστροφὴν οὐκ
ἐποτρύνει τὸν καλῶς ἰητρεύοντα ζητεῖν τὸ λυσι-
τελές, ἔχεσθαι δὲ δόξης μᾶλλον. κρέσσον οὖν
σῳζομένοις ὀνειδίζειν ἢ ὀλεθρίως ἔχοντας προ-
μύσσειν.

V. Kai τοι ἔνιοι νοσέοντες ἀξιοῦσι τὸ ξενο-
πρεπὲς καὶ τὸ ἄδηλον ὃ προκρίνοντες, ἄξιοι μὲν
ἀμελείης, οὐ μέντοι γε κολάσιος. διὸ τούτοις
ἀντιτάξει εἰκότως μεταβολῆς ἐπὶ σάλου πορευο-

8

1 Ermerins here inserts οὐ.

2 In the MSS. this sentence occurs after μισθαρίων. It
was transposed by Coray.

3 Here the MSS. have οὐκ, which is omitted by Coray,
Littré and Ermerins. 4 ἢ Littré: καὶ MSS.

5 ὑποθήσεις MSS. : Coray emended to the middle.

6 Dhe negative is added by Littré

7 προμύσσειν MSS. : προσνύσσειν Coray: προσμύσσειν Er-
merins.

8 ἀξιοῦσι MSS. : ἀλλάσσουσι Littré.

9 εὔδηλον MSS. : ἄδηλον Littré.

316

PRECEPTS, 111.-v.

ΠΙ. Early determination of the patient’s treat-
ment—since only what has actually been admin-
istered will benefit ; emphatic assertion is of no
use—is beneficial but complicated. For it is through
many turns and changes that all diseases settle into
some sort of permanence.!

IV. This piece of advice also will need our con-
sideration, as it contributes somewhat to the whole.
For should you begin by discussing fees, you will
suggest to the patient either that you will go away
and leave him if no agreement be reached, or that
you will neglect him and not prescribe any immediate
treatment. So one must not be anxious about fixing
a fee. For I consider such a worry to be harmful
to a troubled patient, particularly if the disease be
acute. For the quickness of the disease, offering no
opportunity for turning back,? spurs on the good
physician not to seek his profit but rather to lay
hold on reputation. Therefore it is better to reproach
a patient you have saved than to extort money from®
those who are at death’s door.

V. And yet some patients ask for what is out of
the way and doubtful, through prejudice, deserving
indeed to be disregarded, but not to be punished.
Wherefore you must reasonably oppose them, as
they are embarked upon a stormy sea of change.

1 Because changes and turns are common in the early
stages, to fix the proper treatment early is a complicated
matter.

* J. 6. from missed opportunities that have passed away
while haggling over fees. It is possible that ἀναστροφή has
here the sense of ἀναστρέφειν καρίδαν in Thucydides II. 49,
‘to upset.” An acute disease is not the time to upset a
patient with financial worries.

3 Or, if Coray’s emendation be adopted, ‘‘ to tease.”

317

10

10

18

ΠΑΡΑΤΤΈΛΙΑΙ

μένοις. τίς γάρ, ὦ πρὸς Διός, ἠδελφισμένος
ἰητρὸς ἰητρεύει τοσαύτῃ " ἀτεραμνίῃ ὥστε ἐν ἀρχῇ
ἀνακρίνοντα 5. πᾶν πάθος μὴ οὐχ΄ ὑποθέσθαι
τινὰ συμφέροντα ἐς θεραπείην, ἀποθεραπεῦσαί τε
τὸν νοσέοντα καὶ μὴ παριδεῖν τὴν ἐπικαρπίην,
ἄνευ ὃ τῆς ἐπισκευαζούσης ἐς μάθησιν ἐπιθυμίης ;
VI. Παρακελεύομαι δὲ μὴ λίην ἀπανθρωπίην
ἐσάγειν, ἀλλ᾽ ἀποβλέπειν ἔς τε περιουσίην καὶ
οὐσίην" ὁτὲ δὲ προῖκα, ἀναφέρων μνήμην εὐχα-
ριστίης προτέρην © ἢ παρεοῦσαν evdoxinn.” ἦν"
δὲ καιρὸς εἴη χορηγίης ξένῳ τε ἐόντι καὶ ἀπο-
ρέοντι, μάλιστα ἐπαρκεῖν τοῖς τοιούτοις" ἢν γὰρ
παρῇ φιλανθρωπίη, πάρεστι καὶ φιλοτεχνίη.
ἔνιοι γὰρ νοσέοντες ἢσθημένοι τὸ περὶ ἑωυτοὺς
πάθος μὴ ἐὸν ἐν ἀσφαλείῃ, καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἰητροῦ
ἐπιεικείῃ EVOOKEOUGL,® μεταλλάσσοντες ἐς ὑγιείην.
εὖ δ᾽ ἔχει νοσεόντων μὲν ἐπιστατεῖν, ἕνεκεν
ὑγιείης, ὑγιαινόντων δὲ φροντίζειν, ἕνεκεν ἀνοσίης"
φροντίζειν καὶ ἑωυτῶν 10 ἕνεκεν εὐσχημοσύνης.
VII. Οἱ μὲν οὖν ἐόντες ἐν βυθῷ ἀτεχνίης τῶν
προλελεγμένων οὐκ ἂν αἰσθάνοιντο. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι
ἀνίητροι ἐόντες ἐλέγχοιντ᾽ ἂν 11 ἐκ ποδὸς ὑψεύ-

1 τοσαύτῃ my conjecture: πίστει ἢ MSS.: πιστεύοι Er-
merins: πεισθείη Littré (with ἰητρεύειν).

2 ἀνακρίνοντα Littré: ἀνακρίναντα Ermerins: ἀνακρινέοντας
vulgate.

3° Ermerins inserts τό.

4 μὴ ovx M: py most MSS. : δεῖ many early commentators.
The Souitiort of the negative is abnormal, and the reading
is uncertain.

5 So Ermerins: τῆς ἐπικαρπίης μὴ ἄνευ MSS. Most editors
punctuate at παριδεῖν. But then τῆς ἐπικαρπίης depends on
nothing.

6 προτέρην MSS. : πρότερον Ermerins,

7 εὐδοκίην M: εὐδοκιμίην most MSS.

318

PRECEPTS, v.-vu.

For, in heaven’s name, who that is a brotherly! phy-
sician practises with such hardness of heart as not at
the beginning to conduct a preliminary examination
of every illness? and prescribe what will help towards
a cure, to heal the patient and not to overlook the
reward, to say nothing of the desire that makes a
man ready to learn ?

VI. I urge you not to be too unkind, but to con-
sider carefully your patient's superabundance or
means. Sometimes give your services for nothing,
calling to mind a previous benefaction or present
satisfaction.? And if there be an opportunity of
serving one who is a stranger in financial straits,
give full assistance to all such. For where there is
love of man, there is also love of the art. For some
patients, though conscious that their condition is
perilous, recover their health simply through their
contentment with the goodness of the physician.
And it is well to superintend the sick to make them
well, to care for the healthy to keep them well, but
also to care for one’s own self, so as to observe what
is seemly,

VII. Now those who are buried in deep ignorance
of the art cannot appreciate what has been said.
In fact such men will be shown up as ignorant of

1 The word so translated is fairly common in the Corpus in
the sense of ‘‘related.” Here it evidently means ‘‘a loyal
member of the family of physicians.”

2 With Ermerins’ reading, ‘‘all the illness.”

3 Or, with εὐδοκιμίην, ‘‘ your present reputation.”

8 ἣν MSS.: εἰ Ermerins. But see Chapter I, p. 314, note 1.

9. MSS. εὐδοκιμέουσι. Littré suggests εὐδοκέουσι but reads
εὐδοκέοντες and μεταλλάσσονται.

10 ἑωυτῶν Ermerins: ὑγιαινόντων MSS.

1 ἐχλέγχοιντ᾽ ἂν Ermerins: ἔλεγχοι MSS. : ἐλέγχη Littré.

319

10

20

ITAPATTEAIAI

μενοι, τύχης γε μὴν δεόμενοι. ὑπὸ γάρ τινων
εὐπόρων, καὶ στενῶν τ ἀναλαμβανόντων,
ἑκατέρῃ ἐπὴν eMLTUX OTL! εὐδοκιμέουσι, Kal δια-
πιπτόντων ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον καταχλιδεῦσι, teeta
μεμεληκότες τὰ τῆς τέχνης ἀνυπεύθυνα, ἐφ᾽ οἷς
ἂν ἰητρὸς ἀγαθὸς ἀκμάζοι ὁ ὁμότεχνος καλεόμενος.
ὁ δὲ τὰς ἀκέσιας ἀναμαρτήτους ῥηϊδίως ἐπιτελέων
οὐδὲν a ἂν τούτων παραβαίη σπάνει 2 τοῦ δύνασθαι:
οὐ γὰρ ἄπιστός ἐστιν ὡς ἐν ἀδικίῃ. πρὸς γὰρ
θεραπείην οὐ γίνονται σκοπέοντες διάθεσιν φλε-
βονώδεα, 5 φυλασσόμενοι ἑτέρων ἰητρῶν ἐπεσ-
αγωγήν, ἐνόντες ἃ ἐν μεσοπονηρίῃ βοηθήσιος."

οἵ TE νοσέοντες ἀνιώμενοι ὃ νήχονται ἐπὶ ἑκατέρῃ
μοχθηρίῃ μὴ ἐγκεχειρικότες ἑωυτοὺς ἕως τέλεος
τῇ ἐν τῇ πέχνῃ πλείονι θεραπείῃ" ἄνεσις γὰρ
νούσου τινὸς κάμνοντι παρέχει μεγάλην ἀλεωρήν"
διὸ δεόμενοι τὴν ὑγιεινὴν διάθεσιν οὐκ ἐθέλουσι
τὴν αὐτὴν χρῆσιν αἰεὶ προσδέχεσθαι, ὁ ὁμονοέοντες
ἰητροῦ ποικιλίῃ. tT πολυτελείης tT γὰρ ἀπορέουσιν

1 So Ermerins. Most MSS. have ἀναλαμβάνονται or ἄνα-
λαμβάνοντες, ἑκάτεροι ἐπὶ τεύχεσι and εὐδοκιμέοντες.

2. σπάνι (sic) Ermerins: οὐ παντὶ σπάνει most MSS.:
παντὶ σπάνει M (dittography) : οὐ πάντη σπάνει Littré.

* So apparently some ancient commentators. See Erotian
fr. 7 Nachmanson. φθεγγώδεα or φθογγώδεα MSS. : φθινώδεα
Ibittres : φονώδεα Ermerins.

* ἐνόντες M, Littré: αἰνοῦντες most MSS. I suggest
μένοντες, as we Should have expected ἐνεόντες. See p. 248.
5 αἰνέοντες μισοπονηρίην βοηθήσιος Ermerins.
ἀνιώμενοι MSS. : ἀνιέμενοι Littré after Matthiae.

6
* So Ermerins: ὁμοιοῦντες ἰητροῦ ποικιλίῃ vulgate: μὴ
/
€0

νοέοντες ἰητροῦ ποικιλίην : Littré.

1 He is trusted, and socan do as he likes. Therefore want
of power to influence a patient never compels him to trans-
gress the medical code.

320

PRECEPTS, vu.

medicine, suddenly exalted yet needing good luck.
For should wealthy men gain some remission of their
trouble, these quacks win reputation through a
double good fortune, and if a relapse occurs
they stand upon their dignity, having neglected
the irreproachable methods of the art, wherewith
a good physician, a ‘brother of the art” as he is
called, would be at his best. But he who accom-
plishes his cures easily without making a mistake
would transgress none of these methods through want
of power ;1 for he is not distrusted on the ground of
wickedness. For quacks do not attempt treatment
when they see an alarming? condition, and avoid
calling in other physicians, because they wickedly
hate help. And the patients in their pain drift on a
sea of twofold wretchedness for not having intrusted
themselves to the end to the fuller treatment that
is given by the art. For a remission of a disease
affords a sick man much relief. Wherefore wanting
a healthy condition they do not wish always to sub-
mit to the same treatment, therein being in accord
with a physician’s versatility. For the patients

5 It is quite uncertain whether φλεβονώδεα is the correct
reading, and equally uncertain what it means if it be correct.
Erotian’s note recognises two ancient readings, φλεδονώδεα,
explained as τὰ μετὰ φλυαρίας καὶ πνευματώδους ταραχῆς
ἐκκρινόμενα, and φλεβονώδεα, explained as τὰ μετ᾽ ἀλγήματος
οἰδήματα. But the general meaning must be ‘‘serious,”
‘‘alarming.”

3 The reader must suspect that in the words ἰητροῦ ποικιλίη
is concealed an allusion to frequent changes of the medical
attendant. ‘Changing their doctor every day.” The
version in the text means that the patients frequently
change their minds as do quacks, or as doctors must be ready
to change their treatment at a moment’s notice.

321

28

10

TTAPATTEATAI

e , \
οἱ νοσέοντες, ' κακοτροπίῃ προσκυνέοντες 5 καὶ
,
ἀχαριστέοντες συντυχεῖν. δυνατοὶ ἐόντες εὐπο-
ρεῖν, διαντλίξονται ὃ περὶ μισθαρίων, ἀτρεκέως
ἐθέλοντες ὑγιέες Εἶν ΩΝ elvexev ..... ἐργασίης
τόκων ἢ γεωργίης, ἀφροντιστέοντες περὶ ὃ αὐτῶν
λαμβάνειν.

Vii: Περὶ ΄σημασίης τοιαύτης ἅλις ἔστω"
ἄνεσις γὰρ καὶ ἐπίτασις νοσέοντος ἐπινέμησιν
ἰητρικὴν κέχρηνται." οὐκ ἀσχήμων © δέ, οὐδ᾽
ἣν τις ἰητρὸς στενοχωρέων τῷ παρεόντι ? ἐπί τινι
νοσέοντι καὶ “ἐπισκοτεόμενος τῇ ἀπειρίῃ κελεύῃ
καὶ ἑτέρους ἐσάγειν, εἵνεκα τοῦ ἐκ κοινολογίης
ἱστορῆσαι τὰ περὶ τὸν νοσέοντα, καὶ συνεργοὺς

ἊΝ
γενέσθαι ἐς εὐπορίην βοηθήσιος. ἐν γὰρ κακο-
παθείης παρεδρίῃ ἐπιτείνοντος τοῦ πάθεος, dv
ἀπορίην τὰ πλεῖστα ἐκκλίνουσι τῷ παρέοντι" ἴ

= a \
θαρρητέον ὃ οὖν ἐν καιρῷ τοιούτῳ" οὐδέποτε γὰρ
a La Ὁ lal ¢ /
ἐγὼ TO τοιοῦτο ὁριεῦμαι, STL ἡ τέχνη κέκριται

1 So apparently all MSS.: πολυτελεῖς γὰρ ἀπορέουσιν ἐόντες
Littré. Perhaps πολυτελείῃ should be read.

2 προσκυνεῦντες MSS.: προσκυρεῦντες Littré. I suggest
that οὐκ has fallen out after καί.

3 διαντλίζονται (apparently) MSS.: διισχυρίζονται Cor-
narius: διαλογίζονται Ermerins.

4 περί MSS. : μὴ ὑπὲρ Littré.
κέκτηνται MSS. : κέχρηνται Coray.
ἀσχήμων MSS. : ἄσχημον Littré.
τῷ παρέοντι omitted by Ermerins.

θαρρητέον MSS. : μὴ θαρρητέον (sic) Martinus quoted by
Foes. Perhaps οὐ θαρρητέον.

oar Φ σι

1 These patients ἀπορέουσιν, and so can scarcely be the same
as the εὔποροι of the earlier part of the chapter. Perhaps
οὐκ should be read before ἀχαριστέοντες, and the sense would
then be, ‘they become poor by showing gratitude to quacks,
when they might be well off by employing qualified men.”

3.22

PRECEPTS, vit.-vut.

are in need through heavy expenditure, worshipping
incompetence and showing no gratitude when they
meet it ;1 when they have the power to be well off,
they exhaust themselves about fees, really wishing
to be well for the sake of managing their investments
or farms, yet without a thought in these matters to
receive anything.”

VIII. So much for such recommendations. For
remission and aggravation of a disease require re-
spectively less or more medical assistance. A
physician does not violate etiquette even if, being
in difficulties on occasion over a patient and in the
dark through inexperience, he should urge the calling
in of others, in order to learn by consultation the
truth about the case, and in order that there may
be fellow-workers to afford abundant help. For
when a diseased condition is stubborn and the evil
grows, in the perplexity of the moment most things
go wrong. So on such occasions one must be bold.®
For never will I lay it down that the art has been

2 The greater part of this chapter is hopeless. There
seems to be no connexion between the quack doctors of the
first part and the wayward patients of the latter part. I
suspect that an incongruous passage has been inserted here
by some compiler, just as chapter fourteen was so inserted.
Perhaps there are gaps in the text, the filling up of which
would clear away the difficulty. Probably there is one after
εἵνεκεν. If the latter part be not an interpolation, the
general meaning seems to be that when patients grow worse
under quack treatment, they change their doctor and hire
another quack. So they both grow worse and lose money.
They really want to get well to look after their business,
but do not think of the right way to return to work again,
ἃ. ὁ. of employing a qualified medical man,

8. Or (reading οὐ) ‘fon such occasions one must not be
self-confident.”

673

19

10

IITAPATTEAIAI

περὶ τούτου. μηδέποτε φιλονεικεῖν προσ κυρέουτας
ἑωυτοῖσι. καὶ κατασιλλαίνειν" 3 ὃ γὰρ ἂν 8 μεθ᾽
ὅρκου ἐρέω, οὐδέποτε ἐ ἰητροῦ λογισμὸς φθονήσειεν
ἂν ἑτέρῳ" ἀκιδνὸς γὰρ ἂν φανείη: ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον
οἱ ἀγχιστεύοντες ἀγοραίης ἐργασίης πρήσσουσι
ταῦτα εὐμαρέως. καίτοι γε οὐδὲ ψευδέως κατα-
νενόηται' πάσῃ γὰρ εὐπορίῃ ἀπορίη ἔνεστι.

ΙΧ. Μετὰ τούτων δὲ πάντων μέγα ἂν τεκμήριον
φανείη σὺν τῇ οὐσίῃ τῆς τέχνης, εἴ τίς καλῶς
ἰητρεύων προσαγορεύσιος τοιαύτης μὴ ἀποσταίη,
κελεύων τοῖσι νοσέουσι μηδὲν ὀχλεῖσθαι κατὰ

διάνοιαν ἐν τῷ σπεύδειν ἀφικέσθαι = καιρὸν
a

σωτηρίης" ἡγεύμεθα γὰρ ἃ χρὴ ἐς τὴν ὃ ὑγιείην.
καὶ προστασσόμενός ye? οὐ ιαμαρτήσει" αὐτοὶ
μὲν γὰρ οἱ νοσέοντες διὰ τὴν ἀλγεινὴν διάθεσιν
ἀπαυδέοντες ἑωυτούς ΕΣ 08 μεταλλάσσουσι
τῆς ζωῆς" ὁ δ᾽ ἐγκεχειρισμένος τὸν νοσέοντα, ἢν
ἀποδείξῃ τὰ τῆς τέχνης ἐξευρήματα, σῴζων
οὐκ ὃ ἀλλοιῶν φύσιν, ἀποίσει τὴν “παρεοῦσαν
«ἀθυμίην: 10 ἢ τὴν παραυτίκα ἀπιστίην. ἡ γὰρ
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εὐεξίη φύσις τίς ἐστι φύσει περιπε-
ποιημένη κίνησιν οὐκ ἀλλοτρίην, ἀλλὰ λίην yel!

1 καὶ omitted in MSS.: inserted first by Littré, who also
reads ἀλλήλοισι instead of ἑωυτοῖσι.
2 κατασιλλαίνειν MSS. : Kata σιλλαίνειν Ermerins.

3 This ἂν is very strange with épéw. Perhaps it is a
repetition of the Bee two letters. But see p. 308. See
also additional note, p. 332.

4 One MS. has ἀσθενής.

5 σὺν MSS. : omitted by Ermerins. See p. 308.

ὁ ἃ χρὴ és τὴν Littré: ἀχρηστίην MSS.

7 So most MSS.: προστάσσων μὲν Ermerins.

8 Littré, supposing that a participle is wanted, adds
ἀπορρίπτοντεξ.

324

PRECEPTS, vitt.-1x.

condemned in this matter.t Physicians who meet
in consultation must never quarrel, or jeer at one
another. For I will assert upon oath, a physician’s
reasoning should never be jealous of another. To
be so will be a sign of weakness. Those who act
thus lightly are rather those connected with the
business of the market-place. Yet it is no mistaken
idea to call in a consultant. For in all abundance
there is lack.?

IX. With all these things it will appear strong
evidence for the reality of the art if a physician,
while skilfully treating the patient, does not refrain
from exhortations not to worry in mind in the
eagerness to reach the hour of recovery. For we
physicians take the lead in what is necessary for
health. And if he be under orders the patient will
not go far astray. For left to themselves patients
sink through their painful condition, give up the
struggle and depart this life. But he who has taken
the sick man in hand, if he display the discoveries
of the art, preserving nature, not trying to alter it,
will sweep away the present depression or the dis-
trust of the moment. For the healthy condition of
a human being is a nature that has naturaily attained
a movement, not alien but perfectly adapted, having

1 7. 4. that because a consultant is necessary the fault lies
with the art of medicine.

2 No matter how much help you have you can never have
enough.

8 οὐκ MSS: ἢ Martinus in Foes.

10 ἐπικαρπίην vulgate: πικρίην Littré. The true reading is
probably a word with the meaning of ἀθυμία.

11 λίην ye Littré: λίην re MSS. : ἰδίην Ermerins.

20

22

IIAPATTEAIAT

εὐαρμοστεῦσαν, πνεύματί τε Kal θερμασίῃ καὶ
χυμῶν κατεργασίῃ, πάντη τε καὶ πάσῃ διαίτῃ
καὶ τοῖσι σύμπασι δεδημιουργημένη, ἢν μή τι ἐκ
γενετῆς ἢ ἀπ᾽ ἀρχῆς ἔλλειμα ἢ" ἢν δὲ γένηταί τι,
ἐξιτήλου ἐόντος, πειρᾶσθαι ἐξομοιοῦν τῇ ὑπο-
κειμένῃ" παρὰ γὰρ φύσιν τὸ μινύθημα καὶ διὰ
χρόνου.

X. Φευκτέη δὲ καὶ θρύψις 1 ἐπικρατίδων διὰ
προσκύρησιν ἀκέσιος, ὀδμή τε περίεργος" διὰ γὰρ
ἱκανὴν ἀσυνηθείην 5 διαβολὴν κεκτήσει, διὰ δὲ
ὀλίγην, εὐσχημοσύνην" ἐν yap μέρει πόνος ὀλίγος,
ἐν πᾶσι ἱκανός. εὐχαρίην * δὲ οὐ περιαιρέω"
ἀξίη γὰρ ἰητρικῆς προστασίης.

ΠΠροσθέσιος δὲ δι’ ὀργάνων καὶ σημαντι-
κῶν ἐπιδείξιος, καὶ τῶν τοιουτοτρόπων μνήμην
παρεῖναι.

XII. Ἤν δὲ καὶ εἵνεκεν ὁμίλου θέλῃς ἀκρόασιν
ποιήσασθαι, οὐκ ἀγακλεῶς ἐπιθυμεῖς, μὴ μέντοι
γε μετὰ μαρτυρίης OILS S ἀδυναμίην γὰρ
ἐμφαίνει φιλοπονίης "ὃ ἀπαρνέομαι γὰρ ἐς χρῆσιν
ἑτέρην φιλοπονίην μετὰ πόνου ἱστοριευμένην," διὸ
ἐν ἑωυτῇ μούνῃ αἵρεσιν ἔχουσαν * χαρίεσσαν'
περιποιήσει γὰρ κηφῆνος μετὰ παραπομπῆς
ματαιοκοπίην.8

1 θρύψις conjecture of Triller: τρίψις vulgate.

2 ἀξυνεσίην MSS. : ξεινοσύνην or ξενίην Triller : ἀσυνηθείην
Kiihn and Littré.

8 κεκτήσει My emendation: κέκτησαι Littré, without
Et

4 εὐχαρίην M: εὐχαριστίην other MSS. (apparently) and

Littré, The dictionaries do not recognise εὐχαρία.

5 φιλοπονίης MSS. : φιλοπονίη Littré,

326

PRECEPTS, 1x.—x11.

produced it by means of breath, warmth and coction
of humours, in every way, by complete regimen and
by everything combined, unless there be some con-
genital or early deficiency. Should there be such a
thing in a patient who is wasting, try to assimilate
to the fundamental nature.t For the wasting, even
of long standing, is unnatural.

X. You must also avoid adopting, in order to gain a
patient,? luxurious headgear and elaborate perfume.
For excess of strangeness will win you ill-repute, but
a little will be considered in good taste, just as pain
in one part is a trifle, while in every part it is serious.
Yet I do not forbid your trying to please, for it is
not unworthy of a physician’s dignity.

XI. Bear in mind the employment of instruments
and the pointing out of significant symptoms, and
so forth.

XII. And if for the sake of a crowded audience
you do wish to hold a lecture, your ambition is no
laudable one, and at least avoid all citations from
the poets, for to quote them argues feeble industry.
For I forbid in medical practice an industry not
pertinent to the art, and laboriously far-fetched,*
and which therefore has in itself alone an attractive
grace. For you will achieve the empty toil of a
drone and a drone’s spoils.4

17. 6. try to bring the patient back to his normal condition.

2 Apparently, in order to increase your practice by
fastidiousness in the matter of dress. But the expression

is very strange, and should mean, ‘‘in order to effect a cure.”
3 See p. 308. 4 See p. 308.

Be AOS ae ee ae a ee ee ees
6 T suspect the form of this word, to which I can find
no parallel. The meaning is that of ἱστορῶ.
7 ἔχουσαν Littré : ἐοῦσαν MSS.
8 So Littré after Weigel: MSS. apparently ἑτοιμοκοπίην.

327

20

TIAPATTEAIAI

XII. Εὐκτέη δὲ καὶ διάθεσις ἐκτὸς ἐοῦσα
ὀψιμαθίης: παρεόντων μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπιτελεῖ" ἀπεόν-
των δὲ μνήμη ἀνεκτή. γίνεται τοίνυν πάμμαχος
ἀτυχίη, μετὰ λύμης * νεαρῆς, ἀφροντιστεῦσα
εὐπρεπίης, ὁρισμοῖς τε καὶ ἐπαγγελίῃσιν, ὃ ὅρκοις
τε παμμεγέθεσιν θεῶν εἵνεκεν, ἰητροῦ προ-
στατέοντος νούσου, ἀναγνώσιος συνεχείης κατ-
ηχήσιός τε ἰδιωτέων φιλαλυστέων “λόγους ἐκ
μεταφορῆς διαζηλευομένων," καὶ πρὶν ἢ νούσῳ
καταπορέωσιν ἠθροισμένων. 3. τῶν μὲν οὖν ταιού-
των ὅποι ἂν καὶ ἐπιστατήσαιμι, οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ
θεραπείης συλλόγου αἰτήσαιμι ἂν θαρσαλέως
βοηθείην"" ἱστορίης γὰρ εὐσχήμονος σύνεσις ἐν
τούτοις διεσπασμένη. τούτων ov bv ἀνάγκην
ἀσυνέτων ἐόντων, παρακελεύομαι χρησίμην εἶναι
τὴν τρίβην, μεθυστέρησιν © δογμάτων ἱ ἱστορίης.
τίς γὰρ ἐπιθυμεῖ δογμάτων μὲν πολυσχιδίην
ἀτρεκέως ἐθέλων Ἷ ἱστορεῖν, μετὰ δὲ 8 χειροτριβίης
ἀτρεμεότητα ; ὃ διὸ παραινέω τούτοις λέγουσι
μὲν προσέχειν, ποιέουσι δὲ ἐγκόπτειν 0

XIV. Συνεσταλμένης διαίτης μὴ μακρὴν

1 λύμης Littré: λυμίης M: λοιμίης most MSS.

2 διαζηλευομένων Zwinger : διαζηλευόμενον MSS. : διαζηλευο-
μένου Littré.

3 καταπορέω ξυνηθροισμένοι most MSS., the second hand of
M having ξυνηθροισμένων : καταπορέωσιν ἠθροισμένοι Littré.

The text is a combination of Littré’s emendation and the
reading of M.

Ἔ βοηθείην my emendation (anticipated by Foes) : βοηθεῖν
Littré: βούσθην MSS.

5 διεσπασμένη Ermerins: διεσπαρμένη MSS.: διεφθαρμένη
Eire.

8 ue? ὑστέρησιν MSS.: μὴ τὴν τήρησιν Littré. The

dictionaries do not recognise μεθυστέρησις, but the present
work is full of strange words.

328

PRECEPTS, xu.-x1v.

XIII. A condition too is desirable free from the
late-learner’s faults. For his state accomplishes
nothing that is immediate, and its remembrance
of what is not before the eyes is but tolerable. So
there arises a quarrelsome inefficiency, with head-
strong outrage, that has no thought for what is
seemly, while definitions, professions, oaths, great as
far as the gods invoked are concerned,! come from
the physician in charge of the disease, bewildered
laymen being lost in admiration of flowery language
spoken in continuous reading and _ instruction,
crowding together even before they are troubled by
a disease.2, Wherever I may be in charge of a case,
with no confidence should I call in such men to
help as consultants. For in them comprehension of
seemly learning is far to seek. Seeing then that they
cannot but be unintelligent, I urge that experience
is useful, the learning of opinions coming far after.
For who is desirous and ambitious of learning truly
subtle diversities of opinion, to the neglect of calm
and practised skill? Wherefore I advise you to
listen to their words but to oppose their acts.

XIV. When regimen has been restricted you must

1 That is, the oaths frantically appeal to all the great gods.
2 The construction and translation are uncertain. I believe
that δρισμοῖς and the other datives are a Roman’s efforts at
rendering into Greek ‘‘ablatives of attendant circumstances,”
but ἐκ μεταφορῆς is puzzling, and can hardly be taken with
λόγους. Perhapsit isa Latinism. Cf. ‘‘ pastor ab Amphryso.”

7 ἐθέλων Krmerins: ἐθέλειν MSS.

8 μετὰ δὲ my emendation: μήτε most MSS: μετὰ M: μή
γε Littré. :

9. ἀτρεμεότητα my emendation: ἀτρεμεότητι most MSS. :
ἀτρεμεώτατον K,.

10 ἐγκόπτειν MSS. : ἐγκύπτειν Mack and Ermerins,

329

10

IIAPATTEAIAI

a nr ,
t ἐγχειρεῖν t τοῦ κάμνοντος ypoviny émOupinv: 1
7 ΄ὔ
ἀνίστησι καὶ συγχωρίη ἐν xpovin νούσῳ, ἤν
΄ A \ ,ὔ « / 4
τίς προσέχῃ τυφλῷ τὸ δέον. ὡς μέγας φόβος
φυλακτέος, καὶ χαρᾶς δεινότης. ἠέρος αἰφνιδίη
Ν / 2 » AN « / if Μ
ταραχὴ φυλακτέη.323 ἀκμὴ ἡλικίης πάντα ἔχει
/ ] / \ > / ᾽ / \
χαρίεντα, ἀπόληξις δὲ τοὐναντίον. acadin δὲ
, » x ὃ \ (0 x ὃ iN; \ 5 Ἃ 3
γλώσσης γίνεται ἢ διὰ πάθος, ἢ διὰ τὰ ὦτα, ἢ
\ \ 4 , ’ ° (4 b] lal
πρὶν τὰ ὦ πρότερα ἐξαγγεῖλαι ἕτερα ἐπιλαλεῖν,
ἢ πρὶν τὸ διανενοημένον εἰπεῖν ἕτερα ἐπιδιανοεῖ-
fal 5 7 n
σθαι: τοῦτοῦ μὲν ovv® ἄνευ πάθους ὁρατοῦ
λελεγμένου μάλιστα συμβαίνει φιλοτεχνοῦσιν,
ἡλικίης, σμικροῦ ἐόντος τοῦ ὑποκειμένου, δύναμις
ἐνίοτε παμπολλή. νούσου ἀταξίη8 μῆκος
,
σημαίνει" κρίσις δὲ ἀπόλυσις νούσου. σμικρὴ
΄, ᾿
αἰτίη ἄκεσις γίνεται,), ἢν μή τι περὶ τόπον
καίριον πάθῃ. διότι συμπάθησις ὑπὸ λύπης
ἐοῦσα ὀχλεῖ, ἐξ ἑτέρου συμπαθείης τινὲς

1 The reading and punctuation of this passage are hopeless.
The vulgate joins the end of XIII with the beginning of XIV,
and punctuates at ἀνίστησι, νούσῳ and φυλακτέος. ἐγχειρεῖν
can scarcely be correct.

2 So Littré: καὶ χάριν (χάρα second hand in M) & ἧς
ἑνότης ἀέρος (or ἠέροΞ) αἰφνιδίῃ ταραχῇ φυλακτέη most MSS.

ἢ added by Ermerins.

4 τὰ Ermerins: te MSS.

5 τρῦτο Ermerins: τὸ MSS.
6

7

o

οὖν second hand in M.
ἡλικίης Littré : ἡλικίη vulgate.
8 ἀταξίη Littré: ἀταραξίη MSS. Perhaps the scribe un-
consciously wrote an Epicurean word. See p. 306.
® So second hand in M: ἄκεσι many MSS. : λύεται Littré
and apparently Μ,

339

PRECEPTS, xiv.

not suppress for long a long-standing desire of the
patient.1_ In a chronic disease indulgence too helps
to set a man on his feet again, if one pay the
necessary attention to one who is blind.2 As great
fear is to be guarded against, so is excessive joy.
A sudden disturbance of the air is also to be guarded
against.2 The prime of life has everything lovely,
the decline has the opposite. Incoherence of speech
comes from an affection, or from the ears, or from
the speaker’s talking of something fresh before he
has uttered what was in his mind before, or from
his thinking of fresh things before he has expressed
what was in his thoughts before. Now this is a thing
that happens without any “visible affection” so-
called, mostly to those who are in love with their
art. The power of youth, when the matter is
trifling,4 is sometimes supremely great. Irregularity
in a disease signifies that it will be along one. A
crisis is the riddance of a disease. A slight cause
turns into a cure unless the affection be in a vital
part. Because® fellow-feeling at grief causes dis-
tress, some are distressed through the fellow-feeling

1 Too strict a regimen may do harm by the patient’s using
up his strength in conquering his appetites. Some such verb
as κατέχειν must be substituted for ἐγχειρεῖν.

2 7.6. the patient does not know what is good for him,

8.7.2. either (a) a draught or (Ὁ) a sudden change in
the weather.

4 Possibly, ‘‘ when the patient is not a big man.”” ὑποκείμε-
νον, can mean ‘“‘ patient” in Jater Greek.

5 Possibly, ‘‘ for the same reason that.”

331

20
21

ITAPATTEAIAI

ὀχλεῦνται. καταύδησις λυπεῖ. φιλοπονίης κρα-
ταιῆς ὑποπαραίτησις Ὁ {1 ἀλυώδης 73 τόπος
ὀνησιφόρος.

1 The textis here uncertain. Littré has φιλοπονίης κρατερῆς
ὕπυ, παραίνεσις, ἀλέα, Gdn, τόπος ὀνησιφόρος, ‘‘ pour l’excés de
travail, encouragement, chaleur du soleil, chant, lieu salu-
taire,” a not very plausible restoration, and could only mean
“excess of diligence causes advice, etc.”

2 Foes apparently translated ἀλσώδης, perhaps rightly.

ADDITIONAL Nore.

Chapter VIII, ll. 14-16, p. 324: ὃ yap... ἑτέρῳ. I
should like to suggest (although I am not confident enough
to print it in the text) that the right reading is :—

οὐδέποτε ἰητρὸς λογισμὸν φθονήσειεν ἄν.
‘a physician will never grudge giving his reasoned opinion.”

Such a reading fits in very well with the next sentence but

one. It is only in the world of business that each man is
for himself.

332

PRECEPTS,, χιν.

of another. Loud talking is painful. Overwork
calls for gentle dissuasion.! A wooded? district
benefits.

1 ὑποπαραίτησις is not found in the dictionaries, but may be
correct.

2 ἀλυώδης is unmeaning, and 1 translate as though ἀλσώδης
were in the text.

333

᾿ a ys a : A en ae Area ;

ean vay, te eth ἧς ὩΣ sage
é ταν ἀμ ον vers
a eu Ce ait tees δῦ ἣν bins ΣΤ 5

re aS eae μι να ἢ ae ΑἙ
a ah IN wah eet ries Bah anil ἐξ Sats.

; ἔν a see Ἦν" fain Pars a ere, Bk
ong Py ΣΝ muy ee Ἐν ia jou ig

εν

a
.

“-
+
Ὧν ι
ἢ
i
1
a :
/ im ἢ j
r
‘
᾿
ie
at
: *
at
Ὁ ὙΠ ΠῚ

NUTRIMENT

ΩῚ

INTRODUCTION

Tue treatise Nutriment is unique. It deals with
an interesting subject in an unusual manner, and, in
spite of the limitations of Greek physiology, many
valuable and interesting views are set forth.

Heraclitus held that matter is, like a stream, in a
state of continuous change. His system contained
other hypotheses,t but this was the most fruitful,
and the one which commended itself most to his
followers and to his successors.

A later Heraclitean, whether a professional doctor
or not is uncertain, applied the theory of perpetual
change to the assimilation of food by a living
organism, and Nutriment is the result. He has
copied the aphoristic? style and manner of his
master, as well as the obscurity, with considerable
success, and whole paragraphs might well be genuine
fragments of Heraclitus.

The author’s idea of digestion is far from easy to
follow.

Apparently nutritive food is supposed to be dis-
solved in moisture, and thus to be carried to every part
of the body, assimilating itself to bone, flesh, and so

1 Some perhaps (e.g. the union of opposites) being more
fundamental.

* It is interesting to note that the aphoristic style, which
isa great aid to memory, came into vogue at a time when
text-books first became necessary. It has its modern analogue
in the ““ crammer’s” analysis.

337

INTRODUCTION

on,as it comes into contact with them. Air (breath)
also is regarded as food, passing through the arteries
from the heart, while the blood passes through the
veins from the liver. But the function of blood is
not understood ; blood is, like milk, “ what is left
over” (w\eovacjos) when nourishment has taken
place. Neither is the function of the heart under-
stood, and its relation to the lungs is never
mentioned.

The aspect of nutrition which appeals most to the
writer is the combination of unity and multiplicity
which it exhibits. Food is one; yet it has the
power of becoming many things. Similarly the
animal organism is one, with many parts vitally
connected with the whole, so that they act in
complete sympathy with it and with one another.

Food, says the writer, has “ power” (δύναμις), and
sohasthe body. This “ power”’ seems to be the sum
total of its properties, although these are not yet
regarded as abstractions. It is one and many ; one
in its essence, many in its manifestations. But
“power” in its various forms is manifested only in
relationship to other things; it is not independent,
being latent until called into action by a suitable
environment. In modern language, the author feels
that qualities are relations. Wine is good (or bad)
in certain circumstances; so is milk and all other
foods. All things are good or bad πρός τι (Chapters
XIX and XLIV).

This theory of δύναμις with its insistence upon
relativity helps in assigning a date to the document.
A similar account of δύναμις is given in Ancient
Medicine, the date of which is approximately 420 B.c.
The theory of relativity, implied in the doctrine of

338

INTRODUCTION

Heraclitus, was fully developed in one direction by
Protagoras, who regarded knowledge as conditioned
by (te. relative to) the percipient being. In
Nutriment relativity is made to apply, not merely to
the knowledge of properties, but to the properties
themselves. Such an extension of the doctrine
would probably be made somewhat later than the
time of Protagoras,and we may with some confidence
suppose that the author wrote about 400 B.c.

The first chapter of Nutriment distinguishes γένος
from εἶδος after the Aristotelian manner. A similar
distinction occurs in the Parmenides of Plato, and it
need not prevent us from assigning a date as early as
the end of the fifth century B.c.

In Chapter XLVIII mention is made of pulses,
supposed to be the first occasion of such mention in
Greek literature.1 This fact, again, is no argument
against an early date. The reference is quite
general, and amounts to no more than the know-
ledge, to be found in several places in the Hippo-
cratic Corpus? that violent pulsations (of the
temples and so forth) are characteristic of certain
acute diseases.

It should be noticed that the doctrine of δύναμις
described above is inconsistent with a_post-Aris-
totelian date. Aristotle’s doctrine is obviously a
development of it, and it is clear how the earlier
doctrine prepares the way for the later.

The Heraclitean love of anthithesis results in

1 See Sir Clifford Allbutt, Greek Medicine in Rome, Chapter
XIII, for the ancient doctrines about pulses. It is most
remarkable that before about 340 B.c. their great importance
was not realised.

2 See Littré’s index, s.v. battements.

339

INTRODUCTION

many purely verbal contrasts, which render more
obscure the natural obscurities of this little tract.
Indeed the reader is often forced to the conclusion
that the writer wished so to express himself that
more than one interpretation might legitimately be
put upon his words. In my paraphrase I have tried
to give the most obvious meaning, although I have
often felt that other meanings are almost equally
possible.!

Nutriment is more important as a_ philosophical
than as a medical document. The teaching of
Heraclitus did not die out with his death; he had
followers who emended and developed his theories,
and one of these wrote Nutriment to bring a branch
of physiology into the domain of philosophy. The
tract is a striking proof of the difficulty of uniting
philosophy and science, and of pursuing the latter
on the methods of the former. Incidentally one may
notice that it belongs to the period of eclecticism
and reaction which followed the development of
atomism.”

Nutriment was accepted as a genuine work of
Hippocrates by Erotian, and a mutilated commentary
on it passes under the name of Galen. Aulus
Gellius (III. xvi), quotes it as a work of Hippocrates.
There was another tradition in antiquity, referred to
in two Paris MSS., that Nutriment was the work of
Thessalus or of Herophilus. It is easy to under-
stand how some found a difficulty in ascribing to the

1 T wish to point out that Chapters I, III, V and VI are
up to the present unsolved mysteries. Incidentally, I should
like to mention that Chapter I shows that the history of the
word εἶδος is not so simple as Professor A. E. Taylor makes

out in Varia Socratica.
* See Burnet, Harly Greek Philosophy, Chapter X.

340

INTRODUCTION

author of Epidemics such a dissimilar book ; indeed
it is likely that the chief reason for assigning it to
Hippocrates was its superficial likeness to Aphorisms.

MSS. anv EpirTIons.

The chief MSS. are A and M. WNutriment was
edited several times in the sixteenth century, and
interesting remarks on it are to be found in the
following :

J. Bernays, Heraklitische Briefe.

A. Patin, Quellenstudien zu Heraklit.

See also Mewaldt in Hermes, xliv. 121, and,
for Heracliteanism in the Corpus, C. Fredrich,
Hippokratische Untersuchungen.

341

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗ͂Σ

\ a 5

i Τροφὴ καὶ τροφῆς εἶδος μία καὶ πολλαί:
μία μὲν 7 “γένος ἕν, εἶδος δὲ ὑ ὑγρότητι καὶ ξηρότητι"
καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἰδέαι καὶ πόσον ἐστὶ καὶ ἔς τινα
καὶ ἐς τοσαῦτα.

I]. Αὔξει δὲ καὶ ῥώννυσι καὶ σαρκοῖ καὶ ὁμοιοῖ
καὶ ἀνομοιοῖ τὰ ἐν ἑκάστοις κατὰ φύσιν τὴν
ἑκάστου καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς δύναμιν.

TIT. ὋὉμοιοῖ δὲ ἐς δύναμιν, ὅταν κρατήσῃ ἡ
ἐπεισιοῦσα, καὶ ὅταν ἐπικρατῆται ἡ προῦ-
πάρχουσα.ἷ

IV. Τίύγνεται δὲ καὶ ἐξίτηλος, ὁ ὁτὲ μὲν ἡ προτέρη
ἐν χρόνῳ ἀπολυθεῖσα ἢ ἢ ἐπιπροστεθεῖσα, ὁ ὁτὲ δὲ ἡ
ὑστέρη ἐν χρόνῳ ἀπολυθεῖσα ἢ ἐπιπροστεθεῖσα.

1 This is practically the reading of A, the spelling only
being emended. Littré has ὁμοιοῖ δὲ ἐς (φύσιν καὶ) δύναμιν,
ὁκόταν κρατέῃ μὲν ἣ ἐπεισιοῦσα, ἐπικρατέῃ δὲ ἡ προὔπάρχουσα.
The explanation of Galen scarcely helps matters: 7 μὲν οὖν
φύσις ὁμοιοῖ, ὅταν κρατέῃ καὶ πέττῃ Thy τροφὴν Thy ἐπεισιοῦσαν"
καὶ δύναμις ἣ προὔπάρχουσα ἐπικρατέει καὶ κατεργάζεται καὶ

ἀλλοιοῖ καὶ ὁμοιοῖ καὶ τὸ τέλος τρέφει. It makes 7 ἐπεισιοῦσα
the object of κρατέῃ ; our texts make it the subject.

(i) Nutriment is generically one, but it has many varieties,
which differ according to the amount of moisture in them.
These varieties have forms of their own and differ, the
differences depending on quantity, the parts to be nourished
and the number of parts to be nourished.

(ii) It produces increase, strength, flesh, similarity, dis-
similarity, among the several parts of the body, according to

342

NUTRIMENT

I. Nurriment and form of nutriment, one and
many. One, inasmuch as its kind is one; form
varies with moistness or dryness. These foods too
have their forms! and quantities; they are for
certain things, and for a certain number of things.

II, It increases, strengthens, clothes with flesh,
makes like, makes unlike, what is in the several
parts, according to the nature of each part and its
original power.

III. It makes into the likeness of a power, when
the nutriment that comes in has the mastery, and
when that is mastered which was there to begin
with.

IV. It also loses its qualities: sometimes the
earlier nutriment, when in time it has been liberated
or added, sometimes the later, when in time it has
been liberated or added.

1 Or “ figures.”

(a) the nature of each part and (6) the power it had to begin
with.

(iii) It assimilates into this power when the new nutriment
has the mastery and the substance already in the part is
overcome. (In this case, apparently, the part changes or
decays.)

(iv) Nutriment, in both the stages of nutrition, the earlier
and the later, may lose its power to nourish, either because
it is evacuated or because it is incorporated.

343

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

V. ᾿Αμαυροῖ δὲ ἑκατέρας ἐν χρόνῳ καὶ μετὰ
χρόνον ἡ ἔξωθεν συνεχὴς ἐπεισκριθεῖσα καὶ ἐπὶ
πολλὸν χρόνον στερεμνίως πᾶσι τοῖς μέλεσι
διαπλεκεῖσα.

VI. Καὶ τὴν μὲν ἰδίην ἰδέην ἐξέβλαστησε:"
«μεταβάλλει τε τὴν ἀρχαίην καὶ καταφέρεται"
τρέφει δὲ πεττομένη": τὴν δὲ προτέρην «ἰδέην
ἐξαλλάσσει;: ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ τὰς προτέρας ἐξη-
μαύρωσεν."

VII. Δύναμις δὲ τροφῆς ἀφικνεῖται καὶ ἐς
ὀστέον καὶ πάντα τὰ μέρεα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐς νεῦρον
καὶ ἐς φλέβα καὶ ἐς ἀρτηρίην καὶ ἐς μῦν καὶ ἐς
ὑμένα καὶ σάρκα καὶ πιμελὴν καὶ αἷμα καὶ
φλέγμα καὶ μυελὸν καὶ ἐγκέφαλον καὶ νωτιαῖον
καὶ τὰ ἐντοσθίδια καὶ πάντα τὰ μέρεα αὐτῶν,
καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐς θερμασίην καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ
ὑγρασίην.

VIII. Τροφὴ δὲ τὸ τρέφον, τροφὴ δὲ τὸ οἷον,
τροφὴ δὲ τὸ μέλλον.

ΙΧ. ᾿Αρχὴ δὲ πάντων μία καὶ τελευτὴ πάντων
μία, καὶ ἡ αὐτὴ τελευτὴ καὶ ἀρχή.

1 The parts within brackets are omitted in MSS. but
restored by Littré from Galen. It is far from certain that
this restoration is right, as the inserted clauses read like
glosses and break the thread of the thought. Littré too has
ἀρχαίαν and ἐξαλλάττει.

(v) Nutriment in both stages cannot hold out long against
nutriment which has firmly established itself in all the limbs
by constant reinforcement from without, 7. 6. after middle-
age nutrition gradually fails. Another possible explanation
is that there is a contrast between permanent tissues and
temporary fuel, which is the source of heat and energy.

344

NUTRIMENT, v.-1x.

V. Both are weakened in time and after a time by
the nutriment from without which has continuously
entered in, and for a long time firmly has interwoven
itself with all the limbs.

VI. And it sends forth shoots of its own proper
form. It changes the old form and descends ; it

nourishes as it is digested. Sometimes it alters
the earlier form, and completely obscures the former
ones.

VII. Power of nutriment reaches to bone and to
all the parts of bone, to sinew, to vein, to artery,
to muscle, to membrane, to flesh, fat, blood, phlegm,
marrow, brain, spinal marrow, the intestines and all
their parts; it reaches also to heat, breath, and
moisture.

VIII. Nutriment is that which is nourishing ;
nutriment is that which is fit to nourish ; nutriment
is that which is about to nourish.

IX. The beginning of all things is one and the
end of all things is one, and the end and beginning
are the same.

(vi) Fat in nutriment produces fat in the various parts,
and soon. As nutriment descends it changes its form, and
nourishes as digestion goeson. Sometimes nutriment changes
the form or forms that were before it, 6. g. excess of moisture
in nutriment might diminish the dryness in any part. The
meaning of this chapter is very doubtful.

(vii) Nutriment pervades the whole system.

(viii) It is used in three senses, representing three stages
in the process of assimilation.

(ix) Yet strictly speaking there are no separate stages.
Nourishing is a continuous process; the end of nourishment
is the beginning of e.g. flesh or bone.

VOL. 1. O 345

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

\ a -

X. Καὶ ὅσα κατὰ μέρος ἐν τροφῇ καλῶς καὶ

κακῶς διοικεῖται, καλῶς μὲν ὅσα προείρηται,
8 κακῶς δὲ ὅσα τούτοις τὴν ἐναντίην ἔχει τάξιν.
ΧΙ. Χυλοὶ ποικίλοι καὶ χρώμασι καὶ δυνάμεσι
καὶ ἐς βχλαβὴν καὶ ἐς ὠφελίην, καὶ οὔτε βλάπτειν
» > lad \ / \ e a \
οὔτε ὠφελεῖν, καὶ πλήθει Kal ὑπερβολῇ καὶ
> / \ an / Ἂν \ yA
4 ἐλλείψει καὶ διαπλοκῇ ὧν μέν, ὧν δὲ οὔ.
XII. Καὶ πάντων ἐς θερμασίην βλάπτει καὶ
lal / a
ὠφελεῖ, ἐς ψύξιν βλάπτει καὶ ὠφελεῖ, és δύναμιν
χὰ A a
3 βλάπτει καὶ ὠφελεῖ.
XIII. Δυνάμιος δὲ ποικίλαι φύσιες.
XIV. Χυμοὶ φθείροντες καὶ ὅλον καὶ μέρος καὶ
» ’
ἔξωθεν καὶ ἔνδοθεν, αὐτόματοι οὐκ αὐτόματοι,
rn la
ἡμῖν μὲν αὐτόματοι αἰτίῃ δὲ οὐκ αὐτόματοι.
WES. \ \ \ δῆ \ δὲ 10 \ \ \
αἰτίης δὲ Ta μὲν δῆλα τὰ δὲ ἄδηλα, Kal τὰ μὲν
ὅ δυνατὰ τὰ δὲ ἀδύνατα.

ΧΥ. Φύσις ἐξαρκεῖ πάντα πᾶσι.

XVI. Ἐς δὲ ταύτην, ἔξωθεν μὲν κατάπλασμα,
κατάχρισμα, ἄλειμμα, γυμνότης ὅλου καὶ μέρεος
καὶ σκέπη ὅλου καὶ μέρεος, θερμασίη καὶ ψύξις
κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον, καὶ στύψις καὶ ἕλκωσις
καὶ δηγμὸς καὶ λίπασμα:" ἔνδοθεν δὲ τινά τε τῶν
εἰρημένων, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις αἰτίη ἄδηλος καὶ μέρει

7 καὶ ὅχῳ, τινί τε καὶ οὔ τινι.

(x) What has been said of the whole body applies also to
individual parts.

(xi) The health of the body depends upon the combination
of its various juices.

(xii) Nutriment affects the temperature of the body, for
well or ill, as well as the body’s power.

(xiii) 8 power has many different natures as its factors,
i.e. it is the sum total of a thing’s properties.

(xiv) Diseases, local or general, depend upon the humours.

346

NUTRIMENT, χ.- νι.

X. And all the particular details in nourishment
are managed well or ill; well if as aforesaid, ill if
ordered in the opposite way to these.

XI. Juices varied in colours and in powers, to
harm or to help, or neither to harm nor to help,
varied in amount, excess or defect, in combination of
some but not of others.

XII. And to the warming of all it harms or helps,
to the cooling it harms or helps, to the power it
harms or helps.

XIII. Of power varied natures.

XIV. Humours corrupting whole, part, from with-
out, from within, spontaneous, not spontaneous ;
spontaneous for us, not spontaneous for the cause.
Of the cause, part is clear, part is obscure, part is
within our power and part is not.

XV. Nature is sufficient in all for all.

XVI. To deal with nature from without: plaster,
anointing, salve, uncovering of whole or part,
covering of whole or part, warming or cooling
similarly, astriction, ulceration, biting,’ grease ; from
within: some of the aforesaid, and in addition an
obscure cause in part or whole, in some cases but not
in all.

1 Apparently, such things as a mustard plaster.

They have a definite cause, but as far as we are concerned
they are spontaneous. As to this cause, part is known,
part is unknown ; partly we can prevent disease, partly we
cannot.

(xv) Nature is powerful enough to be supreme in both
physiological and pathological processes.

(xvi) There are various ways of assisting Nature in her
efforts to expel disease.

347

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

ΧΙ ᾿Αποκρίσιες κατὰ φύσιν, κοιλίης, οὔρων,
ἱδρῶτος, πτυάλου, μύξης, ὑστέρης, καθ᾽ αἷμορ-
ροΐδα, θύμον, λέπρην, φῦμα, καρκίνωμα, ἐκ ῥινῶν,
ἐκ πλεύμονος, ἐκ κοιλίης, ἐξ ἜΡΝΟΣ ἐκ καυλοῦ,
κατὰ φύσιν καὶ παρὰ φύσιν. ἱ διακρίσιες
τούτων ἄλλοισι πρὸς ἄλλον ibn ἄλλοτε καὶ
ἀλλοίως. μία φύσις ἐστὶ ταῦτα πάντα καὶ οὐ
μία: πολλαὶ φύσιές εἰσι ταῦτα πάντα καὶ μία.

XVIII. Φαρμακείη ἄνω καὶ κάτω, οὔτε ἄνω
οὔτε κάτω.

XIX. “Ev τροφῇ φαρμακείη ἄριστον, ἐν τροφῇ
φαρμακείη φλαῦρον, φλαῦρον καὶ ἄριστον
πρός τι.

0: ‘EXkos, ἐσχάρη, αἷμα, πτύον, ἰχώρ, λέπρη,
πίτυρον, ἄχωρ, λειχήν, ἀλφός, ἔφηλις, ὁτὲ μὲν
βλάπτει, ὁτὲ δὲ ὠφελεῖ, ὁτὲ δὲ οὔτε βλάπτει
οὔτε ὠφελεῖ.

Χ ΧΙ: Τροφὴ οὐ “τροφή, ἢν μὴ δύνηται" μὴ
τροφὴ τροφή, ἢν οἷόν τε ἡ τρέφεσθαι: οὔνομα
τροφή, ἔργον δὲ οὐχί: ἔργον τροφή, οὔνομα δὲ
οὐχί.

XXII. *Es τρίχας καὶ ἐς ὄνυχας καὶ ἐς τὴν
ἐσχάτην ἐπιφανείην ἔνδοθεν ἀφικνεῖται" ἔξωθεν
τροφὴ ἐκ τῆς ἐσχάτης ἐπιφανείης ἐνδοτάτω
ἀφικνεῖται.

1 The text is Littré’s, being a combination of A and the
vulgate.

(xvil) The various secretions from the various parts of
the body.

(xvill) Purging may be carried out by purges in the
ordinary sense, “by emetics, or by any other means of
expulsion from the body.

348

NUTRIMENT, χνιι.--ΧΧτι.

XVII. Secretions in accordance with nature, by
the bowels, urine, sweat, sputum, mucus, womb,
through hemorrhoid, wart, leprosy, tumour, carci-
noma, from nostrils, lungs, bowels, seat, penis, in
accordance with nature or contrary to nature. The
peculiar differences in these things depend on
differences in the individual, on times and on
methods. All these things are one nature and not
one. All these things are many natures and one
nature.

XVIII. Purging upward or downward, neither
upward nor downward.

XIX. In nutriment purging excellent, in nutri-
ment purging bad; bad or excellent according to
circumstances.

XX. Ulceration, burn-scab, blood, pus, lymph,
leprosy, scurf, dandruff, scurvy, white leprosy,
freckles, sometimes harm and sometimes help, and
sometimes neither harm nor help.

XXI. Nutriment not nutriment if it have not its
power. Not nutriment nutriment if it ean nourish.
Nutriment in name, not in deed ; nutriment in deed,
not in name.

XXII. It travels from within to hair, nails, and to
the extreme surface; from without nutriment travels
from the extreme surface to the innermost parts.

(xix) The value of purging depends upon circumstances,

(xx) The extraordinary means of evacuating morbid
humours (abscessions) may do good, harm, or neither.

(xxi) The only test of nutriment is power of nourishing.

(xxii) There is a circulation of nutriment from within
outwards and vice versa.

349

10

ΠΕΡῚ TPO®HS

XXIII. Σύρροια μία, σύμπνοια μία, συμπαθέα
πάντα. κατὰ μὲν ᾿οὐλομελίην πάντα, κατὰ μέρος
δὲ τὰ ἐν ἑκάστῳ μέρει μέρεα πρὸς τὸ ἔργον.

ΟΝ ΤΥ. ᾿Αρχὴ μεγάλη ἐς ἔσχατον μέρος
ἀφικνεῖται" ἐξ ἐσχάτου μέρεος ἐς ἀρχὴν μεγάλην
ἀφικνεῖται: μία φύσις εἶναι καὶ μὴ εἰναι.

XXV. Νούσων δὲ διαφοραὶ ἐν τροφῇ, ἐν
πνεύματι, ἐν θερμασίῃ, ἐν αἵματι, ἐν φλέγματι,
ἐν χολῇ, ἐν χυμοῖσιν, ἐν σαρκί, ἐν πιμελῇ, ἐν
φλεβί, ἐν ἀρτηρίῃ, ἐν νεύρῳ, μυί, ὑμένι, ὀστέῳ,
ἐγκεφάλῳ, νωτιαίῳ μυελῷ, στόματι, γλώσσῃ,
στομάχῳ, κοιλίῃ, ἐντέροισι, φρεσί, περιτοναίῳ,
ἥπατι, σπληνί, νεφροῖς, κύστει, μήτρῃ, δέρματι.
ταῦτα πάντα καὶ καθ᾽ ἕν καὶ κατὰ μέρος. μέγεθος
αὐτῶν μέγα καὶ οὐ μέγα.

ea Τεκμήρια, γαργαλισμόύς, ὀδύνη, ῥῆξις,
γνώμη, ἱδρώς, οὔρων ὑπόστασις, ἡσυχίη,
ῥιπτασμός, ὄψιος στάσιες, φαντασίαι, ἴκτερος,
λυγμοί, ἐπιληψίη, αἷμα ὁλοσχερές," ὕπνος, καὶ
ἐκ τούτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν κατὰ φύσιν, καὶ
ὅσα ἄλλα τοιουτότροπα ἐς βλάβην καὶ ἐς ὠφελίην
ὁρμᾷ: πόνοι ὅλου καὶ μέρεος μεγέθους σημεῖα,
τοῦ μὲν ἐς τὸ μᾶλλον, τοῦ δὲ ἐς τὸ ἧσσον, καὶ
ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων ἐς τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ ἀπ᾽ ἀμφοτέρων
ἐς τὸ ἧσσον.

ΤΑ reads γνώμης, which must be taken with pjtis—an
unusual phrase for delirium.

2 ὁλοσχερές : Ἰὼ has ὁλοσχερής, Which must be taken with
ὕπνος, ‘‘unbroken sleep.”

(xxiii) All parts of the body are in sympathy ; the body is
an organism.
(xxiv) The various forms of nutriment when in the body

359

NUTRIMENT, xxim.—xxv1.

XXIII. Conflux one, conspiration one, all things
in sympathy ; all the parts as forming a whole, and
severally the parts in each part, with reference to
the work.

XXIV. The great beginning travels to the
extreme part; from the extreme part there is
travelling to the great beginning. One nature to
be and not to be.

XXV. Differences of diseases depend on nutri-
ment, on breath, on heat, on blood, on phlegm, on
bile, on humours, on flesh, on fat, on vein, on
artery, on sinew, muscle, membrane, bone, brain,
spinal marrow, mouth, tongue, oesophagus, stomach,
bowels, midriff, peritoneum, liver, spleen, kidneys,
bladder, womb, skin. All these things both as a
whole and severally. Their greatness great and not
great.

XXVI. Signs: tickling, ache, rupture, mind, sweat,
sediment in urine, rest, tossing, condition! of the eyes,
imaginations, jaundice, hiccoughs, epilepsy, blood
entire, sleep, from both these and all other things in
accordance with nature, and everything else of a
similar nature that tends to harm or help. Pains of
the whole or of a part, indications of severity: of the
one, greater severity, of the other, less, and from
both come signs of greater severity, and from both
come signs of less.

”

Σ Or, ‘‘ staring.

are merely stages in the process of perpetual change. Being
and not-being are one and the same.

(xxv) Differences in diseases depend upon the various
constituents and parts of the body, whether the disease is
general or local. The importance of organs in this respect is
not proportional to their size.

(xxvi) Where the physician is to look for symptoms.

351

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

ΧΧΥΙ]. Γλυκύ οὐ γλυκύ, γλυκὺ ἐς δύναμιν
οἷον ὕδωρ, γλυκὺ ἐς γεῦσιν οἷον μέλι" σημεῖα
ἑκατέρων, ἕλκεα, ὀφθαλμοὶ καὶ γεύσιες, καὶ ἐν
τούτοις τὸ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸ ἧσσον" γλυκὺ ἐς τὴν
ὄψιν καὶ ἐν χρώμασι καὶ ἐν ἄλλῃσι μίξεσι, γλυκὺ

6 μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον.

ΧΧΥΠΙ. ᾿Αραιότης σώματος ἐς διαπνοίην οἷς
πλέον ἀφαιρεῖται ὑγιεινόν" πυκνότης σώματος ἐς
διαπνοίην οἷς ἔλασσον ἀφαιρεῖται νοσηλόν' οἱ
διαπνεόμενοι καλῶς ἀσθενέστεροι καὶ ὑγιεινότεροι
καὶ εὐανάσφαλτοι, οἱ διαπνεόμενοι κακῶς πρὶν ἢ
νοσεῖν ἰσχυρότεροι, νοσήσαντες δὲ δυσανά-

7 σφαλτοι: ταῦτα δὲ καὶ ὅλῳ καὶ μέρει.
ΧΧΙΧ. Πλεύμων ἐναντίην σώματος τροφὴν
2 ἕλκει, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα πάντα τὴν αὐτήν.

XXX. ᾿Αρχὴ τροφῆς πνεύματος, ῥῖνες, στόμα,
βρόγχος, πλεύμων, καὶ ἡ ἄλλη διαπνοίη" ἀρχὴ
τροφῆς καὶ ὑγρῆς καὶ ξηρῆς, στόμα, στόμαχος,
κοιλίη. ἡ δὲ ἀρχαιοτέρη τροφὴ διὰ τοῦ ἐπι-

5 γαστρίου, 7 ὁ ὀμφαλός.

XXXII. “Pifwous φλεβῶν ἧπαρ, ῥίξωσις ἀρτη-

ριῶν καρδίη" ἐκ τούτων ἀποπλανᾶται ἐς πάντα
8 αἷμα καὶ πνεῦμα, καὶ θερμασίη διὰ τούτων φοιτᾷ.

1 Most MSS. read ὀμφαλός : A prefixes 7, and Littré alters
to 7. Ermerins adds 6, as in the text.

(xxvii) Sweetness is relative, whether it be the potentially
sweet, like water, or that which is sweet to taste, lke
honey. Kither kind of sweetness can be tested by the effects
of a substance on sores, the eyes, and the sense of taste,
which can also distinguish degrees. Sweetness, in varying
degrees, can appeal to the sense of sight, being aroused by
colours and other beautiful combinations.

35?

NUTRIMENT, χχνιι.- ΧΧΧι.

XXVII. Sweet, not sweet; sweet in power, like
water, sweet to the taste, like honey. Signs of
either are sores, eyes and tastings, which can also
distinguish degrees. Sweet to sight, in colours and
in combinations generally, sweet to a greater or
less degree.

XXVIII. Porousness of a body for transpiration
healthy for those from whom more is taken; dense-
ness of body for transpiration unhealthy for those
from whom less is taken. Those who transpire
freely are weaker, healthier, and recover easily ;
those who transpire hardly are stronger before they
are sick, but on falling sick they make difficult
recovery. These for both whole and part.

XXIX. The lungs draw a nourishment which is
the opposite of that of the body, all other parts draw
the same.

XXX. Beginning of nutriment of breath, nostrils,
mouth, throat, lungs, and the transpiratory system
generally. Beginning of nutriment, both wet and
dry, mouth, oesophagus, stomach. The more ancient
nutriment, through the epigastrium, where the
navel is,

XXXI. Root of veins, liver; root of arteries, heart.
Out of these travel to all parts blood and breath, and
heat passes through them.

(xxvili) The effects upon health of the porousness of the
body.

(xxix) The lungs only are fed by air.

(xxx) The doors by which breath and other food enter
the body.

(xxxi) The veins, starting from the liver, carry blood and
heat ; the arteries, starting from the heart, carry breath and
heat.

353

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

XXXII. Δύναμις μία καὶ οὐ μία, ἣ πάντα
ταῦτα καὶ τὰ ἑτεροῖα διοικεῖται, ἡ μὲν ἐς ζωὴν
ὅλου καὶ μέρεος, ἡ δὲ ἐς αἴσθησιν ὅλου καὶ
μέρεος.1

ΧΧΧΠΙ. Γάλα τροφή, οἷς γάλα τροφὴ κατὰ
φύσιν, ἄλλοισι δὲ «οὐχί, ἄλλοισι δὲ οἶνος τροφή,
καὶ ἄλλοισιν οὐχί, καὶ σάρκες καὶ ἄλλαι ἰδέαι
τροφῆς πολλαί, καὶ κατὰ χώρην καὶ κατ᾽
ἐθισμόν.3

XXXIV. Τρέφεται δὲ τὰ μὲν ἐς αὔξησιν καὶ
ἐς τὸ εἶναι, τὰ δὲ ἐς τὸ εἶναι μοῦνον, οἷον γέροντες,
τὰ δὲ πρὸς τούτῳ καὶ ἐς ῥώμην. διάθεσις
ἀθλητικὴ οὐ φύσει: ἕξις ὑγιεινὴ κρείσσων ἐν
πᾶσιν.

XXXV. Μέγα τὸ πόσον εὐστόχως ἐς δύναμιν
συναρμοσθέν.

XXXVI. Γάλα καὶ αἷμα τροφῆς πλεονασμός.

ΧΧΧΥΙ͂Ι Περίοδοι ἐς πολλὰ σύμφωνοι, ἐς
ἔμβρυον ἐς τὴν τούτου τροφήν. αὗτις δ᾽ ἄνω
ῥέπει ἐς γάλα καὶ ἐς τροφὴν βρέφεος.

XXXVIII. Ζωοῦται τὰ μὴ ζῷα, ζωοῦται τὰ
ζῷα, ζωοῦται τὰ μέρεα τῶν ζῴων.

1 ἡ to μέρεος omitted by A, probably because οὗ μέρεος
preceding.

2 κατ᾽ before ἐθισμόν added by Ermerins. The text of this
chapter is mainly Littré’s, the MSS. showing some confusion

in the arrangement of the words.
3 πρὸς obra ἈΠ ΙΕ πρὺς τούτῳ Krmerins.

(xxxii) The power of life is one; but there are many
powers of sensation—the power of feeling generally and the
powers of the sense organs.

(xxxiii) Foods do, or do not, nourish according to the
differences between individuals, their habits, and their homes.

354

NUTRIMENT, xxxu.—xxxvitt.

XXXII. Power one, and not one, by which all
these things and those of a different sort are
managed ; one for the life of whole and part, not
one for the sensation of whole and part.

XXXIITI. Milk nutriment, for those to whom milk
is a natural nutriment, but for others it is not. For
some wine is nutriment, for others not. So with
meats and the other many forms of nutriment, the
differences being due to place and habit.

XXXIV. Nourishment is sometimes into growth
and being, sometimes into being only, as is the case
with old men; sometimes in addition it is into
strength. The condition of the athlete is not natural.
A healthy state is superior in all.

XXXV. It is a great thing successfully to adapt
quantity to power.

XXXVI. Milk and blood are what is left over
from nutriment.

XXXVII. Periods generally harmonise tor the
embryo and its nutriment; and again nutriment
tends upwards to milk and the nourishment of
the baby.

XXXVIII. Inanimates get life, animates get life,
the parts of animates get life.

(xxxiv) Nutriment may give (a) being (Ὁ) increase (ὁ)
strength. The condition of an athlete is unnatural, but a
healthy habit of body (constitution 7?) is in every way superior.

(xxxv) It is important to harmonise amount of food with
power of digestion.

(xxxvi) What is left over after nourishment is complete
forms milk or blood.

(xxxvii) At the proper season, a mother forms nutriment
for (a) embryo (0) child.

(xxxviii) Life is something which can come to inanimate
matter, to animals, or to the limbs of animals. It is, in fact,
a force which can invade any matter.

355

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

XXXIX. Φύσιες πάντων ἀδίδακτοι.

XL. Aiwa ἀλλότριον ὠφέλιμον, αἷμα ἴδιον
ὠφέλιμον, αἷμα ἀλλότριον βλαβερόν, αἷμα ἴδιον
βλαβερόν, χυμοὶ ἴδιοι BraBepoi, χυμοὶ ἀλλότριοι

, \ > , , \
BraBepot, χυμοὶ ἀλλότριοι συμφέροντες, χυμοὶ
ΕΣ / Ἂν ΄ 4 Ν
ἴδιοι συμφέροντες, τὸ σύμφωνον διάφωνον, τὸ
ΠῚ ΄ , ΄ > , by na
olapwvov σύμφωνον, γάλα ἀλλότριον ἀστεῖον,
γάλα ἴδιον φλαῦρον, γάλα ἀλλότριον βλαβερόν,
γάλα ἴδιον ὠφέλεμον.

ΧΙ]. Σιτίον νέοις ἀκροσαπές, γέρουσιν ἐς τέλος
μεταβεβλημένον, ἀκμάζουσιν ἀμετάβλητον.

XLII. Ἐς τύπωσιν λε΄ ἠέλιοι, ἐς κίνησιν οἵ,
> , / »,΄ > > / / > »
ἐς τελειότητα aL ἄλλοι, ἐς ἰδέην με΄, ἐς κίνησιν
ον ae Ἂν MR. ΕΙΣ ) a
ς΄, ἐς ἔξοδον co: ἄλλοι, ν΄ és ἰδέην, ἐς πρῶτον
«“ , > / , >’ fe , b]
ἅλμα ρ΄, ἐς τελειότητα τ΄. ἐς διάκρισιν μ', ἐς
μετάβασιν π΄, ἐς ἔκπτωσιν σμ΄. οὐκ ἔστι καὶ
y / \ 9 vA \ ’ὔ Wee) /
ἔστι. γίνεται δὲ ἐν τούτοις καὶ πλείω καὶ ἐλάσσω,

\ "ὦ \ \ / > \ \ \
Kal καθ᾽ ὅλον Kal κατὰ μέρος, οὐ πολλὸν δὲ καὶ
πλείω πλείω καὶ ἐλάσσω ἐλάσσω.

1 The MS. A mentions only three cases, as does Galen.
Littré, however, gives the fourth case (that of the tenth-
month child) from the other MSS. and the reference in Aulus

Gellius III. xvi. The last two lines appear in various forms
in the MSS. The text is that of Aulus Gellius.

(xxxix) The natures of various things act instinctively.
Or, if πάντων depends upon ἀδίδακτοι, ‘‘are instinctive in
every way.”

(xl) The effects of a mother’s humours upon embryo, and
of mother’s or nurse’s milk upon child, vary according to
circumstances,

356

NUTRIMENT, χχχιχ.--Χ μι.

XXXIX. The natures of all are untaught.

XL. Blood of another is useful, one’s own blood
is useful; blood of another is harmful, one’s own
blood is harmful; one’s own humours are harmful,
humours of another are harmful ; humours of another
are beneficial, one’s own humours are beneficial ; the
harmonious is unharmonious, the unharmonious is
harmonious; another's milk is good, one’s own milk
is bad ; another's milk is harmful, one’s own milk is
useful.

XLI. Food for the young partly digested, for the
old completely changed, for adults unchanged.

XLII. For formation, thirty-five days; for move-
ment, seventy days; for completion, two hundred
and ten days. Others, for form, forty-five days; for
motion, ninety days ; for delivery, two hundred and
seventy days. Others, fifty for form; for the first
leap, one hundred ; for completion, three hundred
days. For distinction of limbs, forty; for shifting,
eighty ; for detachment, two hundred and forty days.
It is not and is. There are found therein both more
and less, in respect of both the whole and the parts,
but the more is not much more, and the less not

much less.

(xli) How far food should be prepared for digestion in the
case of (a) the young (4) the old (6) the middle-aged.

(xlii) The periods between conception, formation, move-
ment and birth. The embryo is and is not. The periods
may vary slightly.

357

ΠΕΡῚ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

XLII. ᾿Οστέων τροφὴ ἐκ κατήξιος, ῥινὶ dis
πέντε, γνάθῳ καὶ κληῖδι καὶ πλευρῇσι διπλάσιαι,
πήχει τριπλάσιαι, κνήμῃ καὶ βραχίονι τετρα-
πλάσιαι, μηρῷ πενταπλάσιαι, καὶ εἴ τι ἐν τούτοις
δύναται πλέον ἢ ἔλασσον.

XLIV. Αἵΐἵμα ὑγρὸν καὶ αἷμα στερεόν. αἷμα
ὑγρὸν ἀστεῖον, αἷμα ὑγρὸν φλαῦρον" αἷμα στερεὸν
ἀστεῖον, αἷμα “στερεὸν φλαυρόν' πρός τι πάντα
φλαῦρα καὶ πάντα ἀστεῖα.

XLV. Ὁδὸς ἄνω κάτω.

XLVI. Δύναμις τροφῆς κρέσσων ὴ ὄγκος, ὄγκος
τροφῆς κρέσσων ἢ δύναμις, καὶ ἐν ὑγροῖς καὶ ἐν
ξηροῖς.

XLVI. ᾿Αφαιρεῖ καὶ προστίθησιν ou: TWUTO,
τῷ μὲν ἀφαιρεῖ, TO δὲ προστίθησι T@UTO.)

XLVIIL Φλεβῶν διασφύξιες καὶ ἀναπνοὴ
πλεύμονος καθ᾽ ἡλικίην, καὶ σύμφωνα καὶ διά-
φωνα, καὶ νούσου καὶ ὑγιείης σημεῖα, καὶ ὑγιείης
μᾶλλον ἢ νούσου καὶ νούσου μᾶλλον ἢ ὑγιείης"
τροφὴ γὰρ καὶ πνεῦμα.

XLIX. Ὑγρὴ τροφὴ εὐμετάβλητος μᾶλλον ἢ
Enpn: ξηρὴ τροφὴ εὐμετάβλητος μᾶλλον ἢ ὑγρή:
ἡ δυσαλλοίωτος δυσεξανάλωτος, ἡ εὐπρόσθετος
εὐεξανάλωτος.

1 A omits τῷ μὲν. .. τωὐτό.

(1111) The periods which elapse before a bone unites.

(xliv) Good and bad are relative terms; even liquid and
solid blood are good or bad according to circumstances.

(xlv) The alimentary canal is like the ‘‘road upand down”
of Heraclitus.

358

NUTRIMENT, xuin.—xuix.

XLIII. Nutriment of bones after breaking; for
the nostril, twice five ; for jaw, collar-bone and ribs,
twice this; for the fore-arm, thrice ; for the leg and
upper-arm, four times; for the thigh, five times ;
there may be, however, in these a little more or less.

XLIV. Blood is liquid and blood is solid. Liquid
blood is good, liquid blood is bad. Solid blood is
good, solid blood is bad. All things are good or bad
relatively.

XLV. The way up, down.

XLVI. Power of nutriment superior to mass ; mass
of nutriment superior to power ; both in moist things
and in dry.

XLVII. It takes away and adds not the same
thing ; it takes away from one, and adds to another,
the same thing.

XLVIII. Pulsations of veins and breathing of the
lungs according to age, harmonious and un-
harmonious, signs of disease and of health, and
of health more than of disease, and of disease
more than of health. For breath too is nutriment.

XLIX. Liquid nutriment more easily changed
than solid; solid nutriment more easily changed
than liquid. That which is hardly altered is hard of
digestion, and that which is easily added is easy of
digestion.

(xlvi) The power of nutriment is not in proportion to
its bulk.

(xlvii) What is taken from food and added to bodily parts
is not the same thing, as the form changes in the process ;
yet it is in a sense the same matter.

(xlviii) Varieties of pulse and of respiration are signs of
health and disease, particularly of the latter.

(xlix) Solid or liquid foods are more or less digestible
according to circumstances.

359

ΠΈΡΙ ΤΡΟΦΗΣ

L. Καὶ ὁκόσοι ταχείης προσθέσιος δέονται,
ὑγρὸν ἴημα ἐς ἀνάληψιν δυνάμιος κράτιστον"
ὁκόσοι δὲ ἔτι ταχυτέρης, δι᾽ ὀσφρήσιος. ὁκόσοι

4 δὲ βραδυτέρης προσθέσιος δέονται, στερεὴ τροφή.

LI. Μῦες στερεώτεροι δυσέκτηκτοι «μᾶλλον 1>
τῶν ἄλλων, παρὲξ ὀστέου καὶ νεύρου" δυσμετά-
βλητα τὰ γεγυμνασμένα, κατὰ γένος αὐτὰ
ἑωυτῶν ἰσχυρότερα ἐόντα, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὰ

5 ἑωυτῶν δυστηκτότερα.
111. Πύον τὸ ἐκ σαρκός: πυῶδες τὸ ἐξ
αἵματος καὶ ἐξ ἄλλης vypacins: πύον τροφὴ
3 ἕλκεος" πυῶδες τροφὴ φλεβός, ἀρτηρίης.
LHI. Μνυελὸς τροφὴ ὀστέου, διὰ τοῦτο ἐπι-
2 πωροῦται.
LIV. Δύναμις πάντα αὔξει καὶ τρέφει καὶ
2 βλαστάνει.

LV. ‘Typacin τροφῆς ὄχημα.

1 μᾶλλον added by Littré.

(1) The more dissolved nutriment is the quicker it acts.
(li) The more solid or the more exercised a part of the
body is, the less quickly it changes.

360

NUTRIMENT, t.-tv.

L. And for such as need a quick reinforcement, a
liquid remedy is best for recovery of power; for such
as need a quicker, a remedy through smell; for
those who need ἃ slower reinforcement, solid
nutriment.

LI. Muscles being more solid waste less easily
than other parts, save bone and sinew. Parts that
have been exercised resist change, being according
to their kind stronger than they otherwise would
have been, and therefore less liable to waste.

LII. Pus comes from flesh ; pus-like lymph comes
from blood and moisture generally, Pus is nutri-
ment for a sore; lymph is nutriment for vein and
artery,

LIII. Marrow nutriment of bone, and through this
a callus forms,

LIV. Power gives to all things increase, nourish-
ment and birth,

LV, Moisture the vehicle of nutriment.

(lii) The difference between pus and lymph.

(111) Marrow nourishes bone.

(liv) Birth, growth and nourishment are always due to the
power of nutriment.

(lv) Nutriment is carried through the body by moisture.

361

POSTSCRIPT

The present volume is intended to be typical of
the whole Hippocratic Corpus ; in it are included
works belonging to the chief classes of which the
collection iscomposed, Some are books of a severely
scientific character, others are tracts in which
medicine and philosophy are either blended or
rigidly separated,

In the next volume I hope to translate Prognostic,
Regimen in Acute Diseases, scientific treatises of the
strictest type, 716 Art, a demonstration by a sophist
of the value of medicine, Epilepsy, an attack on
superstition, The Lav, a slight tract similar to The
Oath, and Decorum, a treatise similar to Precepls,
There will also be essays on the Cnidian school of
medicine and on the treatises supposed to be pre-
Hippocratic, which will also, if possible, be translated.

In the interval between the publication of the two
volumes I hope to form an independent opinion as
to the mutual relationship of the chief MSS, At
present I have nothing to add to the views of Ilberg
and Kiihlewein as given in the Introduction to the
Teubner edition.

I must add that in Philologus LX XVIII. 88-130
(1922) J. F. Bensel discusses the tract de medico
(Physician) and connects it with Precepts and
Decorum. It is hard to see where the connection
lies, but I must reserve the question for Vol. II.

PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY RICHARD CLAY AND COMPANY, LTD.,
BUNGAY, SUFFOLK

THE LOEB CLASSICAL
LIBRARY

VOLUMES ALREADY PUBLISHED

Latin Authors

AMMIANUS MarcELLInus. Translated by J. C. Rolfe. 3 Vols.
(Vols. I. and If. 3rd Imp., Vol. III. 2nd Imp. revised.)

APULEIUS: THE GoLDEN Ass (METAMORPHOSES). W. Adling-
ton (1566). Revised by 8. Gaselee. (7th Imp.)

S. AvUGUSTINE: Ciry oF Gop. 7 Vols. Vol: I. G. KE.
McCracken.

St. AUGUSTINE, CONFESSIONS oF. W. Watts (1631). 2 Vols.
(Vol. I. 7th Imp., Vol. 11. 6th Imp.)

St. AUGUSTINE, SELECT LETTERS. J. H. Baxter. (2nd Imp.)

Avsontus. H.G. Evelyn White. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

ΒΕΡΕ. J. E. King. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

Borrnutus: Tracts and Dkr CoONSOLATIONE PHILOSOPHIAE.
Rev. H. F. Stewart and E. K. Rand. (6th Imp.)

CAESAR: ALEXANDRIAN, AFRICAN and SpANIsH Wars. A. G.
Way.

CaEsaR: Crvit Wars. A. G. Peskett. (6th Imp.)

CamsaR: GaLLic War. H. J. Edwards. (10th Imp.)

Cato: DE RE Rustica; VARRO: DERE RwstTIca. H. B. Ash
and W. Ὁ. Hooper. (3rd Imp.)

Catuttus. F. W. Cornish; Tisutius. J. B. Postgate; PER
vIGILIuM VENERIS. J. W. Mackail. (13th Imp.)

Cetsus: Dr Mepicina. W. G. Spencer. 3 Vols. (Vol. L.
3rd Imp. revised, Vols. Il. and III. 2nd Imp.)

CicERO: Brutus, and Orator. G. L. Hendrickson and H. M.
Hubbell. (3rd Imp.)

[Cicero]: Ap HErEeNNIum. UH. Caplan.

CicEro: pe Fatro; PAarRapoxa SrotcoruM; DE PARTITIONE
Oratorta. H. Rackham (With De Oratore. Vol. II.)
(2nd Imp.)

Cicero: Dr Finrspus. H. Rackham. (4th Imp. revised.)

CicERO: Dr INVENTIONE, ete. H. M. Hubbell.

Cicrro: Dr Natura Drorum and AcapeEmica. H. Rackham.
(3rd Imp.)

Cicero: Dr Orricus. Walter Miller. (7th Imp.)

CicERO: Dkr Oratore. 2 Vols. ἢ. W. Sutton and H. Rack-
ham. (3rd Imp.)

Cicrro: DE RepusLicaA and Dr Lecreus; SOMNIUM SCIPIONIS.
Clinton W. Keyes. (4th Imp.)

Cicero: Dr SeENeEctTuTE, De Amicitia. DE DIVINATIONE.
W.A. Falconer. (6th Imp.)

Cicero: IN ΟΑΤΊΤΙΝΑΜ, Pro Fiacco, Pro Murena, Pro Sutta.
Louis E. Lord. (3rd Imp. revised.)

1

Ciczro: Lrrrers to Atticus. E. O. Winstedt. 3 Vols.
(Vol. 1. 7th Imp., Vols. II. and III. 4th Imp.)

CicEro: Lretrrers to His Frrenps. W. Glynn Williams. 3
Vols. (Vols. I. and II. 37d Imp., Vol. 111. 2nd Imp. revised.)

Cicero: Puiuippics. W.C. A. Ker. (4th Imp. revised.)

Cicero: Pro ArcHiA, Post RepirumM, DE Domo, DE HaArus-
PIcUM RESpPoNSIS, Pro Piancro. N. H. Watts. (4th Imp.)

CicEROo: Pro Carctna, Pro LEGE Manitia, Pro CLUENTIO,
Pro Rasrrio. H. Grose Hodge. (3rd Imp.)

CicEROo: Pro Cartio, DE PROvINcIIS CONSULARIBUS, PRO
Batso. J. H. Freese and R. Gardner.

CicERO : Pro ΜΙΠΟΝΕ, IN PISONEM, PRO Scauro, Pro ΕὌΝΤΕΙΟ,
Pro Raprrio Postumo, Pro Marcetito, Pro Licario, Pro
Reece Detoraro. N. H. Watts. (3rd Imp.)

CicErRO: Pro QutnctTio, Pro Roscio AMERINO, Pro Roscio
ComMoEpDo, Contra Rutitum. J. H. Freese. (3rd Imp.)

CicERO: Pro SEstio, IN VatTtintum. J.H.Freeseand R. Gardner.

CicERO: TuscuLan Disputations. J. E. King. (4th Imp.)

CIcERO: VERRINE Orations. L. H. G. Greenwood. 2 Vols.
(Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vol. 11. 2nd Imp.)

CiaupIAn. M. Platnauer. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

CoLUMELLA: Dr Re Rustica. DE Arsorisus. H. B. Ash,
E. 8. Forster and E. Heffner. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1. 2nd Imp.)

CurtIus, Q.: History oF ALEXANDER. J.C. Rolfe. 2 Vols.
(2nd Imp.)

Firorus. Εἰ. 5. Forster and Cornrtius Nepos. J. C. Rolfe.
(2nd Imp.)

FRONTINUS: STRATAGEMS and AquEpucts. C. E. Bennett and
M. B. McElwain. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vol. 11. 2nd Imp.)

FRONTO : CORRESPONDENCE. C. R. Haines. 2 Vols. (3rd Imp.)

GELLIvs, J. C. Rolfe. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1. 3rd Imp., Vols. Il. and
111. 2nd Imp.)

Horace: Opes and Epoprs. C. E. Bennett. (14 Imp.
revised. )

Horace: Sartrres, Episttes, Ars Portica. H. R. Fairclough.
(9th Imp. revised.)

JEROME: SELECTED Letters. F. A. Wright. (2nd Imp.)

JUVENAL and Prersius. G.G. Ramsay. (8th Imp.)

Livy. B. O. Foster, F. G. Moore, Evan T. Sage, and A. C.
Schlesinger. 14 Vols. Vols. I.—XIII. (Vol. I. 5th Imp.,
Vol. V. 4th Imp., Vols. II.-IV., VII., IX.-XII. 3rd Imp.,
Vols. VI., VIII., 2nd Imp. revised.)

Lucan. J.D. Duff. (4th Imp.)

Lucretius. W.H.D. Rouse. (7th Imp. revised.)

Martian. W.C. A. Ker. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 5th Imp., Vok. II.
4th Imp. revised.)

Minor Latin Ports: from PusLitius Syrus to Ruritius
NAMATIANUS, including Grarrius, CALPURNIUS SICULUS,
NEMESIANUS, AvIANUS, and others with “‘ Aetna ’”’ and the
“Phoenix.” J. Wight Duff and Arnold M. Duff. (3rd Imp.)

Ovip: THE Art or Love and OTHER Poems. J. H. Mozley
(4th Imp.)

2

Ovip: Fasti. Sir James G. Frazer. (2nd Imp.)

Ovip: HrrorpEs and AMoreEs. Grant Showerman. (6th Imp.)

Ovip: MerramorpHosss. F. J. Miller. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 11th
Imp., Vol. IL. 9th Imp.)

Ovip: Tristia and Ex Ponto. A. L. Wheeler. (3rd Imp.)

Perstus. Cf. JUVENAL.

PETRONIUS. M. MHeseltine, SenNEcA APOCOLOCYNTOSIS.
W. Η. Ὁ. Rouse. (9th Imp. revised.)

Piautus. Paul Nixon. 5Vols. (Vol. 1. 6th Imp., 11. 5th Imp.,
111. 4th Imp., 1V. and V. 2nd Imp.)

Puixy: Lerrers. Melmoth’s Translation revised by W. Μ. L.
Hutchinson. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 7th Imp., Vol. 11. 6th Imp.)
Pruryy: Narurat History. H. Rackham and W. H. S. Jones.
10 Vols. Vols. I.-V. and IX. H. Rackham. Vols. VI. and
VII. W. H. 5. Jones. (Vols. I.-III. 3rd Imp., Vol. IV. 2nd

Imp.)

Propertius. H. E. Butler. (7th Imp.)

PrupeEentius. H.J. Thomson. 2 Vols.

QuintiniaAN. H.E. Butler. 4 Vols. (Vols. I. and IV. 4th Imp.,
Vols. IT. and III. 3rd Imp.)

REMAINS OF OLp Latin. E. H. Warmington. 4 vols. Vol. 1.
(ENNIus AND Caercittus.) Vol. II. (Livrus, Narvius,
Pacuvius, Acctus.) Vol. III. (Luctitius and Laws or XII
Tastes.) Vol. IV. (2nd Imp.) (ArcHAIc INSCRIPTIONS.)

Satutust. J.C. Rolfe. (4th Imp. revised.)

Scriprores HistortaE AueustaE. D. Magie. 3 Vols. (Vol. I.
3rd Imp. revised, Vols. 11. and III. 2nd Imp.)

SENECA: ApocoLocynTosis. Cf. PETRONTUS.

SenEcA: EpistuLtaAE Moratres. R. M. Gummere. 3 Vols.
(Vol. I. 4th Imp., Vols. 11. and III. 2nd Imp.)

SrenEca: Morat Essays. J. W. Basore. 3 Vols. (οὶ. IL.
3rd Imp., Vols. I. and 111. 2nd Imp. revised.)

Seneca: Tracepies. F.J. Miller. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4th Imp..
Vol. 11. 3rd Imp. revised.)

Sipontus: Porms ΑΝῸ LetrEers. W. B. Anderson. 2 Vols.
(Vol. I. 2nd Imp.)

Sitrus: Iraticus: J. D. Duff. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 2nd Imp.
Vol. IL. 3rd Imp.)

Statius. J. H. Mozley. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

Suetonius. J. C. Rolfe. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 7th Imp., Vol. II.
6th Imp. revised.)

Tacitus: Dratocus. Sir Wm. Peterson. AGRICOLA and
GERMANTA. Maurice Hutton. (6th Imp.)

Tacitus: Hisrortrs aNnD ANNALS. C. H. Moore and J. Jack-
son. 4 Vols. (Vols. I. and 11. 4th Imp.. Vols. III. and IV.
3rd Imp.)

TERENCE. John Sargeaunt. 2 Vols. (7th Imp.)

TERTULLIAN: ApoLoaiaA and Dr Spectacuuis. T. R. Glover.
Minuctus Fevix. G. H. Rendall. (2nd Imp.)

VateErius Fraccus. J. H. Mozley. (3rd Imp. revised.)

Varso: DE Linaua Latina. R.G. Kent. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.
revised, )

VELLEIUS ParERcuLUs and Res ΘΟἜΈΒΤΑΕΒ Divi Auausti. F. W.
Shipley. (2nd Imp.)

Vireit. H.R. Fairclough. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 19th Imp., Vol. II.
14th Imp. revised.)

Virruvius: Dr Arcuirectura. F.Granger. 2 Vols. (Vol. I.
3rd Imp. Vol. 11. 2nd Imp.)

Greek Authors

AcHILLES Tatius. S. Gaselee. (2nd Imp.)

AENEAS TactTicus, ASCLEPIODOTUS and ONASANDER. The
Illinois Greek Club. (2nd Imp.)

AxrscHINnes. C.D. Adams. (37rd Imp.)

AxEscHytus. H. Weir Smyth. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 7th Imp., Vol.
11. 6th Imp. revised.)

ALcIPHRON, AELIAN, PuHtLosrratus Lerrers. A. R. Benner
and F. H. Fobes.

ANDOCIDES, ANTIPHON, Cf. Minor Arric ORATORS.

ApoLLoporus. Sir James G. Frazer. 2 Vols. (3rd Imp.)

APoOLtonius RuHoptus. R.C. Seaton. (5th Imp.)

THE Aposrotic FatHrers. Kirsopp Lake. 2 Vols. (Vol. I.
8th Imp., Vol. 11. 6th Imp.)

Appian: Roman History. Horace White. 4 Vols. (Vol. I.
4th Imp., Vols. I1.-1V. 3rd Imp.)

Aratus. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.

ARISTOPHANES. Benjamin Bickley Rogers. 3 Vols. Verse
trans. (Sth Imp.)

ARISTOTLE : ART OF RHETORIC. J.H. Frecse. (3rd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: ATHENIAN CONSTITUTION, EuDEMIAN ETHICs,
Vices AND VirruEs. H. Rackham. (3rd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE : GENERATION OF ANIMALS. A. L. Peck. (2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: Mrrapuysics. H. Tredennick. 2 Vols. (4th Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: METEOROLOGIcA. H. D. P. Lee.

ARISTOTLE: Minor Works. W. 8. Hett. On Colours, On
Things Heard, On Physiognomies, On Plants, On Marvellous
Things Heard, Mechanical Problems, On Indivisible Lines,
On Situations and Names of Winds, On Melissus, Xenophanes,
and Gorgias. (2nd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE : NICOMACHEAN Eruics. H. Rackham. (6th Imp.
revised, )

ARISTOTLE : OEcoNoMIcA and Magna Moratia. G. Ὁ. Arm.
strong; (with Metaphysics, Vol. 11.). (Vol. I. 4th Imp., Vol.
11. 38rd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: ON THE HEAveENS. W. K.C. Guthrie. (3rd Imp.
revised. )

ARISTOTLE: On Sophistical Refutations, On Coming to be and
Passing Away, On the Cosmos. Εἰ. 8. Forster and D. J.
Furley.

ARISTOTLE: ON THE SouL, Parva NatTurAia, ON BREATH.
W.S. Hett. (2nd Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE : ORGANON, CATEGORIES: On Interpretation, Prior
Analytics. H. P. Cooke and H. Tredennick. (3rd Imp.)

4

ARISTOTLE: Parts or Antmats. A. L. Peck; ΜΟΤΙΟΝ anp
PROGRESSION OF ANIMALS. E.S. Forster. (4th Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE: PHysics. Rev. P. Wicksteed and I’. M. Cornford.
2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 2nd Imp., Vol. Il. 3rd Imp.)

ARISTOTLE: PorTrics and Lonaryus. ΝΥ. Hamilton Fyfe ;
DEMETRIUS ON StyLE. W. Rhys Roberts. (5th Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE: Ponrrics. H. Rackham. (4th Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE: ProBptems. W.S. Hett. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp. revised.)

ARISTOTLE: RurETORICA AD ALEXANDRUM (with PROBLEMS.
Vol. II.). H. Rackham.

ARRIAN: History OF ALEXANDER and [Nnpica. Rev. ἢ. Iliffe
Robson. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vol. 11. 2nd Imp.)

ATHENAEUS: DEIPNOSOPHISTAE. C. B. Gulick. 7 Vols.
(2nd Imp.)

St. Bastr: Lerrers. R. J. Deferrari. 4 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

CaLLIMAcHUS: FRAGMENTS. A.C. Trypanis.

CaLLtimacHuus, Hymns and Epigrams, and LycopHron. A. W.
Mair; Aratrus. G. R. Mair. (2nd. Imp.)

CLEMENT OF ALEXANDRIA. Rev. G. W. Butterworth. (3rd Imp.)

CoLtLutTHus. Cf. OPPIAN.

DaPHNIS AND CHLOE. Thornley’s Translation revised by
J. M. Edmonds; and PartTHeEeNtus. 38. Gaselee. (4th Imp.)

DEMOSTHENES |: OLYNTHIACS, PHiLippics and MINorR Ora-
tions. I.-XVII. αν XX. J.H. Vince. (2nd Imp.)

DrmMosTHENES II: Dr Corona and Dr Fatsa LEGATIONE.
C. A. Vince and J. H. Vince. (37rd Imp. revised.)

DerMosTHENES II1: Merpias, ANDROTION, ARISTOCRATES,
TimocraTEs and ARIsTtoGEIToN, I ΑΝῸ II. J. H. Vince.
(2nd Imp.)

DrEMOSTHENES 1V-VI: PrRivaTE OrRaTIons and IN NEAERAM.
A.T. Murray. (Vol. IV. 3rd Imp., Vols. V.and VI. 2nd Imp.)

DEMOSTHENES VII: FUNERAL SPEECH, ERoTIc HMssay, Exorpia
and Lerrrers. N. W. and N. J. DeWitt.

Dio Cassius: Roman History. E. Cary. 9 Vols. (Vols. L.
and 11. 3rd Imp., Vols. I11.-LX. 2nd Imp.)

Dio Curysostom. J.W.Cohoonand H.LamarCrosby. 5 Vols.
Vols. 1.-τ Ν. 2nd Imp.)

Dioporus Sicutus. 12 Vols. Vols. I.-VI. C. H. Oldfather.
Vol. VII. C. L. Sherman. Vols. IX. and X. R. M. Geer.
Vol. XI. F. Walton. (Vols. 1.-τἰνν. 2nd Imp.)

DiocENeEs Larertius. R. Ὁ. Hicks. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4th Imp.,
Vol. 11. 3rd Imp.)

Dionysius oF HALIcARNASSUS: ROMAN ANTIQUITIES. Spel-
man’s translation revised by E. Cary. 7 Vols. (Vols. I.-V.
2nd Imp.)

Epictetus. W.A.Oldfather. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 3rd Imp., II. 2nd
Imp.)

Euripipes. A.8. Way. 4 Vols. (Vol. 1. 7th imp., Vol. II. 8th
Imp., Vols. III. and LV. 6th Imp.) ᾿ Verse trans.

EvusEpius: [EcciestasticAL History. Kirsopp Lake and
J. Ἐς L. Oulton. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vol. II. 5th
Imp.)

ΘΈΈΡΗΝ On THE ΝΑΤΟΒΑΙ, Facutties. A. J. Brock. (4th

mp.)

THE GREEK ANTHOLOGY. W.R. Paton. 5 Vols. (Vols. I.-IV.
5th Imp., Vol. V. 3rd Imp.)

GREEK ELEGY AND JAMBUS with the ANACREONTEA. J. M.
Edmonds. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vol. 11. 2nd Imp.)

THE GREEK Bucottc Ports (THEOcRITUS, Bion, Moscuus).
J. M. Edmonds. (7th Imp. revised.)

GREEK MATHEMATICAL WorKsS. Ivor Thomas. 2 Vols. (3rd
Imp.)

Herropes. Cf. THEOPHRASTUS: CHARACTERS.

Heropotus. A. D. Godley. 4 Vols. (Vol. I. 4th Imp., Vols.
11. and III. 5th Imp., Vol. IV. 3rd Imp.)

Hesiop AND THE Homeric Hymns. H. G. Evelyn White.
7th Imp. revised and enlarged.)

Hippocrates and the FRAGMENTS OF HERAcCLEITUS. W. H. 5.
Jones and E. T. Withington. 4 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4th Imp.,
Vols. II1—IV. 3rd Imp.)

Homer: Ittap. A. T. Murray. 2 Vols. (7th Imp.)

Homer: Opyssgey. A. T. Murray. 2 Vols. (8th Imp.)

Isarus. Εἰ W. Forster. (3rd Imp.)

IsocratEes. George Norlin and LaRue Van Hook. 3Vols. (2nd
Imp.)

St. Joon DAMASCENE: BARLAAM AND JoasapH. Rev. G. R.
Woodward and Harold Mattingly. (3rd Imp. revised.)

JosEpHus. H. St. J. Thackeray and Ralph Marcus. 9 Vols.
Vols. .—VII. (Vol. V. 3rd Imp., Vols. I.-IV.. VI. and VII.
2nd Imp.) :

Jutian. Wilmer Cave Wright. 3 Vols. (Vols. I. and II. 3rd
Imp., Vol. 1Π1|. 2nd Imp.)

Lucran. A. M. Harmon. 8 Vols. Vols. I.-V. (Vols. I. and
ΤΙ. 4th Imp., Vol. 111. 3rd Imp., Vols. 1V. and V. 2nd Imp.)

LycopHRON. Cf. CALLIMACHUS.

Lyra Grarca. J. M. Edmonds. 3 Vols. (Vol. 1. 5th Imp..
Vol. 11. revised and enlarged, and III. 4th Imp.)

Lystas. W.R.M. Lamb. (2nd Imp.)

Manetuo. W.G. Waddell: Protemy: Trrrasistos. F., E.
Robbins. (3rd Imp.)

Marcus AurELIus. C. R. Haines. (4th Imp. revised.)

MENANDER. F.G. Allinson. (3rd Imp. revised.)

Minor Artic Orators (ANTIPHON, ANDOCcIDES, LycurRGus,
DemapbeEs, DinarcHus, HyPrEREIDES). K. J. Maidment and
J. O. Burrt. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 2nd Imp.)

Nonnos: Dionystaca. W.H.D. Rouse. 3 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

Oppian, CoLLUTHUS, TRyPHIODORUS. A.W. Mair. (2nd Imp.)

Papyrit. Non-Lirerary SELEcTIONS. A. S. Hunt and C. C.
Edgar. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 2nd Imp.) LirERARY SELECTIONS.
Vol. I. (Poetry). Ὁ. L. Page. (3rd Imp.)

ParTHENIvs. Cf. DAPHNIS AND CHLOE.

PAUSANIAS: DESCRIPTION OF GREECE. W. H. 5. Jones. ὃ
Vols. and Companion Vol. arranged by R. E. Wycherley.
(Vols. I. and IIL. 3rd Imp., Vols. II., IV. and V. 2nd Imp.)

6

Puito. 10 Vols. Vols. 1.-V.; F. H. Colson and Rev. G. H.
Whitaker. Vols. VI.-IX.; F. H. Colson. (Vols. I., ΠῚ. V.,
and VI. 3rd Imp., Vol. 1V. 4th Imp., Vols. I1., VIL.-IX. 2nd
Imp.)

PHILO: two supplementary Vols. (Translation only.) Ralph
Marcus.

PHILOSTRATUS: THE LIFE OF APPOLLONIUS OF TyANaA. F. C.
Conybeare. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 4th Imp., Vol. 11. 5rd Imp.)
PHILOSTRATUS: IMAGINES; CALLISTRATUS: DESCRIPTIONS.

A. Fairbanks. (2nd Imp.)

PHILOSTRATUS and Eunaptus: LivES OF THE SOPHISTS.
Wilmer Cave Wright. (2d Imp.)

Pinpar. Sir J. E. Sandys. (8th Imp. revised.)

Puato: CHARMIDES, ALCIBIADES, HipparcHus, THE Lovers,
TuHEaGeEes, Minos and Eprnomis. W. R. M. Lamb. (2nd
Imp.)

PLato: CRATYLUS, PARMENIDES, GREATER ΗἸΡΡΙΑΒ, LESSER
Hiepras. H.N. Fowler. (4th Imp.)

Prato: EutrHypHro, ApotoGcy, Criro, PHAEDO, PHAEDRUS.
H. N. Fowler. (11th Imp.)

Puatro: LacHEs, ProTacoras, MENO, EutHyprEmMus. W. R. M.
Lamb. (37d Imp. revised.)

Puato: Laws. Rev. R.G. Bury. 2 Vols. (3rd Imp.)

Prato: Lysis, Symposium, Gorcias. W. R. M. Lamb. (5th
Imp. revised.)

Prato: ReEprusuic. Paul Shorey. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. δέ Imp.,
Vol. Il. 4th Imp.)

Piato: STATESMAN, PHILEBUS. H.N. Fowler; Ion. W.R.M.
Lamb. (4th Imp.)

Puatro : THEAETETUS and Sopuist. H.N. Fowler. (4th Imp.)

Puiato: TIMAEuvS, CRITIAS, CLITOPHO, MENEXENUS, EPISTULAE.
Rev. R. G. Bury. (37d Imp.)

PururarcH: Moratia. 14 Vols. Vols. 1.-V. F. C. Babbitt;
Vol. VI. W. C. Helmbold: Vol. X. H. N. Fowler. Vol.
XII. H.Cherniss and W.C. Helmbold. (Vols. I.—VI. and X.
2nd Imp.)

PuurarcH: THE PARALLEL Lives. B. Perrin. 11 Vols.
(Vols. I., II., VI., VII., and XI. 3rd Imp. Vols. III.-V. and
VIII.-X. 2nd Imp.)

Potysius. W.R. Paton. 6 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

Procopius: Hisrory or THE Wars. H. B. Dewing. 7 Vols.
(Vol. I. 3rd Imp., Vols. I1.-VII. 2nd Imp.)

ProLeMy : TETRABIBLOS. Cf. MANETHO.

Quintus SMyrNaAEus. A. 8. Way. Verse trans. (37d Imp.)

Sextus Emprricus. Rev. R. G. Bury. 4 Vols. (Vol. I. 4th
Imp., Vels. 11. and 111. 2nd Imp.)

SopHoctes. F. Storr. 2 Vols. (Vol. 1. 10th Imp. Vol. 11. 6th
Imp.) Verse trans.

SrraBo: GEOGRAPHY. Horace L.Jones. 8Vols. (Vols. 1., V.,
and VIII. 3rd Imp., Vols. I1., III., 1V., VI., and VII. 2nd Imp.)

THEOPHRASTUS: CHARACTERS. J. M. Edmonds. Herropss,
etc. A. ἢ. Knox. (3rd Imp.)

‘

THEOPHRASTUS: EN@urry Into Puants. Sir Arthur Hort,
Bart. 2 Vols. (2nd Imp.)

Trucypipes. C. F. Smith. 4 Vols. (Vol. I. 5th Imp., Vols.
IL., III., and IV. 3rd Imp. revised)

TryPHIopoBus. Cf. OPPIAN.

XENOPHON: CyRroPpaEDIA. Walter Miller. 2 Vols. (Vol. I. 4th
Imp., Vol. 11. 3rd Imp.)

XENOPHON : HELLENICA, ANABASIS, APOLOGY, and SyMPOSIUM.
C. L. Brownson and O. J. Todd. 3 Vols. (Vols. I. and III.
3rd Imp., Vol. 11. 4th Imp.)

XENOPHON : MEMORABILIA and Orkconomicus. E.C. Marchant.
(3rd Imp.)

ΧΈΝΟΡΗΟΝ : Scripta Minors. E. C. Marchant. (3rd Imp.)

IN PREPARATION

Greek Authors

AELIAN : ON THE NATURE or Animats. A. F. Scholfield.
ARISTOTLE: History or Antmats. A. ΤΏ. Peck.
Piotinus: A. H Armstrong.

Latin Authors

PHaEprRus. Ben E. Perry

DESCRIPTIVE PROSPECTUS ON APPLICATION

London WILLIAM HEINEMANN LTD
Cambridge, Mass. HARVARD UNIVERSITY PRESS

wy in
δ ; ae
a ἢ ee

Ἡξτυυοουδῦθβ

Hippocrates

< vant

iret tatters

ΟΝ

‘x 2
AS :
eecrey acetone nea eerste tate

oes

one
ς

oe